UNITED STATES 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

  

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)
¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

 

OR
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
OR
¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
Date of event requiring this shell company report
For the transition period from                                      to                                     .

 

Commission file number: 001-36535

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

Not applicable 

(Translation of Registrant's name into English) 

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

37A Avenue J.F. Kennedy

L-1855, Luxembourg 

Tel: + 352 20 30 15 96 

(Address of principal executive offices) 

Sol Mariel Noello 

37A Avenue J.F. Kennedy 

L-1855, Luxembourg 

E-Mail: sol.noello@globant.com 

Tel: + 352 20 30 15 96

 

(Name, Telephone, E-Mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered
Common shares value $ 1.20 per share GLOB NYSE

  

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

  

None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

 

None

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 37,101,771 common shares of which 138,152 are treasury shares held by us.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. x Yes ¨ No

 

If this report is an annual or transaction report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. ¨ Yes x No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). x Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  x Accelerated filer  ¨ Non-accelerated filer  ¨ Emerging growth company ¨

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

† The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x

 

Other ¨

 

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. ¨  Item 17  ¨ Item 18

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  ¨  Yes  x  No

  

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 1
CURRENCY PRESENTATION AND DEFINITIONS 2
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION 2
PRESENTATION OF INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA 2
PART I 3
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 3
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 3
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION 3
   
A. Selected Financial Data 3
B. Capitalization and Indebtedness 8
C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds 8
D. Risk Factors 9
   
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 43
   
A. History and Development of the Company 43
B. Business overview 43
C. Organizational Structure 46
D. Property, Plant and Equipment 90
   
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 90
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 90
   
A. Operating Results 90
B. Liquidity and Capital Resources 105
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc. 120
D. Trend Information 120
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 121
F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations 121
G. Safe harbor 121
   
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 121
   
A. Directors and Senior Management 121
B. Compensation 126
C. Board Practices 129
D. Employees 132
E. Share Ownership 135
   
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 136
   
A. Major Shareholders 136
B. Related Party Transactions 139
C. Interests of Experts and Counsel 141
   
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 141
   
A. Consolidated statements and other financial information 141
B. Significant Changes 142
   
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING 142
   
A. Offering and listing details 142
B. Plan of Distribution 142
C. Markets 143
D. Selling Shareholders 143
E. Dilution 143
F. Expenses of the Issue 143
   
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 143
   
A. Share capital 143
B. Memorandum and Articles of Association 143
C. Material Contracts 151
D. Exchange Controls 151
E. Taxation 151
F. Dividends and Paying Agents 159
G. Statement by Experts 159
H. Documents on Display 159
I. Subsidiaries Information 160
   
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 160
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 162
   
A. Debt Securities 162
B. Warrants and Rights 162
C. Other Securities 162
D. American Depositary Shares 162
   
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 163
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 163
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 163
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 165
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS 166
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 166
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 166
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 166
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 167
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 167
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE 169
PART III 170
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 170
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 170
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS 170

  

 

 

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, all statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this annual report, including, without limitation, those regarding our future financial position and results of operations, strategy, plans, objectives, goals and targets, future developments in the markets in which we operate or are seeking to operate or anticipated regulatory changes in the markets in which we operate or intend to operate. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "aim", "anticipate", "believe", "continue", "could", "estimate", "expect", "forecast", "guidance", "intend", "may", "plan", "potential", "predict", "projected", "should" or "will" or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology.

 

You should carefully consider all the information in this annual report, including the information set forth under "Risk Factors." We believe our primary challenges are:

 

· If we are unable to maintain current resource utilization rates and productivity levels, our revenues, profit margins and results of operations may be adversely affected;

 

· If we are unable to manage attrition and attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease, and we may not have the necessary resources to maintain client relationships and expand our business;

 

· If the pricing structures we use for our client contracts are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, our contracts could be unprofitable, which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operation;

 

· If we are unable to achieve anticipated growth, our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects may be adversely affected;

 

· If we are unable to effectively manage the rapid growth of our business, our management personnel, systems and resources could face significant strains, which could adversely affect our results of operations;

 

· If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, competitive position, client relationships, revenues and results of operation may be adversely affected;

 

· If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive, which could cause our results of operations to suffer;

 

· If any of our largest clients terminates, decreases the scope of, or fails to renew its business relationship or short-term contract with us, our revenues, business and results of operations may be adversely affected;

 

· Global economic and political conditions could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition; and

 

· Uncertainty concerning the current economic, political and social environment in Latin America may have an adverse impact on capital flows or other relevant variables and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are based on numerous assumptions. Our actual results of operations, financial condition and the development of events may differ materially from (and be more negative than) those made in, or suggested by, the forward-looking statements. Readers should read "Risk Factors" in this annual report and the description of our business under "Business Overview" in this annual report for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect us.

 

Unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.

 

1

 

 

CURRENCY PRESENTATION AND DEFINITIONS

 

In this annual report, all references to "U.S. dollars" and "$" are to the lawful currency of the United States, all references to "Argentine pesos" are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Argentina, all references to "Colombian pesos" are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Colombia, all references to "Uruguayan pesos" are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Uruguay, all references to "Mexican pesos" are to the lawful currency of Mexico, all references to "Chilean pesos" are to the lawful currency of Chile, all references to "Rupees" or "Indian rupees" are to the lawful currency of the Republic of India, all references to "Reais" or "Brazilian Real" are to the lawful currency of Brazil, all references to "Peruvian Sol" are to the lawful currency of Peru, all references to "Romanian Leu" are to the lawful currency of Romania, all references to "Belarusian ruble" are to the lawful currency of Belarus and all references to "euro" or "€" are to the single currency of the participating member states of the European and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time. All references to the "pound," "British Sterling pound" or "£" are to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom. All references to "Canadian dollars" are to the lawful currency of Canada.

 

Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise in this annual report:

 

"IT" refers to information technology;

 

"ISO" means the International Organization for Standardization, which develops and publishes international standards in a variety of technologies and in the IT services sector;

 

"Agile development methodologies" means a group of software development methods based on iterative and incremental development, where requirements and solutions evolve through collaboration between self-organizing, cross-functional teams;

 

"Attrition rate," during a specific period, refers to the ratio of IT professionals that left our company during the period to the number of IT professionals that were on our payroll on the last day of the period; and

 

"Globers" refers to the employees that work for our company.

 

"GLOBANT" and its logo are our trademarks. Solely for convenience, we refer to our trademarks in this annual report without the TM and ® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks. Other service marks, trademarks and trade names referred to in this annual report are the property of their respective owners.

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") and presented in U.S. dollars because the U.S. dollar is our functional currency. Our fiscal year ends on December 31 of each year. Accordingly, unless otherwise indicated, all references to a particular year are to the year ended December 31 of that year. Some percentages and amounts included in this annual report have been rounded for ease of presentation. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be an exact arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them.

 

PRESENTATION OF INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

In this annual report, we rely on, and refer to, information regarding our business and the markets in which we operate and compete. The market data and certain economic and industry data and forecasts used in this annual report were obtained from International Data Corporation (“IDC”), Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), internal surveys, market research, governmental and other publicly available information, independent industry publications and reports prepared by industry consultants. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We believe that these industry publications, surveys and forecasts are reliable, but we have not independently verified them and cannot guarantee their accuracy or completeness.

 

Certain market share information and other statements presented herein regarding our position relative to our competitors are not based on published statistical data or information obtained from independent third parties, but reflect our best estimates. We have based these estimates upon information obtained from our clients, trade and business organizations and associations and other contacts in the industries in which we operate.

 

2

 

 

PART I.

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

A. Selected Financial Data

 

The following selected consolidated financial and other data of Globant S.A. should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Globant S.A. included elsewhere in this annual report and should be read in conjunction with those audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2017 set forth below have been derived from our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 filed with the SEC on March 29, 2019 in our annual report for the year ended December 31, 2018 and which are not included in this annual report. The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 set forth below have been derived from our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 filed with the SEC on April 7, 2017 in our annual report for the year ended December 31, 2016 and which are not included in this annual report.

 

3

 

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
    (in thousands, except for percentages and per share data)  
Consolidated Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income:                              
Revenues (1)   $ 659,325     $ 522,310     $ 413,439     $ 322,856     $ 253,796  
Cost of revenues (2)     (405,164 )     (318,554 )     (263,171 )     (191,395 )     (160,292 )
Gross profit     254,161       203,756       150,268       131,461       93,504  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3)     (172,478 )     (133,187 )     (110,813 )     (80,961 )     (71,389 )
Net impairment losses on financial assets (4)     (228 )     (3,469 )     (1,581 )     (928 )     1,615  
Other operating expense, net (5)     (720 )     (306 )     (4,708 )            
Profit from operations     80,735       66,794       33,166       49,572       23,730  
Gain on transactions with bonds (6)     1,569                         19,102  
Finance income     13,643       11,418       7,956       16,215       27,555  
Finance expense     (26,801 )     (16,968 )     (11,036 )     (19,227 )     (20,952 )
Finance (expense) income, net (7)     (13,158 )     (5,550 )     (3,080 )     (3,012 )     6,603  
Share of results of investments in associates (8)     (224 )                        
Other income and expenses, net (9)     110       6,220       8,458       3,629       605  
Profit before income tax     69,032       67,464       38,544       50,189       50,040  
Income tax (10)     (15,017 )     (15,868 )     (8,081 )     (14,327 )     (18,420 )
Net income for the year     54,015       51,596       30,463       35,862       31,620  
Earnings per share                                        
Basic     1.48       1.45       0.87       1.04       0.93  
Diluted     1.43       1.41       0.84       1.01       0.90  
Weighted average number of outstanding shares (in thousands)                                        
Basic     36,586       35,746       34,919       34,402       33,960  
Diluted     37,674       36,685       36,094       35,413       35,013  

 

(1) Includes transactions with related parties of $1,419, $5,937, $5,590, $6,462 and $6,655 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $7,350, $4,022, $4,339, $4,281 and $4,441 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Also includes share based compensation for $4,976, $4,248, $5,666, $917 and $735 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

(3) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $16,905, $16,521, $11,789, $6,637 and $4,860 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Also includes share based compensation of $14,912, $8,665, $8,798, $2,703 and $1,647 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

(4) Includes impairments of tax credits of $48 and $1,586 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and recoveries related to reversals of allowances for impairments of tax credits of $47 and $1,820 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2015, respectively. Also includes a loss of $275, $3,421, $928 and $205 on impairment of trade receivables for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and a gain related to the reversal of an allowance for impairment of trade receivables of $5 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

(5) Includes an impairment of intangibles assets of $720, $306 and $4,708 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

(6) Includes a gain of $1,569 and $19,102 from transactions with Argentine sovereign bonds denominated in U.S. dollars acquired in the U.S. market with cash received from repayments of intercompany loans and capitalizations received by our Argentine subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

(7) Includes foreign exchange losses, net, of $8,841, $7,437, $2,729, $8,620 and $10,136 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

4

 

 

(8) Includes a loss of $224 related to our share of the loss from our investment in Acamica, described in note 11.2 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

(9) Includes a loss of $85 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and gains of $6,700, $6,735 and $418, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, on the remeasurement of the contingent consideration of Avanxo, Clarice Technologies Private Ltd. (now called Globant India Private Ltd. or "Clarice"), We Are London Limited ("WAE UK"), We Are Experience, Inc. ("WAE U.S." and together with WAE UK, "WAE"), L4 Mobile, LLC ("L4"), Ratio Cypress, LLC ("Ratio) and PointSource, LLC ("PointSource"), explained in note 28.9.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements, and gains of $1,611, $1,726 and $2,981, for the years ended December 31,2018, 2017 and 2016, related to the remeasurement at fair value of the call and put option over our non-controlling interest in Dynaflows S.A. ("Dynaflows") explained in note 28.9.2 to our audited consolidated financial statements, and the derecognition of the call option over non-controlling interest of, $455, for the year ended December 31, 2018, explained in note 25.2 to our audited consolidated financial statements. Includes a loss of $1,038 for the year ended December 31, 2018 related to the settlement agreed with WAE former owners (note 28.9.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements). Includes the impairment of the investment in Collokia of $800 explained in note 11.2 to our audited consolidated financial statements, for the year ended December 31, 2018. Includes a gain of $225 related to the bargain business combination of Difier S.A., for the year ended December 31, 2016. Includes a gain related to the valuation at fair value of our 22.7% share interest held in Dynaflows of $625 for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

(10) Includes deferred tax gains of $4,310, $7,456, $5,972, $730 and $1,102 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Data

 

Overview

 

To supplement our financial measures prepared in accordance with IFRS, we use certain non-IFRS financial measures including (i) adjusted diluted earnings per share ("EPS"), (ii) adjusted net income, (iii) adjusted gross profit, (iv) adjusted selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses, and (v) adjusted profit from operations. These measures do not have any standardized meaning under IFRS, and other companies may use similarly titled non-IFRS financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Accordingly, our non-IFRS financial measures may not be comparable to similar non-IFRS measures presented by other companies. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on such non-IFRS measures, but instead to consider them with the most directly comparable IFRS measures. Non-IFRS financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation. They should be considered as a supplement to, not a substitute for, or superior to, the corresponding measures calculated in accordance with IFRS.

 

The reconciliations of these non-IFRS measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS are shown in the tables below. We use these non-IFRS measures as key measures in the evaluation of our performance and our consolidated financial results. We believe these non-IFRS measures may be useful to investors in their assessment of our operating performance and the valuation of our company. In addition, these non-IFRS measures address questions we routinely receive from analysts and investors and, in order to assure that all investors have access to similar data, we have determined that it is appropriate to make this data available to all investors.

 

Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted SG&A Expenses

 

We utilize non-IFRS measures of adjusted gross profit and adjusted SG&A expenses as supplemental measures for period-to-period comparisons. Adjusted gross profit and adjusted SG&A expenses are most directly comparable to the IFRS measures of gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively. Our non-IFRS measures of adjusted gross profit and adjusted SG&A expenses exclude the impact of certain items, such as depreciation and amortization expense, share-based compensation expense and, only with respect to adjusted SG&A expenses, acquisition-related charges.

 

5

 

 

Adjusted Profit from Operations

 

We utilize the non-IFRS measure of adjusted profit from operations as a supplemental measure for period-to-period comparisons. Adjusted profit from operations is most directly comparable to the IFRS measure of profit from operations. Adjusted profit from operations excludes the impact of certain items, such as share-based compensation expense, impairment of assets, net of recoveries, and acquisition-related charges.

 

Adjusted Diluted EPS and Adjusted Net Income

 

We utilize non-IFRS measures of adjusted diluted EPS and adjusted net income for strategic decision making, forecasting future results and evaluating current performance. Adjusted diluted EPS and adjusted net income are most directly comparable to the IFRS measures of EPS and net income, respectively. Our non-IFRS measures of adjusted diluted EPS and adjusted net income exclude the impact of certain items, such as acquisition-related charges, impairment of assets, net of recoveries, share-based compensation expense, expenses related to the secondary share offering in the United States of our common shares held by WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.àr.l. ("WPP") (see note 23 to our consolidated financial statements) and expense related to the U.S. settlement agreement.

 

6

 

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
Reconciliation of adjusted gross profit                                        
Gross profit   $   254,161     $ 203,756     $ 150,268     $ 131,461     $ 93,504  
Adjustments                                        
Depreciation and amortization expense     7,350       4,022       4,339       4,281       4,441  
Share-based compensation expense     4,976       4,248       5,666       917       735  
Adjusted gross profit   $ 266,487     $ 212,026     $ 160,273     $ 136,659     $ 98,680  
Reconciliation of adjusted selling, general and
administrative expenses
                                       
Selling, general and administrative expenses   $ (172,478 )   $ (133,187 )   $ (110,813 )   $ (80,961 )   $ (71,389 )
Adjustments                                        
Acquisition-related charges, net (1)     9,571       3,516       1,131       556       337  
Depreciation and amortization expense     16,905       16,521       11,789       6,637       4,860  
Share-based compensation expense     14,912       8,665       8,798       2,703       1,647  
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses   $ (131,090 )   $ (104,485 )   $ (89,095 )   $ (71,065 )   $ (64,545 )
Reconciliation of adjusted profit from operations                                        
Profit from operations   $ 80,735     $ 66,794     $ 33,166     $ 49,572     $ 23,730  
Adjustments                                        
Acquisition-related charges, net (1)     10,695       4,273       7,523       1,478       337  
Impairment of assets, net of recoveries (2)     673       354       1,586             (1,820 )
Share-based compensation expense     19,888       12,913       14,464       3,620       2,382  
Adjusted profit from operations   $ 111,991     $ 84,334     $ 56,739     $ 54,670     $ 24,629  
Reconciliation of adjusted net income for the year                                        
Net income for the year   $ 54,015     $ 51,596     $ 30,463     $ 35,862     $ 31,620  
Adjustments                                        
Acquisition-related charges, net (1)     11,518       (2,177 )     (447 )     (1,556 )     337  
Share-based compensation expense     19,888       12,913       14,464       3,620       2,382  
Impairment of assets, net of recoveries (2)     673       1,154       1,586             (1,820 )
Expenses related to secondary share offering (3)           251                    
US settlement agreement, net                       845        
Adjusted net income for the year   $ 86,094     $ 63,737     $ 46,066     $ 38,771     $ 32,519  
                                         
Calculation of adjusted diluted EPS                                        
Adjusted net income     86,094       63,737       46,066       38,771       32,519  
Diluted shares     37,674       36,685       36,094       35,413       35,013  
Adjusted diluted EPS     2.29       1.74       1.28       1.09       0.93  
                                         
Other data:                                        
Adjusted gross profit     266,487       212,026       160,273       136,659       98,680  
Adjusted gross profit margin percentage     40.4 %     40.6 %     38.8 %     42.3 %     38.9 %
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses     (131,090 )     (104,485 )     (89,095 )     (71,065 )     (64,545 )
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses margin percentage     19.9 %     20.0 %     21.5 %     22.0 %     25.4 %
Adjusted profit from operations     111,991       84,334       56,739       54,670       24,629  
Adjusted profit from operations margin percentage     17.0 %     16.1 %     13.7 %     16.9 %     9.7 %
Adjusted net income for the year     86,094       63,737       46,066       38,771       32,519  
Adjusted net income margin percentage for the year     13.1 %     12.2 %     11.1 %     12.0 %     12.8 %

 

7

 

 

(1) Acquisition-related charges, net, include, when applicable, amortization of acquired intangible assets included in the depreciation and amortization expense line on our consolidated statements of operations, external deal costs, acquisition-related retention bonuses, integration costs, changes in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities, charges for impairment of acquired intangible assets and other acquisition-related costs.

 

(2) Impairment of assets, net of recoveries includes, when applicable, charges for impairment of intangible assets, charges for impairment of investments in associates and charges for impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries.

 

(3) Expenses related to secondary share offering include expenses related to the secondary offering in the United States of our common shares held by WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.àr.l.

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Data

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
Consolidated statements of financial position data:                                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 62,721     $ 77,606     $ 52,525     $ 50,532     $ 36,720  
Investments (current and non-current)     20,198       9,162       8,147       9,355       25,660  
Trade receivables     156,676       110,898       80,078       54,170       45,952  
Other assets (current and non-current)     21,235                          
Other receivables (current and non-current)     28,118       49,538       46,093       46,334       38,692  
Deferred tax assets     26,868       16,916       13,186       7,691       7,983  
Investment in associates     3,776       4,000       1,550       800       300  
Other financial assets (current and non-current)     6,210       895       1,428       1,219       2,121  
Property and equipment     87,533       51,460       43,879       35,676       25,720  
Intangible assets     27,110       11,778       11,365       13,791       7,209  
Right-of-use assets     58,781                          
Goodwill     188,538       104,846       98,926       65,180       32,532  
Total assets     687,764       437,099       357,177       284,748       222,889  
                                         
Trade payables (current and non-current)     36,987       17,578       11,640       5,603       4,436  
Payroll and social security taxes payable     72,252       58,535       40,472       30,328       25,551  
Borrowings (current and non-current)     51,386             6,011       217       548  
Other financial liabilities (current and non-current)     10,554       12,765       29,238       31,826       21,285  
Lease liabilities (current and non-current)     61,363                          
Tax liabilities     12,510       7,399       5,253       6,249       10,225  
Deferred tax liabilities     1,028                          
Other liabilities and provisions     2,970       2,906       1,199       1,965       659  
Total liabilities     249,050       99,183       93,813       76,188       62,704  
Total equity and non-controlling interest     438,714       337,916       263,364       208,560       160,185  
Total equity, non-controlling interest and liabilities     687,764       437,099       357,177       284,748       222,889  

 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

8

 

 

Risk Factors

 

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the other information contained in this annual report, before making any investment decision. Any of the following risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. The market price of our common shares could decline due to any of these risks and uncertainties, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks described below are those that we currently believe may materially affect us.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

If we are unable to maintain current resource utilization rates and productivity levels, our revenues, profit margins and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Our profitability and the cost of providing our services are affected by our utilization rate of the Globers in our Studios. If we are not able to maintain appropriate utilization rates for our professionals, our profit margin and our profitability may suffer. Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:

 

our ability to transition Globers from completed projects to new assignments and to hire and integrate new employees;

 

our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate headcount in each of our talent delivery centers;

 

our ability to manage the attrition of our IT professionals; and

 

our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other activities that cannot be billed to our clients.

 

Our revenue could also suffer if we misjudge demand patterns and do not recruit sufficient employees to satisfy demand. Employee shortages could prevent us from completing our contractual commitments in a timely manner and cause us to pay penalties or lose contracts or clients. In addition, we could incur increased payroll costs, which would negatively affect our utilization rates and our business.

 

If we are unable to manage attrition and attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease, and we may not have the necessary resources to maintain client relationships and expand our business.

 

Our business is labor intensive and, accordingly, our success depends upon our ability to attract, develop, motivate, retain and effectively utilize highly-skilled IT professionals. We believe that there is significant competition for technology professionals in Latin America, the United States, Europe, Asia and elsewhere who possess the technical skills and experience necessary to deliver our services, and that such competition is likely to continue for the foreseeable future. As a result, the technology industry generally experiences a significant rate of turnover of its workforce. Our business plan is based on hiring and training a significant number of additional technology professionals each year in order to meet anticipated turnover and increased staffing needs. Our ability to properly staff projects, to maintain and renew existing engagements and to win new business depends, in large part, on our ability to hire and retain qualified IT professionals.

 

The total attrition rate among our Globers was 14.6%, 18.2% and 18.0% for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. If our attrition rate were to increase, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease. We compete for talented individuals not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, such as software services, engineering services and financial services companies, among others, and there is a limited pool of individuals who have the skills and training needed to help us grow our company. High attrition rates of qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business, as well as cause us to incur greater personnel expenses and training costs.

 

9

 

 

  

We may not be able to recruit and train a sufficient number of qualified professionals or be successful in retaining current or future employees. Increased hiring by technology companies, particularly in Latin America, the United States, Asia and Europe, and increasing worldwide competition for skilled technology professionals may lead to a shortage in the availability of qualified personnel in the locations where we operate and hire. Failure to hire and train or retain qualified technology professionals in sufficient numbers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

If the pricing structures we use for our client contracts are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, our contracts could be unprofitable, which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operation.

 

We perform our services primarily under time-and-materials contracts. We charge out the services performed by our Globers under these contracts at hourly rates that are agreed to at the time the contract is entered into. The hourly rates and other pricing terms negotiated with our clients are highly dependent on the complexity of the project, the mix of staffing we anticipate using on it, internal forecasts of our operating costs and predictions of increases in those costs influenced by wage inflation and other marketplace factors. Our predictions are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. Typically, we do not have the ability to increase the hourly rates established at the outset of a client project in order to pass through to our client increases in salary costs driven by wage inflation and other marketplace factors.

 

Because we conduct a substantial part of our operations through our operating subsidiaries located in Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and India, we are subject to the effects of wage inflation and other marketplace factors in these countries, which have increased significantly in recent years. If increases in salary and other operating costs at those subsidiaries exceed our internal forecasts, the hourly rates established under our time-and-materials contracts might not be sufficient to recover those increased operating costs, which would make those contracts unprofitable for us, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operations.

 

In addition to our time-and-materials contracts, we undertake engagements on a fixed-price basis. Revenues from our fixed-price contracts represented approximately 16.1%, 17.4% and 8.9% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our pricing in a fixed-price contract depends on our assumptions and forecasts about the costs we will incur to complete the related project, which are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. Any failure by us to accurately estimate the resources and time required to complete a fixed-price contract on time and on budget or any unexpected increase in the cost of our Globers assigned to the related project, office space or materials could expose us to risks associated with cost overruns and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any unexpected changes in economic conditions that affect any of the foregoing assumptions and predictions could render contracts that would have been favorable to us when signed unfavorable.

 

If we are unable to achieve anticipated growth, our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects may be adversely affected.

 

We intend to continue our expansion in the foreseeable future and to pursue existing and potential market opportunities. As we add new Studios, introduce new services or enter into new markets, we may face new market, technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar, and we may not be able to mitigate these risks and challenges to successfully grow those services or markets. We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects.

 

If we are unable to effectively manage the rapid growth of our business, our management personnel, systems and resources could face significant strains, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We have experienced, and continue to experience, rapid growth in our headcount, operations and revenues, which has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and operational and financial infrastructure. Additionally, the transition in our delivery mix from the initial Argentina-based staffing to the current decentralized staffing, including by increasing the number of employees that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations, in Latin America, the United States, Europe and India has placed additional operational and structural demands on our resources.

 

10

 

 

Our future growth depends on recruiting, hiring and training technology professionals, growing our international operations, expanding our delivery capabilities, adding effective sales staff and management personnel, adding service offerings, maintaining existing clients and winning new business. Client demands, the availability of high-quality technical and operational personnel at attractive compensation rates, regulatory environments and other pertinent factors may vary significantly by region and our experience in the markets in which we currently operate may not be applicable to other regions. As a result, we may not be able to leverage our experience to expand our delivery footprint effectively into other target markets.

 

Effective management of these and other growth initiatives will require us to continue to improve our infrastructure, execution standards and ability to expand services. Failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the execution of our engagements, our ability to attract and retain professionals and our business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition.

 

If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, competitive position, client relationships, revenues and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. We currently do not maintain key man life insurance for any of our founders, members of our senior management team or other key employees. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily, on a timely basis or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key employees in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to retain our senior executives and key employees or attract and retain new senior executives and key employees in the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted.

 

If any of our senior management team or key employees joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, know-how and key IT professionals and staff members to them. Also, if any of our sales executives or other sales personnel, who generally maintain a close relationship with our clients, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients to that company, and our revenues may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, there could be unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices or procedures by such personnel. If any dispute arises between any members of our senior management team or key employees and us, any noncompetition, non-solicitation and nondisclosure agreements we have with our founders, senior executives or key employees might not provide effective protection to us in light of legal uncertainties associated with the enforceability of such agreements.

 

If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive, which could cause our revenues and results of operations to suffer.

 

Our success depends on creating software products that emotionally connect our customers with consumers and employees, leveraging the latest technologies and methodologies in the digital and cognitive space to drive increased revenues and effective communication with customers. Technological advances and innovation are constant in the technology services industry. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in research and development to stay abreast of technology developments so that we may continue to deliver software products that our clients will wish to purchase. If we are unable to anticipate technology developments, enhance our existing services or develop and introduce new services to keep pace with such changes and meet changing client needs, we may lose clients and our revenues and results of operations could suffer. Our results of operations would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our clients, are not appropriately timed with market opportunities or are not effectively brought to market. Our competitors may be able to offer engineering, design and innovation services that are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar or better than those we offer. This may force us to compete on other fronts in addition to the quality of our services and to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive, which we may be unable to do.

  

11

 

 

If any of our largest clients terminates, decreases the scope of, or fails to renew its business relationship or short-term contract with us, our revenues, business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

  

We generate a significant portion of our revenues from our ten largest clients. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our largest customer based on revenues, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online , accounted for 11.2%, 11.3% and 10.2% of our revenues, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our ten largest clients accounted for 39.5%, 44.0% and 41.9% of our revenues, respectively.

 

Our ability to maintain close relationships with these and other major clients is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. However, most of our client contracts are limited to short-term, discrete projects without any commitment to a specific volume of business or future work, and the volume of work performed for a specific client is likely to vary from year to year, especially since we are generally not our clients' exclusive technology services provider. A major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenues for us in any subsequent year. The technology services we provide to our clients, and the revenues and income from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of technology services we provide changes over time. In addition, our reliance on any individual client for a significant portion of our revenues may give that client a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when negotiating contracts and terms of service.

 

In addition, a number of factors, including the following, other than our performance could cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenues from a client and these factors are not predictable:

 

our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other activities that cannot be billed to our clients.

 

the business or financial condition of that client or the economy generally;

 

a change in strategic priorities by that client, resulting in a reduced level of spending on technology services;

 

a demand for price reductions by that client; and

 

a decision by that client to move work in-house or to one or several of our competitors.

 

The loss or diminution in business from any of our major clients could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

 

Global economic and political conditions could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from clients located in the United States, Latin America and Europe. The technology services industry is particularly sensitive to the economic environment, and tends to decline during general economic downturns. If the U.S., Latin American, or European economies weaken or slow, or a negative or uncertain political climate develops or persists, pricing for our services may be depressed and our clients may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly, which may, in turn, lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.

 

The United Kingdom formally left the European Union on January 31, 2020, with a transitional period set to end on December 31, 2020 (“Brexit”). There is continued uncertainty surrounding the future relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union, including trade agreements between the United Kingdom and European Union. Additionally, long-term risks of Brexit include economic recessions in the United Kingdom or other European markets and currency instability for both the British Pound Sterling and the Euro. Given the number of different outcomes still possible, the impact of Brexit is difficult to determine.

 

If we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions affecting the markets in which we operate, we may be unable to effectively plan for or respond to those changes, and our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

12

 

 

We are subject to global pandemic risks, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Global pandemics or other disasters or public health concerns in regions of the world where we have operations could result in social, economic or labor instability and disrupt our business. For example, the ongoing coronavirus outbreak emanating from China at the beginning of 2020 has resulted in increased travel restrictions and extended shutdowns of certain businesses in certain regions. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus outbreak a “public health emergency of international concern.”  These events could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We face intense competition from technology and IT services providers, and an increase in competition, our inability to compete successfully, pricing pressures or loss of market share could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The market for technology and IT services is intensely competitive, highly fragmented and subject to rapid change and evolving industry standards and we expect competition to intensify. We believe that the principal competitive factors that we face are the ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end solution offerings; reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work; effective employee recruiting; training and retention; responsiveness to clients' business needs; scale; financial stability; and price.

 

We face competition primarily from large global consulting and outsourcing firms, digital agencies and design firms, traditional technology outsourcing providers, and the in-house product development departments of our clients and potential clients. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources and greater name recognition than we do. As a result, they may be able to compete more aggressively on pricing or devote greater resources to the development and promotion of technology and IT services. Companies based in some emerging markets also present significant price competition due to their competitive cost structures and tax advantages.

 

In addition, there are relatively few barriers to entry into our markets and we have faced, and expect to continue to face, competition from new technology services providers. Further, there is a risk that our clients may elect to increase their internal resources to satisfy their services needs as opposed to relying on a third-party vendor, such as our company. The technology services industry is also undergoing consolidation, which may result in increased competition in our target markets in the United States and Europe from larger firms that may have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources, may be able to respond more quickly to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands, and may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can. Increased competition could also result in price reductions, reduced operating margins and loss of our market share. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully with existing or new competitors or that competitive pressures will not materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our business depends on a strong brand and corporate reputation, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our client base will be impaired and our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

 

Since many of our specific client engagements involve highly tailored solutions, our corporate reputation is a significant factor in our clients' and prospective clients' determination of whether to engage us. We believe the Globant brand name and our reputation are important corporate assets that help distinguish our services from those of our competitors and also contribute to our efforts to recruit and retain talented IT professionals. However, our corporate reputation is susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by current or former employees or clients, competitors, vendors, adversaries in legal proceedings and government regulators, as well as members of the investment community and the media. There is a risk that negative information about our company, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements, resulting in a loss of business, and could adversely affect our recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of our Globant brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us and result in a decline in the price of our common shares.

  

13

 

 

Our labor costs and the operating restrictions that apply to us could increase as a result of collective bargaining negotiations and changes in labor laws and regulations, and disputes resulting in work stoppages, strikes, or disruptions could adversely affect our business.

 

As of December 31, 2019, 4.38% of our Globers are covered by collective bargaining agreements, including all Globers from our Brazilian, French and Spanish subsidiaries, as well as some Globers from our Argentinean subsidiaries. For complete details of the covered employees see "Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Employees". There can be no assurance that our non-unionized employees will not become members of a union or become covered by a collective bargaining agreement, including through an acquisition of a business whose employees are subject to such an agreement.

 

We cannot assure you that we or our operating subsidiaries will not experience work disruptions or stoppages in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and revenues. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to negotiate new collective bargaining agreements on the same terms as those currently in effect, or that we will not be subject to strikes or work stoppages before or during the negotiation process. If we are unable to negotiate salary agreements or if we are subject to strikes or work stoppages, our results of operations, financial condition and the market value of our shares could be materially adversely affected.

 

Our revenues are dependent on a limited number of industries, and any decrease in demand for technology services in these industries could reduce our revenues and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

A substantial portion of our clients are concentrated in the following industries: media and entertainment; banks, financial services and insurance; travel and hospitality; and, technology and telecommunications, consumer retail and manufacturing, and professional services which industries, in the aggregate, constituted 97.1%, 97.8% and 96.8% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our business growth largely depends on continued demand for our services from clients in these industries and other industries that we may target in the future, as well as on trends in these industries to purchase technology services or to move such services in-house.

 

A downturn in any of these or our targeted industries, a slowdown or reversal of the trend to spend on technology services in any of these industries could result in a decrease in the demand for our services and materially adversely affect our revenues, financial condition and results of operations. For example, a worsening of economic conditions in the media and entertainment industry and significant consolidation in that industry may reduce the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.

 

Other developments in the industries in which we operate may also lead to a decline in the demand for our services in these industries, and we may not be able to successfully anticipate and prepare for any such changes. For example, consolidation in any of these industries or acquisitions, particularly involving our clients, may adversely affect our business. Our clients may experience rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressure on their profitability. This, in turn, may result in increasing pressure on us from clients in these key industries to lower our prices, which could adversely affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

 

14

 

 

We have a relatively short operating history and operate in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects, may increase the risk that we will not continue to be successful and, accordingly, increases the risk of your investment.

 

Our company was founded in 2003 and, therefore, has a relatively short operating history. In addition, the technology services industry itself is continuously evolving. Competition, fueled by rapidly changing consumer demands and constant technological developments, renders the technology services industry one in which success and performance metrics are difficult to predict and measure. Because services and technologies are rapidly evolving and each company within the industry can vary greatly in terms of the services it provides, its business model, and its results of operations, it can be difficult to predict how any company's services, including ours, will be received in the market. While enterprises have been willing to devote significant resources to incorporate emerging technologies and related market trends into their business models, enterprises may not continue to spend any significant portion of their budgets on our services in the future. Neither our past financial performance nor the past financial performance of any other company in the technology services industry is indicative of how our company will fare financially in the future. Our future profits may vary substantially from those of other companies, and those we have achieved in the past, making investment in our company risky and speculative. If our clients' demand for our services declines, as a result of economic conditions, market factors or shifts in the technology industry, our business would suffer and our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

  

We are investing substantial cash in new facilities and physical infrastructure, and our profitability and cash flows could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately.

 

We have made and continue to make significant contractual commitments related to capital expenditures on construction or expansion of our delivery centers. We may encounter cost overruns or project delays in connection with opening new, or expanding existing, facilities. These expansions will likely increase our fixed costs and if we are unable to grow our business and revenues proportionately, our profitability and cash flows may be negatively affected.

 

If we cause disruptions in our clients' businesses or provide inadequate service, our clients may have claims for substantial damages against us, which could cause us to lose clients, have a negative effect on our corporate reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

If our Globers make errors in the course of delivering services to our clients or fail to consistently meet service requirements of a client, these errors or failures could disrupt the client's business, which could result in a reduction in our revenues or a claim for substantial damages against us. In addition, a failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement could seriously damage our corporate reputation and limit our ability to attract new business.

 

The services we provide are often critical to our clients' businesses. Certain of our client contracts require us to comply with security obligations including maintaining network security and backup data, ensuring our network is virus-free, maintaining business continuity planning procedures, and verifying the integrity of employees that work with our clients by conducting background checks. Any failure in a client's system or breach of security relating to the services we provide to the client could damage our reputation or result in a claim for substantial damages against us. Any significant failure of our equipment or systems, or any major disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the locations in which we operate, could impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose clients, and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Under our client contracts, our liability for breach of our obligations is in some cases limited pursuant to the terms of the contract. Such limitations may be unenforceable or otherwise may not protect us from liability for damages. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, are generally not limited under our contracts. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us in amounts greater than those covered by our current insurance policies could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if such assertions against us are unsuccessful, we may incur reputational harm and substantial legal fees.

 

We may face losses or reputational damage if our software solutions turn out to contain undetected software defects.

 

A significant amount of our business involves developing software solutions for our clients as part of our provision of technology services. We are required to make certain representations and warranties to our clients regarding the quality and functionality of our software. Any undetected software defects could result in liability to our clients under certain contracts as well as losses resulting from any litigation initiated by clients due to any losses sustained as a result of the defects. Any such liability or losses could have an adverse effect on our financial condition as well as on our reputation with our clients and in the technology services market in general.

  

15

 

 

Our client relationships, revenues, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected if we experience disruptions in our Internet infrastructure, telecommunications or IT systems.

 

Disruptions in telecommunications, system failures, Internet infrastructure or computer virus attacks could damage our reputation and harm our ability to deliver services to our clients, which could result in client dissatisfaction and a loss of business and related reduction of our revenues. We may not be able to consistently maintain active voice and data communications between our various global operations and with our clients due to disruptions in telecommunication networks and power supply, system failures or computer virus attacks. Any significant failure in our ability to communicate could result in a disruption in business, which could hinder our performance and our ability to complete projects on time. Such failure to perform on client contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

If our computer system is or becomes vulnerable to security breaches, or if any of our employees misappropriates data, we may face reputational damage, lose clients and revenues, or incur losses.

 

Our business is heavily dependent on the security of our IT networks and those of our clients. We often have access to or are required to collect and store confidential client and customer data, including personal data. Despite our efforts, threats to network and data security are increasingly diverse and sophisticated. Internal or external attacks on our IT servers and networks or those of our vendors or clients are vulnerable to cybersecurity risks, including viruses and worms, phishing attacks, denial-of-service attaches, physical or electronic break-ins, third party or employee theft or misuse, and similar disruptions, which could disrupt the normal operations of our engagements and impede our ability to provide critical services to our clients, thereby subjecting us to liability under our contracts and applicable data protection laws. Our business involves the use, storage and transmission of confidential information and personal data about our employees, our vendors and our clients. While we take measures designed to protect the security of, and unauthorized access to, our systems, as well as the privacy of confidential information and personal data, our security controls over our systems, or the security controls over the systems of our vendors and clients with which we operate and rely upon, as well as any other security practices we follow, may not prevent the improper access to or the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, including any personal data or proprietary information. Many of our client contracts do not limit our potential liability for breaches of confidentiality. If any person, including any of our Globers or former Globers, penetrates our network security or misappropriates data or code that belongs to us, our clients, or our clients' customers, we could be subject to significant liability from our clients or from our clients' customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or violating privacy and/or data protection laws.

 

Unauthorized disclosure of confidential client and customer data, including personal data, whether through breach of our or others' computer systems, systems failure, loss or theft of confidential information or intellectual property belonging to our clients or our clients' customers, or otherwise, could damage our reputation, cause us to lose clients and revenues, and result in financial and other potential losses by us, as well as require us to expend significant resources to protect against further incidents and to rectify any problems caused by these events. Any such access, unauthorized disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability and damages under applicable laws, regulatory penalties, breach notification, credit monitoring services, significant fines, administrative sanctions and could adversely affect our business, revenues, reputation, brand and competitive position.

 

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the various conflicting and/or onerous legal and regulatory obligations required in the countries where we operate.

 

We have a presence in many countries and plan to continue expanding our international operations, which may subject us to increased business and economic risks that could affect our financial results.

 

16

 

 

Since we provide services to clients throughout the world, and we collect, store, process and use personal data, we are subject to laws and regulations related to security and privacy in addition to other numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal requirements. Compliance with complex international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations increases our cost of doing business. These numerous, and sometimes conflicting laws, and regulations include, among others, import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, whistle blowing, internal control and disclosure rules, data protection and privacy requirements. Our real or perceived failure to comply with these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in fines, penalties, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, disgorgement of profits, prohibitions on doing business and adverse impact on our brand and reputation. In addition, our failure to comply with these regulations in the context of our obligations to our clients could also result in liability for monetary damages, unfavorable publicity and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degree of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to defend us and preserve our rights.

 

In addition, because we operate from a number of cities in Latin America, North America, Europe and Asia, we are also subject to risks relating to compliance with a variety of national and local labor laws including, employee health safety and wages and benefits laws. We may, from time to time, be subject to litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims against us by current or former Globers individually or as part of class actions, including claims of wrongful terminations, discrimination, misclassification or other violations of labor law or other alleged conduct. We may also, from time to time, be subject to litigation resulting from claims against us by third parties, including claims of breach of non-compete and confidentiality provisions of our employees' former employment agreements with such third parties. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may not be able to prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property and our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to protect our business, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our success depends in part on certain methodologies, practices, tools and technical expertise our company utilizes in designing, developing, implementing and maintaining applications and other proprietary intellectual capital. In order to protect our rights in this intellectual capital, we rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements as well as trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, clients and potential clients and limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.

 

We hold several trademarks and intend to submit additional U.S. federal and foreign trademark applications for developments relating to additional service offerings in the future. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining existing or obtaining future intellectual property rights or registrations. There can be no assurance that the laws, rules, regulations and treaties in the countries in which we operate in effect now or in the future or the contractual and other protective measures we take are adequate to protect us from misappropriation or unauthorized use of our intellectual capital or that such laws, rules, regulations and treaties will not change.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property and take appropriate steps to enforce our rights or that any such steps will be successful. We cannot assure you that we have taken all necessary steps to enforce our intellectual property rights in every jurisdiction in which we operate and we cannot assure you that the intellectual property laws of any jurisdiction in which we operate are adequate to protect our interest or that any favorable judgment obtained by us with respect thereto will be enforced in the courts. Misappropriation by third parties of, or other failure to protect, our intellectual property, including the costs of enforcing our intellectual property rights, could have a material adverse effect on our business, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition.

 

If we incur any liability for a violation of the intellectual property rights of others, our reputation, business, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected.

 

Our success largely depends on our ability to use and develop our technology, tools, code, methodologies and services without infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. We may be subject to litigation involving claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights of third parties. In such cases, litigation may be necessary to determine the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. However, given that litigation could be costly and time consuming and could divert the attention of management and key personnel from our business operations, we may elect to settle these claims from time to time.

 

17

 

 

We typically indemnify clients who purchase our services and solutions against potential infringement of intellectual property rights, which subjects us to the risk of indemnification claims. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our clients, regardless of the merits of these claims and are often not subject to liability limits or exclusion of consequential, indirect or punitive damages. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our clients, redesign or cease offering our allegedly infringing services or solutions, or obtain licenses for the intellectual property such services or solutions allegedly infringe. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our clients may stop using our services or solutions.

 

Further, our current and former Globers could challenge our exclusive rights to the software they have developed in the course of their employment. In certain countries in which we operate, an employer is deemed to own the copyright work created by its employees during the course, and within the scope, of their employment, but the employer may be required to satisfy additional legal requirements in order to make further use and dispose of such works. While we believe that we have complied with all such requirements, and have fulfilled all requirements necessary to acquire all rights in software developed by our independent contractors, these requirements are often ambiguously defined and enforced. As a result, we cannot assure you that we would be successful in defending against any claim by our current or former Globers or independent contractors challenging our exclusive rights over the use and transfer of works those Globers or independent contractors created or requesting additional compensation for such works.

 

We are subject to additional risks as a result of our recent and possible future acquisitions and the hiring of new employees who may misappropriate intellectual property from their former employers. The developers of the technology that we have acquired or may acquire may not have appropriately created, maintained or enforced intellectual property rights in such technology. Indemnification and other rights under acquisition documents may be limited in term and scope and may therefore provide little or no protection from these risks. Parties making infringement claims may be able to obtain an injunction to prevent us from delivering our services or using technology involving the allegedly infringing intellectual property. Intellectual property litigation is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management's attention from our business. A successful infringement claim against us, whether with or without merit, could, among other things, require us to pay substantial damages, develop substitute non-infringing technology, or rebrand our name or enter into royalty or license agreements that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and would require us to cease making, licensing or using products that have infringed a third party's intellectual property rights. Protracted litigation could also result in existing or potential clients deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our software product development services or solutions until resolution of such litigation, or could require us to indemnify our clients against infringement claims in certain instances. Any intellectual property claim or litigation, whether we ultimately win or lose, could damage our reputation and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may not be able to recognize revenues in the period in which our services are performed and the costs of those services are incurred, which may cause our margins to fluctuate.

 

We perform our services primarily under time-and-materials contracts and, to a lesser extent, fixed-price contracts. All revenues are recognized pursuant to applicable accounting standards.

 

Unlike our time-and-materials contracts, for which revenue is recognized as services are provided, our fixed-priced contracts require the use of certain accounting estimates. We utilize the input and output methods, depending on the nature of the project and the agreement with the customer, to account for these contracts. Under the input method, as labor costs represent the primary cost component under such contracts, we estimate each of our fixed-price contract's total labor cost to date as a proportion of its total expected labor cost. Under the output method, we recognize revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value of the services transferred to date relative to the remaining services promised under the contract. We monitor these factors and continuously revise and refine our estimates during the term of our fixed-price contracts.

 

18

 

 

Uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for our services or our failure to meet all the acceptance criteria, or otherwise meet a client's expectations, may result in us having to record the cost related to the performance of services in the period that services were rendered, but delay the timing of revenue recognition to a future period in which all acceptance criteria have been met, which may cause our margins to fluctuate.

  

Our cash flows and results of operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to collect on billed and unbilled receivables from clients.

 

Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We evaluate the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. We maintain provisions against receivables. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate and, as a result, we may need to adjust our provisions. We cannot assure you that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions, such as a potential credit crisis in the global financial system, could also result in financial difficulties for our clients, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy. Such conditions could cause clients to delay payment, request modifications of their payment terms, or default on their payment obligations to us, all of which could increase our receivables balance. Timely collection of fees for client services also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and subsequently bill for and collect our contractual service fees. If we are unable to meet our contractual obligations, we might experience delays in the collection of or be unable to collect our client balances, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time required to bill and collect for our services, our cash flows could be adversely affected, which could affect our ability to make necessary investments and, therefore, our results of operations.

 

If the current effective income tax rate payable by us in any country in which we operate is increased or if we lose any country-specific tax benefits, then our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions. Our consolidated effective income tax rate could be materially adversely affected by several factors, including changes in the amount of income taxed by or allocated to the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates; changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations of such tax laws in multiple jurisdictions; and the resolution of issues arising from tax audits or examinations and any related interest or penalties.

 

We report our results of operations based on our determination of the amount of taxes owed in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We have transfer pricing arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales and delivery functions. Transfer pricing regulations require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be on arm's-length terms. We consider the transactions among our subsidiaries to be on arm's-length terms. The determination of our consolidated provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires estimation, judgment and calculations where the ultimate tax determination may not be certain. Our determination of tax liability is always subject to review or examination by authorities in various jurisdictions.

 

Currently, we benefit from promotion regimes and tax benefits in Uruguay, India, Belarus and Argentina, although, in the case of Argentina, the effectiveness of the promotion regime is subject to additional regulation by the Argentine Executive Power. For detailed explanations and further discussion, see "Business Overview  — Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives". If these tax incentives in Argentina, Uruguay, India and Belarus are changed, terminated, not extended or made unavailable, or comparable new tax incentives are not introduced, we expect that our effective income tax rate and/or our operating expenses would increase significantly, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. See "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Operating Results — Certain Income Statement Line Items — Income Tax Expense".

 

On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted legislation referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("2017 Tax Act"), which instituted fundamental changes to the taxation of multinational corporations. As of the date of this annual report, certain provisions of the 2017 Tax Act may not apply to us, including those designed to (i) tax global intangible low-tax income ("GILTI"); (ii) establish a deduction for foreign derived intangible income ("FDII"); (iii) eliminate the intercompany payment deduction under Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax provision ("BEAT"); and (iv) establish new limitations on certain executive compensation. One or more of these provisions may apply to us in the future and any additional taxation may have an adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows. Unless otherwise discussed, potential investors in our common shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect of the 2017 Tax Act on the ownership of our common shares.

  

19

 

 

If we are faced with immigration or work permit restrictions in any country where we currently have personnel onsite at a client location or would like to expand our delivery footprint, then our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

A key part of our strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including by increasing the number of employees that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. Therefore, we must comply with the immigration, work permit and visa laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate or plan to operate. Our future inability to obtain or renew sufficient work permits and/or visas due to the impact of these regulations, including any changes to immigration, work permit and visa regulations in jurisdictions such as the United States and Europe, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

If we are unable to maintain favorable pricing terms with current or new suppliers, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

We rely to a limited extent on suppliers of goods and services. In some cases, we have contracts with such parties guaranteeing us favorable pricing terms. We cannot guarantee our ability to maintain such pricing terms beyond the date that pricing terms are fixed pursuant to a written agreement. Furthermore, should economic circumstances change, such that suppliers find it beneficial to change or attempt to renegotiate such pricing terms in their favor, we cannot assure you that we would be able to withstand an increase or achieve a favorable outcome in any such negotiation. Any change in our pricing terms would increase our costs and expenses, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

If our current insurance coverage is or becomes insufficient to protect against losses incurred, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

We provide technology services that are integral to our clients' businesses. If we were to default in the provision of any contractually agreed-upon services, our clients could suffer significant damages and make claims upon us for those damages. Although we believe that we have adequate processes in place to protect against defaults in the provisions of services, errors and omissions may occur. We currently carry errors and omissions liability coverage for all of the services we provide. To the extent client damages are deemed recoverable against us in amounts substantially in excess of our insurance coverage, or if our claims for insurance coverage are denied by our insurance carriers for any reason including, but not limited to our failure to provide insurance carrier-required documentation or our failure to follow insurance carrier-required claim settlement procedures, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Strategic acquisitions to complement and expand our business have been and will likely remain an important part of our competitive strategy. If we fail to acquire companies whose prospects, when combined with our company, would increase our value, or if we acquire and fail to efficiently integrate such other companies, then our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

We have expanded, and may continue to expand, our operations through strategically targeted acquisitions focused on deepening our relationships with key clients, extending our technological capacities including services over platforms, broadening our service offering and expanding the geographic footprint of our delivery centers, including beyond Latin America. We completed two acquisitions in 2008, one in 2011, two in 2012, one in 2013, one in 2014, two in 2015, three in 2016, two in 2017, one in 2018 and three in 2019. Financing of any future acquisition could require the incurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of equity or a combination of both. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify, acquire or profitably manage additional businesses or successfully integrate any acquired businesses without substantial expense, delays or other operational or financial risks and problems. Furthermore, acquisitions may involve a number of special risks, including diversion of management's attention, failure to retain key acquired personnel, unanticipated events or legal liabilities and amortization of acquired intangible assets. In addition, any client satisfaction or performance problems within an acquired business could have a material adverse impact on our company's corporate reputation and brand. We cannot assure you that any acquired businesses would achieve anticipated revenues and earnings. Any failure to manage our acquisition strategy successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

  

20

 

 

We have incurred significant share-based compensation expense in the past, and may in the future continue to incur share-based compensation expense, which could adversely impact our profits or the trading price of our common shares.

 

On July 3, 2014, our board of directors and shareholders approved and adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which was amended by our board of directors to increase the number of common shares that may be issued as stock awards from 1,666,667 to up to 3,666,667 on May 9, 2016, and from 3,666,667 to up to 5,666,667 on February 13, 2019.

 

From the adoption of the plan until the date of this annual report we have granted to members of our senior management and certain other employees 30,000 stock awards, options to purchase 2,270,059 common shares and 1,073,645 restricted stock units, net of any cancelled and/or forfeited awards. Most of the options and restricted stock units were granted with a vesting period of four years, 25% of each grant becoming exercisable on each anniversary of the grant date. The remaining options and restricted stock units were granted with a vesting period agreed with those employees. Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments is determined based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date. Each of our employee share options is exercisable for one of our common shares, and each of our restricted stock units is settled, automatically upon its vesting, with one of our common shares. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of an option or restricted stock unit. Neither the options nor the restricted stock units carry rights to dividends or voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiration (ten years after the grant date).

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we recorded $19.9, $12.9 and $14.5 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense related to the grant of options and restricted stock units.

 

The expenses associated with share-based compensation may reduce the attractiveness of issuing equity awards under our equity incentive plan. However, if we do not grant equity awards, or if we reduce the number of equity awards we grant, we may not be able to attract and retain key personnel. If we grant more equity awards to attract and retain key personnel, the expenses associated with such additional equity awards could materially adversely affect our results of operations and the trading price of our common shares.

 

Our ability to expand our business and procure new contracts or enter into beneficial business arrangements could be affected to the extent we enter into agreements with clients containing noncompetition clauses.

 

Some of our services agreements restrict our ability to perform similar services for certain of our clients' competitors under specific circumstances. We may in the future enter into additional agreements with clients that restrict our ability to accept assignments from, or render similar services to, those clients' customers, require us to obtain our clients' prior written consent to provide services to their customers or restrict our ability to compete with our clients, or bid for or accept any assignment for which those clients are bidding or negotiating. These restrictions may hamper our ability to compete for and provide services to other clients in a specific industry in which we have expertise and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The terms of our credit facility place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility.

 

In November 2018, Globant LLC, our U.S. subsidiary (the “Borrower”) entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “A&R Credit Agreement”) with the financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. As of December 31, 2019, $50.4 million was outstanding under the A&R Credit Agreement.

 

21

 

 

On February 6, 2020, the Borrower, entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”), by and among certain financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. Under the Second A&R Credit Agreement, which amends and restates the existing A&R Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2018, the Borrower may borrow (i) up to $100 million in up to four borrowings on or prior to August 6, 2021 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to $250 million under a revolving credit facility. In addition, the Borrower may request increases of the maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100 million. The maturity date of each of the facilities is February 5, 2025. Pursuant to the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, interest on the loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to either (i) LIBOR plus 1.50%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 1.75%, determined based on the Borrower’s Maximum Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement). The Borrower’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of the Borrower’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The Second A&R Credit Agreement also contains certain customary negative and affirmative covenants, which compliance may limit our flexibility in operating our business and our ability to take actions that might be advantageous to us and our shareholders.

 

Indebtedness under our credit facility bears interest based on LIBOR, which may be subject to regulatory guidance and/or reform that could cause interest rates under our current or future debt agreements to perform differently than in the past or cause other unanticipated consequences.

 

The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, has announced in 2017 that it intends to stop encouraging or requiring banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021, and as a result, methods of calculating LIBOR are evolving. If LIBOR ceases to exist or if the methods of calculating LIBOR change from their current form, interest rates on our current or future indebtedness may be adversely affected or we may need to renegotiate the terms of our credit agreement to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established, if any, or to otherwise agree with the trustees or agents under such facilities or instruments on a new means of calculating interest. As of the date of this annual report we cannot reasonably estimate the expected impact on our business of the discontinuation of LIBOR.

 

Risks Related to Operating in Latin America.

 

Our two largest operations are based in Colombia and Argentina, and we have subsidiaries in other countries of Latin America, such as Uruguay, Chile, Peru, Mexico and Brazil. There are significant risks to operating in those countries that should be carefully considered before making an investment decision.

 

Latin America

 

Latin America has experienced adverse economic conditions that may impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business is dependent to a certain extent upon the economic conditions prevalent in Argentina and Colombia as well as the other Latin American countries in which we operate. Latin American countries have historically experienced uneven periods of economic growth, as well as recession, periods of high inflation and economic instability. As a consequence of adverse economic conditions in global markets and diminishing commodity prices, the economic growth rates of the economies of many Latin American countries have slowed and some have entered mild recessions. Adverse economic conditions in any of these countries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Latin American governments have exercised and continue to exercise significant influence over the economies of the countries where we operate, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

Historically, governments in Latin America have frequently intervened in the economies of their respective countries and have occasionally made significant changes in policy and regulations. Governmental actions to control inflation and other policies and regulations have often involved, among others, price controls, currency devaluations, capital controls and tariffs. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected by:

  

22

 

 

changes in government policies or regulations, including such factors as exchange rates and exchange control policies;

 

inflation rates;

 

interest rates;

 

tariff and inflation control policies;

 

price control policies;

 

liquidity of domestic capital and lending markets;

 

electricity rationing;

 

tax policies, royalty and tax increases and retroactive tax claims; and

 

other political, diplomatic, social and economic developments in or affecting the countries where we operate.

 

Inflation, and government measures to curb inflation in Latin America, may adversely affect the economies in the countries where we operate in Latin America, our business and results of operations.

 

Some of the countries in which we operate in Latin America have experienced, or are currently experiencing, high rates of inflation. Although inflation rates in some of these countries (other than Argentina, as further explained in "Our results of operations may be adversely affected by high and possibly increasing inflation in Argentina") have been relatively low in the recent past, we cannot assure you that this trend will continue. The measures taken by the governments of these countries to control inflation have often included maintaining a tight monetary policy with high interest rates, thereby restricting the availability of credit and retarding economic growth. Measures to combat inflation and public speculation about possible additional actions have also contributed significantly to economic uncertainty in many of these countries and to heightened volatility in their securities markets. Periods of higher inflation may also slow the growth rate of local economies. Inflation is also likely to increase some of our costs and expenses, which we may not be able to fully pass on to our clients, which could adversely affect our operating margins and operating income.

 

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates (most notably between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso).

 

We conduct a substantial portion of our operations outside the United States, and our businesses may be impacted by significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Our consolidated financial statements and those of most of our subsidiaries are prepared in U.S. dollars as their functional currency, whereas some of our subsidiaries' operations are performed in local currencies. Therefore, the resulting exchange differences arising from the translation to our presentation currency are recognized in the finance gain or expense item or as a separate component of equity depending on the functional currency for each subsidiary. Fluctuations in exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar could impair the comparability of our results from period to period and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

In addition, our results of operations and financial condition are particularly sensitive to changes in the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso and Colombian peso/U.S. dollar exchange rates because a significant part of our operations are conducted in these countries where our costs are incurred, for the most-part, in Argentine pesos, Uruguayan pesos, Mexican pesos and Colombian pesos, while the substantial portion of our revenues generated outside of these countries are in U.S. dollars. Consequently, appreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to the Argentine peso, Mexican peso and Colombian peso, to the extent not offset by inflation in these countries, could result in favorable variations in our operating margins and, conversely, depreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to the Argentine peso, Mexican peso and Colombian peso could impact our operating margins negatively.

 

In recent years, the Argentine peso has suffered significant devaluations against the U.S. dollar and has continued to devaluate against the U.S. dollar. As a result of this economic instability, Argentina's foreign debt rating has been downgraded on multiple occasions based upon concerns regarding economic conditions and rising fears of increased inflationary pressures. This uncertainty may also adversely impact Argentina's ability to attract capital.

  

23

 

 

The increasing level of inflation in Argentina has generated pressure for further depreciation of the Argentine peso. The Argentine peso depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 31.2% in 2014, 52.1% in 2015, 21.9% in 2016, 18.4% in 2017, 102.2% in 2018, and 59.02% in 2019 based on the official exchange rates published by the Argentine Central Bank. The sharp depreciation in recent years has fostered inflation and created strong volatility in the U.S. dollar exchange rate.

 

Since the reinstatement of rigid restrictions and foreign exchange controls in September 1, 2019 through February 27, 2020, which, among other things, significantly curtailed access to the official foreign exchange market (the "FX market") by individuals and entities (see "— Item 4.B Business Overview — Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls — Argentina."), through February 27, 2020, the Argentine peso depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 8.31% in the FX Market. During that time, an unofficial U.S. dollar trading market developed in which the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate is significantly higher than the rate in the FX Market. We cannot predict future fluctuations in the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate or further foreign exchange restrictions.

 

Our business is dependent to a certain extent on maintaining our labor and other costs competitive with those of companies located in other regions around the world from which technology and IT services may be purchased by clients in the United States and Europe. We periodically evaluate the need for hedging strategies with our board of directors, including the use of such instruments to mitigate the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. During the year ended December 31, 2019, our Argentine, Uruguayan and Colombian operating subsidiaries entered into foreign exchange contracts for the purpose of hedging the risk of exposure to fluctuations in the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso and Colombian peso against the U.S. dollar. During the years ended 2018 and 2017, our Argentine operating subsidiaries entered into foreign exchange contracts for the purpose of hedging the risk of exposure to fluctuations in the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar. If we do not hedge such exposure or we do not do so effectively, appreciation of the Argentine peso, the Uruguayan peso or the Colombian peso against the U.S. dollar may raise our costs, which would increase the prices of our services to our customers, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We face the risk of political and economic crises, instability, terrorism, civil strife, expropriation and other risks of doing business in Latin America, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We conduct our operations primarily in Latin America. Economic and political developments in Latin America, including future economic changes or crises (such as inflation, currency devaluation or recession), government deadlock, political instability, terrorism, civil strife, changes in laws and regulations, restrictions on the repatriation of dividends or profits, expropriation or nationalization of property, restrictions on currency convertibility, volatility of the foreign exchange market and exchange controls could impact our operations or the market value of our common shares and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Argentina

 

Government intervention in the Argentine economy could adversely affect the economy and our results of operations or financial condition.

 

During recent years, the Argentine government has frequently intervened in the Argentine economy, including through the implementation of expropriation policies or nationalizations.

 

For example, in April 2012, the Argentine government provided for the nationalization of YPF S.A., the main Argentine oil company. In February 2014, the Argentine government and Repsol, from whom YPF was expropriated, announced that they had reached an agreement on the terms of the compensation payable to Repsol for the expropriation of the YPF shares, which settled the claim filed by Repsol with International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (the "ICSID"). Such compensation amounted to US$5 billion, payable in the form of Argentine sovereign bonds with various maturities.

 

24

 

 

There are other examples of government intervention. In December 2012 and August 2013, the Argentine Congress established new regulations relating to domestic capital markets. Such regulations generally provided for increased intervention in the capital markets by the government, authorizing, for example, the Argentine Securities Commission (Comisión Nacional de Valores or "CNV") to appoint observers with the ability to veto the decisions of the board of directors of companies admitted to the public offering regime in Argentina under certain circumstances and suspend the board of directors for a period of up to 180 days. On May 9, 2018, however, the Argentine Congress passed the Productive Financing Law No. 27,440, which reformed, among others, the Capital Markets Law No. 26,831 abrogating this power granted to the CNV and generally modernizing the entire regulatory framework applicable to the Argentine capital market, by incorporating current international practices to contribute to its development.

 

Since December 2019, Frente de Todos (a new coalition formed to participate in the general elections) returned to power with Mr. Alberto Fernández, as president and former president Cristina Kirchner, as vice-president. The new administration has recently adopted, and may continue to adopt, several measures that could imply further government intervention. For example, Decree No. 34/2019, issued on December 13, 2019, duplicated the amount of the statutory severance payments payable to employees hired before December 13, 2019 and fired between December 13, 2019 and June 13, 2020. Moreover, by Decree No. 14/2020 issued on January 3, 2020, the Argentine Executive Power approved a mandatory salary increase for the private sector employees of Argentine pesos 3,000 in January 2020 and additional Argentine pesos 1,000 in February 2020, and during February is intending to obtain the enactment of a draft bill regulating the offer and display of products in supermarkets, that has already been approved by the House of Representatives and, as of the date of this annual report, is pending of approval by the Senate.

 

Expropriations and other interventions by the Argentine government similar to those described above can have an adverse impact on the level of foreign investment in Argentina, the access of Argentine companies to the international capital markets and Argentina's commercial and diplomatic relations with other countries and, consequently, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by high and possibly increasing inflation in Argentina.

 

Inflation has materially undermined the Argentine economy and the government's ability to create conditions that would permit stable growth. High inflation may also undermine Argentina's foreign competitiveness in international markets and adversely affect economic activity and employment, as well as our business and results of operation. In particular, the margin on our services is impacted by the increase in our costs in providing those services, which is influenced by wage inflation in Argentina, as well as other factors.

 

The Argentine National Institute of Statistics and Census (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Censos) (“INDEC”) implemented certain methodological reforms and adjusted certain indexes based on these reforms. The lack of accuracy in the INDEC's indexes could result in a further decrease in confidence in Argentina's economy, which could, in turn, have an adverse effect on our ability to access the international credit markets at market rates to finance our operations and growth. See "In the past, the credibility of several Argentine economic indexes has been called into question."

 

According to data published by the INDEC, the Customer Price Index ("CPI") increased 11.9% as of October 2015 (for the first nine months of year 2015). In November 2015, the INDEC suspended the publication of the CPI. According to the publicly available information based on data from the Province of San Luis, the CPI grew by 31.6% in 2015 and 31.4% in 2016. According to the publicly available information based on data from the City of Buenos Aires, the CPI grew by 29.6% in 2015 and 41.0% in 2016. After implementing certain methodological reforms and adjusting certain macroeconomic statistics based on these reforms, in June 2016 the INDEC resumed its publication of the CPI. According to the INDEC, the CPI between May and December 2016 was 16.9% and in the year 2017 was 24.8%.

 

Several factors, including but not limited to the raising of the interest rate by the U.S. Federal Reserve and the inability of the Argentine government to perform structural changes and reduce the fiscal deficit, provoked a sharp depreciation of 59.02% of the Argentine Peso during 2019 that fostered inflation. According to the INDEC, the CPI was 47.6% in 2018 and 59.8% in 2019.

 

25

 

 

Uncertainty surrounding future inflation rates may have an adverse impact for Argentina in the long-term credit market. The Macri administration (2015-2019) adopted a series of measures to try to control the foreign exchange rate and inflation, including the execution of a financing agreement with the International Monetary Fund (“IMF”) for US$57.1 billion, and the Argentine Central Bank defined foreign exchange intervention and non-intervention zones for the U.S. dollar exchange rate and increased the Argentine pesos interest rates. In addition, the Macri administration adopted an inflation targeting regime in parallel with the floating exchange rate regime and set inflation targets. The Central Bank increased stabilization efforts to reduce excess monetary imbalances, raised Argentine pesos interest rates to offset inflationary pressure and adopted a policy of zero currency issuance. Also, on April 17, 2019, the Macri administration announced a series of additional economic measures to control inflation, including the freezing of prices of 60 basic products for at least six months and the commitment to avoid new tariff increases above those already announced. However, those and other measures adopted by the Macri Administration and the Argentine Central Bank caused a deepening recession (the Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) decreased 6.2% in 2018 and 1.7% in 2019), increasing unemployment and medium and small companies failures, while high inflation and foreign exchange instability continued. Since September 2019 with the re-enactment of the foreign exchange controls, the official foreign exchange rate remained relatively stable. Since the presidential election in October 2019, the new administration has not yet adopted additional measures to control inflation other than the adoption of an agreement with the United Association of Supermarkets to the control of the price of 336 basic products in January 2020 and the draft bill regulating the offer and display of products in supermarkets, that has already been approved by the House of Representatives and as of the date of this annual report is pending of approval by the Senate.

 

Inflation rates could continue escalating, and there is uncertainty regarding the effects that the measures taken, or that may be taken, by the Argentine government to control inflation could have in the medium term. If inflation remains high or continues to increase, Argentina's economy may be negatively impacted and our results of operations could be materially affected.

 

In the past, the credibility of several Argentine economic indexes has been called into question.

 

The intervention of the Argentine government in the INDEC in 2007, the change in the way the inflation index was measured and the imposition of fines by the Fernández de Kirchner administration on private consultants reporting inflation rates higher than the INDEC’s resulted in a decrease in the confidence in Argentina's economic statistics.

 

In February 2014, the INDEC released a new inflation index, known as National Urban Consumer Price Index (Índice de Precios al Consumidor Nacional Urbano) that measured the prices of goods across the country and replaces the previous index that only measured inflation in the urban sprawl of the City of Buenos Aires. Even though the new methodology brought inflation statistics closer to those estimated by private sources, material differences between official inflation data and private estimates remained during 2015.

 

However, during December 2015 and January 2016, the Macri administration declared the national statistical system and the INDEC to be in a state of administrative emergency through December 31, 2016. Accordingly, the new head of the INDEC announced the temporary suspension of the publication of official data of prices, poverty, unemployment and gross domestic product ("GDP") until the completion of a full review of INDEC's policies. Shortly thereafter, the INDEC released an alternative CPI index based on data from the City of Buenos Aires and the Province of San Luis. The INDEC resumed its publication of the CPI in June 2016, after implementing certain methodological reforms and adjusting certain macroeconomic statistics on the basis of those reforms. As a consequence of these reforms, on November 9, 2016, the IMF lifted its censure on Argentina, noting that Argentina had resumed the publication of data in a manner consistent with its obligations under the Articles of Agreement with the IMF. Still, uncertainty remains as to whether official data and measurement procedures sufficiently reflect inflation in the country, and what effect these reforms will have on the Argentine economy. In March 2018, the Argentine government announced a draft bill to provide INDEC with total autonomy and to transform it into an entity that will facilitate greater statistical independence of the main macroeconomic indicators, which as of the date of this annual report has not yet been enacted.

 

As of the date of this annual report, the impact that these measures and any future measures taken by the Argentine government with respect to the INDEC will have on the Argentine economy and investors' perception of the country cannot be predicted.

  

26

 

 

The results of the negotiations on the restructuring of the International Monetary Fund’s three-year Stand-By Arrangement for Argentina could have an adverse effect on the Argentine economy in general and our business in particular.

 

In late May 2018, the Macri administration requested the IMF financial support to help strengthen the Argentine economy in light of the financial market turbulence suffered in early 2018. In June 2018, Argentina and the IMF reached an agreement on an economic plan that could be supported by IMF financing in the form of a Stand-By Arrangement for $50 billion, and on June 20, 2018, the IMF’s Executive Board approved such plan and the consequent three-year Stand-By Arrangement. On September 2018 the Argentine government negotiated an extension to the Stand-By Arrangement from $50 billion to $57.1 billion. As of December 2019, the IMF disbursed an aggregate of US$44.70 billion and as of the date of this annual report there were additional disbursements pending for a total of US$12.40 billion.

 

The purpose of the Stand-By Arrangement was to support the Argentine government’s economic priorities, which include strengthening the Argentine economy and protecting the living standards of the Argentine citizens. The Fernández administration announced that would not request the disbursements of the pending amounts under the Stand-By arrangement and is negotiating the extension of the repayment terms that mature in 2021 and 2022.

 

As of the date of this annual report, we cannot guarantee that the Argentine government and the IMF will reach an agreement on the restructuring of the Stand-By Arrangement, nor are we able to predict the future consequences for the Argentine economy in general or our business in particular if such agreement fails.

 

Argentina's ability to obtain financing from international markets may be limited, which may in turn impair its ability to implement reforms and public policies and foster economic growth and could impact the ability of Argentine companies to obtain financing outside of Argentina.

 

Argentina's 2001 sovereign default and its failure to fully restructure its sovereign debt and negotiate with the holdout creditors has limited Argentina's ability to access international financing. In 2005, Argentina completed the restructuring of a substantial portion of its indebtedness and settled all of its debt with the IMF. Additionally, in June 2010, Argentina completed the restructuring of a significant portion of the defaulted bonds that were not exchanged in the 2005 restructuring, amounting to approximately 93% of the defaulted debt eligible for restructuring. However, holdout bondholders that declined to participate in the restructuring, filed lawsuits against Argentina in several countries, including the United States. Since late 2012, rulings from courts in the United States favored holdout bondholders.

 

In February 2016, the Macri´s administration entered into settlement agreements with holdout bondholders holding a significant portion of the defaulted bonds unchanged and has repaid the majority of the holdout creditors with the proceeds of a US$16.5 billion international offering of 3-year, 5-year, 10-year and 30-year bonds in April 2016. Although the size of the claims involved has decreased significantly, litigation initiated by bondholders that have not accepted Argentina's settlement offer continues in several jurisdictions.

 

Additionally, foreign shareholders of several Argentine companies have filed claims with the ICSID alleging that the emergency measures adopted by the Argentine government since the crisis in 2001 and 2002 differ from the just and equal treatment standards set forth in several bilateral investment treaties to which Argentina is a party. ICSID has ruled against Argentina with respect to many of these claims.

 

In January 2018, a new claim against the Argentine government was submitted by the fund “Draw Capital Partners” in New York in relation to certain interests due between 2014 and 2016. This claim has reopened discussions around Argentina’s foreign debt, despite the agreement reached by Macri’s administration to overcome the default.

 

27

 

 

Pursuant to a report issued by the Secretary of Finance of the Argentine government, as of December 2019, Argentina’s foreign debt amounted to US$311.25 billion, which represented 91.6% of Argentina’s GDP. In 2020, the Argentine government must make payments of about US$52 billion on sovereign debt in U.S. dollar and Argentine pesos, including about US$37 billion in foreign sovereign; and in 2021 the Argentine government must make payments of about US$37.1 billion on sovereign debt in U.S. dollars and Argentine pesos.

  

In addition, in January 26, 2020 the Province of Buenos Aires, the largest estate in Argentina, also had a maturity of provincial sovereign debt for US$277 million in principal amount and interests that, after the failure of the negotiations for an extension, canceled within the curing period in February 5, 2020. The Province of Buenos Aires has additional payments under its sovereign debt for US$110 million maturing in May 2020 and US$750 million maturing in June 2020. The Province will seek to restructure its sovereign debt in U.S. dollars simultaneously with the restructuring of the Argentine sovereign debt.

 

Because the Argentine government is facing maturities of sovereign debt in U.S. dollars and Argentine pesos for about US$11 billion during the first quarter of 2020 and US$26 billion during the second quarter of 2020, the Argentine Executive Power proposed a restructuring deadline of March 31, 2020. The sovereign debt maturing has collective action clauses pursuant to which the restructuring of their maturities requires the consent of holders holding at least 75% of the aggregate principal amount of each of the bonds. It has been reported the existence of holders’ committees holding blocking positions in some or all of the bonds to be restructured.

 

On February 13, 2020, US$1.6 billion of dual currency bonds issued by Argentina’s government matured. During February 2020, the Argentine government launched an offer to exchange the dual currency bonds with new peso-denominated bonds due in 2021, but only about 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the dual currency bonds was tendered. Following the failure of the exchange offer, the Argentine government sought to sell another peso-denominated bond, but ultimately terminated that plan. The Argentine government then issued Decree No. 141/2020, pursuant to which it postponed the payment of principal and suspended the accrual of interest under the dual currency bonds until September 30, 2020.

 

Due to these payment obligations and the lack of the Argentine government´s access to additional international or multilateral private financing, as of the date of this report, the country risk index published by JP Morgan amounted to 2094 basic points, which represents a high uncertainty on the ability of the Argentine government to make the payments due under its sovereign debt in the short and medium term.

 

On February 12, 2020, the Argentine Congress enacted the Law No. 27,544 for the Restoration of the Sustainability of the Public Debt issued under Foreign Law, which granted the Ministry of Economy the power to restructure the Argentine government external public debt.

 

If the Argentine government does not restructure the sovereign bonds with the required majority of holders (at least 75% in principal amount) Argentina may default on the sovereign debt again. In such event, Argentina's ability to obtain international or multilateral private financing or direct foreign investment may be limited, which may in turn impair its ability to implement reforms and public policies to foster economic growth, impair the ability of private sector entities to access the international capital markets or make the terms of such financing much less favorable that those accessible by companies in other countries in the region and may accelerate the depreciation of the Argentine peso, foster inflation and deepen the economic crisis and recession. In addition, Argentina may face again litigation from sovereign debt holdout holders.

 

Lack of access to international or domestic financial markets could affect the projected capital expenditures for our operations in Argentina, which, in turn, may have an adverse effect on our financial condition or the results of our operations.

 

A continued decline in the global prices of Argentina's main commodity exports could have an adverse effect on Argentina's economic growth.

 

High commodity prices have contributed significantly to the increase in Argentine exports since 2002 as well as in governmental revenues from export taxes. However, relying on the export of certain commodities, such as soy, has made the Argentine economy more vulnerable to fluctuations in the prices of commodities. Since the beginning of 2015, international commodity prices of Argentina's primary commodity exports have declined, which has had an adverse effect on Argentina's economic growth. If international commodity prices continue to decline, the Argentine economy could be adversely affected. In addition, adverse weather conditions can affect the production of commodities by the agricultural sector, which account for a significant portion of Argentina's export revenues.

  

28

 

 

These circumstances would have a negative impact on the levels of government revenues, available foreign exchange and the government's ability to service its sovereign debt, and could either generate recessionary or inflationary pressures, depending on the government's reaction. Either of these results would adversely impact Argentina's economic growth and, therefore, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Argentina continues to face considerable economic uncertainty.

 

Due to the foreign exchange crisis in the second half of 2018, the Argentine government implemented a series of measures aiming to reduce the fiscal deficit drastically, including the suspension of public infrastructure works, the depreciation of the Argentine peso, the re-imposition of export duties, the request of a stand-by loan agreement with the IMF and the elimination of the Supportive Federal Fund (by which the Federal Government distributed 30% of the proceeds of the export duties on soybean and soybean products to the provinces and municipalities), among other things.

 

As a consequence of inflation since 2018, in August 2019, the Argentine government issued a decree eliminating the VAT on certain basic food products until December 31, 2019. However, the Argentine Supreme Court issued an injunction stating that the fiscal costs of the VAT reduction must be borne only by the federal government, and could not affect the co-share of the Provincial Estates. Elimination of the VAT on those products, however, was not extended beyond December 31, 2019. The Macri administration favored the financing of the fiscal deficit through the issuance of new debt in the international debt markets. The fiscal, monetary and currency adjustments undertaken by the Macri administration subdued growth in the short-term. Immediately after most of the foreign exchange controls were lifted on December 10, 2015, the dismantling of the multiple exchange regime resulted in the official Argentine peso exchange rate (available only for certain types of transactions) falling in value by 40.1%, as the Argentine peso-U.S. dollar exchange rate reached Argentine pesos 13.76 to US$1.00 on December 17, 2015. As of December 2016, the Argentine peso depreciated 22.15% and as of December 2017, the Argentine peso depreciated 18.45%. During 2018, the Argentine peso has depreciated 103.83% accumulating a total depreciation of 284.84% since December 16, 2015 (immediately after most of the foreign exchange controls were lifted and dismantling of the multiple exchange regimes). Between December 31, 2018 and April 30, 2019, the Argentine peso depreciated 16.4% against the U.S. dollar. For containing the escalade of the Argentine peso-U.S. dollar exchange rate, during 2018 the Central Bank sold more than US$14 billion, reducing the Central Bank reserves; and increased the Argentine peso interest rates to more than 70%, affecting the access to domestic financing. All the foregoing caused a deepening recession (the GDP decreased 6.2% in 2018 and 1.7% in 2019), increasing unemployment and medium and small companies failures, while high inflation and foreign exchange instability continued.

 

In addition, during 2018 the Argentine government used the issuance of local short term Treasury Bills to finance fiscal deficit and control the foreign exchange rate through the absorption of Argentine pesos, such as Letras del Tesoro (LETES), Letras del Tesoro Capitalizables (LECAP), Letras del Tesoro en Pesos Argentinos Ajustadas por el CER (LECER) y Letras del Tesoro Atadas al Tipo de Cambio (LELINK), raising the Argentine peso interest rates. In August 2019, by Decree No. 596/2019 the Argentine government restructured the maturity of the LETES, LECAP, LECER and LELINK without haircuts, pursuant to which the principal amount under such Treasury Bills held by institutional holders will be paid in installments pursuant to the following schedule: (i) 15% on the maturity date; (ii) 25% 90 calendar days from the maturity date; and (iii) 60% 180 calendar days from the maturity date. In December 2019, pursuant to Decree No. 49/2019, the Fernández administration extended the LETES´ maturity until August 2020.

 

After assuming office in December 2019, President Alberto Fernández announced that his administration would continue with the Central Bank’s zero currency issuance policy and increased taxes to finance the fiscal deficit. However, it is yet uncertain the effects that these measures will have in the fiscal deficit and on the economy in general. 

 

29

 

 

  

In addition, the Argentine government faces maturities of sovereign debt for about US$90 billion in 2020 and 2021 in U.S. dollar and Argentine pesos, which must restructure. See “Argentina's ability to obtain financing from international markets may be limited, which may in turn impair its ability to implement reforms and public policies and foster economic growth and could impact the ability of Argentine companies to obtain financing outside of Argentina.”.

 

If the Argentine government does not restructure the sovereign bonds Argentina may default on the soverign debt again, what may worsen the current economic conditions and provoke a general economic crisis, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Argentine government may order salary increases to be paid to employees in the private sector, which could increase our operating costs and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

In the past, the Argentine government has passed laws, regulations and decrees requiring companies in the private sector to increase wages and provide specified benefits to employees, and may do so again in the future. Argentine employers, both in the public and private sectors, have experienced significant pressure from their employees and labor organizations to increase wages and to provide additional employee benefits. Due to the high levels of inflation, employees and labor organizations are demanding significant wage increases. The Argentine government increased the minimum salary multiple times from 3,600 Argentine pesos in January 2014 to 16,875 Argentine pesos in October 2019. The INDEC published data regarding the evolution of salaries in the private and public sectors, reflects salary increases of approximately 26.7% and 25.26% in the private and public sectors, respectively, between January 2017 and December 2017; approximately 28.7% salary increases in both private and public sectors between January 2018 and November 2018; and 37.6% in both private and public sectors between January 2019 and October 2019.

 

Due to high levels of inflation and full employment in the high tech industry, we expect to raise salaries in line with the market. During the year ended December 31, 2018, labor unions agreed with employers´ associations on annual salary increases between 30% and 40%. In addition, on November 12, 2018, the Argentine government issued a decree imposing the payment of an extraordinary non-remuneratory bonus of Argentine pesos 5,000 to all workers in the private sector, payable in two installments in December 2018 and February 2019. On September 25, 2019, the Argentine government issued a decree imposing another payment of an extraordinary non-remuneratory bonus of 5,000 Argentine pesos to all workers in the private sector. Pursuant to Law No. 27,541, the Argentine government may apply mandatory salary increases to private entities. Through Decree No. 14/2020 issued on January 3, 2020, the Argentine Executive Power approved a mandatory salary increase for the private sector employees of 3,000 Argentine pesos in January 2020 and additional 1,000 Argentine pesos in February 2020.

 

In addition, on December 28, 2017, the Argentine Congress passed Argentine Law No. 27,426 granting employees the option to maintain their employment status until the age of 70, though employees may choose to retire earlier at the age of 65 for male employees or 60 for female employees.

 

If future salary increases in the Argentine peso exceed the pace of the devaluation of the Argentine peso, such salary increases could have a material and adverse effect on our expenses and business, results of operations and financial condition and, thus, on the trading prices for our common shares.

 

Argentine exchange controls and restrictions have been reinstated in Argentina limiting the access to the FX Market and impairing the availability of foreign investments and international credit and access to capital markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business.

 

Due to the foreign exchange crisis generated in August 2019 and the continued reduction of the Argentine Central Bank’s foreign currency reserves, since September 1, 2019 the Argentine government reimposed rigid exchange controls and transfer restrictions, substantially limiting the ability of legal entities to obtain foreign currency or make certain payments or distributions out of Argentina. See "Information on the Company - Business Overview - Foreign Exchange Controls".

 

30

 

 

In response to the re-imposition of the foreign exchange restrictions, an unofficial U.S. dollar trading market developed in which the Argentine peso-U.S. dollar exchange rate differed substantially from the official Argentine peso-U.S. dollar exchange rate. In addition, access to foreign currency and its transfer out of Argentina can also be obtained through capital markets transactions called Blue-Chip Swaps, subject to certain restrictions, which also is significantly more expensive than acquiring foreign exchange through the FX Market.

  

In the past, the Argentine government also imposed informal restrictions, such as limitations on the ability of certain local companies and individuals to purchase foreign currency. Informal restrictions may consist in de facto measures restricting local residents and companies from purchasing foreign currency through the FX Market to make payments out of Argentina, such as prepayments under foreign debt, dividend distributions, capital reductions, and payment for importation of goods and services.

 

These measures could lead to political and social tensions and undermine the Argentine government’s public finances, as has occurred in the past, which could adversely affect Argentina’s economy and prospects for economic growth, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Blue-chip swap transactions increase our exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Argentine peso, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our operations and the market price of our common shares.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2015 and 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries, used cash received from repayments of intercompany loans and capital contributions to acquire Argentine sovereign bonds, including Bonos del Gobierno Nacional en Dólares Estadounidenses ("BODEN") and Bonos Argentinos ("BONAR"), in the U.S. market denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

After acquiring these bonds and after holding them for a certain period of time, our Argentine subsidiaries sold those bonds in the Argentine market. The fair values of the bonds in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2015 and 2014 were higher than their quoted prices in the U.S. market (in U.S dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert these transactions in foreign currency into our Argentine subsidiaries' functional currency), we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

 

If we decide to engage in blue-chip swap transactions in the future, we cannot assure you that the quoted price of BODEN and/or BONAR in Argentine pesos in the Argentine markets will be higher than the quoted price in the U.S. debt markets in U.S. dollars converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina or that the Argentine government will not make any legislative, judicial, or administrative changes or interpretations, any of which could impair our Argentine subsidiaries to pursue such transactions, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Foreign exchange restrictions have impaired our ability to receive dividends and distributions from our Argentine subsidiaries, receive the proceeds of any sale of our assets in Argentina and receive certain payments to us or other of our subsidiaries out of Argentina through the FX market.

 

Since September 1, 2019 the Argentine government reimposed rigid exchange controls and transfer restrictions, substantially limiting the ability of legal entities to obtain foreign currency or make certain payments or distributions abroad. Among others, the foreign exchange restrictions require the prior authorization of the Argentine Central Bank for the access to the FX Market for purposes of acquiring foreign currency for portfolio purposes by legal entities and making dividend distributions (except in certain limited circumstances and amounts). See "Information on the Company - Business Overview - Foreign Exchange Controls".

 

Pursuant to the new foreign exchange regulations, our Argentine subsidiaries have access to the FX Market to make payments of dividends or other distributions of earnings out of Argentina from January 17, 2020 without the prior authorization of the Argentine Central Bank up to an amount equal to 30% of the value of all new capital contributions of foreign direct investments made to our Argentine subsidiaries since such date to the extent that the proceeds of those capital contributions have been repatriated into Argentina and converted into Argentine pesos through the FX Market and they have been capitalized and the registration of such capitalization has been requested before the Public Registry of Commerce. The access to the FX Market for the payment of dividends in excess of the amounts described above or not complying with those requirements are subject to the prior authorization of the Argentine Central Bank.

 

31

 

 

The new foreign exchange regulations have also restricted the ability of our Argentine subsidiaries to access the FX Market to acquire foreign currency without the prior authorization of the Argentine Central Bank for portfolio purposes and the ability of foreign residents to access the FX Market to acquire foreign currency for any purpose, including for example for the conversion and transfer out of Argentina of the proceeds of the sale of assets received by the foreign resident in Argentina.

 

In addition, the new foreign exchange regulations require the prior authorization of the Argentine Central Bank for making any payments of services to foreign related entities except for expenses payable for their normal operation.

 

Additionally, the access to foreign currency and its transfer abroad can also be obtained through capital markets transactions called Blue-Chip Swaps subject to certain restrictions, which, however are significantly more expensive than acquiring foreign exchange through the FX Market.

 

The domestic revenues of our Argentine subsidiaries (excluding intercompany revenues to other Globant subsidiaries, which are eliminated in consolidation) were $30.9 in 2019, $23.8 million in 2018 and $13.3 million in 2017, representing 4.7%, 4.6%, and 3.2% of our annual consolidated revenues, respectively.

 

Our Argentine subsidiaries are impaired in their ability to make dividends distributions and payments of services to the Company or other Globant foreign subsidiaries through the FX Market and we and other Globant foreign subsidiaries are also impaired from accessing the FX Market to transfer out of Argentina any monies collected in such jurisdiction; or the making of such payments and transfers would be subject to substantial additional costs which, in either case, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Foreign exchange restrictions have reimposed the mandatory repatriation of export services receivables.

 

Since September 1, 2019 the Argentine government reimposed the mandatory repatriation into Argentina and the conversion into Argentine pesos through the FX Market of the receivables for export services within 5 consecutive days computed from the date they are received. See "Information on the Company - Business Overview - Foreign Exchange Controls".

 

The re-imposition of the repatriation of export services receivables and the additional restrictions imposed on the access to the FX Market (See “Foreign exchange restrictions have impaired our ability to receive dividends and distributions from our Argentine subsidiaries, receive the proceeds of any sale of our assets in Argentina and receive certain payments to us or other of our subsidiaries out of Argentina through the FX market.”), could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our operating cash flows may be adversely affected if there is a delay in obtaining reimbursement of value-added tax credits from AFIP.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019, our Argentine operating subsidiary IAFH Global S.A. recognized an aggregate of $0.6 million in value-added tax credits. These tax credits may be monetized by way of cash reimbursement from AFIP. Obtaining this cash reimbursement requires submission of a written request to AFIP, which is subject to its approval. In the event that AFIP delays its approval of the request for reimbursement of these value-added tax credits, our ability to monetize the value of those credits would be delayed, which could adversely affect our cash flows.

 

32

 

 

The imposition of duties on export services could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

On December 4, 2018, Argentina approved the budget bill for year 2019 through Law 27,467, which amended the Customs Code to allow for duties to be applied to the exportation of services (and not only goods). In addition, the Argentine Executive Power was allowed to impose export duties of up to 30% until December 31, 2020. However, in case of services and goods that were not subject to export duties before September 2, 2018, the maximum rate is 12%. On January 2, 2019, the Argentine Executive Power issued Decree No. 1201/2018, which established an export duty on export of services at a rate of 12% with a maximum limit of Argentine pesos (ARS) 4 per each U.S. dollar of the amount arising from the invoice or equivalent document. 

  

On December 28, 2019, Decree 99/2019 was published in the Official Gazette to extend the application of duties on export of services until December 31, 2021 with a rate of 5% without limit. The new rate is in force from January 1, 2020.

 

A service is deemed “exported” when it is rendered in Argentina but it is effectively used or exploited off shore. Such utilization or exploitation is effective upon the first utilization or act of disposal of the service by the recipient even when, if appropriate, the latter intends such service for consumption.

 

If additional increases of the current rates for export duties were imposed on the export of services, the results of our operations could be adversely affected.

 

Changes in Argentine tax laws may adversely affect the results of our operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

In 2012, the Argentine government terminated its treaties with Spain for the avoidance of double taxation. As a result, the exemption from personal assets tax that was available pursuant to such treaty for equity interests in local companies owned by Spanish residents no longer applies. The new double taxation treaty with Spain, which was adopted on December 23, 2013 and applied retroactively from January 1, 2013, does not include a similar exemption. Under the new treaty, and subject to the conditions set forth therein, the tax applicable on dividends distributed by our Argentine subsidiaries to our Spanish subsidiaries is limited to 10% of the gross amount of dividends distributed, and income tax withholding on financial interest is limited to 12%.

 

On December 29, 2017, the Argentine government enacted Law No. 27,430, which reduced the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 30% for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and 25% for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2020. Additionally, the distribution of dividends is subject to a 7% tax rate related to financial results from fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and 13% tax rate for the distribution of dividends related to financial results from fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2020.

 

On December 23, 2019, the Argentine Government enacted the Ley de Solidaridad Social y Reactivación Productiva No. 27,541 (the "Law on Social Solidarity and Productive Reactivation " or the "Social Solidarity Law") which declared a public emergency in economic, financial, fiscal, administrative, social security, tariff, energy, health and social matters, and also delegated legislative powers to the National Executive Power, until December 31, 2020. According to the Social Solidarity Law, the corporate income and dividend tax rates for tax years commencing on or after January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 are 30% and 7%, respectively. Consequently, the effectiveness of the 25% and 13% tax rates have been delayed until tax years commencing after December 31, 2020.

 

The Social Solidarity Law also introduced amendments to the income tax, personal assets tax, excise tax on certain goods, tax on debits and credits in local bank accounts and social security rules. It also established a new tax on certain purchases of foreign currency, a new tax debt settlement plan for certain taxpayers, and established new rates on exports of goods and services.

 

Argentine companies are required to pay the personal assets tax corresponding to Argentine resident individuals, foreign individuals and foreign entities for holding equity interests in such companies as of December 31 of each year. The applicable tax rate until 2018 was 0.25% and the tax is levied on the equity stated in the latest financial statements.

 

33

 

  

Under the Social Solidarity Law, the tax rate applicable to shares or participations in the capital of companies governed by the Argentine General Companies Law was increased from 0.25% to 0.50% of the pro-rata equity value.

  

We cannot assure that the Argentine government or any of its political divisions will not adopt additional changes and reforms in tax matters, nor that these reforms and those that may be adopted in the future will not adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Exposure to multiple provincial and municipal legislation and regulations could adversely affect our business or results of operations.

 

Argentina is a federal country with 23 provinces and one autonomous city (City of Buenos Aires), each of which, under the Argentine national constitution, has full power to enact legislation concerning taxes and other matters. Likewise, within each province, municipal governments have broad powers to regulate such matters. Due to the fact that our delivery centers are located in multiple provinces, we are also subject to multiple provincial and municipal legislation and regulations. Although we have not experienced any material adverse effects from this, future developments in provincial and municipal legislation concerning taxes, provincial regulations or other matters may adversely affect our business or results of operations.

 

Colombia

 

Colombia has experienced several periods of internal security issues that could affect the economy and impact our business, and our results from operations.

 

Colombia has suffered from periods of criminal violence over the past four decades, primarily due to the activities of guerrilla groups such as the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias de Colombia) (“FARC”), paramilitary groups and drug cartels and criminal bands known as Bacrim. In regions of the country with limited governmental presence, these groups have exerted influence over the local population and funded their activities by protecting and rendering services to drug traffickers. In response, the Colombian government has implemented various security measures and has strengthened its military and police forces by creating specialized units. The Colombian government and the FARC signed a peace agreement on September 26, 2016, which was amended by the Colombian Congress on November 30, 2016 and is currently being implemented after four years of negotiation. As a result, during the transition process, Colombia may experience internal security issues, and drug-related crime and guerilla, and paramilitary activities, which may have a negative impact on the Colombian economy. In addition, the peace agreement reached with the FARC may be modified by current or future governments, including President Duque’s administration. Although the Colombian Congress has approved certain regulations implementing the final peace agreement, including laws governing the Special Peace Justice System (Jurisdicción Especial para la Paz), laws enacted by the Colombia Congress in this regard may differ from the provisions of the peace agreement. If there are deviations from the peace agreement, there can be no assurance that criminal actions will not escalate in Colombia.

 

Pursuant to the peace agreements negotiated between FARC and the Colombian government, FARC occupies five seats in the Colombian Senate and five seats in the Colombian House of Representatives. We cannot predict which policies will be adopted by the Colombian government and whether the policies would have a negative impact on the Colombian economy or our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

34

 

 

Despite efforts by the Colombian government, drug-related crime, guerrilla paramilitary activity and criminal bands continue to exist in Colombia, and allegations have surfaced regarding members of the Colombian congress and other government officials having ties to guerilla and paramilitary groups. Although the Colombian government and the National Liberation Army (“ELN”) have been in talks since February 2017 to end a five-decade war, the Colombian government has suspended the negotiations after a series of rebel attacks and, in 2019, a minority group of dissidents of the peace process with FARC announced their return to illegal activities. Any possible escalation in the violence associated with this terrorist attack and/or these activities may have a negative impact on the Colombian economy. Our business or financial condition could be adversely effected by the rapidly changing economic or social conditions related to such circumstances, including the Colombian government's ability to implement the peace agreement with the FARC. Such changes could include the passing of legislation that could increase our tax burden and impact the overall Colombian economy.

 

Any further downgrade in the credit rating of Colombia could adversely affect the Colombian economy.

 

The outlook of Colombia’s credit rating was changed to negative by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”) and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) in 2016 and by Moody’s Corporation (“Moody’s”) in February 2018. In December 2017, S&P downgraded the rating of Colombia’s long-term foreign currency sovereign credit ratings on Colombia from “BBB” to “BBB-.” Additionally, on February 22, 2018 Moody’s changed Colombia’s rating outlook from stable to negative. Currently, Colombia’s long-term debt denominated in foreign currency is rated “Baa2” by Moody’s, “BBB-” by S&P and “BBB” by Fitch. Any further downgrade of Colombia’s credit rating could adversely affect the Colombian economy and our results of operations. We cannot assure as to whether there will be further deterioration of the Colombian economy particularly due to the fiscal deficit and Colombia’s public debt. If the condition of the Colombian economy were to deteriorate, we would likely be adversely affected.

 

Any additional taxes resulting from changes to tax regulations or the interpretation thereof could adversely affect our consolidated results.

 

Colombia underwent tax reforms in 2019, 2018, 2016 and 2014.In October 2019, the Colombian Constitutional Cort held that the 2018 tax reform enacted by the Colombian Congress was unconstitutional because of procedural flaws in Congress’s approval process. The 2018 tax reform governed the 2019 taxable year but ceased as of January 1, 2020. Nonetheless, the tax rules introduced by the 2018 tax reform (and repealed by the Constitutional Court) were reinstated by Congress in a new 2019 tax reform.

 

The 2019 tax reform was published and approved on December 27, 2019 and is intended to replicate the provisions that were introduced by the 2018 tax reform, with some minor modifications. As a result, income tax withholding rates resulting from payments made to foreign entities remains at a general rate of 20%, except for foreign indebtedness exceeding one year, where the applicable income tax withholding remains at 15%. Dividends paid to foreign shareholders (individuals or corporations) paid out of profits that were subject to corporate income tax became subject to a withholding tax of 10% (resulting in an increase of 2.5% from 7.5% introduced by the 2018 tax reform) and dividends paid out of profits that were not subject to corporate income tax became subject to a withholding tax of 32% for 2020, with a progressive reduction of the tax rate by 1% for each upcoming year, until 2020 (in which year the tax rate is stabilized in 30%) plus the foregoing 10%, which applies to the balance after the withholding is applied.

 

The 2019 tax reform introduced a new equity tax applicable to: (i) Colombian resident individuals (ii) non-resident individuals on their Colombian assets, (iii) non-distributed inheritance of non-residents and (iv) foreign non-resident entities owning assets in Colombia different from shares, account receivables and portfolio investments; whose net equity in Colombia as of January 1, 2020 is COP $5,000 million or higher. The equity tax would be triggered in January 1, 2020, and 2021 at rate of 1%.

 

We cannot assure you that Colombian tax laws will not change or may be interpreted differently by authorities, and any change could result in the imposition of additional taxes. Additional tax regulations could negatively affect our results of operations and cash flow. In addition, national or local taxing authorities may not interpret tax regulations in the same way that we do. Differing interpretations could result in future tax litigation and associated costs.

 

35

 

  

The Colombian government and the Colombian central bank exercise significant influence on the Colombian economy, which could have an impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Colombian government and the Colombian central bank could intervene in Colombia’s economy and make changes in monetary, fiscal and regulatory policy, which could result in currency devaluation and the changes in international reserves.

 

Although the Colombian government has not imposed foreign exchange restrictions since 1990, Colombia’s foreign currency markets have historically been extremely regulated. Colombian law permits the Colombian central bank to impose foreign exchange controls to regulate the remittance of dividends and/or foreign investments in the event that the foreign currency reserves of the Colombian central bank fall below a level equal to the value of three months of imports of goods and services into Colombia. An intervention that precludes us from possessing, utilizing or remitting dollars would impair our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Colombian government has considerable power to shape the Colombian economy and, consequently, affect the operations and financial performance of businesses. The Colombian government may seek to implement new policies aimed at controlling further fluctuation of the Colombian peso against the U.S. dollar and fostering domestic price stability. The president of Colombia has considerable power to determine governmental policies and actions relating to the economy and may adopt policies that are inconsistent with those of the prior government or that negatively affect us.

 

If the United States imposes sanctions on Colombia in the future, our business may be adversely affected.

 

Colombia is among several nations whose eligibility to receive foreign aid from the United States is dependent on its progress in stemming the production and transit of illegal drugs, which is subject to an annual review. Although Colombia is currently eligible for such aid, Colombia may not remain eligible in the future. A finding by the United States that Colombia has failed demonstrably to meet its obligations under international counter-narcotic agreements may result in the imposition of economic and trade sanctions on Colombia which could result in adverse economic consequences in Colombia and could further heighten the political and economic risks associated with our operations there.

 

Risks Related to the Company and the Ownership of Our Common Shares

 

The price of our common shares may be highly volatile.

 

The market price of our common shares may be volatile and may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

the failure of financial analysts to cover our common shares or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our common shares or the shares of our competitors;

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

future sales of our common shares; and

 

investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.

 

In addition, the equity markets in general have experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies' securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

  

36

 

 

Holders of our common shares may experience losses due to increased volatility in the U.S. capital markets.

 

The U.S. capital markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance or results of operations of those companies. These broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, as well as volatility in international capital markets, may cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

 

In addition, downgrades to the U.S. government's sovereign credit rating by any rating agency, as well as negative changes to the perceived creditworthiness of U.S. government-related obligations, could have a material adverse impact on financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and worldwide. Any volatility in the capital markets in the United States or in other developed countries, whether resulting from a downgrade of the sovereign credit rating of U.S. debt obligations or otherwise, may have an adverse effect on the price of our common shares.

 

We may be classified by the Internal Revenue Service as a "passive foreign investment company" (a "PFIC"), which may result in adverse tax consequences for U.S. investors.

 

We believe that we will not be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year and do not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. However, because PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. Because we have valued goodwill based on the market value of our equity for purposes of taxation, a decrease in the price of our common shares may also result in us becoming a PFIC. The composition of our income and our assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash. Under circumstances where the cash is not deployed for active purposes, our risk of becoming a PFIC may increase. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor held common shares, certain adverse tax consequences could apply to such U.S. investor. See "Additional Information — Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive foreign investment company rules."

 

We may need additional capital and we may not be able to obtain it.

 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations, including the cash available under our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain another credit facility or expand the existing one. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to additional operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations.

 

Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

 

investors' perception of, and demand for, securities of technology services companies;

 

conditions of the U.S. capital markets and other capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds;

 

our future results of operations and financial condition;

 

government regulation of foreign investment in the United States, Europe, and Latin America; and

 

global economic, political and other conditions in jurisdictions in which we do business.

 

37

 

 

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and principal shareholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions or adversely affect the trading price of our common shares.

  

As of February 13, 2020, our directors and executive officers, entities affiliated with them and greater than 5% shareholders, beneficially own an aggregate of approximately 25.22% of our outstanding common shares, of which 0.76% represents common shares subject to options that currently are exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days of February 13, 2020 as well as common shares issuable upon settlement of restricted stock units that have vested or will vest within 60 days of February 13, 2020 . As a result, these shareholders may exercise significant influence over matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and may have significant influence over our management and policies. This concentration of influence could be disadvantageous to other shareholders with interests different from those of our officers, directors and principal shareholders. For example, our officers, directors and principal shareholders could delay or prevent an acquisition or merger even if the transaction would benefit other shareholders. In addition, this concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common shares because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning shares in companies with principal shareholders.

 

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by the increased strain on our resources from complying with the reporting, disclosure, and other requirements applicable to public companies in the United States.

 

Compliance with existing, new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance. Changing laws, regulations and standards include those relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure; these include but are not limited to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations and NYSE listing guidelines that result out of the NYSE listing. These laws, regulations and guidelines may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. In particular, our efforts to comply with certain sections of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("Section 404") and the related regulations regarding required assessment of internal controls over financial reporting and our external auditor's audit of that assessment requires the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management's attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We also expect the regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly.

 

Existing, new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. In addition, new laws, regulations and standards regarding corporate governance may make it more difficult for our company to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Further, our board members and senior management could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with their performance of duties. As a result, we may face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified board members and senior management, which could harm our business. If we fail to comply with new or changed laws or regulations and standards differ, our business and reputation may be harmed.

 

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 could have a material adverse effect on our business and common share price.

 

As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which will require management assessments and certifications of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remedy in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm is required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting but may not be able or willing to issue an unqualified report. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we cannot be certain as to the timing of remediation actions and testing or their effect on our operations because there is presently no precedent available by which to measure compliance adequacy.

 

38

 

 

If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, our independent auditors are unable to provide us with an unqualified report as required by Section 404, or we are required to restate our financial statements, we may fail to meet our public reporting obligations and investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common shares.

 

Our exemption as a "foreign private issuer" from certain rules under the U.S. securities laws may result in less information about us being available to investors than for U.S. companies, which may result in our common shares being less attractive to investors.

 

As a "foreign private issuer" in the United States, we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than U.S. companies. As a "foreign private issuer," we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and "short-swing" profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our common shares. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as companies that are not foreign private issuers whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to information they may deem important, which may result in our common shares being less attractive to investors.

 

We do not plan to declare dividends, and our ability to do so will be affected by restrictions under Luxembourg law.

 

We have not declared dividends in the past and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future. In addition, both our articles of association and the Luxembourg law of August 10, 1915 on commercial companies as amended (loi du 10 août 1915 sur les sociétés commerciales telle que modifiée) (the "Luxembourg Companies Law") require a general meeting of shareholders to approve any dividend distribution except as set forth below.

 

Our ability to declare dividends under Luxembourg law is subject to the availability of distributable earnings or available reserves, including share premium. Moreover, if we declare dividends in the future, we may not be able to pay them more frequently than annually. As permitted by Luxembourg Companies Law and subject to the provisions thereof, our articles of association authorize the declaration of dividends more frequently than annually by our board of directors in the form of interim dividends so long as the amount of such interim dividends does not exceed total net income made since the end of the last financial year for which the standalone annual accounts have been approved, plus any net income carried forward and sums drawn from reserves available for this purpose, less the aggregate of the prior year's accumulated losses, the amounts to be set aside for the reserves required by law or by our articles of association for the prior year, and the estimated tax due on such earnings.

 

We depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments, which they may not be able to do.

 

Our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations. We have no relevant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by covenants in our or their financing agreements or by the law of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we will be unable to distribute dividends. We do not intend to seek to obtain funds from other sources to pay dividends. See "— Risks Related to Operating in Latin America — Argentina — The imposition in the future of restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina."

  

39

 

 

Our shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests than they would as shareholders of a U.S. corporation, which could adversely impact trading in our common shares and our ability to conduct equity financings.

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association and the laws of Luxembourg, including the laws governing joint stock companies. The rights of our shareholders and the responsibilities of our directors and officers under Luxembourg law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States. There may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about U.S. issuers. In addition, Luxembourg law governing the securities of Luxembourg companies may not be as extensive as those in effect in the United States, and Luxembourg law and regulations in respect of corporate governance matters might not be as protective of minority shareholders as state corporation laws in the United States. Therefore, our shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by our directors and officers or our principal shareholders than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States.

 

Neither our articles of association nor Luxembourg law provides for appraisal rights for dissenting shareholders in certain extraordinary corporate transactions that may otherwise be available to shareholders under certain U.S. state laws. As a result of these differences, our shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests than they would as shareholders of a U.S. issuer.

 

Holders of our common shares may not be able to exercise their pre-emptive subscription rights and may suffer dilution of their shareholding in the event of future common share issuances.

 

Under Luxembourg Companies Law, our shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance of common shares for cash consideration. However, in accordance with Luxembourg law, our articles of association authorize our board of directors to suppress, waive or limit any pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders provided by Luxembourg law to the extent our board deems such suppression, waiver or limitation advisable for any issuance or issuances of common shares within the scope of our authorized share capital. Such common shares may be issued above, at or below market value as well as by way of incorporation of available reserves (including a premium). This authorization is valid from the date of the publication in the Luxembourg's official gazette (Recueil Electronique des Sociétés et Associations) of the decision of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on May 8, 2017, which publication occurred on May 19, 2017, and ends on May 19, 2022. In addition, a shareholder may not be able to exercise the shareholder's pre-emptive right on a timely basis or at all, unless the shareholder complies with Luxembourg Companies Law and applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder is resident, particularly in the United States. As a result, the shareholding of such shareholders may be materially diluted in the event common shares are issued in the future. Moreover, in the case of an increase in capital by a contribution in kind, no pre-emptive rights of the existing shareholders exist.

 

We are organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and it may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments or bring original actions against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States.

 

We are organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. The majority of our assets are located outside the United States. Furthermore, the majority of our directors and officers and some experts named in this annual report reside outside the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. Investors may not be able to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons or to enforce judgments obtained against us or these persons in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Likewise, it may also be difficult for an investor to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against us or these persons in courts located in jurisdictions outside the United States, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. It may also be difficult for an investor to bring an original action in a Luxembourg court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us or these persons. Furthermore, Luxembourg law does not recognize a shareholder's right to bring a derivative action on behalf of the company except in limited cases.

 

40

 

 

As there is no treaty in force on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters between the United States and the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, courts in Luxembourg will not automatically recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court. A valid judgment in civil or commercial matters obtained from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States may be entered and enforced through a court of competent jurisdiction in Luxembourg, subject to compliance with the enforcement procedures (exequatur). The enforceability in Luxembourg courts of judgments rendered by U.S. courts will be subject prior any enforcement in Luxembourg to the procedure and the conditions set forth in the Luxembourg procedural code, which conditions may include the following as of the date of this annual report (which may change):

 

the judgment of the U.S. court is final and enforceable (exécutoire) in the United States;

 

the U.S. court had jurisdiction over the subject matter leading to the judgment (that is, its jurisdiction was in compliance both with Luxembourg private international law rules and with the applicable domestic U.S. federal or state jurisdictional rules);

 

the U.S. court has applied to the dispute the substantive law that would have been applied by Luxembourg courts;

 

the judgment was granted following proceedings where the counterparty had the opportunity to appear and, if it appeared, to present a defense, and the decision of the foreign court must not have been obtained by fraud, but in compliance with the rights of the defendant;

 

the U.S. court has acted in accordance with its own procedural laws;

 

the judgment of the U.S. court does not contravene Luxembourg international public policy; and

 

the U.S. court proceedings were not of a criminal or tax nature.

 

Under our articles of association and also pursuant to separate indemnification agreements, we indemnify our directors for and hold them harmless against all claims, actions, suits or proceedings brought against them, subject to limited exceptions. The rights and obligations among or between us and any of our current or former directors and officers are generally governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and subject to the jurisdiction of the Luxembourg courts, unless such rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of their capacities listed above. Although there is doubt as to whether U.S. courts would enforce such provision in an action brought in the United States under U.S. federal or state securities laws, such provision could make enforcing judgments obtained outside Luxembourg more difficult to enforce against our assets in Luxembourg or jurisdictions that would apply Luxembourg law.

 

Luxembourg insolvency laws may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws.

 

As a company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and with its registered office in Luxembourg, we are subject to Luxembourg insolvency laws in the event any insolvency proceedings are initiated against us including, among other things, Regulation (EU) No. 2015/848 of the European Parliament and the Council of May 20, 2015 on insolvency proceedings (recast). Should courts in another European country determine that the insolvency laws of that country apply to us in accordance with and subject to such EU regulations, the courts in that country could have jurisdiction over the insolvency proceedings initiated against us. Insolvency laws in Luxembourg or the relevant other European country, if any, may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws and make it more difficult for them to recover the amount they could expect to recover in a liquidation under U.S. insolvency laws. 

 

41

 

 

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A. History and Development of the Company

 

Globant is a Luxembourg société anonyme (a joint stock company). The company's legal name is "Globant S.A." We were founded in 2003 by Martín Migoya, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Guibert Englebienne, our Chief Technology Officer, Martín Umaran, our Chief of Staff, and Nestor Nocetti, our Executive Vice President of Corporate Affairs. Our founders' vision was to create a company, starting in Latin America that would dream and build digital journeys that matter to millions of users, while also generating world-class career opportunities for IT professionals, not just in metropolitan areas but also in outlying cities and countries.

 

Since our inception, we have benefited from strong organic growth and have built a blue chip client base comprised of leading global companies. Over that same period, we have expanded our network of locations from one to 56. In addition, we have garnered several awards and recognition from organizations such as Endeavor, the IDC MarketScape, Global Services, the International Association of Outsourcing Professionals, and Fast Company, and we have been the subject of business-school case studies on entrepreneurship at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Harvard University and Stanford University in conjunction with the World Economic Forum.

 

In 2006, we started working with Google. We were chosen due to our cultural affinity and innovation. While our growth has primarily been organic, since 2008 we have made eighteen complementary acquisitions. Our acquisition strategy is focused on deepening our relationship with key clients, extending our technology capabilities, broadening our service offering and expanding the geographic footprint of our delivery centers, including beyond Latin America.

 

In 2008, we acquired Accendra, a Buenos Aires-based provider of software development services, in order to deepen our relationship with Microsoft and broaden our technology expertise to include Sharepoint and other Microsoft technologies. That same year we also acquired Openware, a company specializing in security management based in Rosario, Argentina.

 

In 2011, we acquired Nextive. The Nextive acquisition expanded our geographic presence in the United States and enhanced our U.S. engagement and delivery management team as well as our ability to provide comprehensive solutions in mobile technologies.

 

In 2012, we acquired TerraForum, an innovation consulting and software development firm in Brazil. The acquisition of TerraForum allowed us to expand into Brazil, one of the largest economies in the world.

 

In August 2013, we acquired 22.75% of Dynaflows S.A. In October 2015, we obtained the control over Dynaflows through acquiring an additional number of shares, and in October 2018, we completed the acquisition of the company by acquiring the remaining minority stake. This acquisition allowed us to broaden our Services over Platforms strategy.

 

In October 2013, we acquired a majority stake in the Huddle Group, a company specializing in the media and entertainment industries, with operations in Argentina, Chile and the United States. We acquired the remaining 13.75% minority stake in Huddle Investment in October 2014.

 

In July 2014, we closed the initial public offering of our common shares in the United States.

 

In October 2014, we acquired BlueStar Holdings. Through this acquisition, we commenced our operations in Perú.

 

In April 2015, we closed a follow-on secondary offering of our common shares in the United States through which certain selling shareholders sold 3,994,390 common shares previously held by them. In July 2015, we closed another follow-on secondary offering in the United States through which certain selling shareholders sold 4,025,000 common shares previously held by them.

 

In May 2015, we acquired Clarice which allowed us to establish our presence in India.

 

42

 

 

Also, in 2015, we launched new Studios to complement our offerings, including one focused on Cognitive Computing, and we incorporated a complementary approach to build digital journeys fast and in an innovative manner though: our service-over-platform offering.

 

During 2016, we introduced a new model that intends to reshape our go-to-market strategy to scale our company in the coming years, called 50 Squared. The main goal of this new approach is to focus our team in the top 50 high potential accounts that have the capacity to grow exponentially over time. To do so, we appointed our most senior people from Sales, Technology and Operations to lead these teams and take our company to the next level. This account focus has become the most important pillar of our go-to-market strategy and every account within Globant now has the goal to become part of this program.

 

In May 2016, we acquired We Are London Limited ("WAE UK") and We Are Experience, Inc. ("WAE US") (jointly, WAE UK and WAE US are "WAE"). The purpose of these acquisitions was related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of WAE.

 

In November 2016, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with 3Cinteractive corp. ("3C") to purchase the 100% of the capital stock of its wholly owned subsidiary, Difier, an Uruguayan company. At the same time, we signed a consulting services agreement to provide software development services to 3C for a term of four years.

 

During the same month, we acquired L4 Mobile, LLC. The purpose of this acquisition was related to strengthening our leading position in the digital services space and expanding our capabilities in the United States.

 

In February 2017, we acquired Ratio Cypress, LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington in the United States. Ratio offers design, development and quality assurance services necessary to build and manage robust digital products and video streaming solutions for major media companies.

 

In June 2017, we acquired PointSource, a design and development technology agency, based in Raleigh, North Carolina, and Chicago. The purpose of this acquisition was related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth and expanding our capabilities in the United States. As part of this transaction, we acquired an option to purchase PointSource LLC, a company incorporated in Belarus. In February 2018, after exercising our option, we commenced operations in Belarus.

 

In June 2018, we closed a secondary offering in the United States of 6,687,548 of our common shares held by WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.àr.l. ("WPP").

 

In October, 2018, we signed an asset purchase agreement to acquire, the business of Small Footprint Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of North Carolina, United States, including the acquisition of its wholly owned subsidiary in Romania, Small Footprint, LLC. The purpose of this acquisition was to deepen our expansion into Eastern Europe while also improving our onsite capacity in the United States.

 

During 2018 we launched new Studios to complement our offerings, including one focused on Cybersecurity and another on Over-the-Top, and we also launched StarMeUp OS as a part of our Services-Over-Platform strategy. StarMeUp OS is an operating system made up of smart applications built to help organizations with digital transformation from the inside out.

 

In February 2019, we closed the acquisition of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited ("Avanxo"), a cloud consulting and implementation company headquartered in Bermuda, with operations in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Peru, Argentina and the United States. The purpose of this acquisition was to expand our cloud implementation solutions and bring Globant's native digital culture to corporate process optimization.

 

In August 2019, we acquired Belatrix Global Corporation S.A., a leading agile product development company with presence in Peru, Colombia, Spain, the United States and Argentina. Their customer portfolio reinforces our 50-squared approach, delivering strategic digital transformation to some of the largest organizations worldwide and it also strengthens our broad expertise in industries like finance, payment, insurance, health care and retail.

 

43

 

 

In September 2019, the Business Hacking Studio was launched. This Studio seeks non-traditional ways to optimize business value based on metrics of success, improving cost efficiency and uncovering new revenue streams. Business Hacking brings a new approach to Globant and is expected to represent a fundamental part of our service offering.

 

In November 2019, we signed an asset purchase agreement to acquire the business of BI Live, a company focused on implementing Business Intelligence solutions using SAP technologies, accelerating innovation through three main areas: Making SAP ease to consume, unleashing the value of SAP data and enabling Cloud ready SAP systems.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive office is located at 37A Avenue J.F. Kennedy L-1855, Luxembourg and our telephone number is + 352 20 30 15 96. We maintain a website at http://www.globant.com. Our website and the information accessible through it are not incorporated into this annual report.

 

44

 

 

B. Business overview

 

Overview

 

We are a disruptor in the professional services arena. We leverage the latest technologies and methodologies in the digital and cognitive space to help organizations transform in every aspect. We create software products that emotionally connect our customers with millions of consumers and employees, and we work with them to improve their efficiency. Our principal operating subsidiaries are located in Argentina, Mexico, Colombia and India. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 75.3% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America, 16.9% in Latin America, 0.7% in Asia and 7.1% in Europe, including many leading global companies.

 

Digital and cognitive transformations require completely different approaches than traditional IT projects. These transformations represent the reinvention and evolution of professional services organizations. Through Artificial Intelligence, we are refining the digital transformation process by focusing on a new approach to generating real business impact. We base our growth and differentiation around a podular and autonomous company structure that supports innovation. Moreover, technology savvy teams, entrepreneurship and agility drive efficiency to our customers throughout digital and cognitive evolution. We differentiate ourselves from our competitors as follows:

 

We are a pure play in the digital and cognitive fields

 

We have global presence with delivery centers in North America, Latin America, Europe and Asia.

 

We offer deep knowledge of the latest trends and technologies.

 

Our Globers are our most valuable asset. As of December 31, 2019, we had 11,855 Globers and 56 locations across 37 cities in Latin America, Asia, Europe and North America, throughout 16 countries, supported by six client management locations in the United States, and one client management location in each of United Kingdom, France, Colombia, Uruguay, Argentina and Brazil. Our reputation for cutting-edge work for global blue chip clients and our footprint across the world provide us with the ability to attract and retain well-educated and talented professionals. We are culturally similar to our clients and we function in multiple time zones. We believe that these characteristics have helped us build solid relationships with our clients in the United States, Latin America and Europe and facilitate a high degree of client collaboration.

 

Our clients include companies such as Google, Electronic Arts, Southwest Airlines Co. and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, each of which was among our top ten clients in the year ended December 31, 2019. 85.9% of our revenues for the year ending December 31, 2019 came from existing clients who used our services in the prior year. We believe our success in building our attractive client base in the most sophisticated and competitive markets for IT services demonstrates the superior value proposition of our offering and the quality of our execution as well as our culture of innovation and entrepreneurial spirit.

 

Our revenues increased from $413.4 million for 2017 to $659.3 million for 2019, representing a Compound Annual Growth Rate ("CAGR") of 26.3% over the two-year period. Our revenues for 2019 increased by 26.2% to $659.3 million, from $522.3 million for 2018. Our net income for 2019 was $54.0 million, compared to a net income of $51.6 million for 2018. The $2.4 million increase in net income from 2018 to 2019 was primarily driven by strong revenue growth. In 2017, 2018 and 2019, we made several acquisitions to enhance our strategic capabilities, none of which contributed a material amount to our revenues in the year the acquisition was made. See "Information on the Company — History and Development of the Company."

 

Our Industry

 

We are experiencing an amazing moment for technology. In which we have two massive and disruptive technological revolutions occurring simultaneously. The digital and the cognitive revolutions are affecting how companies connect with consumers and employees as well as providing opportunities to make huge gains in efficiency.

 

45

 

 

Today's users move fast and are keen to interact with their digital ecosystem anywhere and anytime, in a painless, fast, relevant, smart and restriction-free way. They demand personalized, seamless and frictionless experiences that will simplify their lives. We are also facing an abundance of demand for more intelligent and human-like behavior and technology on the market. These revolutions are leveraging new technologies that did not exist or were not mature enough until a few years ago, such as AI, UX, Internet of Things, Mobile, Cloud Computing and virtual reality "VR".

 

According to IDC, it is expected that by 2022, more than 60% of global GDP may be digitized, with growth in every industry driven by digitally enhanced offerings, operations, and relationships and, from 2019 through 2022, almost $7 trillion will be spent on information technology. We are a pure play in the digital space.

 

Technologies that support this new digital and cognitive era are also experiencing increased demand:

 

According to Tractica, artificial intelligence revenue is expected to grow at a 60% CAGR by 2025.

 

According to Mordor Intelligence, the virtual reality market is expected to reach $80 billion to $90 billion by 2023.

 

According to Digi-Capital, mobile augmented reality is expected to drive a $108 billion VR/AR market by 2021.

 

Tech Trends

 

Immersive Reality - Interactive simulation dimension is well-advanced in gaming, media & entertainment, retail, therapies, and training, and companies are experimenting with creating engaging experiences with intuitive interactions. They are using laser-based volumetric displays of holographic images, along with sensors and cameras. It is expected that immersive reality will eventually give way to screenless interactions. TechCrunch estimates that the immersive technology sector will represent $108 billion in 2021.

 

Smarter Assistance - Technologies like natural language programming, natural language generation, computer vision, and invisible computing are individually enabling businesses and their customers to complete tasks by voice interactions and movement recognition. With speech and image recognition, chatbots, and invisible machine learning operate in unison, as part of a smart assistance ecosystem designed to seamlessly assist users in their daily lives. The market size of voice assistant applications is expected to grow from $1.3 billion in 2019 to $5.2 billion by 2024, at a 31.9% CAGR during that period, according to a report by MarketsandMarkets.

 

Context-Aware Computing - Context-aware computing is the use of artificial intelligence to create systems that work in customized ways based on the context of user activities. With volumes of diverse and low-level data available through device interactions, context-aware computing considers communications and situations in order to respond accordingly. The context-aware computing market is expected to reach a value of $158 billion by 2024, at a30.0% CAGR over 2019-2024, according to a report by MarketWatch.

 

Self-Adaptive Security - Self-adaptive security is a dynamic system that is intelligent and intuitive in its approach to combat cyber attacks. The platform works on machine learning powered security information and event management technologies, backed by prescriptive analytics. The adaptive security market was valued at $4.78 billion and anticipates to grow at a 15% CAGR between 2019 and 2024, according to a report by Research and Markets.

 

Blockchain - Blockchain solutions have been embraced across various industries over the past few years. Blockchain’s sophistication is expected to dramatically improve how organizations operate digitally, and major players are building their future web services with blockchain. In 2019, we expect that, companies will focus on pushing forward blockchain investments and driving returns on such investments. The global blockchain market size was valued at $1.6 billion in 2018 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 69.4% from 2019 to 2025, according to a report by MarketsandMarkets.

 

Quantum Computing - Quantum computing is the use of computing of quantum-mechanical phenomena such as superposition and entanglement to perform computation. A quantum computer is used to perform such computation, which can be implemented theoretically or physically. By the end of 2025, more than $23 billion in revenue is anticipated to be realized through the adoption of quantum computing across the globe. During this decade forecasted period, the global market for quantum computing is expected to expand exponentially at a stellar CAGR of 30.9%, according to Persistence Market Research.

 

46

 

 

5G - It is critical that data transfer capabilities keep pace with computing capabilities. 5G is the latest generation of cellular mobile communications. We expect that 5G will ensure the connectivity and transfer of data seamlessly and speedily for machine-to-machine communication (IoT grid and analytical/AI platform) and provide scaling possibilities in the mobile network. According to a report from MarketsandMarkets, the 5G infrastructure market is expected to be worth $2.86 billion by 2020 and $33.72 billion by 2026, growing at a CAGR of 50.9%.

  

Cloud Technologies - With a surge in collected data and the need to power AI and machine learning ("ML") processes, cloud computing is the preferred method for organizations to digitize their business completely. Companies are leveraging cloud technologies to transform their internal IT departments and build a business-ready IT that is able to streamline development lifecycle and reduce time to market, as well as transform organizational culture by disbanding silos. In the future, we expect cloud computing to serve as a software building platform rather than only server provisioning. Enterprises seeking to bring digital transformation into their internal applications without replacing them will refactor their core applications using cloud native technologies like containers. Others will be bolder and seek core SaaS based multi-cloud technologies with new developing tools, integration and deployment options. According to Forrester, nearly 60% of North American enterprises today rely on public cloud platforms.

 

Market Trends

 

Across all industries, we have observed a trend to smarter digital systems that embrace the latest technology and optimize customer experiences as well as their internal processes. Companies are seeking to transform their business as new users and requirements arise. At the same time, we see that many organizations try to transform themselves internally, cemented through effective change management.

 

For many companies, however, it becomes difficult to build a digitally-native culture from scratch or change the status quo of existing IT departments. It is hard to be successful using old practices to create innovative technology products. As Forrester points out, "Transformation starts with developing the right set of strategy choices and the ability to help shape digital thinking and a digital culture that supports continuous innovation. It is cemented through effective change management." Many of these companies are relying on partners to spearhead their transformation efforts.

 

Our Differentiators

 

We dream of making the world a better place, one step at a time. We thrive by transforming organizations to be ready for a digital and cognitive future, providing world-class opportunities for talent around the globe. We are contributing to the advancement of our industry as we build a sustainable company, committed to diversity and non-environmental impact. These are our three key differentiators:

 

1. We are one of the first players to deliver engineering, innovation and design, at scale

 

We create software products that emotionally connect our customers with millions of consumers and employees, and we work with our customers to improve their efficiency. This requires the right blend of engineering, design and innovation, and we are one of the first players to deliver that at scale.

 

We accomplish this through our Studios, deep pockets of expertise on the latest technologies and trends. Our Studio model fosters creativity and innovation while allowing us to build, enhance and consolidate expertise around a variety of emerging technologies. This approach focuses first on technology and second on Industry depth. Studios deliver insights from different industries to create disruptive solutions.

 

47

 

 

2. We are built around a podular structure

 

We have organized our teams through an Agile Pod model. Driven by a culture of self-regulated teamwork, each team—or Pod—works directly with our customers with a full maturity path that evolves as they increase speed, quality and autonomy.

  

As opposed to the traditional IT services structures, Globant’s podular model eliminates the need for command and control methods and provides teams with full independence in customer interaction.

 

3. We use artificial intelligence ("AI") for everything

 

As the digital and cognitive revolutions change the landscape of our industry, it is crucial to rethink how organizations must adapt and evolve. We have launched the “Augmented Globant” initiative to embrace the power of artificial intelligence to augment Globant's capabilities and contribute to the advancement of the technology industry.

 

Our Augmented Globant initiative is designed to augment talent and capacity, in order to build an AI-driven industry-leading company.

 

Our Approach

 

Technology is not enough to create solutions for a true digital and cognitive transformation. At Globant, we are committed to helping our customers throughout their Organizational Fitness Lifecycle.

 

In order to be sustainable and successful, transformations need to impact every single dimension of the organization. With consumers and employees at the center of every strategy, our services address every stage of the transformational process.

 

We start with clients by providing the necessary tools and support that allow companies to jumpstart their cultural and methodology transformations. We then accompany our clients as they define and test their new digital strategies to engage consumers and employees. We continue scaling on the construction and evolution of these and other digital and cognitive initiatives, followed by the two final stages in the cycle: pushing a secure product to the cloud, and making it famous so that it reaches the proper audience. At this time the fitness cycle remains in an endless and progressive loop to ensure organizations stay relevant.

 

We deliver these services through our unique set of Studios, our Service over Platforms strategy, our own methodology called Agile Pods, and our Stay Relevant approach.

 

Studios:

 

We believe that our Studio model is an effective way of organizing our company into smaller operating units, fostering creativity and innovation while allowing us to build, enhance and consolidate expertise around a variety of emerging technologies. Each of our Studios has specific domain knowledge and delivers tailored solutions focused on specific technology challenges. This method of delivery is the core of our services offering and our success. We group them in three different categories: Strategic (these studios are key to shaping our clients' business strategy; they help ensure that organizations are relevant and sustainable); Specialty (studios that power digital transformations and create quality digital products with innovative technologies and emerging trends); Foundation (the engine that allows us to meet scale and provides efficiency and quality to our clients' digital transformations).

 

Service Over Platforms:

 

At Globant, we are changing the way services are provided with our Services over Platforms strategy. This set of platforms is designed to help deliver digital and cognitive transformations in an agile and innovative manner. These products have the flexibility to adapt to our clients' needs as we provide microservices to complement them.

  

48

 

 

In this way, many of our Studios create platforms to accelerate the path to our solutions. We price this service in the same way SaaS companies do: cost per transaction, cost per user or cost per month according to each platform.

 

Agile Pods Methodology:

 

We have developed a software product design and development model, known as Agile Pods. It is designed to better align business and technology teams. Driven by a culture of self-regulated teamwork and collaboration across skills, partners and country borders.

 

Leveraged across divisions, Agile Pods are dedicated to mature emerging technologies and market trends, and provide a constant influx of mature talent and solutions that create intellectual property for our clients. They are self-organized teams that work to meet creative and production goals, make technology decisions and reduce risk. These teams are fully responsible for creating solutions, building and sustaining features, products or platforms.

 

In addition, savings are delivered to clients due to sustained productivity boosts as the Agile Pods begin to operate at a higher maturity level. We ensure consistency, accountability and replicability by having Agile Pods follow a well-defined set of maturity criteria. Maturity models describe levels of growth and development as follows: Maturity, Quality, Velocity, and Autonomy. Each level acts as a foundation for the next and lays out a path for learning and growth. As Agile Pods evolve from one level to the next, they are equipped with the understanding and tools to accomplish goals more effectively.

 

Associated metrics guide improvement efforts and generate quantitative and qualitative insights to inform iterative design and planning decisions.

 

Stay Relevant

 

To fully implement a digital and cognitive transformation, we also help our customers stay relevant within their industries and audiences by providing helpful information and initiatives to understand the users’ environment, competitors and behavior. With research, Subject Matter Experts gatherings, webinars, workshops and conferences, our thought leaders offer valuable insights to help organizations create valuable and emotional experiences for the audience.

 

Augmented Globant

 

We launched Augmented Globant to embrace the power of artificial intelligence, augment our capabilities and improve the software development industry.

 

Our vision is to transform the industry by augmenting talent and capacity, building an AI-driven industry-leading company.

 

Our current initiatives include:

 

•      Augmented Coding – We are enhancing the coding experience to augment engineers’ capacity. With Augmented Coding, our collaborators can find code within a project repository. It accelerates ramp-up times and improves quality on delivery.

 

•      Augmented Culture – The StarMeUp Operating System ("StarMeUp OS" or "SMU OS") is a system that helps us understand the human element within an organization. We can discover cultural leaders, influencers, trend generators and even disengaged teams. It helps us detect and retain talent, promote integration and foster the company’s growth. We are using AI to uncover cultural insights.

 

49

 

 

 

Culture

 

Our culture is the foundation that supports and facilitates our distinctive approach. It can be best described as entrepreneurial, flexible, sustainable and team-oriented, and is built on three main motivational pillars and six core values.

 

Our motivational pillars are: Autonomy, Mastery and Purpose. Through Autonomy, we empower Globers to take ownership of their client projects, professional development and careers. Mastery is about constant improvement, aiming for excellence and exceeding expectations. Finally, we believe that only by sharing a common Purpose we will build a company for the long-term that breaks from the status quo, is recognized as a leader in the delivery of innovative software solutions and creates value for our stakeholders.

 

Our core values are:

 

· Act Ethically – In our view, the achievement of professional excellence requires high ethical standards. We believe in doing business in an ethical manner and know our achievements go hand-in-hand with the responsibility to improve our society.

 

· Think Big – We believe that we can build a world-class company that provides Globers with a global career path. Our work is based on constant challenges and growth.

 

· Constantly Innovate – We seek to innovate in order to break paradigms.

 

· Aim for Excellence in Your Work – We know that problems we face now will reappear in future projects so we try to solve the obstacles that affect us today.

 

· Be a Team Player – We encourage Globers to get to know their colleagues and to support one another. Together, we are going to improve our profession, company and countries. We operate as one team whether it's solving a problem or celebrating excellent results. We also all have the right to be heard and respected.

 

· Have Fun – As Globers, we believe in finding pleasure in our daily tasks, creating a pleasant work atmosphere and building friendships among colleagues.

 

Consistent with our motivational pillars and core values, we have designed our workspaces to be enjoyable and stimulating spaces that are conducive to social and professional interaction. Our delivery centers include, among others, brainstorming rooms, music rooms and ''chill-out'' rooms. We also organize activities throughout the year, such as sports tournaments, outings, celebrations, and other events that help foster our culture. We believe that our work environment fosters creativity, innovation and collaborative thinking, as well as enables Globers to tap into their intrinsic motivation for the benefit of our company and our clients.

 

Innovation

 

As fundamental values of our day-to-day, innovation and creativity are not managed from a specific area. Instead, these values are emphasized throughout our company.

 

In our view, it is critical that each and every one of our Globers be an innovator. In addition to offering a flexible and collaborative work environment, we also actively seek to build the capabilities required to sustain innovation through several ongoing processes and initiatives including: design thinking workshops (internally and with customers), Think Big Sessions (open technology talks) and Globant Labs (a space where Globers can ideate and develop their own projects).

 

Be kind

 

Our Sustainability Plan has evolved to our Be Kind initiative. We strive to make the world a better place by transforming organizations and people’s lives. Be Kind is a call to action to transform ourselves through kindness. We want to put our mark on the world, so we need to continue making every effort to make this come true.We believe that our innovative approach to transform organizations, our healthy performance, our global talent, and our unique culture are the main pillars which allow us to dream bigger and to believe that this purpose is feasible.

 

50

 

 

We seek to sustainably develop our company in the long term, integrating it with the community and the planet. To do so, we focus on approaching the community providing them world-class opportunities for talent around the globe, with a diverse and inclusive perspective, and taking into consideration the future generations, reducing any environmental impact we may have.

 

Our Be Kind initiative focus on three main pillars:

 

1. Be kind to peers: by promoting diversity, gender equality and connecting IT opportunities with underprivileged people around the globe. We are convinced that there is no innovation without diversity, and there is no improvement without plurality. Some of the plans we have:

 

· Equal-employment opportunities - We strongly support equal employment opportunities for all applicants regardless of race, color, religion, sex, gender identity, pregnancy, national origin, ancestry, citizenship, age, marital status, physical or mental disability, sexual orientation, genetic information, or any other characteristic.

 

· Women That Build - We always look for opportunities to empower women in the IT industry and in leadership positions, as part of our culture. We support these efforts with our Women That Build campaign. This includes a series of internal and external initiatives that promote the inclusion and professional growth of women in our industry.

 

· Code your Future - Today the technology industry generates millions of job opportunities, even faster than the education system provides trained personnel. This generates not only an unprecedented opportunity but also a big training gap worldwide. We aim to reduce this training gap through education opportunities for our region’s young talent. We invest in several initiatives today that can reach many more people, with the potential to transform their future in the very short term.

 

· B.I.G. (Back in the Game) - BIG is an initiative that aims to empower experienced technologists who are currently on a career break and looking to relaunch their technological expedition.

 

· Inclusion programs - We support inclusion programs to help people in a vulnerable situation providing them new opportunities. We combine several programs which include skill-training scholarships and other activities to promote IT related studies. In doing so, we are facilitating the expansion of knowledge and the access to employment in a vibrant market of job opportunities.

 

2. Be kind to humanity: by working with our customers to create accessible software for everyone.

 

3. Be kind to the planet: by reducing and compensating the impact of our actions in the environment.

 

We want to promote a culture of environmental care. In our view, the best way to do this is leading by example. We have a plan to progressively adopt renewable energy for our company. We are also working to reduce our scope 3 emissions through several initiatives. Our goal is to achieve sustainable growth, and we encourage our ecosystem to join us in this mission.

 

Entrepreneurship

 

Globant was created as a start up. It was built by entrepreneurs and, over the years, many Globers have made a difference by creating and dreaming big with us. Entrepreneurship is the inner force that moves us, and we encourage Globers to dream and create meaningful and rewarding experiences for our customers.

 

During 2018, we created Globant Ventures, which is our own accelerator for tech startups in Argentina. The objective of Globant Ventures is to promote the emergence of new entrepreneurs involved cutting-edge areas of technology, such as Artificial Intelligence among other emerging trends.

 

Career growth

 

Globers who are eager to grow, learn something new, and discover other possibilities have a vast number of opportunities available to explore at Globant. We want to empower them to take ownership over their career, and make the most out of these five professional development dimensions:

 

51

 

 

· Technology - Our more than 20 Studios consolidate experience in more than 100 emerging technologies and practices where Globers can learn, develop, specialize and stay relevant. We have numerous trainings and development opportunities that allow them to grow professionally.

 

· Clients - We have a portfolio of leading global brands to work with and for Globers to specialize in their career.

 

· Industries - We work with leading companies from different industries, such as media, health care, finance, travel, gaming and e-learning. This enables Globers to benefit from an in-depth look into many industries and gives them the opportunity to specialize in one.

 

· Specialty - Globers can reinvent their career, their role or position. They can develop their career growing within their current path by gaining seniority or moving internally into other roles in different areas of expertise.

 

· Geocultural diversity - We encourage Globers to work wherever they want and embrace cultural exchanges. Our Globers can work on projects with people from diverse cultures and have the possibility to live an international experience. We have open positions and relocation opportunities in all of our offices.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following strengths differentiate Globant and create the foundation for continued rapid growth in revenues and profitability:

 

Deep domain expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends

 

We have developed strong core competencies in emerging technologies and practices such as the ones mentioned above, and we have a deep understanding of market trends. Our areas of expertise are organized in Studios, which we believe provide us with a strong competitive advantage and allow us to leverage prior experiences to deliver superior software solutions to clients.

 

Long-term relationships with blue chip clients

 

We have built a roster of blue chip clients such as Google, Electronic Arts, Southwest Airlines Co. and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, many of which themselves are at the forefront of emerging technologies. In particular, we have been working with Disney and Electronic Arts for more than ten and twelve years, respectively. We believe that our success in developing these client relationships reflects the innovative and high value-added services that we provide along with our ability to positively impact our clients' business. Our relationships with these enterprises provides us with an opportunity to access large IT, research and development and marketing budgets. These relationships have driven our growth and have enabled us to engage with new clients.

 

Global delivery with access to deep talent pool

 

Latin America has an abundant talent pool of individuals skilled in IT. Over 345,000 engineering and technology students have graduated annually from 2012 – 2016 from universities in Latin America and the Caribbean region according to The Science and Technology Indicator Network (Red de Indicadores de Ciencia y Tecnología), a research organization that tracks science and technology indicators in the region. Latin America's talent pool (including Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Colombia and Uruguay) is composed of more than 1,000,000 professionals according to Stackoverflow, SmartPlanet and NearshoreAmericas. Our highly skilled Globers come from leading universities in the regions where our delivery centers are located. Among our surveyed Globers, approximately 95.0% have obtained a university degree or are enrolled in a university while they are employed by our company, and many have specialized industry credentials or licensing, including in Systems Engineering, Electronic Engineering, Computer Science, Information Systems Administration, Business Administration and Graphic and Web Design. Our time zone and cultural similarity have helped us build solid relationships with our clients in the United States and Europe and differentiate us on projects that require a high degree of client collaboration.

 

A key element of our strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including increasing the number of employees that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. In particular, we intend to focus our recruitment efforts on the United States. We will continue to focus on expanding our global delivery footprint to gain access to additional pools of talent to effectively meet the demands of our clients and to increase the number of Globers that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations.

 

52

 

 

Highly experienced management team

 

Our management team is comprised of seasoned industry professionals with global experience. Our management sets the vision and strategic direction for Globant and drives our growth and entrepreneurial culture. On average, the members of our senior management team have 20 years of experience in the technology industry giving them a comprehensive understanding of the industry as well as insight into emerging technologies and practices and opportunities for strategic expansion.

 

Strategy

 

We seek to be a leading provider that leverages the latest technologies and methodologies in the digital and cognitive space to help organizations transform in every aspect. The key elements of our strategy for achieving this objective are as follows:

 

Grow revenue with existing and new clients

 

We will continue to focus on delivering innovative and high value-added solutions that drive revenues for our clients, thereby deepening our relationships and leading to additional revenue opportunities with them. We will continue to target new clients by leveraging our engineering, design and innovation capabilities and our deep understanding of emerging technologies. We will focus on building our brand in order to further penetrate our existing and target markets where there is a strong demand for our knowledge and services.

 

Remain at the forefront of innovation and emerging technologies

 

We believe our Studios have been highly effective in enabling us to deliver innovative software solutions that leverage our deep domain expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends. As new technologies emerge and as market trends change, we will continue to add Studios to remain at the forefront of innovation, to address new competencies that help us stay at the leading-edge of emerging technologies, and to enable us to enter new markets and capture additional business opportunities.

 

Attract, train and retain top quality talent

 

We place a high priority on recruiting, training, and retaining employees, which we believe is integral to our continued ability to meet the challenges of the most complex software development assignments. In doing so, we seek to decentralize our delivery centers by opening centers in locations that may not have developed IT services markets but can provide professionals with the caliber of technical training and experience that we seek. Globant offers highly attractive career opportunities to individuals who might otherwise have had to relocate to larger IT markets. We will continue to develop our scalable human capital platform by implementing resource planning and staffing systems and by attracting, training and developing high-quality professionals, strengthen our relationships with leading universities in different countries, and help universities better prepare graduates for work in our industry. We have agreements to teach, provide internships, and interact on various initiatives with the several universities in Argentina, Colombia, Uruguay, Mexico, Brazil and India.

 

Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions

 

Building on our track record of successfully acquiring and integrating complementary companies, we will continue to selectively pursue strategic acquisition opportunities that deepen our relationship with key clients, extend our technology capabilities, broaden our service offerings and expand the geographic footprint of our delivery centers, including beyond Latin America, in order to enhance our ability to serve our clients.

 

53

 

 

Our Services

 

We leverage the latest technologies and methodologies in the digital and cognitive space to help organizations transform in every aspect. We create software products that emotionally connect our customers with millions of consumers and employees, and we work with them to improve their efficiency.

 

We deliver these services through our unique set of Studios, our Service over Platforms strategy, our own methodology called Agile Pods, and our Stay Relevant approach.

 

Studios: Our Studios are deep pockets of expertise designed to foster creativity and innovation by focusing on a specific domain of knowledge.

 

Services Over Platforms: Our experience building software products allows to develop a set of platforms designed to help create Digital Journeys in an agile and innovative manner. These products have the flexibility to adapt to our clients' needs as we provide microservices to compliment them.

 

Agile Pods: Agile Pods are cross-functional and multidisciplinary teams that bring together design and engineering in order to deliver the right products. Agile Pods are measured according to four variables: innovation, velocity, quality, and autonomy. We encourage pods to mature over time to become more aligned with our customers' needs.

 

Studios

 

Our Studio model is an effective way of organizing our company into smaller operating units, fostering creativity and innovation while allowing us to build, enhance and consolidate expertise around a variety of emerging technologies. Each of our Studios has specific domain knowledge and delivers tailored solutions focused on specific technology challenges.

 

Our Studios deliver solutions for the different kinds of projects, cross-pollinating insights from different industries to create disruptive ideas. Our expertise can connect with consumers and employees, even when redefining an internal process. This approach is essential to help our customers challenge the status quo and transform their organizations.

 

Business Hacking: Non-traditional ways to create new business value

 

Digitalization and high consumer expectations are radically changing the way we interact with each other, and organizations who know how to manage these trends will be successful. Our business hacking framework is designed to make transformations tangible, measurable and in order to find new ways to optimize culture and business impact.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio includes:

 

· Transformational programs - We strive to create sustainable transformations by focusing on those from behavior to technology, while positively impacting business metrics. Transformations needs to be tangible, measurable and sustainable in order to find new ways to optimize culture and business impact.

 

· ROI and Cost Efficiency - Visible impact metrics help to make a transformation tangible and sustainable. Organizations make decisions about how to invest efforts and energy to transform key aspects of their business impact based on these metrics.

 

· New Revenue Streams - We seek to identify new revenue streams for our clients by analyzing data and consumer behavior within the context of a sustainable transformational program. Creating business impact through collaboration, experimentation, knowledge sharing and human centricity enhaces our solution.

 

54

 

 

Future of Organizations: Making organizations come alive

 

The Future of Organizations Studio focuses on helping companies with their internal digital transformation and digital corporate culture. The goal of this Studio is to ensure our customers' success by engaging employees and considering them to be one of the most important stakeholders of the organization.

 

Platforms and apps that integrate and act as the operating system for the organization of the future. We help organizations with their digital transformation, enabling them to manage their culture effectively, engaging their employees from day one to ensure success.

 

Stay Relevant: Bringing insights to create the right strategy.

 

The Stay Relevant Studio's mission is to provide valuable information to help organizations remain at the forefront of users' expectations, delivering insights to enable them to build exceptional journeys and experiences, and to foster emotional connections with audiences (See "Item 4.B - Business Overview - Stay Relevant" for more information about this studio).

 

Agile Delivery: Aligning stakeholders and methodologies to meet business goals.

 

Digital Transformation programs require alignment from the strategic, tactic and support levels as a crucial factor to their success. As a backbone to these programs, leaders are expected to steer engagement, innovation, effectiveness and commitment from the teams while achieving predictability in terms of timeframe, budget and quality. We create sustainable operations designed to scale and guarantee the lowest cost of ownership.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Agile Delivery Studio includes:

 

· Delivery Management - We deliver high value solutions by steering teams into a continuous improvement approach to product development. We set clear and common goals to achieve outstanding results within budgets, with scalable and sustainable operations.

 

· Agile Consultancy - We educate, mentor and enable organizations to capitalize on the principles and competencies found in paradigms such as Agile, Systems Thinking, Lean and others. We support the transition and journey until it reaches a point of self-sustainability.

 

· Management Consulting - We provide consulting services related to processes, quality and performance indicators. We provide visibility for effective decision making process and PMO Development service for our clients. Our design process is intended to contribute to operational goals.

 

Product Acceleration: Delivering best-in-class digital products

 

Our Product Acceleration Studio utilizes modern product management techniques to ensure products solve the right problems, meet user expectations, and achieve business value.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Product Acceleration Studio includes:

 

· Product Strategy - We focus on market research, business model definition to help companies identify customer acquisition strategies and products in order to close the gap between corporate strategy and identified problems. Product Managers help companies discover core user problems, define effective solutions, implement product development practices, establish product organizations, evolve product governance, and define go-to-market strategies.

 

· Product Delivery - Fully engaged product owners who are able to collaborate with stakeholders, customers, and development team to set vision, experience, and outcome objectives. Through iterative wins, we develop continuously focused product solutions that are driven by priority value.

 

· Product Coaching - Product management coaches help companies establish people-centric product development practices, including skills training, organizational consulting and team definition.

 

55

 

 

Design: Designing relevant experiences

 

Our UX Design Studio focuses on delivering quality, design, strategy, and production to address worldwide digital challenges. Our designs are based on observations of consumer behavior and market trends. Our goal is to create concrete and relevant solutions that appeal to both users and businesses.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through our UX Design Studio includes:

 

· User Experience - By identifying verbal and non-verbal stumbling blocks, we refine and iterate to create an exceptional user experience. From user research and usability analysis to interactive design, we enhance interactions, information architecture, usability and persuasion. We help our clients inspire their communities, foster adoption and drive conversion results.

 

· Visual Design - We utilize an insightful and conceptual approach to create and execute designs. We develop visual elements of an interphase and implement a brand personality into the interaction design. We establish relationships with the users by creating emotional interfaces and brands based on deep analyses of end-users and market trends. In much the same way that a piece of art appeals to the human eye, we strive to visually and emotionally engage users.

 

· Service Design - Service design involves the activity of mapping, prototyping and planning cutting-edge product-service systems and how the actors should interact to bring those omni-relevant experiences to market. From strategic and operations management to business design, we apply a holistic approach to understand, create and orchestrate strategic scenarios, working in collaboration with multidisciplinary teams. Our service designers co-design with clients and customers translating research insights into actionable plans and viable opportunities for growth.

 

· Industrial Design - Modern style and design must go hand in hand with technology, particularly at a time when consumers have high standards in terms of the quality of functional and non-functional features. Our practice is focused on creating beautiful and natural designs that feed all the senses. For many years screens have had all the design focus, but with the introduction of haptics and other feedback mechanisms, it's key to consider the rest of the senses in the product or experience design.

 

Scalable Platforms: Supporting reliable products

 

Scalable Platforms have become extremely important in today's digitally connected environment. We provide the architectural base to accelerate omni-channel strategies, improve internal processes and build consistent cross-channel customer experiences to support reliable products.

 

To enable digital products through a robust architecture, we apply our best practices and patterns on the design of a back-end ecosystem, which allows our clients to accelerate their businesses in an agile way. We have broad experience providing back-end solutions that support scalability, security, availability, performance, quality and high adaptability to internal and external integrations. We focus on complex architecture modeling, microservices and API management strategies to accelerate the digital transformation by providing capabilities that businesses need in order to bring systems together, secure integrations, deliver improved customer experiences and capitalize on new opportunities.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio is focused on the integrated delivery of:

 

· API Management - In a world where multiple channels are facing different solutions in terms of communications, APIs are powering digital transformations and orchestrating across these channels in terms of technologies and industries. We help enterprises embrace an API-centric approach to grow their digital businesses and seamless experiences.

 

· Microservices - We evolve monolithic architectures to a new architectural style that structures an application as a collection of loosely coupled services, organized around business capabilities. The microservices architecture enables the continuous delivery/deployment of large, complex applications. It also empowers organizations to evolve its technology stack fostering an evolutionary model to be ready for new innovative challenges in the future.

 

56

 

 

· Complex Architecture Modeling - To manage these complex product intricacies in an agile manner, we apply our extensive experience working with best practices, methodologies and techniques, such as domain driven design, hexagonal, onion, reactive architectures and continuous delivery to handle business complexity.

 

· Future Commerce - Nowadays, the customer journey has several new engagement touch points across marketing, sales, and services. Traditional retailers struggle to keep up with them, as times move fast, and there is also a strong need to keep processes efficient and coordinated. This can be achieved with the correct understanding of the business and the implementation of the right technology.

 

Continuous Evolution: Making evolution happen

 

The Continuous Evolution Studio focuses on evolving existing applications and helping our clients to improve the value of their software over time by aligning business needs with a mix of traditional techniques and new market trends.

 

Every piece of software built meets a business need for which it was intended, but those needs are not static. Software evolution is a key to improving value over time, and having the right partner will pave the way to achieving success. As new trends and technologies arise, customer behavior changes and market needs must quickly adapt. We retrofit innovation into existing products in order to create continuous engagement among users. We provide a new experience with multidisciplinary teams specialized in software evolution and world-class operations designed to support any kind of application after implementation is complete. Our teams ensure quality and efficiency while bringing innovation, optimization, performance improvement, and constant evolution to their products.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio includes:

 

· Software Archeology - Taking over of a product that has had a long life cycle can be challenging without access to the appropriate documentation or team members. Software Archeology is our way to take control of any software solution, in any condition, at any moment, without a long, hard or expensive process. By completing a systematic study of remaining material evidence, such as code, tests and documentation recovered, we can gain a clear understanding of the software, as well as the context with which it operates. This enables us to outline a proper plan and roadmap for the team that will work on it.

 

· IT Service Management - Our experience with Information Technology Infrastructure Library ("ITIL") helps us cover a full cycle of continuous improvement by carrying out an assessment of the organization, and subsequently delivering recommendations for implementation, as well as solutions that enable supporting areas to satisfy the company's demand. Managing an internal service desk might not be optimal for most companies, we provide a single point of contact service composed by multidisciplinary teams with specialized processes based on ITIL best practices and focused on ensuring the continuity of the ongoing operation.

 

· Software Evolution - Our takeover framework provides a robust set of tools and processes that our teams use in order to gain ownership of the product they will be working on. Through a detailed assessment, we are able to understand the current situation and define a roadmap to achieve a controlled execution phase. Then, we introduce new market trends, technologies and innovative solutions to existing products.

 

Gaming: Engaging through play

 

Our Gaming Studio specializes in the design and development of world-class games and digital platforms, which work across console, PC, web, social and mobile channels.

 

We enable our clients to leverage game mechanics by helping them develop a vision and execute an idea through production, launch and operation. We believe that our expertise and experience with some of the most recognized companies in the gaming industry enables us to add value to our customers' businesses. We utilize our experience, creative talent, well-established technology frameworks and processes to scale and foster innovation.

 

57

 

 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Gaming Studio includes:

 

· Game Engineering - We streamline the development process creating feature-rich products around the core intellectual property of our clients. We co-develop AAA games working directly for world-class video game developers.

 

· Game Experience - Our Gaming Studio is capable of creating all components of a gamified experience. For example, we can create a complete video-game or apply gamification techniques to a current product, combining game design with user experience to provide experiences across multiple platforms. We seek to engage users and achieve business goals through fun and play.

 

· Digital Platform Services - We create and expand centralized platforms for cross-platform development. A digital platform consists of a coherent technical offer to access a universe of distant, interactive or non-interactive services which can be broadcasted or supplied on-line.

 

· Virtual & Augmented Reality - Virtual reality extends beyond gaming and entertainment. In the near future, we expect it to become omnipresent and a critical component of IT. Augmented reality allows a user to expand his or her mind beyond reality, displaying information in the user's field of view where the real and virtual worlds are tightly coupled. Our Gaming Studio provides ideation sessions, customer engagements, market reach and content creation to bring the next generation of technology to our clients' businesses.

 

· Graphics Engineering - We provide services to develop products and tools to bring artists' designs to life. This includes animation, lighting, shading, visualization tools and rendering.

 

· 3D & 2D Art - We focus on creating high-end game art for AAA productions. We monitor the latest technical and artistic pipelines as well as the latest art techniques in order to stay relevant to current industry standards. We provide character and environment art, from the conception stage to the final game ready asset.

 

· e-Sports - We provide an interactive and engaging experience for target audiences. Whether it's virtual reality, second screen or main screen, we combine our engineering, product design and community management solutions to help our clients increase spectators and connect observers and players.

 

Internet of Things: Connecting the physical world

 

Our Internet of Things Studio offers technology solutions for the current device ecosystem and additional applications for the Internet of things.

 

We help our customers develop their new product ideas and gather information about behavior, activities and sensor-collected data, and then process all the information to develop new services.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio includes:

 

· IOT Experiences - Our experience in development and open source tools position us with the experience needed to handle new digital connected journeys based on current technology. Our engineers are ready to integrate the next generation of devices.

 

· Platforms - Our platforms provide interaction and feedback to and from devices and highly scalable platforms and real time analysis to respond to different scenarios. All of the data produced by wearables and IoT enabled devices can be collected, stored and processed on the appropriate data platform. This enables our customers to extract valuable knowledge and insights by applying the right Big Data strategy and enabling intelligent interactions.

 

· Hardware integration - We assist customers with the connection between sensors and backend services through devices or hardware. Our team can handle different approaches ranging from custom made hardware to integration with third party providers.

 

· IoT Consultancy - We help our clients by researching, consulting and advising based in our core expertise in product engineering and digital transformation.

 

Data & Analytics: Turning data into insights

 

In our Data & Analytics Studio, our mission is to empower our clients with a competitive advantage by unlocking the true value of data to create meaningful, actionable and timely business insights.

 

58

 

 

We break down internal data silos that have different data structures, velocities and volumes, and enrich that data with external sources, creating a scalable Enterprise Data Platform, democratizing the data and fostering organizational changes towards a data-driven culture. Our Data Engineers combine data, business processes, and state-of-the-art IT tools and algorithms that enable businesses to engage in a deeper, interactive and more meaningful conversation with their data, using visual discovery techniques to reveal hidden patterns and trends and obtain relevant and useful business insights for decision-making purposes.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

 

· Data Architecture - With the widespread usage of devices and the viralization of social networks, massive volumes of digital data have become available. Companies are trying to take an advantage and extract valuable conclusions around their businesses by cross referencing data with traditional and innovative unstructured sources. We offer business-aware real-time analytics and enterprise information management services, which include traditional data warehousing using relational database management systems and next-generation non-relational and distributed database management technology.

 

· Data Science - We utilize mathematical and statistical tools of data science to "fill the gap" between what our clients know from their data, and what they would like to know if all data was available. This includes predictions, optimizations and classifications.

 

· Mission Critical - We partner with our clients in successfully executing highly complex strategic software projects, optimizing their architecture design and identifying potential bottlenecks early in the process. We give special attention to factors such as adaptability when user base increases or information volume grows, maintainability along time, providing dynamically scalable software architectures, enforcing data security from the ground up, and ensuring transactions are processed within required timeframes to avoid revenue loss.

 

· Data Integration - Creating a scalable Enterprise Data Refinery that can pull and consolidate massive amounts of data from heterogeneous systems is not an easy task. We provide development services over multiple tools, languages and platforms in order to create data pipelines and workflows with high standards of availability, performance and security that will pull, cleanse, enrich and consolidate your company's data.

 

Data Visualization - Well-designed data visualization and dashboards extend beyond current status and indicators, and synthesize complex sets of data into key views, charts and graphs, revealing results in ways that common tools and spreadsheets cannot. The functionality to drill data down and to integrate the view with statistics and business intelligence tools, further the end users' ability to glean insights from masses of numbers. We enable users to engage in an interactive and more relevant conversation with their data, allowing users to explore the unknown, navigate the data and discover hidden patterns and trends on their own.

 

UI Engineering: Building Digital products

 

We specialize in building the next generation of User Interface ("UI") digital products leveraging the latest technologies and architectures, multi-device techniques, big-scale applications, component based systems, intelligent user interfaces and the latest trends in user experience.

 

By providing a set of UI practices and technologies, we create engaging products through interactive interfaces across multiple channels and devices, independent of platforms and delivering the same experience in a frictionless way. Those interfaces are aware of users, from context to context, device to device and act proactively to make the experience simpler, leaner, faster and suggesting new behaviors based on interactions. We deliver leading digital products for users, makings use of tools, frameworks and components, providing a single architecture and codebase with the right functionality in any platform.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio is focused on the integrated delivery of:

 

· Large Scale Web Applications - Omni-channel solutions are needed to power digital transformations. This is done by building responsive and scalable web applications following different approaches, from single page applications to server side rendered applications with a loosely coupled, modular, component based architecture, mobile-first and SEO friendly techniques among other best practices.

 

59

 

 

· Hybrid & Cross-Compiled Development - We create downloadable applications using cutting-edge technologies with access to hardware features that run in multiple native platforms using a combination of JavaScript frameworks. This allow companies to face omni-channel challenges by using hybrid strategies giving support to mobile devices, kiosks, POS, and others, through a single codebase.

 

· Accessibility - Accessibility considerations need to be built into the everyday practices across the full web product life-cycle from conception and specification through development and delivery. We have the required expertise to develop an accessibility compliant application according to applicable regulations.

 

Mobile: Enabling mobility everywhere

 

Whether our clients need to build a new product, mobilize an existing product or maintain an existing solution, which can be native, hybrid or built through cross-compilers, our Mobile Studio is experienced on the latest tools and frameworks to help you reach your business goals. Leveraging on our experience from our Agile Pods Methodology, cross-industries knowledge, and a combination of state-of-the-art and traditional user interface tactics, we add value when creating or improving our clients' mobile strategy.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Mobile Studio includes:

 

· Consultancy - We help organizations move towards the next maturity stage regarding mobility. Based on our experience working with over 100 organizations, from startups to fortune-500 companies, we built our consultancy framework to assess organization’s maturity and provide solutions to deliver high quality mobile products.

 

· Fast Prototyping - Our Fast Prototyping Framework can build a working prototype to validate our clients' business ideas or jumpstart their projects to a scalable solution. We utilize proven base tech stalk and platforms to minimizing coding.

 

· App Evolution - We help clients to take control of their legacy projects by incorporating the latest trends and technologies, whether they need to switch vendors, update their codebase, migrate between hybrid and native, or rebuild from scratch their existing product. Our sustain framework will detect potential issues on their apps regarding new OS versions or required updates on frameworks they might be using.

 

· Platform Integration - Most mobile apps require a connection to a backend. While most boutiques fail at integrations, our Studios Model and extensive experience implementing most API Management Systems, Custom or Out-Of-The-Box Microservices Solutions.

 

· Enhanced Experiences - We take the best of the available technical features to deliver rich and emotional moments using Augmented Reality, Biometric sign-in, Force Touch, Apple/Google Pay, Animations, Coregraphics, Geofencing Services, Rich Notifications or any specific technology which is only achievable by building a native custom experience.

 

· Hardware Integration - Helping extend client product’s reach outside the main mobile device, we develop integrations with Chromecast, beacons, POS, Printers, Custom Hardware and create standalone experiences for Smart Watches, Apple TV and Android TV/Chromecast.

 

· Complex Engineering - Our team of performance experts develop low level integration with frameworks like NDK or by using C++ to improve performance on critical transactional applications and develop scalable architectures that will help our clients build the core of your suit of mobile products.

 

Artificial Intelligence: Enabling the future today

 

We strive to enable the future today with state-of-the-art techniques, including deep learning, other neural networks and traditional ML approaches, coupled with the increased capacity of machines to understand complex patterns out of data.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio includes:

 

· Machine Learning: We build solutions powered by ML using traditional approaches (regressions, decision trees, HMM, SVM) and new deep learning methods. Our focus still relies on a human centric design and, therefore, we apply ML to adapt the Journey to create a seamless and emotionally-engaged experience. We utilize ML to provide an as-good-as-a-human decision process (contextual, adaptive) to delegate low-value-added decisions or alert when a critical decision is needed.

 

60

 

 

· Pattern Recognition: We leverage the power of signal processing (video, images, audio, text or any other type of data), to recognize and understand patterns. New opportunities are flourishing from the availability of volumes of new data in different forms; together with computer power and new algorithms.

 

· Natural Language Understanding: Natural Language Understanding ("NLU") enables a computer to understand and generate natural language (either typed or spoken). We develop software with NLU capabilities to explore new ways of emotional engagement. We enable users to address software, through different devices, as though the user was addressing another person. Our software applies computational techniques in order to understand the syntax and semantics of language.

 

Process Automation: Efficiency driven by technology

 

Our Process Automation Studio delivers solutions that enable our clients to be more efficient, innovative and agile.

 

Companies strive to enhance their efficiency as they grow and competition increases. Our goal is to provide solutions that improve productivity, create competitive advantages, foster innovation and provide agility. We work to establish quick wins that are refined using an iterative approach to deliver more value on each cycle while optimizing throughput.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Process Automation Studio includes:

 

· Process Appraisal - An in-depth analysis of the processes is done so that they can be valued and prioritized to outline the best automation strategy. In order to have quick wins that deliver actual value to the business we do a joint work with our clients to define measurable criteria that support the decision on where to start and the set of technologies to use and be successful.

 

· Automated Solutions - Process automation is not just selecting a single tool in the market and automate a flow but rather a conscious analysis of the set of technologies to be used understanding the context on which they will run. Our extensive knowledge of technologies allows us to define the appropriate architecture considering infrastructure and automation needs while leveraging AI and data scraping techniques among more traditional solutions.

 

· Process Evolution - Monitoring and governance of automated process is key to improving efficiency. Through the definition of the appropriate set of metrics and tools we control the operation identifying bottleneck areas and optimize performance, as well as including new processes to automation strategy.

 

Blockchain: Building Trust

 

Our Blockchain studio is focused on helping our customers to resolve trust-related problems and inefficiencies. We provide research and development services over multiple blockchain implementations as well as over several decentralized storage systems. We are focused on understanding the business and finding how a blockchain can be leveraged to solve a problem.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio includes:

 

· Training - We work with our specialists on distributed ledger technologies to understand how they work and get a deep understanding on the different implementations available.

 

· Advisory - We conduct a deep dive into businesses alongside our specialists as our clients discover how blockchain technologies can be applied to improve some of their processes.

 

· Fast Prototyping - Our Fast Prototyping Framework can help build a working prototype to validate our clients' business idea or jumpstart their projects to a scalable solution in record time. We achieve this by using an already tested base tech stack.

 

· Solutions - We build end-to-end solutions that harness the benefits of blockchains to create trustworthy and efficient systems tailored to specific business needs.

 

61

 

 

Cloud Ops: Delivering products faster

 

Our Cloud Ops Studio combines some of the leading cloud technologies, continuous integration and continuous delivery practices with our capabilities to facilitate new and more efficient ways of doing business.

 

Cloud and Dev Ops are independent but mutually reinforcing strategies for delivering business value. Cloud and Dev Ops evolved in response to three fundamental transformations. First, we are transitioning from a product economy to a service economy. Second, the business environment demands that companies shift their focus from stability and efficiency to agility and innovation. They need to increase delivery frequency and continue their service evolution. Third, the digital dimension is filling the physical dimension.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Cloud Ops Studio includes:

 

· Cloud - From roadmap definition to managed services, we can support our clients' cloud journey. Working with cloud platforms since 2009, we developed the expertise and framework to deliver consultancy services for cloud adoption strategy, application transformation, disaster recovery definition and ongoing support. Our main goal is enabling IT agility with pragmatism that is fully aligned with each client's core business leveraging Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, Google Compute Platform and OpenStack (including, IaaS, Containers, Serverless technologies among others).

 

· Devops - We utilize Dev Ops in our clients' development cycles to enable continuous integration and continuous deployment of their products, allowing production updates several times a day rather than once every few months. This practice also allows improvements in the overall product cycle as it accelerates acceptance testing, and enables business owners to see what the teams are producing in real time, delivering new products and features with a faster time to market.

 

· Cloud Native Patrol - Our Cloud Native Patrol assists our clients to accelerate and support complex cloud native projects. The cloud ecosystem is becoming very complex, and cloud providers continue to innovate by adding new tools while enriching existing ones. The same is happening with the whole cloud native landscape (orchestration, service discovery, containers, automation, configuration management, observability, PaaS). Cloud Native Patrol addresses the challenges of supporting the complete ecosystem.

 

Quality Engineering: Enabling quality everywhere

 

The success of our clients' businesses is directly tied to the quality of complex and highly integrated software. Our clients' software drives opportunities, but it also exposes them to new risks. We believe that only a high quality product has a chance of succeeding in today's market.

 

Our Quality Engineering Studio focuses on reducing our clients' business risks. We provide a comprehensive suite of innovative and robust testing services that ensure high-quality products to meet the needs of demanding, technology-avid users. Cutting edge quality strategies increase test efficiency, decrease time to market and reduce the risks inherent in producing challenging digital journeys.

 

Our "round the clock" approach leverages the close-knit nature of quality assurance across geographies and time-zones to achieve continuous testing. This approach aligns with build schedules to utilize the onshore, nearshore and offshore teams to their maximum potential.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through our Quality Engineering Studio includes:

 

· Functional Testing - We offer comprehensive quality assurance services to ensure that the final system/service delivered to our clients meets and exceeds their business requirements. Our quality control analysts are involved in the software development process from the start of each project, helping clients identify the needs of their audience and prepare for accurate targeting suitability of the products we will be creating together.

 

62

 

 

· Load & Performance Testing - Measuring and assessing the performance of widely used global sites and applications is a technically challenging and multidisciplinary effort. A comprehensive test strategy needs to consider a broad, real life scenario and needs to analyze each product as it will ultimately run. Validations include responsiveness, throughput, scalability, reliability and resource usage. Our practice includes stress testing, load testing and performance testing.

 

· Mobile Testing - Supporting multiple devices and platforms, and planning for production monitoring approaches, is necessary to achieve end-to-end quality. We utilize compatibility testing, responsive design testing, test automation and acceptance testing among other practices.

 

· Test Automation - We have deep expertise in providing test automation services and developing test automation solutions and frameworks. We believe test automation is a key testing practice to increase test efficiency, reduce time to market and limit human error inherent with manual testing. Test automation is preparing to efficiently handle future requests through smoke testing, regression testing, integration testing, services testing and other automated processes.

 

· Accessibility - Todays digital solutions need to provide equal access and equal opportunity to people with disabilities though compliance with accessibility standards. We help our customers to improve the quality of their digital products (web and mobile solutions) removing barriers that prevent interactions, ensuring accessibility WCAG 2.0 AA Compliance, Section 508 and ADA.

 

Cybersecurity: Making customer platforms safe and secure

 

Our Cybersecurity Studio supports the entire range of services from product conceptualization through execution to ensure that all customer platforms are safe and secure.

 

As data privacy and security become increasingly top of mind, cyber attacks can increase risk in business for today’s organizations if they don’t have strategies for staying ahead.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio includes:

 

· Secure Digital Journey - With this service, a security expert assesses customers security needs. This expert collaborates with our digital solutions teams to ensure needs are met right from the functional and design phase of project development without compromising user experience. Ultimately, this service is designed to ensure that digital experiences will be secure.

 

· Security Advisor - We have deep expertise in performing manual and automated penetration tests. This technique allows us to assess customers’ security environments to identify risks that could affect digital platforms, and analyze the likelihood and impact for the business. To be a security advisor is more than executing a penetration test, it is understanding business risk with real impact to the business, identifying alternatives to mitigate, and providing guidelines to completely fix.

 

· Security Patrol - We monitor traffic on users’ digital platforms, and measure specific security indicators that allow us to rapidly respond against cyber threats. The team handles events with strict predefined protocols to contain and mitigate potential incidents.

 

Digital Content: Managing scalable content

 

Our Digital Content Studio focuses on developing digital online strategies through the creation of original and customized products and solutions.

 

We want to empower our clients' businesses by taking care of the complete life-cycle of a digital strategy, from development of user-friendly and appealing content management systems, to the complete go-to-market digital promotion. We also want to work with our clients to develop digital marketing campaigns, learning solutions, content strategies and engaging audiovisual content that supports their goals.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio includes:

 

· Content Management Systems - We help our clients deliver an excellent digital experience through the use of platforms. We understand that our clients' content must reach to the right people on the right devices at the right times.

 

63

 

 

· Digital Marketing - We provide services to develop digital online strategies focusing on empowering our clients' businesses by creating and implementing original and customized online marketing solutions.

 

· Content Hub - We develop digital strategies through the creation of original and customized content.

 

Media OTT: Every pixel, every screen

 

Our Media OTT Studio design, build and launch premium video experiences across every mobile device, OTT box, Smart TV, and Game Console for our media clients.

 

We understand and provide services that support the entire streaming supply chain; from ingest and transcode through to user experience and playout. We do it across all consumer devices and we help drive user engagement and monetization on each.

 

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio includes:

 

· Bespoke Development - Our professional services team creates streaming experiences that showcase client’s content and drive business value across any screen.

 

· Streaming Strategy - Winning in digital media begins with a deep understanding of industry dynamics, identifying how trends disrupt the competitive landscape, and establishing methods to enable and encourage ongoing innovation. Our team of strategists, engineers, delivery managers and designers help media companies turn their content offerings into successful digital businesses.

 

· Multi-Screen Design - We closely watch every trend and track the evolving capabilities across all platforms. This ensures we can apply our design philosophies to create compelling experiences that showcase the content and drive the business value for our clients.

 

· Signal (Platform) - Signal enables media companies to reach and engage customers across every screen. It allows them to manage and monetize Live and VOD content. Publishers can quickly launch these best-in-class experiences and dynamically update content and styles through the Signal Portal. Signal simplifies the OTT workflow and allows companies to focus on their content and business vision. Our cutting edge modularized technology allows our clients to choose between a full service or select items to fit the right need.

 

Our Studio model allows us to optimize our expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends for our clients across a variety of industries.

 

Services over Platforms

 

At Globant, we are evolving at the way services are provided with our Services over Platforms strategy. This set of platforms is designed to help deliver digital and cognitive transformations in an agile and innovative manner. These products have the flexibility to adapt to our clients’ needs as we provide microservices to complement them.

 

In this way, many of our Studios create platforms to accelerate the path to our solutions. Among these platforms we can mention, StarMeUp OS from our FOO Studio. Signal, our platform to accelerate the distribution of content from our OTT Studio. Globant Minds, our AI platform from the AI Studio, and Acamica our online education platform to accelerate the cultural transformation.

 

64

 

 

StarMeUp OS

 

StarMeUp OS is an operating system made up of smart applications that assist organizations with their digital transformations. The goal of this operating system is to help employees overcome inherently human limitations and create a space where they can have more meaningful interactions, generating a richer experience and empowering employees to make even more significant contributions. StarMeUp OS is comprised of five solutions:

 

StarMeUp: A peer-to-peer recognition platform that strengthens the corporate culture and reinforces organizational values, while providing valuable insights in real time, such as identifying positive influencers and a better view into organizational network dynamics.

 

BetterMe: Employees can share real-time feedback with anyone else in the organization. It provides an ongoing view of performance and continual opportunities for improvement.

 

BeThere: By sharing photos of significant moments and events, employees can stay connected and informed in an engaging way, no matter where they are in the world.

 

TakePart: More actively include employees in the organizational transformation by creating a space for them to suggest, and vote, on new ideas, that lead to more dynamic organizational changes.

 

BriefMe: A platform ideal for communications teams to get the most critical information to employees at the right time through strategically located screens.

 

Signal

 

It enables media companies to reach and engage customers across every screen. It allows them to manage and monetize Live and VOD content.

 

ACAMICA

 

In 2016, we invested in ACAMICA, an e-learning platform for global companies to run online and personalized academies and private training modules, with an emphasis on user experience and social interactions.

 

Agile Pods Methodology

 

We have developed a software product design and development model, known as Agile Pods. It is designed to better align business and technology teams. Driven by a culture of self-regulated teamwork and collaboration across skills, partners and country borders.

 

Leveraged across divisions, Agile Pods are dedicated to mature emerging technologies and market trends, and provide a constant influx of mature talent and solutions that create intellectual property for our clients. They are self-organized teams that work to meet creative and production goals, make technology decisions and reduce risk. These teams are fully responsible for creating solutions, building and sustaining features, products or platforms.

 

In addition, savings are delivered to clients due to sustained productivity boosts as the Agile Pods begin to operate at a higher maturity level. We ensure consistency, accountability and replicability by having Agile Pods follow a well-defined set of maturity criteria. Maturity models describe levels of growth and development as follows: Maturity, Quality, Velocity, and Autonomy. Each level acts as a foundation for the next and lays out a path for learning and growth. As Agile Pods evolve from one level to the next, they are equipped with the understanding and tools to accomplish goals more effectively.

 

Associated metrics guide improvement efforts and generate quantitative and qualitative insights to inform iterative design and planning decisions.

 

Our Delivery Model

 

Our cultural affinity with our clients enables increased interaction that creates close client relationships, increased responsiveness and more efficient delivery of our solutions. As we grow and expand our organization, we will continue diversifying our footprint by expanding into additional locations globally.

 

65

 

 

We believe our presence in many countries creates a key competitive advantage by allowing us to benefit from the abundance of high-quality talent in the region, cultural similarities and geographic proximity to our clients.

 

Availability of High-Quality Talent

 

We believe that Latin America has emerged as an attractive geographic region from which to deliver a combination of engineering, design, and innovation capabilities for enterprises seeking to leverage emerging technologies. Latin America has an abundant skilled IT talent pool. According to the Science and Technology Indicator Network (Red de Indicadores de Ciencia y Tecnologia), over 345,000 engineering and technology students have graduated annually from 2012 – 2016 from universities in Latin America and the Caribbean region. Latin America's talent pool (including Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Colombia and Uruguay) is composed of approximately 1,000,000 professionals according to different sources, such as Stackoverflow, SmartPlanet and Nearshore Americas. This labor pool remains relatively untapped compared to other regions such as the United States, Central and Eastern Europe and China. The region's professionals possess a breadth of skills that is optimally suited for providing technology services at competitive rates. Moreover, Argentina and Brazil have been in the top ten of the Gunn Report's Global Index of Creative Excellence in Advertising for the last 17 years. In addition, institutions of higher education in the region offer rigorous academic programs to develop professionals with technical expertise who are competitive on a global scale. Furthermore, Latin America has a significant number of individuals who speak multiple languages, including English, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, German and French, providing a distinct advantage in delivering engineering, design and innovation services to key markets in the United States and Europe.

 

India offers significant graduate talent. According to the Strategic Review of The National Association of Software and Services Companies (NASSCOM), the Indian IT-BPM Industry currently employs around 4 million people. In terms of students, more than 5 million students graduate every year, and almost 15% of these graduates are considered employable by Tier 1/Tier 2 companies.

 

Government Support and Incentives

 

Argentina

 

Software companies with operations in Argentina whose activities are the creation, design, development, production, implementation or adjustment (upgrade) of developed software systems and their associated documents (in accordance with Section 4 of the Software Promotion Law No. 25,922) may participate in the benefits contemplated by this regime provided they meet at least two of the following requirements: (i) proves expenses in software research and development activities; (ii) prove existence of a known quality standard applicable to the products or software processes, or the performance of activities in order to obtain such known standard recognition; or (iii) export of software (as defined in Section 5 of the Software Promotion Law). The Law was originally enacted in 2004 and extended in 2011 for another five years until December 31, 2019, and established a number of incentives to promote Argentine enterprises engaged in the design, development and production of software. These incentives include:

 

· Fiscal stability throughout the period that the promotion regime is in force. In accordance with Section 7 of the Software Promotion Law, fiscal stability means the right to maintain the aggregate federal tax rate in effect at the time of the beneficiary's registration in the National Registry of Software Producers through December 31, 2019. Such stability does not comprise import or export duties nor export refunds (Section 7 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013). The aggregate federal tax burden included under the fiscal stability benefit is that burden existing on the date of the beneficiary's registration before the applicable registry, in accordance with laws and regulations in force by that time;

 

· a 60% reduction in the total amount of corporate income tax as applied to income from the promoted activities This benefit will be applicable both to Argentine-source and non-Argentine-source income, in the terms set forth by the application authority, but it would not be applicable to foreign source income obtained by permanent establishments held abroad by Argentine residents (Section 13 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013);

 

66

 

 

· conversion of up to 70% of certain monthly social security tax (contribution) payments into a tax credit (Section 8 of the Software Promotion Law) during the first year following the beneficiary's registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. After the first year, such percentage will be determined annually by the competent authorities for each beneficiary, depending on the beneficiary's degree of compliance with the regime's requirements (Section 9 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013). This tax credit may not be transferred to third parties. The tax credit can be used to offset the beneficiary's income tax liability only up to certain percentage, determined by the ratio of annual software and computer services exports and the aggregate annual sales resulting from promoted activities declared by the beneficiary (Section 9 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013);

 

· an exclusion from any restriction on import payments related to hardware and IT components and non-applicability of any value-added tax withholding or collection regimes (Section 8 of the Software Promotion Law).

 

Argentine Ministry of Economy approved our subsidiaries as beneficiaries of the Software Promotion Law as following: (i) on October 10, 2006: IAFH Global S.A. (ii) on April 13, 2007: Sistemas Globales S.A. and (iii) on April 29, 2008: BSF SA. As a result, these subsidiaries have enjoyed fiscal stability in their federal tax burden as in effect at the time they were notified of their inclusion in the promotion regime.

 

The Software Promotion Law was modified during 2011 through Law No. 26,692. Even though all benefits awarded under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004 remained in effect, pursuant to Section 10 of the Software Promotion Law (as amended by Law No. 26,692), IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Globales S.A. and BSF S.A. were obliged to reapply for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers by July 8, 2014 in order to obtain the benefits established in the Software Promotion Law as described above.

 

On September 9, 2013, Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced additional implementing rules, including, among other matters, further clarifications to qualify for the promotion regime and specific requirements to be met in order to remain registered in the National Registry of Software Producers during the years after such registration has taken place. These requirements include, among others, minimum annual revenue, minimum percentage of employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum aggregate amount spent in salaries paid to employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum research and development expenses and the filing of evidence of software-related services exports. In addition, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 states that the 60% reduction in corporate income tax provided under the Software Promotion Law shall only become effective as of the beginning of the fiscal year after the date on which the applicant is accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. The implementing regulation also provides that upon the formal approval of an applicant's registration in the National Registry of Software Producers, any promotional benefits previously granted to such person under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004 shall be extinguished. Finally, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 delegates authority to the Secretary of Industry and AFIP to adopt "complementary and clarifying" regulations in furtherance of the implementation of the Software Promotion Law.

 

On March 11, 2014, AFIP issued General Resolution No. 3,597, which provides that, as a further prerequisite to participation in the Software Promotion Law, exporters of software and related services must register in a newly established Special Registry of Exporters of Services (Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios).

 

According to the abovementioned regulations, on March 14, May 28, 2014 and June 23, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Globales S.A. and BSF S.A., respectively, were accepted for registration in the Special Registry of Exporters of Services.

 

On June 25, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A. applied for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. The Secretary and Subsecretary of Industry issued rulings approving registration in the National Registry of Software Producers of certain of our subsidiaries as follows: (i) Sistemas Globales S.A. on March 18, 2016, (ii) IAFH Global S.A. on April 13, 2015 and (iii) BSF S.A. on November 23, 2015. In each case, the ruling made the effective date of registration retroactive to September 18, 2014 and provided that the benefits enjoyed under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted were not extinguished until the ruling goes into effect (which have occurred upon its date of publication in the Argentine government's official gazette on before mentioned dates).

 

67

 

 

On May 22, 2019, the Argentine Congress enacted Law No. 27,506 ("Ley de Economía del Conocimiento"), which provides a promotional regime for the Knowledge Economy ("Knowledge based Economy Law").  The Knowledge based Economy Law will be valid from January 1, 2020 until December 31, 2029 and aims to promote economic activities that apply knowledge and digitization of information, supported by advances in science and technology, to obtain goods and services and improve processes.

 

The Knowledge based Economy Law promotes many activities, among others: software, computer and digital services; audiovisual production and post-production; biotechnology, neurotechnology and genetic engineering; geological and  prospecting services and others related with electronic and communications; professional services as long as they are exported; nanotechnology and nanoscience; aerospace and satellite industry; nuclear industrial engineering; artificial intelligence, robotic and industrial internet, the internet of things, augmented and virtual reality.

 

The Knowledge based Economy Law creates the "National Registry of Beneficiaries" for the registration of the potential beneficiaries. According to the Knowledge based Economy Law, the eligible beneficiaries are those who perform as a main activity any of the promoted activities and meet at least two of the following requirements: (i) performance of continuous improvements in the quality of the services, products and/or processes, or through a quality norm suitable to their services, products and/or processes; and/or (ii) expenditures in research and development activities for at least 3 % of the total revenue and/or training of employees assigned to the performance of the promoted activities for at least 8 % of the total payroll; and/or (iii) exports of goods and/or services derived from the performance of any of the promoted activities for at least a certain percentage, which varies depending on the kind of activity and the beneficiary.

 

The main activity is satisfied when it represents at least 70% of the total turnover.

 

Pursuant to the Knowledge based Economy Law, since registration, the beneficiaries will enjoy the following benefits:

 

· Enhanced fiscal stability as from registration and for the term of validity of the regime. This benefit may be also extended to provincial and municipal taxes, as long as such jurisdictions adhere to this Knowledge based Economy Law.

 

· Exemption from any value-added tax withholding or collection regimes.

 

· A reduced corporate income tax rate of 15% to the extent that the beneficiaries maintain their payroll in accordance with the conditions provided for in the regulations.

 

· Allowance to take a tax credit derived from any payment or withholding of foreign taxes even if the taxed income constitutes an Argentine source of income.

 

· A reduction on their employer social security contributions, in relation to each employee, of an amount equal to 7,003 ARS per month for year 2020, as amended by the Social Security Law.

 

· Granting a tax credit bond equal to 1.6 times the amount of the employer’s social security contributions that the beneficiary did not pay due to the benefit mentioned in the above paragraph. The tax credit bond, which is onetime transferable, can be used to offset the beneficiary's income tax liability and/or value added tax liability with no restriction.

 

For registration before the National Registry of beneficiaries, applicants must: (i) have submitted an application for the provisional incorporation into the new regime until December 31, 2019 (which allows the definitive registration to have effects as from January 1, 2020), and (ii) file a definitive application before June 30, 2020. Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH S.A. filed their provisional applications for registration in the National Registry of Beneficiaries on November 12, 2019, and BSF S.A. did so on December 3, 2019. As of the date of this annual report, the filing of the definitive applications is still pending.

 

On October 10, 2019, the Ministry of Production and Labor issued Resolution No. 1084/2019, which appointed the Secretariat of Entrepreneurs and Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises as enforcement authority of the regime and authorized the Secretariat to issue the complementary regulations. Consequently, the Secretariat issued Resolution No. 449/2019, establishing the procedure to be followed and the conditions to be met to file the definitive applications for registration before the National Registry of beneficiaries. Also, pursuant to such Resolution, the Secretariat was put in charge of analyzing the information submitted and verifying compliance with all the relevant requirements.

 

68

 

 

On December 23, 2019, the Argentine Government enacted the Ley de Solidaridad Social y Reactivación Productiva No. 27,541 (the “Law on Social Solidarity and Productive Reactivation” or the “Social Solidarity Law”), which amended and repealed certain social security regulations and, therefore, the amount of the reduction of the employer social security contributions originally established as a benefit by the Knowledge based Economy Law was reduced and may not be subject to further adjustments. According to the Social Solidarity Law, the general reduction for employers from their employer social security contributions, in relation to each employee, is established in an amount equal to ARS 7,003 per month for year 2020.

 

However, on January 20, 2020, the Ministry of Productive Development issued Resolution No. 30/2020, replacing the Secretary of Entrepreneurs and Small and Medium Sized Companies for the Secretariat of Industry, Knowledge Economy and External Commercial Management of the Ministry of Productive Development as enforcement authority of the new Knowledge based Economy Law regime and revoked the registration procedures established by Resolution No. 449/2019 and suspended the registration application analysis and procedures until new complementary regulations are issued by such new enforcement authority.

 

Therefore, the Knowledge based Economy Law is currently in force, but is currently subject to additional regulation by the enforcement authority that as of the date of this annual report have not yet been issued.

 

In the meantime, the Argentine Executive Power is considering a bill to modify the Knowledge based Economy Law to include the following:

 

· The fiscal stability benefit would imply only stability regarding the benefits under the Knowledge based Economy Law and not regarding the tax system in general.

 

· Beneficiaries would not be subject to any value-added tax withholding or collection regimes only in the case of export operations.

 

· Beneficiaries will be allowed to deduct as cost any payment or withholding of foreign taxes if the taxed income constitutes an Argentine source of income.

 

· 60% reduction in the total amount of corporate income tax applied to income from the promoted activities.

 

· tax credit equal to the 70% of the social security contribution paid.

 

· The social security contribution benefit would apply only to a portion of the beneficiary’s payroll (in principle up to 3,745 employees, except when there is an increase of the payroll) and, in the future, might be distributed according to a quote.

 

Uruguay

 

In 1988, Law No. 15,921 created Uruguay's Free Trade Zone regime allowing any type of industrial, commercial, or service activity to be carried out in a specifically delimited areas of the Uruguayan territory and be performed outside Uruguay.

 

The main benefits are the following:

 

· Almost full tax exemption (Corporate Income Tax "IRAE", Net Wealth Tax-IP, Value Added Tax – VAT and several withholding taxes) and customs duties exemption;

 

· Foreign employees may opt out of the Uruguayan social security system and, with regard to personal income tax, opt to be subject to Non-Residents Income Tax at a 12% flat rate instead of Individual Tax;

 

On December 8, 2017, Uruguay’s Executive Power enacted Law No. 19,566, introducing changes to Law No. 15,921, The new Law allows services rendered to third countries from the Free Trade Zone to also be rendered to corporate income taxpayers inside Uruguayan, non-Free Trade Zone territory.

 

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A., is situated in a Free Trade Zone and is eligible for the fiscal benefits.

 

69

 

 

 

Additionally, according to the provisions set forth in Decree No. 150/007, income from software production and related services is IRAE exempt, provided they are completely used abroad. Said exemption includes development, implementation at client’s site, version upgrading and correction, customization, quality testing and certification, software maintenance, training and advising. Related services refer to hosting, call center, outsourcing, marketing and other services, whenever software is the main purpose, even when said software has not been developed by the service provider.

 

In this context, services provided by our subsidiary in Uruguay, Difier, are exempt from income tax.

 

India

 

In India, under the Special Economic Zones Act of 2005, the services provided by export-oriented companies within Special Economic Zones (each, a "SEZ") are eligible for a deduction of 100% of the profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from the financial year in which the company commenced the provision of services and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Companies must meet the conditions under Section 10AA of Income Tax Act to be eligible for the benefit.  Other tax benefits are also available for registered SEZ companies.

 

Some locations of our Indian subsidiary are located in a SEZ and have completed the SEZ registration process. Consequently, we started receiving the tax benefit on August 2, 2017. With the growth of our business in an SEZ, our Indian subsidiary may be required to compute its tax liability under Minimum Alternate Tax ("MAT") in future years at the current rate of approximately 21.34%, including surcharges, as its tax liability under the general tax provisions may be lower compared to the MAT liability.

 

Belarus

 

The High Technology Park ("HTP") was established in Minsk in 2005 to promote the IT industry in Belarus. The HTP is located east of Minsk and has a special legal regime in effect until 2020.

 

A legal entity and an individual entrepreneur receive HTP resident status if their activities include: analysis and design of information systems and software; data processing based on client or proprietary software, fundamental and applied research, experimental R&D in the field of natural and technical sciences (R&D involving HTP activity) and utilization of R&D results, among others.

 

HTP residents pay 1% of their revenue to the HTP Administration and enjoy the following benefits:

 

· Exemption from Corporate Income tax and Value Added Tax on the sale of goods, work or services or from the transfer of property rights in Belarus.

 

· Exemption from land tax and real estate tax on properties that are in the HTP.

 

· Payments by HTP residents to foreign companies in the form of dividends, royalty and interest are subject to withholding tax at a rate of 5%.

 

· Dividend payments are not subject to an offshore duty;

 

On December 21, 2017, the President of the Republic of Belarus published the Decree No. 8, which extends the duration of the HTP’s tax incentives and the special legal regime until January 1, 2049.

 

Our subsidiary located in Belarus is a HTP resident and currently benefits from the tax holidays and will continue with exemption as long as the regime remains in effect.

 

Methodologies and Tools

 

Effectively delivering the innovative software solutions that we offer requires highly evolved methodologies and tools. Since inception, we have invested significant resources into developing a proprietary suite of internal applications and tools to assist us in developing solutions for our clients and manage all aspects of our delivery process. These applications and tools are designed to promote transparency, and knowledge-sharing, enhance coordination and cooperation, reduce risks such as security breaches and cost overruns, and provide control as well as visibility across all stages of the project lifecycle, for both our clients and us. Our key methodologies and tools are described below.

 

70

 

 

Agile Development Methodologies

 

See "— Item 4.B — Business Overview —  Our Services —  Agile Pods Methodologies."

 

Quality Management System

 

We have developed and implemented a quality management system in order to document our best business practices, satisfy the requirements and expectations of our clients and improve the management of our projects. We believe that continuous process improvement produces better software solutions, which enhances our clients' satisfaction and adds value to their business.

 

Our quality management system is certified under the requirements of the international standard ISO 9001:2015, the CMMI Maturity Level 3 process areas (which indicates that processes are well characterized and understood, and are described in company standards, procedures, tools and methods) and PMI by implementing the following practices:

 

· Assuring that quality objectives of the organization are fulfilled;

 

· Defining standard processes, assets and guidelines to be followed by our project teams from the earliest stages of the project life cycle;

 

· Continuously evaluating the status of processes in order to identify process improvements or define new processes if needed;

 

· Objectively verifying adherence of services and activities to organizational processes, standards and requirements;

 

· Providing support and training regarding the quality management system to all employees to achieve a culture that embraces quality standards;

 

· Informing related groups and individuals about tasks and results related to quality control improvement;

 

· Raising issues not resolvable within the project to upper management for resolution; and

 

· Periodically gathering and analyzing feedback from our clients regarding our services to learn when we have met expectations and where there is room for improvement.

 

Since 2013, Globant certified ISO 27001, a standard that provides a model for establishing, implementing, operating, monitoring, reviewing, maintaining, and improving an information security management system (ISMS). The process of certifying ISO 27001 ensures that ISMS is under explicit management control. In 2016, we migrated successfully to the ISO 27001:2013.

 

Glow

 

In order to manage our talent base, we have developed a proprietary software application called Glow. Glow is the central repository for all information relating to our Globers, including academic credentials, industry and technology expertise, work experience, past and pending project assignments, career aspirations, and performance assessments, among others. Every Glober can access Glow and regularly update his or her technical skills.

 

We use Glow as a management tool to match open positions on Studio projects with available Globers, which allows us to staff project teams rapidly and with the optimal blend of industry, technology and project experience, while also achieving efficient utilization of our resources. We believe, based on management's experience in the industry, that we are one of few companies in our industry to employ such a tool for this purpose. Accordingly, we believe Glow provides us with a significant competitive advantage.

 

71

 

 

Clients

 

At Globant, we focus on delivering innovative and high value-added solutions that drive revenues and brand awareness for our clients. We believe that our approach deepens our relationships and leads to additional revenue opportunities. We also target new clients by showcasing our engineering, design and innovation capabilities along with our deep understanding of digital journeys, emerging technologies and related market trends.

 

Our clients include primarily medium- to large-sized companies based in the United States, Europe, Asia and Latin America operating in a broad range of industries including Media and Entertainment, Professional Services, Technology and Telecommunications, Travel and Hospitality, Banks, Financial Services and Insurance, and Consumer, Retail and Manufacturing. We believe clients choose us based on our ability to understand their business and help them drive revenues, as well as our innovative and high value-added business proposals, tailored Studio-based solutions, and our reputation for high quality execution. We have been able to grow with and retain our clients by merging their industry knowledge with our expertise in the latest market trends to deliver tangible business value.

 

We typically enter into a master services agreement (or MSA) with our clients, which provides a framework for services and a statement of work (or SOW) to define the scope, timing, pricing terms and performance criteria of each individual engagement under the MSA. We generate 45% of our revenue from long-term projects with terms greater than 24 months.

 

During 2019, 2018 and 2017, our ten largest clients based on revenues accounted for 39.5%, 44.0% and 41.9% of our revenues, respectively. Our top client for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 11.2%, 11.3% and 10.2% of our revenues, respectively.

 

The following table sets forth the amount and percentage of our revenues for the years presented by client location:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
By Geography                                                
North America   $ 496,353       75.3 %   $ 407,090       77.9 %   $ 325,614       78.8 %
Europe     46,784       7.1 %     46,240       8.9 %     38,484       9.3 %
Asia     4,653       0.7 %     3,067       0.6 %     700       0.2 %
Latin America and other     111,535       16.9 %     65,913       12.6 %     48,641       11.8 %
Revenues   $ 659,325       100.0 %   $ 522,310       100.0 %   $ 413,439       100.0 %

 

The following table shows the distribution of our clients by revenues for the years presented:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Over $5 Million     26       21       18  
$1 - $5 Million     81       69       64  
$0.5 - $1 Million     53       39       45  
$0.1 - $0.5 Million     191       86       82  
Less than $0.1 Million     471       158       147  
Total Clients     822       373       356  

 

72

 

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Our growth strategy is based on four pillars: (i) leveraging our broad expertise; (ii) growing within existing clients; (iii) acquiring new clients; and (iv) pursuing strategic acquisitions. Our expertise and Studio approach help us expand the portfolio and practices we offer to our clients. Our acquisitions are pursued with the aim of fulfilling strategic goals, such as growing into a new geography (e.g., Nextive, TerraForum, BlueStar Peru, Clarice and SmallFootprint) or the expansion of specializations (e.g. Accendra, Openware, Huddle, Dynaflows, WAE, L4, Difier, Ratio, PointSource, Avanxo, Belatrix and BiLive).

 

Under our multi-pronged, integrated sales and marketing strategy, our senior management, sales executives, sales managers, account managers and engagement managers work collaboratively to target, acquire and retain new clients and expand our work for existing clients. Our sales and marketing team, currently comprised of 125 sales and marketing personnel, has broad geographic coverage with commercial offices located in Buenos Aires, Bogotá, Montevideo, São Paulo, London, Madrid, Boston, New York, Miami, Houston, Raleigh, Winston Salem, Dallas, Seattle and San Francisco.

 

Beyond leveraging our broad expertise, our sales strategy is driven by three fundamentals: retain, develop and acquire ("RDA"). The retention ("R") component is focused on maintaining our wallet share with existing accounts through flawless execution on our engagements. The development ("D") component emphasizes developing existing client relationships by significantly expanding our wallet share and capturing business from our competitors. The acquisition ("A") component targets new client accounts. Through our RDA strategy, as well as marketing and branding events, we are able to acquire new or expand existing engagements in our large and growing addressable market.

 

New Clients

 

We seek to create relationships with strategic clients through existing client referrals or through our multi-tiered approach. Our approach begins by identifying industries and geographic locations with solid growth potential. Once potential clients are identified, we seek to engage the market-facing management personnel of those companies instead of their IT divisions, which allows us to get a better understanding of the prospect's business model before engaging with its IT personnel. The focus on an enterprise's revenue drivers allows us to highlight the value of our services in meeting our client's business needs, thereby differentiating us.

 

Our account sales teams are made up of sales executives and sales managers, and follow specific guidelines for managing opportunities when contacting potential new clients. Before a sales team approaches a prospective client, we gather significant intelligence and insight into the client's potential needs, creating a specific value proposition for discussion during the engagement process. Additional opportunities resulting from the planned targeted engagement are gathered and tracked. Once an appropriate opportunity has been identified and confirmed with the client, our sales team performs account and competition mapping and enlists internal industry and subject matter experts as well as pre-sales engineers from all of the participating Studios. We then generate proposals to present to and negotiate with the client. Once we have secured the engagement, our sales executives work closely with the Globant leadership team, partners and subject matter experts from our Studios to ensure that we exceed our new client's expectations.

 

From time to time, we use ideation sessions and discovery engagements in our pre-sales process. During the discovery engagements we meet with clients to discuss their goals and develop creative solutions. The discovery engagement sessions help us discover our clients' main objectives, even if those objectives are not explicitly stated. These sessions are critical in helping us to offer solutions that will adapt to our clients' needs and wishes. This allows us to showcase our expertise in emerging technologies to the prospective client while also allowing us to generate a significant number of possible future client opportunities.

 

Existing Clients

 

Once we have established the client relationship, we are focused on driving future growth through increased client loyalty and retention. We leverage our historical successes with existing clients and our relationships with our clients' key decision-makers to cross-sell additional services, thereby expanding the scope of our engagements to other departments within our clients' organizations. We seek to increase our revenues from existing clients through our account managers, technical directors, program managers, leadership team, Studio partners, and subject matter experts.

 

73

 

 

Since 2016, we introduced a new model that intends to reshape our go-to-market strategy to scale our company in the coming years, called 50 Squared. The main goal of this approach is to focus our team on the top 50 high potential accounts that have the capacity to grow exponentially over time. To do so, we have appointed our most senior people from Sales, Technology and Operations to lead these teams. This account focus has become the most important pillar of our go-to-market strategy and every account within Globant now has the goal to become part of this program.

 

We undertake periodic reviews to identify existing clients that we believe are of strategic importance based on, among other things, the amount of revenue we generate from the client, as well as the growth potential and brand recognition that the client provides.

 

Marketing - Stay Relevant

 

To fully implement a digital and cognitive transformation, we also help our customers stay relevant within their industries and audiences by providing helpful information and initiatives to understand their users’ environment, competitors and behavior. With research, SME gatherings, webinars, workshops and conferences, our thought leaders offer valuable insights to help organizations create valuable and emotional experiences for the audience.

 

As of December 31, 2019, our marketing department, Stay Relevant, is based in Argentina, Europe, India and the United States. This team promotes our brand through a variety of channels, including the following:

 

· Blog - The blog http://stayrelevant.globant.com/is a great way to explore content on the latest trends and best practices in the different industries we work with.

 

· Sentinel Report - the goal of the sentinel report is to provide insightful evidence of consumer behavior and market trends that ignite strategic thinking.

 

· Webinars - Our webinars explore different trends and technologies in depth showcasing views from experts in the field.

 

· CONVERGE - Our series of events that bring together some of the best creative minds in the industry for one amazing day of igniting stories, inventive ideas, learning experiences, and "wow" technology showcase that enable attendees to re-think the new ways they do business. They exist in full day format, such as CONVERGE New York, CONVERGE Buenos Aires, CONVERGE Madrid, CONVERGE Bogota, CONVERGE Mexico and CONVERGE Medellin and in short format, such as CONVERGEx London.

 

· Videos and other communications channels - We develop different types of communication pieces to convey trends and other information that support our views of the future.

 

· Events - We host events catered to many audiences, from small events for specific guests or partners to large events that welcome the community in full. Each event looks to bring exciting speakers and networking possibilities.

 

· Books - Our experts have written the following books, “Embracing the Power of AI. A gentle CXO Guide” will help you demystify deep learning, machine learning, and artificial intelligence―and embrace the augmented intelligence revolution ahead.“The Never Ending Digital Journey”provides readers with the concepts and steps needed to create successful user experiences. The authors look ahead and explore digital scenarios of the future.

 

Competition

 

The markets in which we compete are changing rapidly. We face competition from both global IT services providers as well as those based in the United States. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include: the ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end solution offerings; reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work; effective employee recruiting; training and retention; responsiveness to clients' business needs; scale; financial stability; and price.

 

74

 

 

We face competition primarily from:

 

· large global consulting and outsourcing firms, such as Accenture Interactive, Sapient, Thoughtworks and Epam;

 

· digital agencies and design firms such as Sapient, Razorfish, RGA and Ideo;

 

· traditional technology outsourcing IT services providers, such as Cognizant Technology Solutions, GlobalLogic, Aricent, Infosys Technologies, Mindtree HCL, Tata, Wipro and Luxoft; and

 

· in-house product development departments of our clients and potential clients.

 

We believe that our focus on creating software that appeals and connect emotionally with millions of consumers positions us well to compete effectively in the future. However, some of our present and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources; may be able to respond more quickly to emerging technologies or processes and changes in client demands; may be able to devote greater resources towards the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can; and may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that increase their ability to address the needs of our clients.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect the investment we make in research and development. We require our employees, independent contractors, vendors and clients to enter into written confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us.

 

We customarily enter into nondisclosure agreements with our clients with respect to the use of their software systems and platforms. Our clients usually own the intellectual property in the software solutions we deliver. Furthermore, we usually grant a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, nonexclusive, transferable and non-revocable license to our clients to use our preexisting intellectual property, but only to the extent necessary in order to use the software solutions we deliver.

 

We have developed a number of proprietary internal tools that we use to manage our projects, build applications in specific software technologies, and assess software vulnerability. These tools include Glow, Nails, and our Service Over Platforms (SoP).

 

Our registered intellectual property consists of the trademark "Globant" (which is registered in twelve jurisdictions, including the United States and Argentina), certain other trademarks related to our service offerings and products, and three software patents granted in the United States in favor of our United States subsidiary Globant, LLC. We do not believe that any individual registered intellectual property right, other than our rights in our name and logo, is material to our business.

 

We have two pending patents, filed before the US Patent and Trademark Office during 2019, related to Natural Language Search Engine with a Predictive Writing Tool for Coding, and Natural Language Driven Transaction System.

 

Facilities and Infrastructure

 

As of December 31, 2019, we provided our services through a network of 56 offices in 37 cities throughout seventeen countries. Our delivery locations are in United States (San Francisco, New York, Seattle, Raleigh, Chicago and Dallas), Argentina (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mendoza, Mar del Plata and La Plata), Uruguay (Montevideo), Colombia (Bogotá and Medellín), Brazil (São Paulo), Peru (Lima), Chile (Santiago), México (Guadalajara and México City), India (Pune and Bangalore), Spain (Madrid), Belarus (Minsk), Romania (Cluj) and United Kingdom (London). We also have client management locations in the United States (Houston, San Francisco, New York, Winston-Salem, Redwood City and Miami), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), Uruguay (Montevideo), Argentina (Buenos Aires), France (Paris) and the United Kingdom (London). The main administrative offices of our principal subsidiary (which also include a delivery center) are located in Buenos Aires. Our principal executive office is located in Luxembourg. All of our facilities (with the exceptions of Tucumán and Bahía Blanca) are leased. We also have three offices under construction in Buenos Aires, Tandil and Medellin.

 

75

 

 

The table below breaks down our locations by country and city and provides the aggregate square footage of our locations in each city as of December 31, 2019.

 

Country   City   Number of
Offices
  Square Feet
Argentina   Bahía Blanca   1   6,986  
Argentina   Buenos Aires   4   120,276  
Argentina   Córdoba   2   37,200  
Argentina   La Plata   1   17,222  
Argentina   Mar del Plata   1   20,451  
Argentina   Mendoza   3   30,139  
Argentina   Resistencia   1   9,688  
Argentina   Rosario   2   20,678  
Argentina   Tandil   2   11,765  
Argentina   Tucumán   1   21,689  
Brazil   Sao Paulo   2   12,712  
Chile   Santiago   1   8,245  
Colombia   Bogotá   5   174,623  
Colombia   Medellín   2   91,170  
France   Paris   1   323  
India   Bangalore   1   4,273  
India   Pune   1   129,877  
UK   London   1   2,756  
Mexico   Mexico City   3   94,992  
Mexico   Guadalajara   1   3,606  
Peru   Lima   4   42,098  
Spain   Madrid   1   6,986  
Spain   Barcelona   1   15  
United States   New York   1   7,707  
United States   San Francisco   1   4,844  
United States   Seattle   1   25,489  
United States   Miami   1   151  
United States   Dallas   1   6,771  
United States   Chicago   1   2,691  
United States   Houston   1   108  
United States   Raleigh   1   27,480  
United States   Redwood City   1   388  
United States   Winston-Salem   1   3,531  
Luxembourg   Luxembourg   1   150  
Uruguay   Montevideo   1   26,974  
Belarus   Minsk   1   7,621  
Romania   Cluj-Napoca   1   8,396  
Total       56   990,071  

 

Regulatory Overview

 

Due to the industry and geographic diversity of our operations and services, our operations are subject to a variety of rules and regulations, and several Latin America countries, the United States, Europe and India federal and state agencies regulate various aspects of our business. See "Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — Our business results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the various conflicting and/or onerous legal and regulatory requirements imposed on us by the countries where we operate". If we are not in compliance with applicable legal requirements, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and other remedial measures, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations."

 

76

 

 

We benefit from certain tax incentives promulgated by the Argentine, Uruguayan, Indian and Belarus governments. See "— Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives."

 

Argentine Taxation

 

The following is a summary of the material Argentine tax considerations relating to our operations in Argentina and it is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, income tax conventions (treaties), administrative practice and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this annual report. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming. Any such changes or interpretations could affect the tax consequences to us, possibly on a retroactive basis, and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address all tax aspects that may be relevant to our operations in Argentina.

 

Laws No. 27,430 and No. 27,541, enacted by the Argentine Congress on December 27, 2017 and December 21, 2019 respectively, made relevant amendments to the Argentine federal tax regime. Such amendments reached, among other laws, the Argentinean Income Tax Law (the “ITL”). As a result, references to ITL and other tax laws refer to laws in force according to such amendments.

 

Software Promotion Law

 

The Software Promotion Law (No. 25,922) sets forth a promotional regime for the software industry that remained in effect until December 31, 2019.

 

Argentine Ministry of Economy approved our subsidiaries as beneficiaries of the Software Promotion Law as following: (i) on October 10, 2006: IAFH Global S.A., (ii) on April 13, 2007: Sistemas Globales S.A., and (iii) on April 29, 2008: BSF S.A. For further discussion of the Software Promotion Law, see "Business Overview — Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives".

 

Knowledge based Economy Law

 

On May 22, 2019, the Argentine Congress enacted Law No. 27,506 ("Ley de Economía del Conocimiento"), which provides a promotional regime for the Knowledge Economy ("Knowledge based Economy Law").  The Knowledge based Economy Law will be valid from January 1, 2020 until December 31, 2029 and aims to promote economic activities that apply knowledge and digitization of information, supported by advances in science and technology, to obtain goods and services and improve processes.

 

The Knowledge based Economy Law promotes many activities, among others: software, computer and digital services; audiovisual production and post-production; biotechnology, neurotechnology and genetic engineering; geological and  prospecting services and others related with electronic and communications; professional services as long as they are exported; nanotechnology and nanoscience; aerospace and satellite industry; nuclear industrial engineering; artificial intelligence, robotic and industrial internet, the internet of things, augmented and virtual reality.

 

This promotional regime establishes several tax benefits and social security benefits, among which we outline the decrease of the corporate income tax rate to 15%.

 

77

 

 

The beneficiaries of the Software Promotion Law must declare their intention to be transferred to the Knowledge based Economy Law, until December 31, 2019. Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH S.A. filed their provisional applications to be incorporated in the National Registry of Beneficiaries of the regime for the Promotion of the Knowledge Economy on November 12, 2019, and BSF S.A. on December 3, 2019. Both applications are treated as provisional, and the companies must fill a definitive application before June 30, 2020.

 

Currently, the Knowledge based Economy Law is subject to additional regulation by the enforcement authority. In addition, the Argentine Executive Power is considering a bill to modify the Knowledge based Economy Law. For further discussion of the Knowledge based Economy Law, see "Business Overview — Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives".

 

Income Tax

 

The Argentine Income Tax Law No. 20,628, as amended ("ITL"), establishes a federal tax on the worldwide income of Argentine resident individuals, legal entities incorporated in Argentina and Argentine branches of foreign entities. On the income earned by Argentine residents from activities carried out abroad, any payment of foreign taxes can be taken as a credit against payment of the applicable Argentine tax. However, the credit may only be applied to the extent that the foreign tax does not exceed the Argentine tax. Income tax is payable on the net income made in a given fiscal year. Losses incurred during any fiscal year may be carried forward and set off against taxable income obtained during the following five fiscal years.

 

Non-Argentine residents and legal entities without a permanent establishment in Argentina (“Foreign Beneficiaries”) are taxed only on income derived from Argentine sources. Based on the ITL, income will be considered as sourced in Argentina when it is made from assets located, placed or used in Argentina, or from the performance of any act or activity in Argentina that produces an economic benefit, or from events occurring in Argentina

 

Until the enactment of Law No. 27,430 in December 2017, the ITL set forth that Argentine resident companies and branches of non-Argentine entities were taxed at corporate level on their worldwide income at a rate of 35% on net profits and dividends distributions were made on a tax-free basis. Law No. 27,430 sets forth the progressive reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 30% applicable to the fiscal periods starting from January 1, 2018 until December 31, 2019, and to 25% applicable to the fiscal periods starting on January 1, 2020. However, it also establishes that dividends or other profits distributed to Argentine resident individuals and Foreign Beneficiaries are subject to taxation at 7% and 13%, depending on the fiscal year in which the profits generating the dividends to be distributed were obtained. Therefore, as of January 1, 2018, income tax on Argentine resident companies and branches of non-Argentine entities applied in two stages: (i) a first stage charged on the corporate level (at a tax rate of 30% or 25%, depending on the fiscal period involved, as explained above); and (ii) a second stage charged on the shareholder or owner level - when being an Argentine resident individual or a Foreign Beneficiary (at a tax rate of 7% or 13%, according to the fiscal period from which the distributed profit derived).

 

On December 23, 2019, the Argentine Government enacted the Ley de Solidaridad Social y Reactivación Productiva No. 27,541 (the "Law on Social Solidarity and Productive Reactivation " or the "Social Solidarity Law") which declared a public emergency in economic, financial, fiscal, administrative, social security, tariff, energy, health and social matters, and also delegated legislative powers to the National Executive Power, until December 31, 2020. According to the Social Solidarity Law, the corporate income and dividend tax rates for tax years commencing on or after January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 are 30% and 7%, respectively. Consequently, the effectiveness of the 25% and 13% tax rates have been delayed until tax years commencing after December 31, 2020.

 

Argentine resident individuals are taxed on a sliding scale from 5% to 35%, depending on their net income obtained during the fiscal year. However, income obtained from the disposal (capital gains) or ownership (interest) of certain securities, are taxed at different rates or exempted according to the amendments introduced by Law No. 27,430 and Law No. 27,541.

 

In fact, income derived from the transfer of shares, representative securities and deposit certificates shares and any type of corporate participations, including certain mutual funds shares and rights over trusts and similar contracts, digital currencies, securities, bonds and other securities, is subject to tax at a rate of 15% on the net income unless exemption mentioned above apply.

 

78

 

 

In addition, the disposal of government securities, corporate notes, debt securities, shares in certain mutual funds and certain digital currencies will be taxed at a 15% or 5% depending on they are issued in foreign currency or with adjustment clause or not, respectively. Finally, interest derived from the ownership of securities is taxed for Argentine individuals according to the sliding scale we mentioned above, from 5% to 35%, unless one of the exemptions we mention below apply.

 

Argentine resident individuals’ profit derived from disposal of shares, securities, deposit certificates shares or corporate participations, governmental bonds, negotiable obligations among other instruments is exempted from income tax provided that such operations are carried out through stock exchanges or markets authorized by the Argentine Securities Commission (“CNV”, after is acronym in Spanish) and other regulatory conditions are complied with.

 

Moreover, interest arising from account deposits, special savings accounts, fixed-term deposits in national currency and third party deposits or other forms of fundraising public funds, made in institutions subject to the legal regime of financial institutions (Law No. 21,526), are exempt from the income tax, according to the new subsection h) of Section 26 of the ITL. The exemption is not applicable to interest from deposits with an adjustment clause. Interest and gains deriving from negotiable obligations, certain investment funds and public bonds are exempt.

 

Foreign Beneficiaries are subject to withholding tax on any income or gain deemed by the ITL to derive from an Argentine source. To determine the effective withholding rate, the 35% corporate rate is applied on a presumed net income provided by the ITL that varies depending on the type of income. As general principle, such presumed net income does not allow any proof on the contrary. By exception and for certain types of income, the ITL allows Foreign Beneficiaries to opt to apply a 35% rate to the real gain obtained in the transaction.

 

Income derived from the disposition of shares, securities, deposit certificates shares and any type of corporate participations of an Argentine company obtained by Foreign Beneficiaries are subject to income tax, at the following tax rates: (i) if the seller is located in a so called “cooperative jurisdiction” and the funds are sent from such a jurisdiction, 15% on the net gain or 13.5% on the gross amount of the transaction, at the option of the seller; or (ii) if the seller is located in a non-cooperative jurisdiction or the funds are sent from such a jurisdiction, 35% on the net gain or 31.5% on the gross amount of the transaction, at the option of the seller. In addition, disposal of government securities, corporate notes, debt securities, shares in certain mutual funds and certain digital currencies will be taxed at a 13,5% on the gross amount of the transaction (or 15% on the net gain) or 4,5% on the gross amount of the transaction (or 5% on the net gain), depending on whether they are issued in foreign currency or with adjustment clause or not, respectively. If the seller is located in a non-cooperative jurisdiction or the funds are sent from such a jurisdiction, 35% on the net gain or 31.5% on the gross amount of the transaction, at the option of the seller. Moreover, interests, other returns or any gain derived from the ownership of government securities, corporate notes, debt securities, shares in mutual funds, digital currencies and other assets would be subject to corporate tax rate of 35% according to the latest amendments introduced by Law No. 27,541 on the presumed net income applicable depending on the type of security, unless exemption mentioned hereunder applies.

 

The ITL provides an exemption applicable to any income obtained by Foreign Beneficiaries, derived from the disposal (capital gains) and/or ownership (interest) of shares, public bonds, negotiable obligations, certain securities related to financial trust and mutual funds, ADRs, etc. Such exemption would be applicable to the extent that (a) Foreign Beneficiaries do not reside in and the funds are not sent from non-cooperative jurisdictions and (b) the mentioned securities are traded through and/or listed on stock exchanges or markets authorized by the CNV and other regulatory conditions are complied with of shares provided that such operations are carried out through stock exchanges or markets authorized by the CNV.

 

Cross-border royalty payments to Foreign Beneficiaries are subject to withholding at an effective rate of 21%, 28% or 31.5% depending on (a) the kind of right which use or exploitation the royalty is remunerating and/or (b) whether transfer of technology is involved or not and/or (c) whether such technology is obtainable in Argentina or not and/or (d) whether the relevant agreement is registered before Instituto Nacional de Propiedad Intelectual (“INPI” after its Spanish acronym), the Argentine organism in charge of registration any intellectual property or not.

 

79

 

 

Moreover, payments related to software licenses are in general subject to a 31.5% tax withholding rate.

 

In addition, interest payments are generally subject to withholding at a rate of 15.05% if the lender is a foreign banking or financial institution that is supervised by the respective central bank or equivalent organism and is located in a jurisdiction which is not considered a nil or low-tax jurisdiction or in a jurisdiction that is party to an exchange of information treaty with Argentina and, as a result of the application of its internal regulations, cannot refuse to disclose information to the respective tax authorities on the basis of bank or stock secrecy rules. In all other cases, effective rate of 35% will apply.

 

A Convention for the Avoidance of Double Taxation (“DTT”) signed between Argentina and the country of residence of the Foreign Beneficiary may provide certain reductions in the domestic rates applicable to Foreign Beneficiaries obtaining Argentine-source income (such as interest, dividends, royalties, capital gains, etc.). The following jurisdictions have DTTs currently in force with Argentina: Australia, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Mexico, Norway, Russia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, The Netherlands, United Arab Emirates and the United Kingdom. Moreover, on year 2018 and 2019 the Executive Power of Argentina signed DTTs with Qatar, Turkey, China, Japan and Luxembourg but they are pending of approval by the Argentine Congress. Please note there is no DTT currently in force with the United States of America.

 

Finally, ITL establishes the taxation of indirect transfers of assets located in Argentina. If a foreign beneficiary transfers shares, quotas, participations and other rights representative of the capital or equity of an entity incorporated, domiciled or located abroad, the resulting income will be considered as Argentine-source income as long as the following conditions prevail: (i) the value of the shares, participations or rights of the foreign entity, at the time of sale or in any of the 12 previous months, represent, at least, 30% of the value of the assets that the entity owns directly or indirectly in Argentina; and (ii) the sold shares, participations or rights of the foreign entity represent 10% of the equity of that entity, at the time of their disposal or in any of the 12 previous months. The non-resident may opt to pay 15% on the net gain or 13.5% over the gross amount of the transaction. However, the tax will not apply if the transfer is done within an economic group. The tax on indirect transfers will only apply to participations acquired after January 1, 2018.

 

Laws No. 27,430 and No. 27,468 established an integral inflation adjustment tax mechanism. The mechanism is triggered when the variation of the Consumer Price Index (IPC) supplied by the National Institute of Statistics and Censuses (INDEC), exceeds 55%, 30% and 15%, for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

When companies apply the integral inflation adjustment tax mechanism, they must allocate one-sixth of any resulting negative or positive inflation adjustment to the tax year to which it corresponds, and the remaining fifth-sixth, in equal parts, to the following five tax years.

 

Tax on Presumed Minimum Income

 

This tax applied to assets of Argentine companies. The tax was only applicable if the total value of the assets is above 200,000 Argentine pesos at the end of the company's fiscal year, and is levied at a rate of 1% on the total value of such assets. The amount of the tax paid on presumed minimum income is allowed as a credit toward income tax. Furthermore, to the extent that this tax cannot be credited against normal corporate income tax, it may be carried forward as a credit for the following ten years. Shares and other capital participations in the stock capital of entities subject to the minimum presumed income tax are exempted from the tax on presumed income.

 

Law No 27,260, published in the Argentine government's official gazette on July 22, 2016, eliminates the Minimum Assumed Income Tax for fiscal years beginning on January 1, 2019.

 

Value-Added Tax

 

The value-added tax applies to the sale of goods, the provision of services and importation of goods. Under certain circumstances, services rendered outside of Argentina, which are effectively used or exploited in Argentina, are deemed to be rendered in Argentina and, therefore, subject to value-added tax. The current value-added tax general rate is 21%. Certain sales and imports of goods, such as computers and other hardware, are, however, subject to value-added tax at a lower tax rate of 10.5%. The sale of the shares held in Argentine or foreign companies is not subject to value-added tax.

 

80

 

 

Services rendered in Argentina, which are effectively used or exploited abroad, qualify as “export services” and are not subject to VAT. The effective utilization or exploitation is verified with the immediate utilization or the first act of disposal of the service by the recipient even when, if appropriate, the latter intends such service for consume.

 

Law No. 27,346 published in the Argentine government's official gazette on December 27, 2016, modifies the value-added tax law and creates the figure of substitute taxpayer for the payment of the tax corresponding to foreign residents who render services in Argentina.

 

Substitute taxpayers will assess and pay for value-added tax corresponding to the act, even in the cases in which it is impossible to withhold that tax from the foreign resident. Also, the tax paid will be considered as a tax credit if in favor of the substitute taxpayer.

 

Tax on Debits and Credits in Bank Accounts

 

This tax applies to debits and credits from and to Argentine bank accounts and to other transactions that, due to their special nature and characteristics, are similar or could be used in lieu of a bank account. There are certain limited exceptions to the application of this tax. The general tax rate is 0.6% applicable on each debit and/or credit; however there are increased rates of 1.2% and reduced rates of 0.075%. According to Decree 409/2018, the owners of bank accounts on which the tax is levied at the 0.6% or 1.2% rate may compute 33% of the amounts paid under this tax as a payment on account of the income tax, tax on presumed minimum income and/or the special contribution on cooperative capital. The amount not computed cannot be subject, under any circumstances, to compensation with other taxes borne by the taxpayer or requests for reimbursement or transfer in favor of third parties, and may be transferred, until exhaustion, to other fiscal periods of the aforementioned taxes.

 

Personal Assets Tax

 

Personal Assets Tax Law, as amended, states that all individuals domiciled in Argentina are subject to a tax on their worldwide assets; while, individuals not domiciled in Argentina are only liable for this tax on their assets in Argentina. Shares, other equity participations and securities are only deemed to be located in Argentina when issued by an entity domiciled in Argentina. The tax on shares and other equity participations in local companies is paid by the local company itself. The applicable rate was 0.25% on the company’s net worth. Pursuant to the Personal Assets Tax Law, an Argentine company is entitled to seek reimbursement of such tax paid from the shareholders, including by withholding and/or foreclosing on the shares, or by withholding dividends. The current DDTs signed by Argentina do not provide an exemption on this tax.

 

Under the Social Solidarity Law, the tax rate applicable to shares or participations in the capital of companies governed by the Argentine Corporations Law was increased from the former 0.25% to a 0.50% of the pro-rata equity value.

 

In addition, with respect to Argentine residents, the rate for personal assets tax was increased according to a progressive scheme which varies between 0.50% to 1.25% on the overall amount of the assets exceeding the tax allowance located in Argentina. For assets located outside Argentina, the tax scheme provides for tax rates between 0.70% to 2.25% on the overall amount of the assets exceeding the tax allowance located outside Argentina; provided that if financial assets for an aggregate amount equal to at least 5% of all assets located outside Argentina are repatriated to Argentina on or before March 31, each year, all assets located outside Argentine will then be subject to the rates described above for the assets located in Argentina. In both cases, there tax rates are applicable as from 2019.

 

Law No. 27,260 introduced benefits for compliant taxpayers that include the exemption of personal assets tax. Our Argentine subsidiaries applied to and were accepted by the AFIP to be eligible of the exemption of personal assets tax in December 2016 and January 2017.

 

81

 

 

Tax on Dividends

 

Law No. 27,430 introduced the following changes to the taxation of distribution of dividends from Argentine companies, for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2018:

 

Dividends from profits obtained before fiscal year 2018 are not subject to any income tax withholding except for the ''Equalization Tax''. The Equalization Tax is applicable when the dividends distributed are higher than the ''net accumulated taxable income'' of the immediate previous fiscal period from when the distribution is made. The Law repeals the Equalization Tax for distributions made with income accrued from January 1, 2018.

 

Dividends from profits obtained during fiscal years 2018 and 2019 on Argentine shares paid to Argentine resident individuals and/or non-residents, or Foreign Beneficiaries, are subject to a 7% income tax withholding on the amount of such dividends, or the Dividend Tax.

 

The Tax Rate on dividends from profits obtained during fiscal year 2020 and onward increased to 13%. This rate may be reduced by application of a DTT, provided certain conditions are complied with.

 

The Social Solidarity Law extended the application of 7% tax rate for 2020. The tax rate on dividends from profits obtained during year 2021 and onwards is 13%.

 

Duty on exported services

 

On December 4, 2018, Argentina approved the budget bill for 2019 by Law 27,467. The Law amends the Customs Code to allow for duties to be applied to the exportation of services (and not only goods). In addition, the Executive Power was allowed to impose export duties of up to 30% until December 31, 2020. However, in the cases of services and goods that were not subject to export duties before September 2, 2018, the maximum rate is 12%.

 

On January 2, 2019, the Argentine Executive Power issued Decree No. 1201/2018 establishes an export duty on exports of services at a rate of 12% with a maximum limit of Argentine pesos 4 per U.S. dollar of the amount arising from the invoice or equivalent document.

 

On December 28, 2019, Decree 99/2019 was published in the Official Gazette to extend the application of duties on export of services until December 31, 2021 with a rate of 5% without limit. The new rate is in force from January 1, 2020.

 

A service is considered “exported” when it is rendered from Argentina but it is effectively used or exploited off shore. The effective utilization or exploitation is verified with the immediate utilization or the first act of disposal of the service by the recipient even when, if appropriate, the latter intends such service for consume.

 

Tax for an inclusive and solidary Argentina

 

Law No. 27,541 established an emergency tax (Impuesto para una Argentina Inclusiva y Solidaria "PAIS") for the term of five years that is applicable on certain FX transactions, purchases of goods and services in foreign currency and international passenger transport.

 

The tax is determined by applying the rate of 30% on each of the transactions.

 

Turnover Tax

 

Turnover tax is a local tax levied on gross income. Each of the provinces and the City of Buenos Aires apply different tax rates. The tax is levied on the amount of gross income resulting from business activities carried on within the respective provincial jurisdictions. The provinces have signed an agreement to avoid the double taxation of activities performed in more than one province (Convenio Multilateral del 18 de agosto de 1977). Under this agreement, gross income is allocated between the different provinces applying a formula based on income obtained and expenses incurred in each province. In the Province of Buenos Aires, we have received an exemption from the payment of the turnover tax for the period from 2011 through December 2019 for Sistemas Globales S.A. and for IAFH Global S.A.

 

82

 

 

Provincial Tax Advance Payment Regimes Applicable to Local Bank Accounts

 

Certain provincial tax authorities have established advance payment regimes regarding the turnover tax that are, in general, applicable to credits generated in bank accounts opened with financial institutions governed by the Argentine Financial Institutions Law. These regimes apply to local tax payers which are included in a list distributed —usually on a monthly basis— by the provincial tax authorities to the financial institutions aforementioned.

 

Tax rates applicable depend on the regulations issued by each provincial tax authority, in a range that, currently, could amount up to 5%. For tax payers subject to these advance payment regimes, any payment applicable qualifies as an advance payment of the turnover tax.

 

Stamp Tax

 

Stamp tax is a local tax that is levied based on the formal execution of public or private instruments. Documents subject to stamp tax include, among others, all types of contracts, notarial deeds and promissory notes. Each province and the City of Buenos Aires has its own stamp tax legislation. Stamp tax rates vary according to the jurisdiction and agreement involved. In general, stamp tax rates vary from 1% to 4% and are applied based on the economic value of the instrument. In the Province of Buenos Aires, the Argentinian companies that are benefited from the turnover tax exemption, are also exempt from the stamp tax.

 

Free Good Transmission Tax

 

The Province of Buenos Aires established this tax in 2009. According to Law 14,200, all debts accrued up to December 31, 2010 have been exempted from this tax. This tax is levied on any wealth increases resulting from free good or asset transmission (i.e. a donation, inheritance, etc.), provided the beneficiary (individual or company) is domiciled in the Province of Buenos Aires or the goods or assets are located in the Province of Buenos Aires. Moreover, according to this tax, shares and other securities representing capital stock, an equity interest or the equivalent which, at the time of transmission, are located in another jurisdiction (i.e., not in the Province of Buenos Aires) or were issued by entities or companies domiciled in another jurisdiction, are deemed to be situated in the Province of Buenos Aires in proportion to the assets that such entities or companies have in the Province of Buenos Aires. This tax will only be applicable if the benefit obtained by the individual or the company exceeds 322,800 Argentine pesos. In the case of parents, children and spouses, the threshold amount is increased up to 1,344,000 Argentine pesos. The tax rates are progressive and vary from 1.60% to 8.78%.

 

The tax may become applicable in the event that our Argentine subsidiaries receive any free transmission of goods or assets located within the Province of Buenos Aires. If either of the subsidiaries changes its domicile to the Province of Buenos Aires the tax will be levied upon any free transmission of goods or assets received by that subsidiary, wherever the goods or assets are located.

 

Municipal Taxes

 

Municipalities may establish certain municipal taxes, provided they are not analogous with the national taxes, and they match an effective and individualized service provisioned by the local government. It should be noted that in many cases, the taxable income considered for the municipal tax will be the same as that for the turnover tax, though limited to the amount that belongs to the province where the municipality is located as per the agreement to avoid double taxation (Convenio Multilateral del 18 de agosto de 1977).

 

83

 

 

Incoming Funds from Nil or Low Tax Jurisdictions

 

According to the legal presumption under Article 18.1 of Law No.11,683 and its amendments, incoming funds from jurisdictions with low or no taxation are deemed an unjustified increase in net worth for the Argentine party, regardless of the nature of the operation involved. Unjustified increases in net worth are subject to the following taxes:

 

(a) income tax at a 35% rate on 110% of the amount of the transfer; and

 

(b) value added tax at a 21% rate on 110% of the amount of the transfer.

 

The Argentine tax resident may rebut such legal presumption by proving before the Argentine Tax Authority that the funds arise from activities effectively performed by the Argentine taxpayer or a third party in such jurisdictions, or that such funds have been previously declared.

 

According to the ITL, Low or Nil Tax Jurisdiction to mean any country, jurisdiction dominium, territory, associated state or special tax regime in which the maximum corporate income tax rate is lower than 60% of the income tax rate established in section 69 a) of the ITL. Therefore, to avoid being regarded as a low tax jurisdiction, the maximum corporate income tax rate of a given jurisdiction must be equal or higher than 15%. For purposes of determining whether a jurisdiction is a low-tax or no-tax jurisdiction, the regulatory Decree 1170/2018 clarifies that the total tax rate imposed in that jurisdiction must be taken into account, regardless of which government unit (e.g., federal, state, municipal or city) imposes the tax. The decree also provides that a “preferential tax regime” is one that deviates from the general corporate tax system in the subject jurisdiction and results in a lower effective tax rate.

 

As of the date of this annual report, there no transactions executed that would qualify under this legal presumption.

 

Colombian Taxation

 

The following is a summary of the material Colombian tax considerations relating to our operations in Colombia and it is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, income tax conventions (treaties), administrative practice and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this annual report. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming. Any such changes or interpretations could affect the tax consequences to us, possibly on a retroactive basis, and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address all tax aspects that may be relevant to our operations in Colombia.

 

On December 28, 2018, Colombia's government enacted Law No. 1,943, which established significant, wide-ranging tax reform, affecting direct and indirect taxation and impacting individuals, corporations and non-profits.

 

On October 16, 2019, the Colombian Constitutional Court declared Law 1,943 unconstitutional because of procedural flaws in Colombian Congress's approval process. However, the Court decided that the tax reform will remain in effect until the end of 2019, giving Congress time to approve a new tax law that affirms the 2018 tax reform or introduce new measures that would amend the Colombian tax laws.

 

On December 27, 2019, the Colombian Congress enacted Law No. 2,010. This tax reform replaced Law No. 1,943.

 

Corporate income tax.

 

National corporations, branches of foreign corporation and permanent establishment are taxed on worldwide income. National corporations are corporations that have their principal domicile in Colombia or are organized under Colombian law or that during the respective tax year or period have their effective place of management in Colombia (holding board meetings in Colombia is not enough to qualify as a national company).

 

84

 

 

  

The standard corporate income tax rate is 33%. In addition, an income tax surtax of 4% has applied to taxable income in excess of COP800 million until taxable periods ending December 31, 2019. Law No 2,010 introduced a reduction of the corporate income tax rate of 31% in year 2020, 31% in year 2021 and 30% from year 2022 and onwards.

 

A reduced corporate income tax rate of 20% applies to legal entities qualified as Industrial Users of Goods and/or Services in a free-trade zone. Commercial Users in a free-trade zone are subject to the general corporate income tax rate. A special reduced rate of 9% applies to certain activities that in the past had some tax benefits or exemption, such as certain services in new or refurbished hotels, eco-tourism activities and some leasing agreements with respect to housing, as well as for publishers of scientific and cultural content.

 

Capital gains are subject to tax at a corporate income tax rate of 10%. It is assumed that the following items are considered capital gains: (a) Gains on the transfer of fixed assets owned for more than two years and (b) Gains resulting from the receipt of liquidation proceeds of corporations in excess of capital contributed if the corporation existed for at least two years.

 

Taxation on dividends

 

On December 28, 2016, the Colombian Congress enacted Law No. 1,819 introducing the taxation for distributions of dividends. Distribution to nonresidents are subject to dividends tax at a rate of 10%. The dividends tax rate for resident individuals is 0%, 5% or 10%, depending on the amount of the distribution. No dividend tax applies to distributions to resident companies. The dividends tax applies to the distribution of profits generated in 2017 and onwards. In addition, if the dividend distribution is made out of profits that were not taxed at the entity level, the distribution to nonresidents is subject to a 35% withholding tax (recapture tax). In this case, the 10% dividends tax applies to the distributed amount after it is reduced by the 35% tax. A 20% withholding tax is imposed on dividends paid to residents (including companies and individuals) out of profits not taxed at the corporate level if the taxpayer is required to file an income tax return. If the profits subject to tax at the corporate level in a given year are higher than the commercial profits of that year, the difference can be carried back for two years or carried forward for five years to offset the profits of such periods, in order to reduce or eliminate the amount of the distribution subject to the 35% withholding tax (or the 20% withholding tax on payments to residents). This carryforward or carryback should not reduce the amount of the distribution to nonresidents subject to the dividends tax of 10% (or the 5% or 10% dividends tax applicable for distributions to resident individuals).

 

Additionally, a 7.5% income tax rate is introduced on dividends distributed between resident companies, which applies on the first distribution, with a credit for the tax passed on to the ultimate shareholder (resident individual or non-resident entity or individual) and an exemption from the tax for distributions between registered economic group members.

 

Presumptive income.

 

Under the Colombian tax law, the tax base for corporate income tax purposes is the higher of actual taxable income or minimum presumptive income, which is equal to 3.5% of the net equity as of December 31 of the preceding tax year. Under Law No. 1,943 and Law No. 2,010, the presumptive income tax rate is reduced from 3.5% to 1.5% for years 2019 and 2020 and is abolished from year 2021.

 

Tax on indirect transfer of shares.

 

Law No. 1,943 and Law No. 2,010 introduced a new tax calculated over the profits derived from the indirect transfer of shares in Colombian entities and rights or assets located in Colombia through the transfer of shares, participations or rights of foreign entities are taxed in Colombia as if the underlying Colombian asset had been directly transferred. Where the seller fails to report the deemed income arising on the indirect transfer as net income or capital gains on the income tax return the “subordinate” Colombian company is jointly and severally liable for the tax payable, as well as any associated interest and penalties. The purchaser also is jointly and severally liable if it becomes aware that the transaction constitutes an abuse for tax purposes. These provisions do not apply where the underlying Colombian assets (i) are shares that are listed on a stock exchange or that are not more than 20% owned by a single beneficial owner or (ii) represent less than 20% of both the book value and the commercial value of the total assets held by the foreign entity being transferred.

 

85

 

 

Equity tax

 

Law No. 1,943 and Law No. 2,010 establishes a new equity tax on Colombian resident individuals’ worldwide net worth that will apply for years 2019, 2020, and 2021. Nonresident individuals will be taxed only on their Colombian assets. Nonresident entities will have to pay this tax on their assets owned in Colombia, such as real estate, yachts, artwork, boats, planes, and rights over mines or oil wells.

 

In calculating this tax, nonresident entities should not consider shares in Colombian companies, accounts receivable from Colombian debtors, certain portfolio investments and financial lease agreements. For this tax to apply, the net equity of the taxpayer must be at least COP 5.000 million as of January 1, 2019.

 

The equity tax rate is 1%.

 

Foreign Exchange Controls

 

The following is a summary of the material foreign exchange control considerations relating to our operations in Argentina, Colombia and India, and it is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, administrative practice and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this annual report. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming. Any such changes or interpretations could affect us and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address all foreign exchange controls aspects that may be relevant to our operations in such jurisdictions.

 

Argentina

 

By Decree No. 609/2019 of the Argentine Executive Power and Communication “A” 6770 of the Argentine Central Bank, both dated September 1, 2019, a rigid foreign exchange controls regime was reinstated until December 31, 2019, which has been extended without time limitation by Decree No. 91/2019 issued on December 28, 2019 by the Argentine Executive Power and Communication “A” 6862 issued by the Argentine Central Bank on January 15, 2020. Pursuant to these measures, as further amended and complemented, and other additional measures adopted by the Argentine Central Bank, as of the date of this annual report, among others:

 

(a) It is required the prior authorization of the Central Bank for the access to the FX Market for the purchase of foreign currency:

 

For portfolio investment purposes for more than $200 per calendar month by individuals;

 

For portfolio investment purposes by legal entities, local governments, funds and trusts;

 

By non-Argentine residents, except for certain exemptions;

 

For the payment of dividends and transfer of earnings out of Argentina, except that no such prior authorization is required for the payment of profits and dividends as from January 17, 2020 in an amount that (including the amount of the payment being made at the time of the access) does not exceed 30% of the value of new capital contributions of foreign direct investments made to the Argentine company duly capitalized and registered before the Registry of Commerce (or pending such registration) and the proceeds of which have been transferred to Argentina and sold for Argentine pesos through the FX Market;

 

For the pre-payment of principal and interest on foreign financial indebtedness with an anticipation of more than three business days in advance to the scheduled maturity dates, unless certain conditions are met;

 

For the pre-payment of indebtedness for the import of goods and services, except for certain exemptions;

  

86

 

 

For the payment of indebtedness for the import of goods past due before August 31, 2019 or at sight with related foreign parties in excess of $2,000,000 per calendar month; and

 

For the payment of services with related foreign parties, except for certain exemptions.

 

(b) The access to the FX Market for the purchase of foreign currency for any of the payments described above is subject to the compliance with the foreign indebtedness information regime before the Central Bank.

 

(c) The proceeds of the disbursements of foreign financial loans incurred since September 1, 2019 must be transferred into Argentina and converted into Argentine Pesos through the FX Market in order to the Argentine resident debtor have access to the FX Market for the payment of principal and interests under such foreign financial loan on their scheduled maturity.

 

(d) It is prohibited the access to the FX market for the purchase of foreign currency for the payment of local debts and other obligations incurred in foreign currency between Argentine residents originated as from September 1, 2019, except, among others, in the case of obligations instrumented by means of public registries or deeds as of August 30, 2019.

 

(e) The proceeds from the collections of foreign currency by Argentine residents out of Argentina for the export of the following goods since September 2, 2019 are subject to mandatory transfer into Argentina and conversion into Argentine pesos through the FX Market, within the terms described in each case, computed from the shipment date:

 

15 consecutive days for crops and soybean oil;

 

30 consecutive days for hydrocarbons and derivatives;

 

60 consecutive days for exports between related parties not including the goods described above and for metal ores and precious metals;

 

180 consecutive days for all other goods; and

 

365 consecutive days for small exports under the EXPORTA SIMPLE program for medium and small companies with annual FOB exports of less than $600,000 and individual exports of less than $15,000 each.

 

Regardless of the applicable maximum terms described above, upon collection of the export receivables, the proceeds thereof are subject to the mandatory repatriation within the 5 consecutive days computed from the date of payment or collection.

 

(f) The proceeds from the collection of foreign currency by Argentine residents out of Argentina for the export of services are subject to mandatory Repatriation within the 5 consecutive days computed from the date they are received.

 

(g) As a general rule, Argentine residents may access the FX Market for the payment of imports of goods. Different requirements apply for goods with customs entry registration and goods with pending customs entry registration. The Argentine importer may access the FX Market to pay imports of goods with customs entry registration registered in the import payment tracking system (“SEPAIMPO”, after its Spanish acronym), provided that certain requirements are met, including, among others, the payment is not made before the scheduled maturity date. Payments must be made to the foreign supplier. Goods with pending customs entry registration are subject to a special follow-up regime.

 

Law No. 19,359 (revised text pursuant to Decree No. 480/95 and complementary regulations) establishes penalties for the infringement of any foreign exchange regulations (the “Criminal Exchange Regime”). Penalties include fines of up to a tenfold increase in the amount of the infringing transaction, temporary suspensions, disqualification for up to ten years preventing the infringing party from acting as importer, exporter and/or as foreign exchange institution, or even prison in event of recidivism.

 

For additional information regarding all current foreign exchange restrictions and exchange control regulations in Argentina, investors should consult their legal advisors and read the applicable rules mentioned herein, as well as any amendments and complementary regulations, which are available at the Argentine Central Bank's website: www.bcra.gob.ar

 

87

 

 

Colombia

 

Under Colombian foreign exchange regulations, payments in foreign currency related to certain foreign exchange transactions must be conducted through the commercial exchange market, by means of an authorized financial intermediary, and declaring the payment to the Colombian Central Bank. This mechanism applies to payments in connection with, among others, imports and exports of goods, foreign loans and related financing costs, investment of foreign capital and the remittances of profits thereon, investment in foreign securities and assets and endorsements and guarantees in foreign currency. Transactions through the commercial exchange market are made at market rates freely negotiated with the authorized intermediaries.

 

In addition, the Colombian Central Bank may intervene in the foreign exchange market at its own discretion at any time and may, under certain circumstances, take actions that limit the availability of foreign currency to private sector companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Colombian Central Bank has never taken such action since the present foreign exchange regime was implemented in 1991.

 

India

 

The prevailing foreign exchange laws in India, more specifically, Section 8 of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, requires an Indian company to take all reasonable steps to realize and repatriate into India all foreign currency earned by the company outside India, within such time periods and in the manner specified by the Reserve Bank of India (the "RBI"). The RBI has promulgated guidelines that require Indian companies to realize and repatriate such foreign currency to India, inter alia by way of remittance into a foreign currency account such as an Exchange Earners Foreign Currency ("EEFC") account maintained with an authorized dealer in India. Remittance into an EEFC account is subject to the condition that the sum total of the accruals in the account during a calendar month should be converted into rupees on or before the last day of the succeeding calendar month, after adjusting for utilization of the balances for approved purposes or forward commitments.

 

C. Organizational Structure

 

On December 10, 2012, we incorporated our company, Globant S.A., as a société anonyme under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, as the holding company for our business. Prior to the incorporation in Luxembourg, our company was incorporated in Spain as a sociedad anónima, which we refer to as “Globant Spain” or “Spain Holdco”. As a result of the incorporation of our company in Luxembourg and certain related share transfers and other transactions, Globant Spain became a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company.

 

The following chart is a summary of our principal subsidiaries as of February 13, 2020. You may find complete information about all of our subsidiaries and their respective holdings in Exhibit 8.1.

 

 

 

88

 

 

Seasonality

 

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Operating Results — Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations.”

  

D. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

See “—Business Overview.”

 

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under "Key Information—Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Overview

 

See "Information on the Company — History and Development of the Company" and "Information on the Company — Business Overview — Overview".

 

A. Operating Results

 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

In the last few years, the technology industry has undergone a significant transformation due to two massive and disruptive technology revolutions happening at the same time. The digital and the cognitive revolutions are affecting how companies connect with consumers and employees as well as providing opportunities to make huge gains in efficiency. Today's users move fast and are keen to interact with their digital ecosystem anywhere and anytime, in a painless, fast, relevant, smart and restriction-free way. They demand personalized, seamless and frictionless experiences that will simplify their lives. We are also facing an abundance of demand for more intelligent and human-like behavior and technology on the market. These revolutions are leveraging new technologies that didn’t exist or weren’t mature enough until a few years ago, such as AI, UX, Mobile, Cloud and VR.

 

We believe that the most significant factors affecting our results of operations include:

 

market demand for integrated engineering, design and innovation technology services relating to emerging technologies and related market trends;

 

economic conditions in the industries and countries in which our clients operate and their impact on our clients' spending on technology services;

 

our ability to continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends;

 

expansion of our service offerings and success in cross-selling new services to our clients;

 

our ability to obtain new clients, increase penetration levels with our existing clients and continue to add value for our existing clients so as to create long-term relationships;

 

89

 

 

the availability of, and our ability to attract, retain and efficiently utilize, skilled IT professionals in Latin America, India, Europe and the United States;

 

operating costs in countries where we operate;

 

capital expenditures related to the opening of new delivery centers and client management locations and improvement of existing offices;

 

our ability to increase our presence onsite at client locations;

 

the effect of wage inflation in countries where we operate and the variability in foreign exchange rates, especially relative changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso, Colombian peso and Indian rupees; and

 

our ability to identify, integrate and effectively manage businesses that we may acquire.

 

Our results of operations in any given period are directly affected by the following additional company-specific factors:

 

Pricing of and margin on our services and revenue mix. For time-and-materials contracts, the hourly rates we charge for our Globers are a key factor impacting our gross profit margins and profitability. Hourly rates vary by complexity of the project and the mix of staffing. The margin on our services is impacted by the increase in our costs in providing those services, which is influenced by wage inflation and other factors. As a client relationship matures and deepens, we seek to maximize our revenues and profitability by expanding the scope of services offered to that client and winning higher profit margin assignments. During the three-year period ended December 31, 2019, we increased our revenues attributable to sales of technology solutions (primarily through our primarily through our Scalable Platforms, Agile Delivery, Continuous Evolution and UI Engineering Studios), however, our gross profit margin oscillate in 38.5%, 39.0% and 36.3% for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and our adjusted gross profit margin oscillate in 40.4%, 40.6% and 38.8% for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, since it was affected by foreign exchange headwinds combined with some wage inflation in certain of the countries in which we operate.

 

Our ability to deepen and expand the portfolio of services we offer while maintaining our high standard of quality. The breadth and depth of the services we offer impacts our ability to grow revenues from new and existing clients. Through research and development, targeted hiring and strategic acquisitions, we have invested in broadening and deepening the domains of expertise of our Studios. Our future growth and success depend significantly on our ability to maintain the expertise of each of our Studios and to continue to innovate and to anticipate the needs of our clients and rapidly develop and maintain the expertise of each of our Studios, including relevant domain knowledge and technological capabilities required to meet those client needs, while maintaining our high standard of quality.

 

Recruitment, retention and management of IT professionals. Our ability to recruit, retain and manage our IT professionals may have an effect on our gross profit margin and our results of operations. Our IT professional headcount was 11,021 as of December 31, 2019, 7,821 as of December 31, 2018 and 6,279 as of December 31, 2017. We manage employee headcount and utilization based on ongoing assessments of our project pipeline and requirements for professional capabilities. An unanticipated termination of a significant project could cause us to experience lower employee utilization resulting from a higher than expected number of idle IT professionals. Our ability to effectively utilize our employees is typically improved by longer-term client relationships due to increased predictability of client needs over the course of the relationships.

 

Evolution of client base. In recent years, as we have expanded significantly in the technology services industry; we have diversified our client base and reduced client concentration. Revenues attributable to our top ten clients increased by 32.5% from 2017 to 2018 and 13.3% from 2018 to 2019. Over the same period, we have increased our revenues from existing clients by expanding the scope and size of our engagements. The number of clients that each accounted for over $5.0 million of our annual revenues amounted to 26 in 2019, 21 in 2018 and 18 in 2017, and the number of clients that each accounted for at least $1.0 million of our annual revenues increased to 107 in 2019, from 90 in 2018 and 82 in 2017.

 

90

 

 

Investments in our delivery platform. We have grown our network of locations to 56 as of December 31, 2019, located in 37 cities throughout seventeen countries (United States (San Francisco, New York, Seattle, Raleigh, Chicago and Dallas), Argentina (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mendoza, Mar del Plata and La Plata), Uruguay (Montevideo), Colombia (Bogotá and Medellín), Brazil (São Paulo), Peru (Lima), Chile (Santiago), México (Guadalajara and México City), India (Pune and Bangalore), Spain (Madrid), Belarus (Minsk), Romania (Cluj) and United Kingdom (London)). We also have client management locations in the United States (Houston, San Francisco, New York, Winston-Salem, Redwood City and Miami), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), Uruguay (Montevideo), Argentina (Buenos Aires), France (Paris) and the United Kingdom (London). that are close to the main offices of key clients. Our integrated global delivery platform allows us to deliver our services through a blend of onsite and offsite methods. We have pursued a decentralization strategy in building our network of delivery centers, recognizing the benefits of expanding into other cities in Argentina and other countries in Latin America, including the ability to attract and retain highly skilled IT professionals in increasing scale. Our ability to effectively utilize our robust delivery platform could significantly affect our results of operations in the future.

  

Seasonality. Our business is seasonal and as a result, our revenues and profitability fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Our revenues tend to be higher in the third and fourth quarters of each year compared to the first and second quarters of each year due to seasonal factors. During the first quarter of each year, which includes summer months in the southern hemisphere, there is a general slowdown in business activities and a reduced number of working days for our IT professionals based in Argentina, Uruguay, Brazil, Peru, Chile and Colombia, which results in fewer hours being billed on client projects and therefore lower revenues being recognized on those projects. In addition, some of the reduction in the number of working days for our IT professionals in the first or second quarter of the year is due to the Easter holiday. Depending on whether the Easter holiday falls in March or April of a given year, the effect on our revenues and profitability due to the Easter holiday can appear either in the first or second quarter of that year. Finally, we implement annual salary increases in the second and fourth quarters of each year. Our revenues are traditionally higher, and our margins tend to increase, in the third and fourth quarters of each year, when utilization of our IT professionals is at its highest levels.

 

Net effect of inflation in Argentina and variability in the U.S. dollar and Argentine peso exchange rate. Because a portion of our operations is conducted from Argentina, our results of operations are subject to the net effect of inflation in Argentina and the variability in exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso. The impact of inflation on our salary costs, or wage inflation, and thus on our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income varies depending on the fluctuation in exchange rates between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar. In an environment where the Argentine peso is weakening against the U.S. dollar, our functional currency in which a substantial portion of our revenues are denominated, the impact of wage inflation on our results of operations will decrease, whereas in an environment where the Argentine peso is strengthening against the U.S. dollar, the impact of wage inflation will increase. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Argentine peso experienced a 59.02% devaluation from 37.60 Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar to 59.79 Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar and INDEC reported in 2019 an inflation rate of 53.8%. The combination of this devaluation and the inflation rate is not expected to have a significant impact on our revenues because a substantial portion of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. The devaluation, net of the impact of the inflation rate in the same period, has resulted in an increase in our operating costs, as a portion of our operating costs are primarily denominated in Argentine pesos. See "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Exchange Risk" and "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Wage Inflation Risk."

 

Our results of operations are expected to benefit from government policies and regulations designed to foster the software industry in Argentina, primarily under the Software Promotion Law. For further discussion of the Software Promotion Law, see "Business Overview — Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives."

 

91

 

 

Certain Income Statement Line Items

 

Revenues

 

Revenues are derived primarily from providing technology services to our clients, which are medium- to large-sized companies based in the United States, Europe and Latin America. For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenues increased by 26.2% to $659.3 million from $522.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenues increased by 26.3% to $522.3 million from $413.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Between 2017 and 2019, we experienced rapid growth in demand for our services and significantly expanded our business. 

 

We perform our services primarily under time-and-material contracts and, to a lesser extent, fixed-price contracts. Revenues from our time-and-material contracts represented 82.5%, 82.6% and 91.1% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Revenues from our fixed-price contracts represented 16.1%, 17.4% and 8.9% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Revenues from our subscription resales contracts represented 1.3% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The remaining portion of our revenues in each year was derived from other types of contracts.

 

We discuss below the breakdown of our revenues by client location, industry vertical and client concentration. Revenues consist of technology services revenues and reimbursable expenses, which primarily include travel and out-of-pocket costs that are billable to clients.

 

Revenues by Client Location

 

Our revenues are sourced from three main geographic markets: North America (primarily the United States), Europe (primarily Spain and the United Kingdom) and Latin America (primarily Argentina, Chile, Mexico and Colombia). We present our revenues by client location based on the location of the specific client site that we serve, irrespective of the location of the headquarters of the client or the location of the delivery center where the work is performed. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we had 822 clients.

 

The following table sets forth revenues by client location by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the years indicated:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
By Geography                                                
North America   $ 496,353       75.3 %   $ 407,090       77.9 %   $ 325,614       78.8 %
Europe     46,784       7.1 %     46,240       8.9 %     38,484       9.3 %
Asia     4,653       0.7 %     3,067       0.6 %     700       0.2 %
Latin America and other     111,535       16.9 %     65,913       12.6 %     48,641       11.8 %
Revenues   $ 659,325       100.0 %   $ 522,310       100.0 %   $ 413,439     $ 100.0 %

 

Revenues by Industry Vertical

 

We are a provider of technology services to enterprises in a range of industry verticals including media and entertainment, professional services, technology and telecommunications, travel and hospitality, banks, financial services and insurance and consumer, retail and manufacturing, among others. The following table sets forth our revenues by industry vertical by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:

 

92

 

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
By Industry Vertical                                                
Media and Entertainment   $ 156,292       23.7 %   $ 133,093       25.5 %   $ 99,640       24.1 %
Travel & Hospitality     92,773       14.1 %     89,212       17.1 %     68,400       16.5 %
Banks, Financial Services and Insurance     143,788       21.8 %     114,439       21.9 %     94,994       23.0 %
Technology & Telecommunications     88,183       13.4 %     67,310       12.9 %     60,648       14.7 %
Professional Services     73,282       11.1 %     52,318       10.0 %     40,660       9.8 %
Consumer, Retail & Manufacturing     85,698       13.0 %     54,087       10.4 %     36,025       8.7 %
Other Verticals     19,309       2.9 %     11,851       2.2 %     13,072       3.3 %
Total   $ 659,325       100.0 %   $ 522,310       100.0 %   $ 413,439     $  100.0 %

  

Revenues by Client Concentration

 

We have increased our revenues by expanding the scope and size of our engagements, and we have grown our key client base primarily through our business development efforts and referrals from our existing clients.

 

The following table sets forth revenues contributed by our largest client, top five clients, top ten clients and top twenty clients by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the years indicated:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
Client concentration                                                
Top client   $ 73,772       11.2 %   $ 58,786       11.3 %   $ 42,049       10.2 %
Top five clients     171,928       26.1 %     167,341       32.0 %     119,431       28.9 %
Top ten clients     260,145       39.5 %     229,646       44.0 %     173,333       41.9 %
Top twenty clients     350,074       53.1 %     301,774       57.8 %     228,922       55.4 %

 

Our top ten customers for the year ended December 31, 2019 have been working with us for, on average, seven years.

 

Our focus on delivering quality to our clients is reflected in the fact that existing clients from 2018 and 2017 contributed 91.3% and 81.6% of our revenues in 2019, respectively. Our existing clients from 2017 contributed 95.5% of our revenues in 2018. As evidence of the increase in scope of engagement within our client base, the number of clients that each accounted for over $5.0 million of our annual revenues increased (26 in 2019, 21 in 2018 and 18 in 2017) and the number of clients that each accounted for at least $1.0 million of our annual revenues increased to 107 in 2019, 90 in 2018 and 82 in 2017. The following table shows the distribution of our clients by revenues for the year presented:

 

93

 

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Over $5 Million     26       21       18  
$1 - $5 Million     81       69       64  
$0.5 - $1 Million     53       39       45  
$0.1 - $0.5 Million     191       86       82  
Less than $0.1 Million     471       158       147  
Total Clients     822       373       356  

  

The volume of work we perform for specific clients is likely to vary from year to year, as we are typically not any client's exclusive external technology services provider, and a major client in one year may not contribute the same amount or percentage of our revenues in any subsequent year.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Cost of Revenues

 

The principal components of our cost of revenues are salaries and travel costs related to the provision of services. Included in salaries are base salary, incentive-based compensation, employee benefits costs and social security taxes. Salaries of our IT professionals are allocated to cost of revenues regardless of whether they are actually performing services during a given period. Up to 70% of the amounts paid by our Argentine subsidiaries for certain social security taxes in respect of base and incentive compensation of our IT professionals is credited back to those subsidiaries under the Software Promotion Law, reducing the effective cost of social security taxes from approximately 19.0% to approximately 10.0% of the base and incentive compensation on which those contributions are calculated. For further discussion of the Software Promotion Law, see "— Income Tax Expense" below and note 3.7.1.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Also included in cost of revenues is the portion of depreciation and amortization expense attributable to the portion of our property and equipment and intangible assets utilized in the delivery of services to our clients.

 

Our cost of revenues has increased in recent years in line with the growth in our revenues and reflects the expansion of our operations in Argentina, Uruguay, Colombia, Peru, Mexico, India and the United States primarily due to increases in salary costs, an increase in the number of our IT professionals and the opening of new delivery centers. We expect that as our revenues grow, our cost of revenues will increase. Our goal is to increase revenue per head and thereby increase our gross profit margin.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses represent expenses associated with promoting and selling our services and include such items as salary of our senior management, administrative personnel and sales and marketing personnel, infrastructure costs, legal and other professional services expenses, travel costs and other taxes. Included in salaries are base salary, incentive-based compensation, employee benefits costs and social security taxes. The credit of up to 70% for certain social security taxes paid by our Argentine subsidiaries that is provided under the Software Promotion Law as described under "— Cost of Revenues" above also extends to payments of such social security taxes in respect of salaries of personnel included in our selling, general and administrative expenses, reducing the effective cost of social security taxes as described above.

 

Also included in selling, general, and administrative expenses is the portion of depreciation and amortization expense attributable to the portion of our property and equipment and intangible assets utilized in our sales and administration functions.

 

Our selling, general and administrative expenses have increased primarily as a result of our expanding operations and the build-out of our senior and mid-level management teams to support our growth. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute terms as our business expands. However, as a result of our management and infrastructure investments, we believe our platform is capable of supporting the expansion of our business without a proportionate increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in gains in operating leverage.

 

94

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense (included in "Cost of Revenues" and "Selling, General and Administrative Expenses")

 

Depreciation and amortization expense consists primarily of depreciation of our property and equipment (primarily leasehold improvements, servers and other equipment), depreciation of right-of-use assets (primarily office spaces and office equipment) and amortization of our intangible assets, (mainly software licenses, acquired intangible assets and internal developments). We expect that depreciation and amortization expense will continue to increase as we open more delivery centers and client management locations.

 

Net impairment losses on financial assets

 

Net impairment losses on financial assets includes impairment of trade receivables and impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries. Impairment of trade receivables represents an allowance for bad debts for expected credit losses resulting from substantial doubt about the recoverability of such credits. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we recorded a loss of $0.3 and $3.4, respectively, related to the recognition of the allowance for bad debts. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded a gain of $0.01 related to a recovery of the allowance for bad debts.

 

Impairment of tax credits represents an allowance for impairment of VAT credits for estimated losses resulting from substantial doubt about the recoverability of such credits. This allowance was determined by estimating future uses of this VAT credit. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 we recorded a loss of $0.05 and $1.6, respectively, related to the recognition of the allowance for impairment of VAT credits after considering new facts and circumstances that occurred during those periods. In 2019, we recovered the amount of $0.05 which are related with the tax credits originated in the software promotion regime.

 

Under Argentina's Law No. 25,922 (Ley de Promoción de la Industria de Software), as amended by Law No. 26,692 and Decree No. 95/2018 (the "Software Promotion Law"), our operating subsidiaries in Argentina receive a tax credit of up to 70% of amounts paid for certain social security taxes (contributions) that may be offset against value-added tax and income tax liabilities.

 

The Software Promotion Law remained in effect until December 31, 2019. Law No. 27,506 (Ley de Economía del conocimiento), published in the Argentine Official Gazette on June 10, 2019, creates a promotion regime for knowledge economy-related business (the "Knowledge based Economy Law") which is applicable to our subsidiaries in Argentina from January 1, 2020 and will be valid until December 31, 2029.

 

According to the Knowledge based Economy Law, the tax credits available as of December 31, 2019 can be used against value-added tax and income tax liabilities during the subsequent years or can be transferred.

 

Other operating (expenses) income, net

 

Other operating (expenses) income, net includes an impairment of intangible assets. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we recorded a loss of $0.7 million, $0.3 million and $4.7 million, respectively, related to the remeasurement of our internal developments and intangible assets acquired in business combinations, based on our evaluation of projected lower future cash flows from the related customer relationships.

 

Finance Income

 

Finance income consists of foreign exchange gain on monetary assets, liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and interest gains on time deposits, bills issued by the Treasury of the Argentine Republic (LETEs and LECAPs), bills issued by the Treasury Department of the U.S. (Treasury bills), foreign exchange forward contracts and future contracts, and mutual funds.

  

95

 

 

Finance Expense

 

Finance expense consists of foreign exchange loss on monetary assets, liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and interest expense on borrowings, loss arising for foreign exchange forward contracts and future contracts, and other investments, foreign exchange loss, other interest and other finance expenses.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

As a global company, we are required to provide for corporate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We have secured special tax benefits in Argentina, Uruguay, India and Belarus, as described below. As a result, our income tax expense is low in comparison to profit before income tax expense due to the benefit related to profit before income tax expense earned in those lower tax jurisdictions. Changes in the geographic mix, income tax regulations or estimated level of annual pre-tax income can also affect our overall effective income tax rate.

 

Under the Software Promotion Law, Argentine companies that are engaged in the design, development and production of software benefit from a 60% reduction in the corporate income tax rate and a tax credit of up to 70% of amounts paid for certain social security taxes that can be applied to offset certain national tax liabilities.

 

Software Promotion Law was in force until December 31, 2019.

 

Moreover, the Law No. 27,506 (Ley de Economía del conocimiento), published in the Argentine Official Gazette on June 10, 2019, creates a promotion regime for knowledge economy-related business (the "Knowledge based Economy Law"), which is applicable to our subsidiaries in Argentina from January 1, 2020 and will be valid until December 31, 2029. The Regime decreases the corporate income tax rate to 15% and also has benefits related with social security taxes (contributions).

 

For further discussion of the Software Promotion Law and the Knowledge based Economy Law, see "Business Overview — Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives".

 

On December 29, 2017, the Argentine government enacted Law No. 27,430, a comprehensive tax reform that became effective on January 1, 2018. Specifically, Law No. 27.430 introduced amendments to income tax (both at corporate and individual levels), value added tax ("VAT"), tax procedural law, criminal tax law, social security contributions, excise tax, tax on fuels and tax on the transfer of real estate.

 

The law decreased the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 30% for fiscal years commencing on or after January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2019, and to 25% for fiscal years commencing after December 31, 2019.

 

On December 23, 2019, the Argentine Government enacted the Ley de Solidaridad Social y Reactivación Productiva No. 27,541 (the "Law on Social Solidarity and Productive Reactivation " or the "Social Solidarity Law") which declared a public emergency in economic, financial, fiscal, administrative, social security, tariff, energy, health and social matters, and also delegated legislative powers to the National Executive Power, until December 31, 2020. According to the Social Solidarity Law, the corporate income and dividend tax rates for tax years commencing on or after January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 are 30% and 7%, respectively. Consequently, the effectiveness of the 25% and 13% tax rates have been delayed until tax years commencing after December 31, 2020.

 

The operations of the Argentine subsidiaries are one of the most significant source of profit before income tax. For further information of the taxation in Argentina, see "Business Overview — Regulatory Overview — Argentine Taxation ".

 

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, which is domiciled in a tax-free zone, benefits from a 0% income tax rate and an exemption from value-added tax. The subsidiary located outside the tax-free zone has an exemption from income tax and value-added tax applicable to the exports of software development services. For further discussion of the Uruguayan Incentives, see "Business Overview — Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives".

 

96

 

 

Until December 31, 2017, our subsidiary in Colombia was subject to federal corporate income tax of 34% and a surcharge of 6% calculated on net income before income tax. For fiscal year 2018, the income tax rate was 33% and surcharge rate was 4%. On December 28, 2018, Colombia’s 2019 finance bill was enacted as Law 1,943. The Law gradually reduce the corporate tax rates and eliminate the surcharge from January 1, 2019 and onwards. On October 16, 2019 the latest tax reform enacted by the Colombian congress, Law No 1,943, was revoked due to procedural defects. It was replaced by the Law No 2010, published on December 27, 2019, and includes the same provisions as the former. For further discussion of the Colombian Incentives, see "Business Overview — Our Delivery Model — Regulatory Overview"

 

Our U.S. subsidiary, Globant LLC, is subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 21%. On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted legislation referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("2017 Tax Act"), which instituted fundamental changes to the taxation of multinational corporations. The 2017 Tax Act includes significant changes to the U.S. corporate income tax system, including a federal corporate rate reduction from 35% to 21%, limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation, changes regarding net operating loss carryforwards, and the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system. Furthermore, as part of the transition to the new tax system, a one-time transition tax was imposed on a U.S. shareholder's historical undistributed earnings of foreign affiliates. The 2017 Tax Act introduces various other changes to the Internal Revenue Code.

 

The 2017 Tax Act also introduces base erosion provisions for U.S corporations that are part of a multinational group. For fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2017, a U.S. corporation is potentially subject to tax under the BEAT, if the controlled group of which it is a part has sufficient gross receipts and derives a sufficient level of "base erosion tax benefits.".

 

On December 13, 2018, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) published a proposed regulation that provide guidance regarding the BEAT application for public comments. The final document was published in the Federal Register on December 2, 2019.

 

As of the date of this annual report, certain provisions of the 2017 Tax Act may not currently apply to us, including those designed to (i) tax GILTI; (ii) establish a deduction for FDII; (iii) eliminate the intercompany payment deduction under BEAT; and (iv) establish new limitations on certain executive compensation. Unless otherwise discussed, potential investors in our common shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect of the 2017 Tax Act on ownership of our common shares.

 

Our subsidiaries in England are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 19%, which will be reduced to 17% starting from April 1, 2020.

 

On September 29, 2014, Law No. 20,780 was published in the Chilean government's official gazette. This law introduced significant changes to the Chilean taxation system and strengthened the powers of the Chilean tax authority to control and prevent tax avoidance. Effective January 1, 2017, Law No. 20,780 created two different corporate tax regimes: the Attributed Income Regime (Sistema de Renta Atribuida) and the Semi-Integrated Regime (Sistema Parcialmente Integrado)​. Under the Attributed Income Regime, shareholders are taxed on an accrual basis, with a rate of 25% imposed at the operating entity level, plus an additional withholding income tax of 35% for nonresident shareholders. Under this regime, profits are attributed to the shareholders, irrespective of whether a distribution is actually made. Under the Semi-Integrated Regime, shareholders are taxed on a cash basis (when profits are distributed), at a rate of 25.5% for 2017 and 27% for 2018, imposed at the operating entity level, plus an additional withholding income tax of 35% when profits are actually distributed. Under this regime, the corporate rate is creditable against the 35% withholding income tax, but 35% of such credit is required to be paid to the Chilean Treasury, so, in practice, only 65% of the corporate rate is creditable. However, investors from countries with which Chile has signed the Double Tax Treaty as of January 1, 2017 would be entitled to use the 100% of the foreign tax credit, even if at that time the agreement was not yet in force. Under such circumstances, the full tax credit would be applicable until December 31, 2019 if at that time the relevant tax treaty had not yet entered into force. The Semi-Integrated Regime applies to Sistemas Globales Chile. Beginning on January 1, 2017, the corporate income tax rate applicable to Sistemas Globales Chile was 25.5% and for 2018 the rate is 27%.

  

97

 

 

Our subsidiary Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda. (formerly Terraforum Consultoría Ltda.), applies the taxable income method called “Lucro real”. Under this method, taxable income is based upon a percentage of profit accrued by the Company, adjusted according to the add-backs and exclusions provided in the relevant tax law. The rate applicable to the taxable income derived from the subsidiary’s activity is 24% plus 10% if the net income before income tax is higher than 240,000 Reais for the years 2017 and onwards.

 

On December 31, 2014, Peru enacted Law No 30,296, which made several changes to the Peruvian tax regime. Among other changes, the law decreases corporate income tax rates, effective January 1, 2015, as follows: fiscal year 2015 and 2016, 28%, fiscal year 2017 and 2018, 27%, fiscal year 2019, 26%. The Peruvian Congress on October 6, 2016, issued Law No. 30.506, which provides the Peruvian government the power to legislate regarding matters affecting economic growth, formal compliance, and national security for a 90-day period. Pursuant to the power granted, the Peruvian government issued Legislative Decree No. 1261 on December 10, 2016, which increases the corporate income tax rate, effective January 1, 2017, for fiscal year 2017 onward to 29.5%.​

 

Our subsidiaries in Mexico are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 30%.

 

Our Indian subsidiary, Globant India Private Limited, is primarily export-oriented and is eligible for certain income tax holiday benefits granted by the government of India for export activities conducted within Special Economic Zones, or SEZs. The services provided by our Pune development center are eligible for a deduction of 100% of the profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from the financial year in which the center commenced the provision of services - August 2017- and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Certain tax benefits are also available for a further five years subject to the center meeting defined conditions. Indian profits ineligible for SEZ benefits are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 34.61%. In addition, all Indian profits, including those generated within SEZs, are subject to the Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT), at the current rate of approximately 21.34%, including surcharges.

 

Our subsidiary located in Belarus is resident of the High Technology Park (“HTP”). HTP residents are exempted from corporate tax and VAT.

 

Our subsidiary in Rumania is subject to income tax at the rate of 16%.

 

The subsidiary located in Canada is subject to federal income tax at the rate of 15%. The rate is increased by the state income tax rate which is 11% in the case of the state of British Columbia where the subsidiary is incorporated.

 

The corporate tax rate in France for most companies is 33.33%. The Finance Bill for 2017 contains provisions for the progressive reduction of the corporate income tax rate from the33.33% rate to 28% over the period 2017 to 2020. Also, there is a reduced tax rate of 15% for companies whose turnover does not exceed EUR 7,63 million, but only for the first EUR 38,120 of taxable income. In 2019 the reduced rate will be applicable to small and medium-size enterprises. To qualified as a small and medium-size enterprise, a company must employ less than 250 employees and have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50 millions. According to the Finance Bill, our subsidiary located in France is subject to tax at a rate of 28% during 2018. The rate applies for the first EUR 500.000.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated. This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

98

 

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
Consolidated Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income:                                                
Revenues (1)   $ 659,325       100.0 %   $ 522,310       100.0 %   $ 413,439       100.0 %
Cost of revenues (2)     (405,164 )     (61.5 )%     (318,554 )     (61.0 )%     (263,171 )     (63.7 )%
Gross profit     254,161       38.5 %     203,756       39.0 %     150,268       36.3 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3)     (172,478 )     (26.2 )%     (133,187 )     (25.5 )%     (110,813 )     (26.8 )%
Net impairment losses on financial assets (4)     (228 )     %     (3,469 )     (0.7 )%     (1,581 )     (0.4 )%
Other operating expense, net (5)     (720 )     (0.1 )%     (306 )     (0.1 )%     (4,708 )     (1.1 )%
Profit from operations     80,735       12.2 %     66,794       12.8 %     33,166       8.0 %
Gain on transactions with bonds (6)     1,569       0.2 %           %           %
Finance income     13,643       2.1 %     11,418       2.2 %     7,956       1.9 %
Finance expense     (26,801 )     (4.1 )%     (16,968 )     (3.2 )%     (11,036 )     (2.7 )%
Finance (expense) income, net (7)     (13,158 )     (2.0 )%     (5,550 )     (1.1 )%     (3,080 )     (0.7 )%
Share of results of investment in associates (8)     (224 )     %           %           %
Other income and expenses, net (9)     110       %     6,220       1.2 %     8,458       2.0 %
Profit before income tax     69,032       10.5 %     67,464       12.9 %     38,544       9.3 %
Income tax (10)     (15,017 )     (2.3 )%     (15,868 )     (3.0 )%     (8,081 )     (2.0 )%
Net income for the year   $ 54,015       8.2 %   $ 51,596       9.9 %   $ 30,463       7.4 %

   

(1) Includes transactions with related parties of $1,419, $5,937 and $5,590 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $7,350, $4,022 and $4,339 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Also includes share based compensation for $4,976, $4,248 and $5,666 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

(3) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $16,905, $16,521 and $11,789 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Also includes share based compensation of $14,912, $8,665 and $8,798 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

(4) Includes a loss of $275 and $3,421 and a gain of $5 on impairment of trade receivables for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Includes a recovery of impairment of tax credits of 47 for 2019, an impairment loss of tax credits of 48 and 1,586 for 2018 and 2017, respectively

 

(5) Includes an impairment of intangibles assets of $720, $306 and $4,708 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

 

(6) Includes a gain of $1,569 from transactions with Argentine sovereign bonds denominated in U.S. dollars acquired in the U.S. market with cash received from repayments of intercompany loans for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

(7) Includes foreign exchange loss, net, of $8,841, $7,437 and $2,729 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

(8) Includes a loss of $224 related to our share of the loss from our investment in Acamica, described in note 11.2 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

(9) Includes as of December 31,2019, 2018 and 2017 a loss of $85, a gain of $6,700 and $6,735, respectively, on remeasurement of the contingent consideration of Avanxo, Pointsource, Clarice, L4, WAE and Ratio. Includes as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 a gain of $1,611 and $1,726, respectively, related to the remeasurement at fair value of the call and put option over non-controlling interest in Dynaflows. In 2018 includes the derecognition of the call option over non-controlling interest of 455. In 2018 includes the loss of 1,038 related to the settlement agreed with WAE former owners. In 2018 includes the impairment of the investment in Collokia of 800.

 

(10) Includes deferred tax gains of $4,310, $7,456 and $5,972 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

  

99

 

 

 

2019 Compared to 2018

 

Revenues

 

Revenues were $659.3 million for 2019, representing an increase of $137 million, or 26.2%, from $522.3 million for 2018.

 

Revenues from North America increased by $89.3 million, or 21.9%, to $496.4 million for 2019 from $407.1 million for 2018. Revenues from Latin America and other countries increased by $45.6 million, or 69.2%, to $111.5 million for 2019 from $65.9 million for 2018. Revenues from Europe increased by $0.6 million, or 1.3%, to $46.8 million for 2019 from $46.2 million for 2018. Revenues from Asia increased by $1.5 million, or 48.4%, to $4.6 million for 2019 from $3.1 million for 2018.

 

Revenues from technology and telecommunications clients increased by $20.9 million, or 31.1%, to $88.2 million for 2019 from $67.3 million for 2018. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand in digital content, consumer experience services and the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from media and entertainment clients increased by $23.2 million, or 17.4%, to $156.3 million for 2019 from $133.1 million for 2018. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to a higher demand for our digital content solutions, mobile applications, and consumer experience practices. Revenues from professional services clients increased by $21.0 million, or 40.2%, to $73.3 million for 2019 from $52.3 million for 2018. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand for services related to process automation, digital content and consumer experience solutions. Revenues from consumer, retail and manufacturing clients increased by $31.6 million, or 58.4%, to $85.7 million for 2019 from $54.1 million for 2018. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand for services related to scalable platforms solutions, consulting practices, and big data, supported by the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from banks, financial services and insurance clients increased by $29.4 million, or 25.7%, to $143.8 million for 2019 from $114.4 million for 2018. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand for services related to scalable platforms, cloud and mobile. Revenues from travel and hospitality clients increased by $3.6 million, or 4.0%, to $92.8 million for 2019 from $89.2 million for 2018. This increase is primarily attributable to large increase in demand for consumer experience and automated testing services. Revenues from clients in other verticals decreased by $7.3 million, or 61.3%, to $19.2 million for 2019 from $11.9 million for 2018.

 

Revenues from our top ten clients in 2019 increased by $30.5 million, or 13.3%, to $260.1 million for 2019 from $229.6 million for 2018, reflecting our ability to increase the scope of our engagement with our main customers. Revenues from our largest client for 2019, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, increased by $15.0 million, or 25.5%, to $73.8 million for 2019 from $58.8 million for 2018.

 

Cost of Revenues

 

Cost of revenues was $405.2 million for 2019, representing an increase of $86.6 million, or 27.2%, from $318.6 million for 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to the net addition of 3,200 IT professionals since December 31, 2018, an increase of 40.9%, to satisfy growing demand for our services, which translated into an increase in salaries. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased to 61.5% for 2019 from 61.0% for 2018.

 

Salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share based compensation, the main component of cost of revenues, increased by $74.2 million, or 24.9% to $371.6 million for 2019 from $297.4 million for 2018. Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes include a $5.0 million share-based compensation expense in 2019 and $4.2 million share-based compensation expense in 2018.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $7.4 million and $4.0 million for 2019 and 2018. The increase is mainly due to the depreciation of computer equipment acquired to satisfy growing demand for our services, and is also explained by the depreciation and amortization expense from Avanxo and Belatrix, which were acquired on February 1, 2019 and August 9, 2019, respectively.

  

100

 

 

Travel and housing was $17.1 and $6.6 million for 2019 and 2018. The increase is mainly due to travel and housing expense from Avanxo and Belatrix, which were acquired on February 1, 2019 and August 9, 2019, respectively.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expense was $172.5 million for 2019, representing an increase of $39.3 million, or 29.5%, from $133.2 million for 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to $27.5 million increase in salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share based compensation related to the addition of a number of senior sales executives in our main market, the United States; a $11.9 million decrease in rental expenses which was offset by an increase of $15.0 million in depreciation and amortization, resulting in a net effect of $3.1 mainly explained by the adoption of IFRS 16 (refer to note 2.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements). The adoption of IFRS 16 resulted in some expenses that were previously recognized as rental expenses being reclassified to depreciation and amortization expenses. In addition, there was a $10.1 million increase in taxes mainly related to the export duties in Argentina. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 26.2% for 2019 from 25.5% for 2018. Share-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expenses accounted for $14.9 million, or 2.3%, as a percentage of revenues for 2019, and $8.7 million, or 1.7%, as a percentage of revenues for 2018.

 

Impairment on financial assets

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we recorded a loss for impairment of financial assets of $0.2 and $3.5. The decrease was primarily attributable to the recognition of an impairment of $3.4 resulting from substantial doubt about the recoverability of the some trade receivables in 2018.

 

Other operating expenses, net

 

Other operating expenses was $0.7 million for 2019. The loss was due to the recognition of an impairment of intangibles assets.

 

Gain on transaction with bonds

 

Gain on transactions with bonds was $1.6 million for 2019. We did not engage in these types of transactions during 2018.

 

Finance Income

 

Finance income for 2019 was $13.6 million compared to $11.4 million for 2018, mainly resulting from foreign exchange gains of $7.5 million as compared to $6.9 million in 2018, and gains from short-term investments, primarily related to gains from financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss, of $5.0 million as compared to $4.1 million in 2018.

 

Finance Expense

 

Finance expense increased to $26.8 million for 2019 from $17.0 million for 2018, primarily reflecting a foreign exchange loss of $16.4 million mainly related to the impact of the weakening of some Latin American currencies against the U.S. dollar on our monetary assets, denominated in such currencies, a loss of $3.8 million primarily related to gains from financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss, and interest expense of $5.1 million. Other financial expenses totaled $1.5 million.

 

101

 

 

Other Income and Expenses, Net

 

Other income and expenses, net decreased to a gain of $0.1 million for 2019 from a gain of $6.2 million for 2018. Our 2019 and 2018 results includes a loss of $0.1 and a gain of $6.7 on the remeasurement of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of L4, Ratio and PointSource, a loss of $1.0 for 2018 related to the settlement agreed with WAE former owners, a gain of $1.6 million for 2018 related to the remeasurement at fair value of the call and put option over our non-controlling interest in Dynaflows, and a loss of $0.8 and $0.5 related to the impairment of the Collokia investment and to derecognition of the call option of Dynaflows, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Income Tax

 

Income tax expense amounted to $15.0 million for 2019, an decrease of $0.9 million from a $15.9 million income tax expense for 2018. The decrease in income tax expense was driven by the impact of the devaluation of the Latin American currency and also by the effect of the inflation adjustment mechanism for tax purposes. Our effective tax rate (calculated as income tax gain or expense divided by the profit before income tax) decreased to 21.8% for 2019 from 23.5% for 2018, principally explained by the impact of the weakness of some Latin American currencies against U.S. Dollars and also balanced distribution of gains and costs across the company.

 

Net Income for the Year

 

As a result of the foregoing, we had a net income of $54.0 million for 2019, compared to $51.6 million for 2018.

 

2018 Compared to 2017

 

Revenues

 

Revenues were $522.3 million for 2018, representing an increase of $108.9 million, or 26.3%, from $413.4 million for 2017.

 

Revenues from North America increased by $81.5 million, or 25.0%, to $407.1 million for 2018 from $325.6 million for 2017. Revenues from Latin America and other countries increased by $17.3 million, or 35.6%, to $65.9 million for 2018 from $48.6 million for 2017. Revenues from Europe increased by $7.7 million, or 20.0%, to $46.2 million for 2018 from $38.5 million for 2017. Revenues from Asia increased by $2.4 million, or 342.9%, to $3.1 million for 2018 from $0.7 million for 2017.

 

Revenues from technology and telecommunications clients increased by $6.7 million, or 11.1%, to $67.3 million for 2018 from $60.6 for 2017. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand in digital content, consumer experience services and the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from media and entertainment clients increased by $33.5 million, or 33.6%, to $133.1 million for 2018 from $99.6 million for 2017. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to a higher demand for our digital content solutions, mobile applications, and consumer experience practices. Revenues from professional services clients increased by $11.6 million, or 28.5%, to $52.3 million for 2018 from $40.7 million for 2017. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand for services related to process automation, digital content and consumer experience solutions. Revenues from consumer, retail and manufacturing clients increased by $18.1 million, or 50.3%, to $54.1 million for 2018 from $36.0 million for 2017. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand for services related to scalable platforms, consulting practices, and big data, supported by the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from banks, financial services and insurance clients increased by $19.4 million, or 20.4%, to $114.4 million for 2018 from $95.0 million for 2017. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand for services related to scalable platforms, cloud and mobile. Revenues from travel and hospitality clients increased by $20.8 million, or 30.4% to $89.2 million for 2018 from $68.4 million for 2017. This increase is primarily attributable to large increase in demand for consumer experience and automated testing services. Revenues from clients in other verticals decreased by $1.2 million, or 9.2%, to $11.9 million for 2018 from $13.1 million for 2017.

 

Revenues from our top ten clients in 2018 increased by $56.3 million, or 32.5%, to $229.6 million for 2018 from $173.3 million in 2017, reflecting our ability to increase the scope of our engagement with our main customers. Revenues from our largest client for 2018, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, increased by $16.8 million, or 40.0%, to $58.8 million for 2018 from $42.0 million for 2017.

 

102

 

 

Cost of Revenues

 

Cost of revenues was $318.6 million for 2018, representing an increase of $55.4 million, or 21.0%, from $263.2 million for 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to the net addition of 1,542 IT professionals since December 31, 2017, an increase of 24.6%, to satisfy growing demand for our services, which translated into an increase in salaries. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues decreased to 61.0% for 2018 from 63.7% for 2017. The decrease was primarily attributable to cost efficiencies, lower salaries in terms of US. dollars derived from the devaluation of the Argentina peso and, to a lesser extent, of the Colombian peso in 2018.

 

Salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share based compensation, the main component of cost of revenues, increased by $52.7 million, or 21.5% to $297.4 million for 2018 from $244.7 million for 2017. Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes include a $4.2 million share-based compensation expense in 2018 and $5.7 million share-based compensation expense in 2017.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense included in the cost of revenues was $4.0 million and $4.3 million for 2018 and 2017.

 

Travel and housing was $6.6 million for 2018 and 2017.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expense was $133.2 million for 2018, representing an increase of $22.4 million, or 20.2%, from $110.8 million for 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to a $5.7 million increase in salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share based compensation related to the addition of a number of senior sales executives in our main market, the United States; a $4.7 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense; a $3.3 million increase in office and rental expenses related to the opening of the new delivery centers. In addition, there was a $3.9 million increase in professional fees including audit and other professional services. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 25.5% for 2018 from 26.8% for 2017. Share-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expenses accounted for $8.7 million, or 1.7%, as a percentage of revenues for 2018, and $8.8 million, or 2.1%, as a percentage of revenues for 2017.

 

Impairment on financial assets

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we recorded a loss for impairment of financial assets of $3.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to the recognition of an impairment of $3.4 resulting from substantial doubt about the recoverability of some trade receivables. For 2017 the loss of $1.6 was due to the recognition of an impairment of tax credits.

 

Other operating expenses, net

 

Other operating expenses was $0.3 million for 2018. The loss was due to the recognition of an impairment of intangibles assets.

 

Finance Income

 

Finance income for 2018 was $11.4 million compared to $8.0 million for 2017, mainly resulting from foreign exchange gains of $6.9 million as compared to $6.3 million in 2017 and gains from short-term investments, primarily related to gains from financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss, of $4.1 million as compared to $1.2 million in 2017.

 

103

 

 

Finance Expense

 

Finance expense increased to $17.0 million for 2018 from $11.0 million for 2017, primarily reflecting a foreign exchange loss of $14.3 million mainly related to the impact of the weakening of some Latin American currencies against the U.S. dollar on our monetary assets denominated in such currencies, a loss of $1.1 million primarily related to gains from financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss, and interest expense of $0.7 million. Other financial expenses totaled $0.9 million.

 

Other Income, Net

 

Other income and expenses, net decreased to a gain of $6.2 million for 2018 from a gain of $8.5 million for 2017. Our 2018 and 2017 results include a gain of $6.7 million on the remeasurement of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of Clarice, WAE, L4, Ratio, PointSource and WAE, a gain of $1.6 million and $1.7 million for 2018 and 2017 related to the remeasurement at the fair value of the call and put option over our non-controlling interest in Dynaflows), and a loss of $0.8 and $0.5 related to the impairment of the Collokia investment and to the derecognition of the call option of Dynaflows, respectively, for the year ended in December 31, 2018.

 

Income Tax

 

Income tax expense amounted to $15.9 million for 2018, an increase of $7.8 million from a $8.1 million income tax expense for 2017. The increase in income tax expense was driven mainly by the increase in our profit from operations and the devaluation of the Argentine peso that generated taxable finance gains in our Argentinian subsidiaries. Our effective tax rate (calculated as income tax gain or expense divided by the profit before income tax) increased to 23.5% for 2018 from 21.0% for 2017, principally explained by the impact of the weakness of some Latin American currencies against U.S. Dollars.

 

Net Income for the Year

 

As a result of the foregoing, we had a net income of $51.6 million for 2018, compared to $30.5 million for 2017.

 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Capital Resources

 

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operating activities. For the year 2019, we derived 92.2% of our revenues from clients in North America and Latin America pursuant to contracts that are entered into by our subsidiaries located in the United States, Argentina, Chile, Mexico and Colombia.

 

Our primary cash needs are for capital expenditures (consisting of additions to property and equipment and to intangible assets) and working capital. From time to time we also require cash to fund acquisitions of businesses.

 

Our primary working capital requirements are to finance our payroll-related liabilities during the period from delivery of our services through invoicing and collection of trade receivables from clients.

 

We incur capital expenditures to open new delivery centers, for improvements to existing delivery centers, for infrastructure-related investments and to acquire software licenses.

 

We will continue to invest in our subsidiaries. In the event of any repatriation of funds or declaration of dividends from our subsidiaries, there will be a tax effect because dividends from certain foreign subsidiaries are subject to taxes. See "Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulatory Overview — Argentine Taxation — Tax on Dividends" and " "Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulatory Overview — Argentine Taxation — Income Tax".

 

The following table sets forth our historical capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

104

 

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019(***)     2018(**)     2017(*)  
    (In thousands)  
Capital expenditures   $ 27,776     $ 28,506     $ 26,314  

 

* Excludes impact of Ratio and PointSource acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

** Excludes impact of SmallFootprint acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

*** Excludes impact of Avanxo, Belatrix and BI Live acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Investments

 

 

During 2017, we invested $26.3 million in capital expenditures, primarily to establish our delivery centers in La Plata and Tandil, Argentina, Madrid, Spain, Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia and New York, U.S., and $8.8 million invested in internal developments and acquired licenses.

 

During 2018, we invested $28.5 million in capital expenditures, primarily to complete our works on our delivery centers in La Plata, Argentina and Medellín and Bogotá, Colombia, and to establish our delivery centers in Mexico City, Mexico, Bangalore, India, and Seattle, U.S., and invested $9.6 million invested in internal developments and acquired licenses.

 

During 2019, we invested $27.8 million in capital expenditures primarily made to complete our works on our delivery centers in Medellín and Bogotá, Colombia,Tandil, Argentina, and Pune, India, and computer equipments for our delivery centers in Argentina, Mexico and Colombia. Additionally, we invested $11.4 million in internal developments and acquired licenses.

 

Acquisitions

 

On February 28, 2017, we acquired 100% of shares of Ratio Cypress, LLC. Ratio offers design, development and quality assurance services necessary to build and manage robust digital products and video streaming solutions for major media companies. The aggregate purchase price amounted to $9.5 million, of which $3.7 million is payable on a deferred basis and subject to the occurrence of certain targets.

 

On June 1, 2017, we acquired 100% of shares of PointSource. PointSource offers digital solutions to its customers which include design, digital strategy, development and marketing services. The aggregate purchase price amounted to $28.6 million, of which $13.1 million is payable on a deferred basis and subject to the occurrence of certain targets.

 

On October 15, 2018, we signed an asset purchase ("APA") agreement to acquire, the business of Small Footprint Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of North Carolina, United States, including the acquisition of its wholly owned subsidiary in Romania, Small Footprint, LLC. Small Footprint, U.S. and Romania, are engaged in the business of providing outsourced service of consulting, designing, developing and implementing custom software applications, digital product, websites, technologies and strategies for the purpose of digital transformation. The aggregate purchase price under the APA amounted to $7.4 million.

 

On January 17, 2019, we entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited, pursuant to which we agreed to purchase all of Avanxo’s share capital subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the share purchase agreement. Avanxo is a cloud consulting and implementation company headquartered in Bermuda, with operations in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Peru, Argentina and the United States. The transaction closed on February 1, 2019. The aggregate purchase price under the share purchase agreement amounted to $44.5 million.

 

On August 9, 2019, we entered into an equity purchase agreement with the equityholders of Belatrix Global Corporation S.A., a Spanish stock company, pursuant to which we purchased all of the outstanding equity interests in Belatrix and its subsidiaries. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Belatrix is a software and applications development company with operations in Argentina, Peru, Colombia and the United States. The aggregate purchase price under the SPA amounted to $64.5 million.

 

105

 

 

On October 16, 2019, we entered into an purchase agreement with the equity holders of BI Live S.R.L., an Argentine company, pursuant to which we purchased certain assets, rights and obligations of BI Live. The transaction closed on November 8, 2019. The aggregate purchase price under this agreement amounted to $3.4 million.

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents and investments of $82.5 million.

 

Cash Flows

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Net cash provided by operating activities     79,709       67,197       42,989  
                         
Net cash used in investing activities     (151,558 )     (46,117 )     (57,534 )
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities     56,712       4,094       16,598  
                         
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     252       (93 )     (60 )
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year     77,606       52,525       50,532  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year     62,721       77,606       52,525  
Net (decrease) increase in Cash and cash equivalents at end of year     (14,885 )     25,081       1,993  

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was generated primarily by profits before taxes adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization expense, shared-based compensation expense and the effect of working capital changes.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $79.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to net cash provided in operating activities of $67.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase of $12.5 million in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to a $32.6 million increase in profit before income tax expense adjusted for non-cash-items, a $17.5 million decrease in working capital and a 2.5 million increase in income tax payments, net of reimbursements.

 

Changes in working capital in the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted primarily of a $38.9 million increase in trade receivables, a $8.4 million increase in other receivables, a $7.2 million increase in trade payables, a $2.1 million increase in tax liabilities, and $8.8 million increase in payroll and social security taxes payable. The $38.9 million increase in trade receivables reflects our revenue growth. The $8.4 million increase in other receivables was mainly related to the increase in prepaid expenses and advances to suppliers. Payroll and social security taxes payable increased to $72.3 million as of December 31, 2019 from $58.5 million as of December 31, 2018, primarily as a result of the growth in our headcount in line with our expansion.

 

106

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $67.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase of $24.2 million in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to a $33.6 million increase in profit before income tax expenses adjusted for non-cash items, a $7.3 million decrease in working capital and a $2.1 million increase in income tax payments, net of reimbursements.

 

Changes in working capital in the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted primarily of a $36.4 million increase in trade receivables, a $10.6 million increase in other receivables, a $2.5 million increase in trade payables, and increase in utilization of provision for contingencies of $1.1 million, a $0.9 million increase in tax liabilities, and $21.9 million increase in payroll and social security taxes payable. The $36.4 million increase in trade receivables reflects our revenue growth. The $10.6 million increase was mainly related to the increase in prepaid expenses and advances to suppliers. Payroll and social security taxes payable increased to $58.5 million as of December 31, 2018 from $40.5 million as of December 31, 2017, primarily as a result of the growth in our headcount in line with our expansion.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash of $151.6 million was used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $46.1 million of net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we invested in mutual funds and sovereign bonds, which generated an outflow of $8.4 million, we invested $31.9 million in fixed and intangible assets and $106.3 million in acquisition-related transactions, and we made payments of $0.7 million related to forward contracts.

 

Net cash of $46.1 million was used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $57.5 million of net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we invested in mutual funds and sovereign bonds, which generated an outflow of $1.0 million, we invested $28.7 million in fixed and intangible assets and $18.4 million in acquisition-related transactions, and we obtained proceeds of $2.4 million from forward contracts.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash of $56.7 million was provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $4.1 million of net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we received $15.8 million for the issuance of shares under our share-based compensation plan, $7.8 million proceeds from subscription agreements and net proceeds from borrowings of $49.0 million. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2019 we paid $15.8 million of lease liabilities related to the adoption of IFRS 16 (refer to note 2.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements). In 2018 such payments were included as changes in working capital in operating activities.

 

Net cash of $4.1 million was provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $16.6 million of net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we received $7.0 million for the issuance of shares under our share-based compensation plan, $3.2 proceeds from subscription agreement and paid borrowing for $6.0 million.

 

Future Capital Requirements

 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. In addition, as of December 31, 2019, IAFH Global S.A. had recognized an aggregate of $0.564 million in value-added tax credits. We expect to monetize the value of those value-added tax credits by way of cash reimbursement from AFIP during 2019.

 

Our ability to generate cash is subject to our performance, general economic conditions, industry trends and other factors. If our cash and cash equivalents and operating cash flow are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. If we issue equity securities in order to raise additional funds, substantial dilution to existing shareholders may occur. If we raise cash through the issuance of indebtedness, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions on our business. We cannot assure you that we would be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms or at all.

 

107

 

 

In November 2018, Globant LLC, our U.S. subsidiary (the “Borrower”) entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “A&R Credit Agreement”) with the financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. As of December 31, 2019, $50.4 million was outstanding under the A&R Credit Agreement.

 

On February 6, 2020, the Borrower, entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”), by and among certain financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. Under the Second A&R Credit Agreement, which amends and restates the existing A&R Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2018, the Borrower may borrow (i) up to $100 million in up to four borrowings on or prior to August 6, 2021 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to $250 million under a revolving credit facility. In addition, the Borrower may request increases of the maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100 million. The maturity date of each of the facilities is February 5, 2025. Pursuant to the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, interest on the loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to either (i) LIBOR plus 1.50%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 1.75%, determined based on the Borrower’s Maximum Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement). The Borrower’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of the Borrower’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The Second A&R Credit Agreement also contains certain customary negative and affirmative covenants, which compliance may limit our flexibility in operating our business and our ability to take actions that might be advantageous to us and our shareholders.

 

Appropriation of Retained earnings under Subsidiaries' local Laws and restrictions on distribution of dividends by certain Subsidiaries

 

The ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us is subject to their having satisfied requirements under local law to set aside a portion of their net income in each year to legal reserves, as well as subject to certain tax restrictions, as described below.

 

In accordance with Argentine and Uruguayan Law, our Argentine and Uruguayan subsidiaries must appropriate at least 5% of net income for the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of their respective share capital amounts. As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve amounted to $0.8 million for our Argentine subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A, IAFH Global S.A, BSF S.A and Globers S.A, and as of that date was fully constituted. Dynaflows S.A, Globant Ventures S.A.S and Avanxo S.A, did not have a legal reserve as of December 31,2019. As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve amounted to $0.04 million for Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A and as of that date was fully constituted. Our Uruguayan subsidiary, Difier S.A, did not have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2019.

 

On December 29, 2017, Argentine Law No. 27,430 amending the income tax law was enacted. According to the amendments, for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 the distribution of dividends is now subject to a 7% withholding for 2018 and 2019 and 13% withholding for 2020 onwards. The Equalization Tax, which levied distributions made out of previously untaxed income, was eliminated.

 

On December 23, 2019, the Argentine Government enacted the Ley de Solidaridad Social y Reactivación Productiva No. 27,541 (the "Law on Social Solidarity and Productive Reactivation " or the "Social Solidarity Law") which declared a public emergency in economic, financial, fiscal, administrative, social security, tariff, energy, health and social matters, and also delegated legislative powers to the National Executive Power, until December 31, 2020. According to the Social Solidarity Law, the corporate income and dividend tax rates for tax years commencing on or after January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 are 30% and 7%, respectively. Consequently, the effectiveness of the 25% and 13% tax rates have been delayed until tax years commencing after December 31, 2020.

 

108

 

 

On December 23, 2013, the Argentine government adopted a new double taxation treaty with Spain, which applied retroactively from January 1, 2013. According this treaty, the tax applicable on dividends distributed by our Argentine Subsidiaries to the Spain Holdco, is limited to10% on the gross amount of dividends distributed.

 

According to the ByLaws of Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. and Belatrix Colombia, our Colombian subsidiaries must appropriate at least 10% of the net income of the year to a legal reserve until such reserve equal 50% of its share capital. As of December 31, 2019, there was a legal reserve of $0.3 million that was fully constituted by Sistemas Colombia S.A.S and there was a legal reserve of $0.003 constituted by Belatrix Colombia S.A.S. Regarding Avanxo Colombia, the Colombian branch of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited, there is no requirement for the Colombian branch to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve and, therefore, as of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

Colombia Law No. 1,819 and No. 2,019, published on December 29, 2016 and December 27, 2019, respectively, introduced a withholding tax of 5% on dividend distributions to non-resident. This new fiscal obligation is not applicable to our shareholder due to the tax treaty agreement between Colombia and Spain, entered in force on October 28, 2008.

 

Under Spanish law, our Spanish subsidiaries must appropriate 10% of its standalone profit to a legal reserve until such reserve equals to 20% of their respective share capital amount. As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve was partially constituted and amounted to $8.2 million for all Spanish subsidiaries.

 

In accordance with Brazilian Law, there is no requirement for limited liability companies to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. Our Brazilian subsidiaries, Globant Brasil Consultorias Ltda and Orizonta Consutoria de Negocios e Tecnologia Da Informacao Ltda did not have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2019. On the other hand, for Avanxo Brasil Tecnologia Da Informacao Ltda there was a legal reserve of $0.06 million constituted as of December 31, 2019.

 

Under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of our net profit per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of our issued share capital. If the legal reserve subsequently falls below the 10% threshold, at least 5% of net profit must be allocated toward the reserve. If the legal reserve exceeds 10% of our issued share capital, the legal reserve may be reduced in proportion so that it does not exceed 10% of our issued share capital. The legal reserve is not available for distribution. As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve amounted to $0.5 million.

 

As for the restrictions on the distribution of dividends paid by the company to the holders of our common shares are as a rule subject to a 15% withholding tax in Luxembourg, unless a reduced withholding tax rate applies pursuant to an applicable double tax treaty or an exemption pursuant to the application of the participation exemption, and, to the extent withholding tax applies, we are responsible for withholding amounts corresponding to such taxation at its source.

 

In accordance with Peru corporate law, our Peruvian subsidiaries must reserve at least 10% of its net income of the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of its respective amount capital stock. As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve amounted to $0.1 million for Belatrix Peru SAC which is fully constituted and $0.05 million for Globant Peru SAC that is partially constituted. Regarding Avanxo Sucursal del Peru, the Peruvian branch of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited, there is no requirement for the Peruvian branch to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve and, therefore, as of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

In Bermuda there is no requirement for our Bermuda subsidiary to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

According to Mexican Law, our Mexican subsidiaries must appropriate at least 5% of net income of the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals the fifth portion of their respective share capital amounts. As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve amounted to $0.1 million for our Mexican subsidiaries Global Systems Outsourcing S. de R.L. de C.V. and $0.04 million for Avanxo Mexico S.A.P.I de C.V, regarding Avanxo Servicios S.A. de C.V. there was no legal reserve constituted as of December 31, 2019.

 

109

 

 

Regarding India Law, the Companies Act, 2013 does not mandate any fixed quantum of profits to be transferred or allocated to the reserves of a company. Despite there is no mandatory provision, as of December 31, 2019, our Indian subsidiary's general reserve amounted to $0.017 million.

 

In accordance with Indian law, our Indian subsidiary must set off all losses incurred by it (including carried over losses from the previous financial year) and make a provision for depreciation (including depreciation for the previous year if it was not already provided for) against the profits earned by it prior to declaring any dividends. Since the declaration of dividends under Indian law is discretionary, our Indian subsidiary is not required to allocate a specific portion of its annual profits to a designated legal reserve for purposes of declaring dividends.

 

In the United Kingdom there is no requirement for our UK´s subsidiaries to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted by our UK´s subsidiaries.

 

In Chile there is no requirement for the Chilean subsidiary of the company to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

According to French law, a minimum of 5% of the profit of the year must be allocated to a reserve account named "legal reserve", until such reserve amounts 10% of the share capital of our French subsidiary. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

In accordance with the law of Belarus, our Belorussian subsidiary must allocate an amount up to 25% of annual payroll to a reserve fund for salaries. The source for creating this fund is the profit remaining at the disposal of our subsidiary after paying taxes and other obligatory payments. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

In the United States there is no requirement for our U.S. subsidiary to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

According to Romanian Companies Law, our Romanian subsidiary has the obligation to allocate each year at least 5% of its profit to a reserve fund, until the value of the fund is at least 20% of the Romanian Company's share capital. As of December 31, 2019, the reserve fund of the company was of Romanian Leu ("RON") 58.

 

In Canada there is no requirement for our Canada's subsidiary to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

In the United Arab Emirates there is no requirement for the Software Product Creation's branch office in Dubai to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

In addition, with respect to our Argentine subsidiaries, although the transfer of funds abroad by local companies in order to pay annual dividends to foreign shareholders does not require formal approval by the Argentine Central Bank, in the past, the decrease in availability of U.S. Dollars in Argentina had led the Argentine government to impose informal restrictions on local companies and individuals for purchasing foreign currency for the purpose of making payments abroad, such as dividends. Even when the current Argentine administration has lifted most of the foreign exchange restrictions providing greater flexibility and access to the foreign exchange market, the imposition of future exchange restrictions could impair or prevent the conversion of anticipated dividends or distributions payable to us by those subsidiaries from Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars. For further information on these exchange controls, see "Risk Factors — Risks Related to Operating in Latin America — Argentina — The imposition in the future of restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina." and "Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls."

 

110

 

 

Equity Compensation Arrangements

 

On July 3, 2014, our board of directors and shareholders approved and adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which was amended by our board of directors to increase the number of common shares that may be issued as stock awards from 1,666,667 to 3,666,667 on May 9, 2016, and from 3,666,667 to 5,666,667 on February 13, 2019.

 

Under the terms of our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, from its adoption until the date of this annual report, we have granted to members of our senior management and certain other employees 30,000 stock awards, options to purchase 2,270,059 common shares and 1,073,645 restricted stock units net of any cancelled and/or forfeited awards. Most of the options and the restricted stock units under the plan were granted with a vesting period of four years, 25% of the options becoming exercisable on each anniversary of the grant date. Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments is determined based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date. Each of our employee share options is exercisable for one of our common shares, and each of our restricted stock units will be settled, automatically upon its vesting, with one of our common shares. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of an option or restricted stock units. Neither the options nor the restricted stock units carry rights to dividends or voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiration (ten years after the grant date).

 

Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments to employees is determined based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Fair value is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

There were 2,320,710, 2,322,305 and 1,676,498 outstanding stock options and restricted stock units as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. For 2019, 2018 and 2017, we recorded $19.9 million, $12.9 million and $14.5 million of share-based compensation expense related to these share option and restricted stock unit agreements, respectively.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, and expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form a basis for making judgments about matters not readily apparent from other sources.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and future years if the revision affects both current and future years. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. When reviewing our consolidated financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements as their application places significant demands on the judgment of our management.

 

An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting policies are the most sensitive and require more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. You should read the following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this annual report.

 

111

 

 

Revenue Recognition

 

In accounting for fixed-price contracts we apply the input or output methods depending on the nature of the project and the agreement with the customer, recognizing revenue on the basis of our efforts to the satisfaction of the performance obligation relative to the total expected inputs to the satisfaction of the performance obligation, or recognizing revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer of the services transferred to date relative to the remaining services promised under the contract, respectively. Each method is applied according to the characteristics of each contract and client      .

 

These methods are followed where reasonably dependable estimates of revenues and costs can be made. Fixed-price projects generally correspond to short-term contracts. Some fixed-price contracts are recurring contracts that establish a fixed amount per month and do not require to apply significant judgment in accounting for those types of contracts. In consequence, the use of estimates is only applicable for those contracts that are on-going at the year end and that are not recurring.

 

Reviews to these estimates may result in increases or decreases to revenues and income and are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the periods in which they are first identified. If the estimates indicate that a contract loss will be incurred, a loss provision is recorded in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by which the estimated costs of the contract exceed the estimated total revenues that will be generated by the contract and are included in cost of revenues in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income. Contract losses for the periods presented in these consolidated financial statements were immaterial.

 

Goodwill impairment analysis

 

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

 

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. When determining the fair value of our cash generating unit, we utilize both the market and income approach.We first determine the value of the unit using the market approach. For the purposes of the calculation, we consider the value of the shares in the market. In addition, we utilize the income approach, using discounted cash flows. The income approach considers various assumptions including increase in headcount, headcount utilization rate, income from each country and revenue per employee, income tax rates and discount rates. The assumptions we considered as of December 31, 2019 are the following: projected cash flows for the following five years, the average growth rate considered was 22.0% and the rate used to discount cash flows was 9.5%. The long-term rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the projected period was 3%.

 

Any adverse changes in key assumptions about the businesses and its prospects or an adverse change in market conditions may cause a change in the estimation of fair value and could result in an impairment charge. Based upon our evaluation of goodwill, no impairments were recognized during 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

Income taxes

 

Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expense, deferred income tax assets and liabilities, requires significant judgment. The provision for income taxes is calculated over our net income and is inclusive of federal, local and state taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences in each of the jurisdictions where we operate of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes.

 

112

 

 

The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the benefit of part or all of the deferred tax assets to be utilized. This assessment requires judgments, estimates, and assumptions by our management. In evaluating our ability to utilize deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are recoverable. Our judgments regarding future taxable income are based on expectations of market conditions and other facts and circumstances. Any adverse change to the underlying facts or our estimates and assumptions could require that we reduce the carrying amount of its net deferred tax assets.

 

We evaluate the uncertain tax position, such determination requires the use of significant judgment in evaluating the tax positions and assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items.

 

Impairment of financial assets

 

We measure expected credit losses ("ECLs") using reasonable and supportable forward looking information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other. Loss given default is an estimate of the loss arising on default. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to receive.

 

Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions.

 

As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we recorded an impairment of trade receivables for an amount of $0.3 million, $3.4 million and a recovery of $0.01 million, respectively, using a provision matrix based on our historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date.

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we recorded an impairment of tax credits for an amount of $0.05 million and $1.6 million, respectively, based on assumptions about expected credit losses. We use judgment in making these assumptions based on existing regulatory conditions as well as forward looking estimates. The tax credits included in the allowance for impairment are mainly related to Argentine taxation. We estimated the future VAT credit and VAT debit that comes from domestic purchases and sales, respectively. Since exports are zero-rated, any excess portion of the credit not used against any VAT debit is reimbursable to us, through a special VAT recovery regime. However, according to VAT recovery rules, there are certain limitations on the amount that may be reimbursed and we considered any VAT credit that cannot be reimbursed to be an impairment.

 

Share-based compensation plan

 

Under our share-based compensation plan for employees is measured based on fair value of our shares at the grant date and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period with a corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital.

 

Determining the fair value of the share-based awards at the grant date requires judgments. We calculated the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of our shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

 

113

 

 

 

Fair value of the shares: For our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the fair value of the shares is based on the quoted market price of our shares at the grant date. For our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as our shares were not publicly traded, the fair value was determined using the market approach technique based on the value per share of private placements. We had gone in the past through a series of private placements in which new shares have been issued. We understood that the price paid for those new shares was a fair value of those shares at the time of the placement. In January 2012, Globant España S.A. had a capital contribution from a new shareholder, which included cash plus share options granted to the new shareholder, therefore, we considered that amount to reflect the fair value of their shares. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement resulted from the following formula: cash minus fair value of share options granted to new shareholder divided by number of newly issued shares. The fair value of the share options granted to the new shareholder was determined using the same variables and methodologies as the share options granted to the employees. After our reorganization in December 2012, shares of Globant S.A (Luxembourg) were sold by existing shareholders in a private placement to WPP. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement results from the total amount paid by WPP to the existing shareholders.

 

Expected volatility: Since January 1, 2018, the expected volatility of our shares is calculated by using the average share price volatility of our shares since January 1, 2016 to the date of grant. Before 2018, as we did not have sufficient trading history for the purpose of valuing our share options, the expected volatility of our shares was estimated by using the average historic price volatility of the NASDAQ 100 Telecommunication Index.

 

Expected term: The expected life of options represents the period of time the granted options are expected to be outstanding.

 

Risk free rate: The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Federal Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

 

Dividend yield: We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

Recoverability of internally generated intangible assets

 

During the year, we considered the recoverability of the internally generated intangible asset that is included in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 with a carrying amount of $9.4 and $7.9, respectively.

 

We conducted a detailed recoverability analysis, considering both revenue from customers in the case of assets sold to third parties and internal usage for those assets that are used internally. As a result of this analysis, we recognized an impairment of $0.7 and $0.3 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In 2017 no impairment losses were recorded. The impairment was recognized as a result of our evaluation of such internal developments, upon which we projected lower future cash flows from the related intangible assets.

 

Fair value measurement and valuation processes

 

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes.

 

In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, we use market-observable data to the extent it is available. Where Level 1 inputs are not available, we estimate the fair value of an asset or a liability by converting future amounts (e.g. cash flows or income and expenses) to a single current (i.e. discounted) amount. If necessary, we engage third party qualified valuers to perform the valuation. Information about the valuation techniques and inputs used in determining the fair value of various assets and liabilities are disclosed in note 28.8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.

 

114

 

 

Useful lives of property, equipment and intangible assets

 

We review the estimated useful lives of property, equipment and intangible assets at the end of each reporting period. We determined that the useful lives of the assets included as property, equipment and intangible assets are in accordance with their expected lives.

 

Provision for contingencies

 

Provisions are recognized when we have a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that we will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows (when the effect of the time value of money is material).

 

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, a receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

 

Recoverability of intangible assets acquired in business combinations, other than goodwill

 

We evaluate intangible assets acquired in business combinations for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. The determination of the fair value of intangible assets acquired in business combinations involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital. When determining the fair value, we utilize the income approach using discounted cash flow.

 

A total amount of $4.7 million of impairment loss related to the intangible assets acquired in business combinations was recognized as of December 31, 2017 and is included as other operating expenses. The impairment was recognized as a result of our evaluation of such intangible assets, upon which we projected lower future cash flows from the related customer relationships. In 2019 and 2018 no impairment losses were recorded.

 

Application of New and Revised International Financial Reporting Standards

 

Adoption of new and revised standards

 

We adopted all of the new and revised standards and interpretations issued by the IASB that are relevant to our operations and that are mandatorily effective at December 31, 2019. The impact of the new and revised standards and interpretations mentioned on our consolidated financial statements is described as follows.

 

We initially adopted IFRS 16 Leases on January 1, 2019. We elected the practical expedient to not restate comparative information and we have recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at January 1, 2019.

 

We have lease contracts for office spaces. Before the adoption of IFRS 16, in an operating lease, the leased property was not capitalized and the lease payments were recognized as rent expense in profit or loss on a straight–line basis over the lease term. Any prepaid rent and accrued rent were recognized under Other receivables and Trade and other payables, respectively.

 

On adoption of IFRS 16, we recognized lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as operating leases under the principles of IAS 17 Leases. These lease liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate as of January 1, 2019. The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities recognized on January 1, 2019, was 6.14%.

 

115

 

 

Operating lease commitments disclosed as at December 31, 2018     55,222  
Discounted using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate of at the date of initial application     46,887  
Lease liability recognized as at January 1, 2019     46,887  

 

The associated right-of-use assets were measured on a retrospective basis as if IFRS 16 had always been applied.

 

The net impact on retained earnings on January 1, 2019, was a decrease of 1,972.

 

The effect of adoption IFRS 16 as at January 1, 2019 (increase/(decrease)) is as follows:

 

Assets        
Right-of-use assets     46,567  
Prepayments     (1,652 )
         
Liabilities        
Lease liabilities     46,887  
         
Total adjustment on equity:        
Retained earnings     (1,972 )

 

In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, we have used the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

 

the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics;

 

reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous;

 

the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at January 1, 2019, as short-term leases; and

 

the exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application.

 

We also elected to not reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of the initial application. Instead, for contracts entered into before the transition date we relied on our assessment made applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease.

 

As a practical expedient, IFRS 16 permits a lessee not to separate non–lease components, and instead account for any lease and associated non-lease components as a single arrangement. We have not used this practical expedient.

 

From January 1, 2019, leases are recognized as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability at the commencement date of the lease. Each payment is allocated between the liability and a finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease term so as to produce a constant period rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

 

We have also adopted the following standards and interpretation that became applicable for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2019:

 

116

 

 

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

 

Amendments to IFRS 3 and 11 and IAS 12 and 23 Annual improvements 2015-2017 Cycle

 

Amendment to IAS 28 Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures

 

Amendment to IFRS 9 Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation

 

Amendments to IAS 19 Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement

 

Those standards did not have any impact on our accounting policies and did not require retrospective adjustments, except for IFRIC 23 "Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments" which required a retrospective analysis to conclude that there is a possibility that a loss may have been incurred of 1,768 related to the fiscal years 2014 to 2019. As of December 31, 2019 these matter may be subject to inspection by the tax authority and claims may be asserted in the future.

 

New accounting pronouncements

 

We have not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet mandatorily effective:

 

Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards1

 

  Amendment to IFRS 3 Definition of a business2
     
  Amendment to IAS 1 and IAS 8 Definition of material1
     
  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 Interest Rate Benchmark Reform1
     
  Amendments to IAS 1 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current 3

 

1Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. Earlier application is permitted.

 

2Effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2020 and to asset acquisitions that occur on or after the beginning of that period. Earlier application is permitted.

 

3Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022 and are to be applied retrospectively. Earlier application is permitted.

 

On March 29, 2018, the IASB issued the Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards. The document contains amendments to IFRS 2, IFRS 3, IFRS 6, IFRS 14, IAS 1, IAS 8, IAS 34, IAS 37, IAS 38, IFRIC 12, IFRIC 19, IFRIC 20, IFRIC 22, and SIC-32. Not all amendments, however update those pronouncements with regard to references to and quotes from the framework so that they refer to the revised Conceptual Framework. Some pronouncements are only updated to indicate which version of the framework they are referencing to (the IASC framework adopted by the IASB in 2001, the IASB framework of 2010, or the new revised framework of 2018) or to indicate that definitions in the standard have not been updated with the new definitions developed in the revised Conceptual Framework. Our management does not anticipate that the application of these amendments will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020.

 

On October 22, 2018, the IASB has issued 'Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)' aimed at resolving the difficulties that arise when an entity determines whether it has acquired a business or a group of assets.

 

The amendments in Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3) are changes to Appendix A Defined terms, the application guidance, and the illustrative examples of IFRS 3 only. The aforementioned changes:

 

clarify that to be considered a business, an acquired set of activities and assets must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs;

 

narrow the definitions of a business and of outputs by focusing on goods and services provided to customers and by removing the reference to an ability to reduce costs;

 

add guidance and illustrative examples to help entities assess whether a substantive process has been acquired;

 

117

 

 

remove the assessment of whether market participants are capable of replacing any missing inputs or processes and continuing to produce outputs;

 

and add an optional concentration test that permits a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of activities and assets is not a business.

 

Our management does not anticipate that the application of this amendment will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. This amendment is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2020 and to asset acquisitions that occur on or after the beginning of that period. Earlier application is permitted. We have not opted for early application.

 

On October 31, 2018, the IASB has issued 'Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8)' to clarify the definition of ‘material’ and to align the definition used in the Conceptual Framework and the standards themselves.

 

The changes in Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) all relate to a revised definition of 'material' which is quoted as follows from the final amendments: "Information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity". Three new aspects of the new definition should especially be noted:

 

Obscuring. The existing definition only focused on omitting or misstating information, however, the accounting board concluded that obscuring material information with information that can be omitted can have a similar effect. Although the term obscuring is new in the definition, it was already part of IAS 1 (IAS 1.30A).

 

Could reasonably be expected to influence. The existing definition referred to 'could influence' which the accounting board felt might be understood as requiring too much information as almost anything ‘could’ influence the decisions of some users even if the possibility is remote.

 

Primary users. The existing definition referred only to 'users' which again the accounting board feared might be understood too broadly as requiring to consider all possible users of financial statements when deciding what information to disclose.

 

On September 26, 2019, IASB has issued 'Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7)' as a first reaction to the potential effects the IBOR reform could have on financial reporting.

 

The amendments deal with issues affecting financial reporting in the period before the replacement of an existing interest rate benchmark with an alternative interest rate and address the implications for specific hedge accounting requirements.

 

The changes in Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7):

 

modify specific hedge accounting requirements so that entities would apply those hedge accounting requirements assuming that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged cash flows and cash flows from the hedging instrument are based will not be altered as a result of interest rate benchmark reform;

 

are mandatory for all hedging relationships that are directly affected by the interest rate benchmark reform;

 

are not intended to provide relief from any other consequences arising from interest rate benchmark reform (if a hedging relationship no longer meets the requirements for hedge accounting for reasons other than those specified by the amendments, discontinuation of hedge accounting is required); and

 

require specific disclosures about the extent to which the entities' hedging relationships are affected by the amendments.

 

118

 

 

Our management does not anticipate that the application of these amendments will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. These amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. Earlier application is permitted. We have not opted for early application.

 

On January 23, 2020, IASB has issued 'Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (Amendments to IAS 1)' providing a more general approach to the classification of liabilities under IAS 1 based on the contractual arrangements in place at the reporting date.

 

The amendments in Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (Amendments to IAS 1) affect only the presentation of liabilities in the statement of financial position — not the amount or timing of recognition of any asset, liability income or expenses, or the information that entities disclose about those items. They:

 

clarify that the classification of liabilities as current or non-current should be based on rights that are in existence at the end of the reporting period and align the wording in all affected paragraphs to refer to the "right" to defer settlement by at least twelve months and make explicit that only rights in place "at the end of the reporting period" should affect the classification of a liability;

 

clarify that classification is unaffected by expectations about whether an entity will exercise its right to defer settlement of a liability; and

 

make clear that settlement refers to the transfer to the counterparty of cash, equity instruments, other assets or services.

 

Our management does not anticipate that the application of these amendment will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. These amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022. Earlier application is permitted. We have not opted for early application.

 

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

 

See “Business Overview — Intellectual Property.”

 

D. Trend Information

 

See "— Operating Results — Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations."

 

119

 

 

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of and for the three years ended December 31, 2019, we were not party to any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

Set forth below is information concerning our fixed and determinable contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows.

 

    Payments due by period (in thousands)  
    Total     Less than 1
year
    1-3 years     3-5 years  
Borrowings   $ 50,924     $ 736     $ 188       50,000  
Interest to be paid on borrowings   $ 462     $ 462              
Lease liabilities   $ 74,981     $ 20,002     $ 26,815     $ 28,164  
Other financial liabilities (1)   $ 10,554     $ 8,937     $ 1,617        
Total   $ 136,921     $ 30,137     $  28,620     $ 78,164  

 

(1) Relates to Clarice, Ratio, PointSource, Avanxo, Belatrix and BI Live acquisitions. See note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

G. Safe harbor

 

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See “Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

 

Directors

 

The table below sets forth information concerning our directors as of February 13, 2020.

 

Name   Position   Age   Date of
Appointment
  Current Term
Expiring
at Annual Meeting of
Shareholders to Be
Held in Year
Martín Migoya   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer   52   June 20, 2018   2021
Martín Gonzalo Umaran   Director and Chief of Staff   51   May 8, 2017   2020
Guibert Andrés Englebienne   Director and Chief Technology Officer   53   May 8, 2017   2020
Francisco Álvarez-Demalde   Director   41   May 31, 2019   2022
Mario Eduardo Vázquez   Director   84   May 31, 2019   2022
Philip A. Odeen   Director   84   June 20, 2018   2021
Marcos Galperin   Director   48   May 31, 2019   2022
Linda Rottenberg   Director   51   May 8, 2017   2020
Richard Haythornthwaite   Director   63   May 31, 2019   2021

 

120

 

 

Directors may be re-elected for one or more further four-year terms. Directors appointed to fill vacancies remain in office until the next general meeting of shareholders.

 

Globant S.A. was incorporated in Luxembourg on December 10, 2012. References to the terms of service or appointment of our directors and senior management in the following biographies include their service to our predecessor companies, which were organized in Spain.

 

Martín Migoya

 

Mr. Migoya has served as Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since 2005. Prior to co-founding Globant, he worked as a trainee and technology project coordinator at Repsol-YPF, a consultant at Origin BV Holland and a business development director at Tallion. He founded our company together with Messrs. Englebienne, Nocetti and Umaran in 2003. Mr. Migoya is frequently invited to lecture at various conventions and at universities like MIT and Harvard, and has been a judge at the Endeavor Entrepreneurs panel and at La Red Innova. Mr. Migoya was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005 and won a Konex Award as one of the most innovative entrepreneurs of 2008. He was selected as an Argentine Creative Individual of 2009 ( Círculo de Creativos de la Argentina ) and received the Security Award as one of the most distinguished Argentine businessmen of 2009. He also received in 2009 the America Economía Magazine’s “Excellence Award”, which is given to entrepreneurs and executives that contribute to the growth of Latin American businesses. In 2011, Latin Trade recognized Mr. Migoya as Emerging CEO of the Year. In 2013, Mr. Migoya received the “Entrepreneur of the Year Award” from Ernst & Young. He is a member of the Young President’s Organization and a board member of Endeavor Argentina. Mr. Migoya holds a degree in electronic engineering from Universidad Nacional de La Plata (UNLP) and a master’s degree in business administration, from the Universidad del Centro de Estudios Macroeconómicos de Argentina. We believe that Mr. Migoya is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate familiarity with our company and the perspective, experience, and operational expertise in the technology services industry that he has developed during his career and as our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Martín Gonzalo Umaran

 

Mr. Umaran has served as a member of our board of directors since 2012 as well as Chief of Staff since 2013. As Globant’s Chief of Staff, Mr. Umaran is responsible for coordinating our back office activities, supporting executives in daily projects and acting as a liaison to our senior management. He is also responsible for our mergers and acquisitions process and for strategic initiatives. From 2005 to 2012, he served as Globant’s Chief Operations Officer and Chief Corporate Business Officer, in charge of managing our delivery teams and projects. Together with his three Globant co-founders, Mr. Umaran was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. Mr. Umaran holds a degree in mechanical engineering from Universidad Nacional de La Plata (UNLP). We believe that Mr. Umaran is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate familiarity with our company and his perspective, experience, and operational expertise in the technology services industry that he has developed during his career as a co-founder of our company.

 

Guibert Andrés Englebienne

 

Mr. Englebienne has served as a member of our board of directors and as Chief Technology Officer since 2003. He is one of Globant’s co-founders. Prior to co-founding Globant, Mr. Englebienne worked as a scientific researcher at IBM and, later, as head of technology for CallNow.com Inc. As Globant’s Chief Technology Officer, Mr. Englebienne is the head of our Technology department and our Premier League, an elite team of Globers whose mission is to foster innovation by cross-pollinating their deep knowledge of emerging technologies and related market trends across our Studios and among our Globers. Together with his three Globant co-founders, Mr. Englebienne was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. In addition to his responsibilities at Globant, Mr. Englebienne is President of Endeavor Argentina. In 2011, he was included in Globalization Today’s “Powerful 25” list. Mr. Englebienne holds a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science and Software Engineering from the Universidad Nacional del Centro de la Provincia de Buenos Aires in Argentina. We believe that Mr. Englebienne is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate familiarity with our company and his perspective, experience, and operational expertise in the technology services industry that he has developed during his career as a co-founder of our company.

 

121

 

 

Francisco Álvarez-Demalde

 

Mr. Álvarez-Demalde has been a member of the board since 2007. He is a founder and general partner of Riverwood Capital, a leading growth-capital private equity firm focused on the global technology industry, and one of the largest early investors in Globant. From 2005 to 2007, he was an investment executive at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., where he focused on leveraged buyouts in the technology industry and other sectors. Mr. Álvarez-Demalde was also an investment professional at Eton Park Capital Management and with Goldman Sachs & Co. Mr. Álvarez-Demalde is a former and current director of several technology companies, including Alog Data Centers do Brasil, CloudBlue Technologies, Inc., LAVCA, Navent, Netshoes, among several others. Mr. Álvarez-Demalde earned a bachelor’s degree in economics from Universidad de San Andrés, Argentina, which included an exchange program at the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Álvarez-Demalde is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his considerable business experience in the technology industry and his experience serving as a director of other companies.

 

Mario Eduardo Vázquez

 

Mr. Vázquez has served as a member of our board of directors and chairman of Globant’s audit committee since June 2012. From 2003 to 2006, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Grupo Telefónica in Argentina. Mr. Vázquez worked in auditing for Arthur Andersen for 33 years until his retirement in 1993, including 23 years as a partner and general director in many of Globant’s markets, including Argentina, Chile, Uruguay, and Paraguay. As former partner and general director of Arthur Andersen, Mr. Vázquez has significant experience with U.S. GAAP accounting and in assessing internal control over financial reporting. Mr. Vázquez currently serves on the board of directors of MercadoLibre, Inc and is currently a member of the Audit Committee of both MercadoLibre, Inc and Despegar S.A. Also, Mr. Vazquez currently serves as member of the compensation committee of MercadoLibre, Inc where Mr. Galperin serves as chief executive officer. Mr. Vázquez served as a member of the board of directors of YPF, S.A. and as the president of the Audit Committee of YPF, S.A, until April 2012. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of Telefónica Argentina S.A., Telefónica Holding Argentina S.A., Telefónica Spain S.A., Banco Santander Rio S.A., Banco Supervielle Societe General S.A., and CMF Banco S.A., and as alternate member of the board of directors of Telefónica de Chile S.A. Mr. Vázquez received a degree in public accounting from the Universidad de Buenos Aires. We believe that Mr. Vázquez is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his financial expertise and his experience serving as a director of other companies.

 

Philip A. Odeen

 

Mr. Odeen has served as a member of our board of directors since 2012. Mr. Odeen has also served as a director and proxy director of DRS Technologies, Inc. since 2013. From 2009 to 2013, Mr. Odeen served as the chairman of the board of directors and lead independent director of AES Corporation and as a director of AES Corporation from 2003 to 2013. From 2008 to 2013, Mr. Odeen served as the chairman of the board of directors of Convergys Corporation and as a director of Convergys Corporation from 2000 to 2013. Mr. Odeen has served as a director of QinetiQ North America, Inc. since 2006, Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. since 2008 and ASC Signal Corporation since 2009. From 2006 to 2007, Mr. Odeen served as chairman of the board of directors of Avaya Corporation. He served on the board of directors of Reynolds and Reynolds Company from 2000 to 2007, and as its chairman from 2006 to 2007. Mr. Odeen was a director of Northrop Grumman from 2003 to 2008. Mr. Odeen retired as chairman and chief executive officer of TRW Inc. in December 2002. We believe that Mr. Odeen is qualified to serve on our board due to his experience in leadership and guidance of public and private companies as a result of his varied global business, governmental and non-profit and charitable organizational experience.

 

Marcos Galperin

 

Mr. Galperin has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. He is a co-founder of MercadoLibre, Inc. and has served as its chairman, president and chief executive officer since October 1999. Mr. Galperin is a board member of Endeavor Global, Inc., a non-profit organization that is leading the global movement to catalyze long term economic growth by selecting, mentoring and accelerating the best high impact entrepreneurs around the world. He is also a board member of the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Galperin received a master’s degree in business administration from Stanford University and graduated with honors from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Galperin is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his comprehensive knowledge and experience in the technology industry and experience serving as a director of other companies.

 

122

 

 

Linda Rottenberg

 

Ms. Rottenberg has served as a member of our board of directors since 2017. She is the Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Endeavor Global, Inc., a leader of the global high impact entrepreneurship movement, operating in 40 markets around the world. She also oversees Endeavor Catalyst Funds, which currently has over $220 million of assets under management, and coinvest in Endeavor Entrepreneurs to raise outside capital. Ms. Rottenberg serves as board director of a leading bandwidth infrastructure company (NYSE: ZAYO), and an online ordering platform (OLO). In her board capacity, she has served on two public company audit committees through SOX compliance and has helped companies achieve global expansion while maintaining an entrepreneurial culture. A graduate of Harvard College, and Yale Law School, Ms. Rottenberg has been named among TIME’s “Innovators for the 21st century’ and U.S. News and World Report’s “America’s Best Leaders”. In 2018, she received the Heinz Award in Technology, the Economy and Employment. We believe that Ms. Rottenberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her knowledge and experience in the technology industry and experience serving as director of other companies.

 

Richard Haythornthwaite

 

Mr. Haythornthwaite has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2019. He is the global chairman of the NYSE-listed Mastercard Inc and an Advisory Partner to Moelis & Co. He is a co-founder and chairman of QIO Technologies, an industrial artificial intelligence company. He is also an investor in and chairman of ARC International, the global glass tableware manufacturer. He was previously the CEO of Invensys from 2001-2005 and Blue Circle Industries from 1999-2001 having joined as Director of Asia and Europe in 1997.  He spent his early career in BP from 1978-1995 before moving to Premier Oil as Commercial Director from 1995 to 1997. He has served as on the boards of Network Rail and Centrica Plc. as chairman and Cookson, Lafarge, ICI and Land Securities as non-executive director. In the UK non-for-profit sector he is the current chair of the Creative Industries Federation and former chair of the Southbank Centre and Almeida Theatre. He was educated at MIT (Sloan Fellow) and The Queen’s College, Oxford (MA  Geology). We believe that Mr. Haythornthwaite is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive business experience, risk management expertise and financial understanding.

 

Senior Management

 

As of February 13, 2020, our group senior management is made up of the following members:

 

Name   Position
Martín Migoya   Chief Executive Officer
Martín Gonzalo Umaran   Chief of Staff
Guibert Andrés Englebienne   Chief Technology Officer
Juan Ignacio Urthiague   Chief Financial Officer
Yanina Maria Conti   Chief Accounting Officer
Gustavo Barreiro   Chief Information Officer
Sol Mariel Noello   General Counsel
Wanda Weigert   Chief Brand Officer
Patricia Pomies   Chief Delivery Officer
Mercedes María Mac Pherson   Chief Talent & Diversity Officer

 

The business address of our group senior management is c/o Sistemas Globales S.A., Ing. Butty 240, 9th floor, Laminar Plaza Tower, C1101 AFB, Capital Federal, Argentina.

 

123

 

 

The following is the biographical information of the members of our group senior management other than Messrs. Migoya, Umaran and Englebienne, whose biographical information is set forth in “— Directors.”

 

Juan Ignacio Urthiague

 

Mr. Uthiague has been our Chief Financial Officer since October 2018 and is in charge of corporate finance, treasury, accounting and tax, financial reporting, financial services and investor relations. Mr. Urthiague joined Globant in 2011, and was a key member in the company’s global expansion and transformation into a publicly listed company on the NYSE. Prior to his return to Globant, he spent 15 months outside the company serving as Chief Financial Officer Latam for OLX and as Chief Financial Officer for avantrip.com. Prior to joining Globant in 2011, Mr, Urthiague worked as Planning Manager for Amadeus IT Group in Spain and as Senior Credit Specialist in Merrill Lynch in Ireland and also held financial roles for companies like British American Tobacco, Ternium and IBM. Mr. Urthiague has a MSc. in Finance and Capital Markets from Dublin City University and Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from the Universidad de Buenos Aires.

 

Yanina Maria Conti

 

Mrs. Conti has been our Chief Accounting Officer since 2017. From 2013 until 2017, she served as our SEC Reporting and Audit Manager. From 2004 to 2013, Mrs. Conti worked for Ernst & Young, auditing large public and private firms and gaining experience with IFRS accounting and audit procedures. As our Chief Accounting Officer, Mrs. Conti is in charge of accounting, tax, external audit and reporting. Mrs. Conti has a degree in public accounting and in business administration from the Universidad de Buenos Aires.

 

Gustavo Barreiro

 

Mr. Barreiro has been our Chief Information Officer since July 2012. From 2010 to July 2012, Mr. Barreiro served as our Executive Vice President, Delivery, managing our delivery partners, staffing, recruiting, project managers, and site managers. As Globant's Chief Information Officer, Mr. Barreiro is responsible for our infrastructure team (IT operations and information security), enterprise applications, and IT services. He holds a bachelor's degree in industrial engineering from the Universidad de Buenos Aires and a master's degree in business administration from the Instituto para el Desarollo Empresario Argentino (IDEA).

 

Sol Mariel Noello

 

Mrs. Noello has been our General Counsel since December 2018. She first joined Globant as Legal Counsel in 2011 and has been in charge of supervising the functions of Globant´s Legal department since February 2015, in the roles of Leader and of Manager of Globant´s Legal department. In such roles Mrs. Noello contributed to the growth of the area and the development of an internal legal support system, including the implementation of processes and controls related to the legal function within the company. Before joining Globant, Mrs. Noello worked at Tata Consultancy Services from 2009 to 2011, as Legal Officer in the company´s regional legal department for LATAM. Mrs. Noello holds a law degree from Universidad de Belgrano in Argentina and has completed a number of post-graduate courses in corporate law at Universidad Argentina de la Empresa.

 

Wanda Weigert

 

Mrs. Weigert has been our Chief Brand Officer since November 2018. From 2007 to 2018 she served as our Communications Manager and Director of Communications and Marketing. She joined Globant in 2005 and worked for two years in the Internet marketing department as a senior consultant. From 2002 to 2005, she worked at Jota Group, a publishing house where she was responsible for the development of corporate communications tools for different multinational customers. Mrs. Weigert created and supervises Globant’s communications department. As our Chief Brand Officer, she coordinates Globant’s relationships with the press throughout the globe. She is also responsible for developing both our internal and external communications strategies. Mrs. Weigert holds a bachelor’s degree in social communications from Universidad Austral and she completed her post-graduate studies in marketing at the Pontificia Universidad Católica Argentina “Santa Maria de los Buenos Aires."

 

124

 

 

Patricia Pomies

 

Mrs. Pomies has been our Chief Delivery Officer since January 2017. In this role, Mrs. Pomies is in charge of our overall strategy related to quality of service and delivery. Mrs. Pomies first joined our company in 2012 and was previously a director of Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and on-line, insurance and travel (OIT), two of our main business units. As such, she was responsible for each unit’s business and operations, with particular focus on expanding the EU market. Mrs. Pomies was director at Educ.ar Portal from 2003 to 2013, a key initiative within Argentina’s Ministry of Education for principals, teachers, students and families to adopt information and communication technologies in education. Additionally, she was responsible for content production and tracking of “Equality Connect,” a program directly supported by the President of Argentina to distribute more than 3.5 million netbooks within the Argentine public education system. Mrs. Pomies has been a Professor of Social Communication at Maimonides University and Assistant Professor of Communication Sciences at the University of Buenos Aires.

 

Mercedes María MacPherson

 

Mercedes María MacPherson has been our Chief Talent & Diversity Officer since December 2019. She has been working in the human resources function for 17 years. During the last ten years at Globant, she has served as our Head of Talent Acquisition, Compensations, People Champions and People Latam Region. She previously worked as a Director and Recruiting Manager for Leviminond Group, where she was responsible for the startup of an recruitment process outsourcing business unit covering the Argentinian, Latin-American and U.S. markets. During that time, she led several recruiting projects working alongside the Ministry of Labor and several IT companies to recruit over 12,000 candidates nationwide in Argentina. She started her education at the University of Northern Colorado and ultimately majored in International Relations at Universidad del Salvador. Ms. MacPherson was also a teacher at Universidad de Palermo, where she taught the international program of Human Resources Management for the University of London.

 

B. Compensation

 

Compensation of Board of Directors and Senior Management

 

The total fixed and variable remuneration of our directors and senior management for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 amounted to $6.9 million, $5.1 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

 

We adopted an equity incentive plan in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. See “— 2014 Equity Incentive Plan”. From the adoption of this plan until the date of this annual report we granted to members of our senior management and certain other employees 30,000 stock awards, options to purchase 2,270,059 common shares and 1,073,645 restricted stock units net of any cancelled and/or forfeited awards. In addition, we replaced our existing variable compensation arrangements with a new short-term incentive plan providing for the payment of bonuses based on the achievement of certain financial and operating performance measures.

 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

On July 3, 2014, our board of directors and shareholders approved and adopted our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which was amended by our board of directors to increase the number of common shares that may be issued as stock awards from 1,666,667 to up to 3,666,667 on May 9, 2016, and from 3,666,667 to 5,666,667 on February 13, 2019. The following description of the plan is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the plan, which has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement previously filed in connection with our initial public offering and incorporated by reference herein.

 

Purpose. We believe that the plan will promote our long-term growth and profitability by (i) providing key people with incentives to improve shareholder value and to contribute to our growth and financial success through their future services, and (ii) enabling us to attract, retain and reward the best-available personnel.

 

Eligibility; Types of Awards. Selected employees, officers, directors and other individuals providing bona fide services to us or any of our affiliates, are eligible for awards under the plan. The administrator of the plan may also grant awards to individuals in connection with hiring, recruiting or otherwise before the date the individual first performs services; however, those awards will not become vested or exercisable before the date the individual first performs services. The plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards and other stock-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing.

 

125

 

 

Common Shares Subject to the Plan. The number of common shares that we may issue with respect to awards granted under the plan will not exceed an aggregate of 5,666,667 common shares. This limit will be adjusted to reflect any stock dividends, split ups, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, share exchanges, and similar transactions. If any award, or portion of an award, under the plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable, is settled in cash without delivery of common shares, or is forfeited or otherwise terminated or cancelled as to any common shares, the common shares subject to such award will thereafter be available for further awards under the plan. Common shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or tax obligations will not be available again for other awards under the plan.

 

Administration. The plan is administered by our compensation committee. The administrator has the full authority and discretion to administer the plan and to take any action that is necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of the plan, including without limitation the authority and discretion to interpret and construe any provision of the plan or any agreement or other documents relating to the plan. The administrator’s determinations will be final and conclusive.

 

Awards. The plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards and other stock-based awards.

 

Stock Options. The plan allows the administrator to grant incentive stock options, as that term is defined in section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or non-statutory stock options. Only our employees or employees of our subsidiaries may receive incentive stock option awards. Options must have an exercise price that is at least equal to the fair market value of the underlying common shares on the date of grant and not lower than the par value of the underlying common shares. The option holder may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, by tendering common shares, by a combination of cash and common shares, or by any other means that the administrator approves. The options have a maximum term of ten years; however, the options will expire earlier if the optionee’s service relationship with the company terminates.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights. The plan allows the administrator to grant awards of stock appreciation rights which entitle the holder to receive a payment in cash, in common shares, or in a combination of both, having an aggregate value equal to the product of the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of the underlying common shares over the base price of the common shares specified in the grant agreement, multiplied by the number of common shares specified in the award being exercised.

 

Stock Awards. The plan allows the administrator to grant awards denominated in common shares or other securities, stock equivalent units or restricted stock units, securities or debentures convertible into common shares or any combination of the foregoing, to eligible participants. Awards denominated in stock equivalent units will be credited to a bookkeeping reserve account solely for accounting purposes. The awards may be paid in cash, in common shares or in a combination of common shares or other securities and cash.

 

Performance Awards. The plan allows the administrator to grant performance awards including those intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The administrator may establish performance goals relating to any of the following, as it may apply to an individual, one or more business units, divisions or subsidiaries, or on a company-wide basis, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies: revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA); operating income; pre- or after-tax income; cash flow; cash flow per share; net earnings; earnings per share; price-to-earnings ratio; return on equity; return on invested capital; return on assets; growth in assets; share price performance; economic value added; total shareholder return; improvement in or attainment of expense levels; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; relative performance to a group of companies comparable to the company, and strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on the company’s meeting specified goals relating to revenue, market penetration, business expansion, costs or acquisitions or divestitures. Performance targets may include minimum, maximum, intermediate and target levels of performance, with the size of the performance-based stock award or the lapse of restrictions with respect thereto based on the level attained.

 

126

 

 

A performance target may be stated as an absolute value or as a value determined relative to prior performance, one or more indexes, budget, one or more peer group companies, any other standard selected by the administrator, or any combination thereof. The administrator shall be authorized to make adjustments in the method of calculating attainment of performance measures and performance targets in recognition of: (A) extraordinary or non-recurring items; (B) changes in tax laws; (C) changes in accounting policies; (D) charges related to restructured or discontinued operations; (E) restatement of prior period financial results; and (F) any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss that is separately identified and quantified in our financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator may, in its sole discretion, modify the performance results upon which awards are based under the plan to offset any unintended results arising from events not anticipated when the performance measures and performance targets were established.

 

Change in Control. In the event of any transaction resulting in a “change in control” of Globant S.A. (as defined in the plan), outstanding stock options and other awards that are payable in or convertible into our common shares will terminate upon the effective time of the change in control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation, assumption, or substitution of the awards by the surviving or successor entity or its parent. In the event of such termination, the holders of stock options and other awards under the plan will be permitted immediately before the change in control to exercise or convert all portions of such stock options or awards that are exercisable or convertible or which become exercisable or convertible upon or prior to the effective time of the change in control.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the vesting schedule of all of the outstanding stock options granted to certain senior executives will be accelerated in the event of a transaction resulting in a change in control if (i) no provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of the relevant executive’s outstanding options by, or for the substitution of the equivalent awards of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof, or (ii) the relevant executive is dismissed without cause within a two-year period following the change in control.

 

Amendment and Termination. No award will be granted under the plan after the close of business on the day before the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the plan. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan at any time. Shareholder approval is required to reprice underwater options.

 

Director Compensation

 

Only those directors who are considered to be independent directors under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE are eligible, subject to our shareholders’ approval, to receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. In this respect, independent members of our board of directors are eligible to receive cash and/or share based compensation for their services as directors, as well as reimbursement of reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by them in connection with attending any meetings of our board of directors or any committees thereof.

 

In 2019, we paid an aggregate cash compensation of $550,000 and we granted a total of 2,574 restricted stock units to certain independent members of our board of directors, all of which had been previously approved by our shareholders at our 2019 annual general meeting.

 

During 2020, the independent members of our board of directors will be eligible to receive cash compensation up to $100,000 each and to receive grants of equity awards in an amount up to $100,000 each, subject to the approval of our shareholders at our 2020 annual general meeting.

 

Members of our senior management who are members of our board of directors (Messrs. Migoya, Umaran and Englebienne) will not receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors, but have received and will continue receiving cash compensation and share based compensation for their services as executive officers. See “— Compensation of Board of Directors and Senior Management.”

 

127

 

 

Benefits upon Termination of Employment

 

Neither we nor our subsidiaries maintain any directors’ service contracts providing for benefits upon termination of service. On December 27, 2012, we entered into noncompetition agreements with our founders. Under such agreements, the founders agreed that during their employment with our company, and for a period of two years from the termination of such employment, they will not directly or indirectly perform any kind of activity or provide any service in other companies that provide the same kinds of services as those provided by us. In consideration of these noncompetition covenants, the founders will receive compensation equal to 24 times the highest monthly compensation paid to them during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of termination of their employment. This compensation will be paid in two equal installments.

 

In 2016, our compensation committee approved an amendment to Martín Migoya’s noncompetition agreement to increase his compensation to 36 times the highest monthly compensation paid to him during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of termination of his employment. In addition, our compensation committee approved an amendment each founder’s noncompetition agreement so that the compensation calculation will include the proportional amount of any variable annual cash compensation payable to each founder, at target amounts, and that each founder will be entitled to receive continued health coverage and life insurance after the termination of their employment and for a period of 36 months in the case of Martín Migoya and of 24 months in the case of Messrs Umaran, Englebienne and Nocetti.

 

In addition, our compensation committee approved the execution of a noncompetition agreement with Mr. Marsicovetere, our former Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Scannapieco and Ms. Pomies, under substantially similar terms and conditions to those applicable to those of Messrs. Umaran, Englebienne and Nocetti.

 

Pension, Retirement or Similar Benefits

 

We do not pay or set aside any amounts for pension, retirement or other similar benefits for our officers or directors.

 

C. Board Practices

 

Globant S.A. is managed by our board of directors which is vested with the broadest powers to take any actions necessary or useful to fulfill our corporate purpose with the exception of actions reserved by law or our articles of association to the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors must consist of at least seven members and no more than fifteen members. Our board of directors meets as often as company interests require.

 

A majority of the members of our board of directors present or represented at a board meeting constitutes a quorum, and resolutions are adopted by the simple majority vote of our board members present or represented. In the case of a tie, the chairman of our board shall have the deciding vote. Our board of directors may also make decisions by means of resolutions in writing signed by all directors.

 

Directors are elected by the general meeting of shareholders, and appointed for a period of up to four years; provided, however, that directors are elected on a staggered basis, with one-third of the directors being elected each year; and provided, further, that such term may be exceeded by a period up to the annual general meeting held following the fourth anniversary of the appointment, and each director will hold office until his or her successor is elected. The general shareholders’ meeting may remove one or more directors at any time, without cause and without prior notice by a resolution passed by simple majority vote. If our board of directors has a vacancy, such vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. Any director shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.

 

Within the limits provided for by law and our articles of association, our board of directors may delegate to one or more directors or to any one or more persons, who need not be shareholders, acting alone or jointly, the daily management of Globant S.A. and the authority to represent us in connection with such daily management. Our board of directors may also grant special powers to any person(s) acting alone or jointly with others as agent of Globant S.A.

 

128

 

 

 

Our board of directors may establish one or more committees, including without limitation, an audit committee, a corporate governance and nominating committee and a compensation committee, and for which it shall, if one or more of such committees are set up, appoint the members, determine the purpose, powers and authorities as well as the procedures and such other rules as may be applicable thereto.

 

No contract or other transaction between us and any other company or firm shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any one or more of our directors or officers is interested in, or is a director, associate, officer, agent, adviser or employee of such other company or firm. Any director or officer who serves as a director, officer or employee or otherwise of any company or firm with which we shall contract or otherwise engage in business shall not, by reason of such affiliation with such other company or firm only, be prevented from considering and voting or acting upon any matters with respect to such contract or other business.

 

Any director having an interest in a transaction submitted for approval to our board of directors that conflicts with our interest, must inform our board of directors thereof and to cause a record of his statement to be included in the minutes of the meeting. Such director may not take part in these deliberations and may not vote on the relevant transaction. At the next general meeting, before any resolution is put to a vote, a special report shall be made on any transactions in which any of the directors may have had an interest that conflicts with our interest.

 

No shareholding qualification for directors is required.

 

Any director and other officer, past and present, is entitled to indemnification from us to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such director in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he is involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a director. We may purchase and maintain insurance for any director or other officer against any such liability.

 

No indemnification shall be provided against any liability to our directors or executive officers by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of a director or officer. No indemnification will be provided with respect to any matter as to which the director or officer shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith and not in our interest, nor will indemnification be provided in the event of a settlement (unless approved by a court or our board of directors).

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

 

Audit Committee

 

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, our audit committee:

 

is responsible for the appointment, compensation and retention of our independent auditors and reviews and evaluates the auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance;

 

oversees our auditors’ audit work and reviews and pre-approves all audit and non-audit services that may be performed by them;

 

reviews and approves the planned scope of our annual audit;

 

monitors the rotation of partners of the independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;

 

reviews our financial statements and discusses with management and our independent auditors the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

 

reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates;

 

oversees the adequacy of our accounting and financial controls;

 

129

 

 

annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance;

 

reviews and approves related-party transactions; and

 

establishes and oversees procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters and oversees enforcement, compliance and remedial measures under our code of conduct.

 

The current members of our audit committee are Messrs. Rottenberg, Odeen and Vázquez, with Mr. Vázquez serving as the chairman of our audit committee and our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under applicable SEC rules. Each of Messrs. Vázquez, Rottenberg and Odeen satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE as well us under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

On May 13, 2014, our board of directors adopted a written charter for our audit committee, which is available on our website at http://www.globant.com.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our compensation committee reviews, recommends and approves policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and directors, administers our common shares option and benefit plans and reviews general policy relating to compensation and benefits. Duties of our compensation committee include:

 

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our directors, chief executive officer and other members of senior management;

 

evaluating the performance of the chief executive officer and other members of senior management in light of those goals and objectives;

 

based on this evaluation, determining and approving the compensation of the chief executive officer and other members of senior management;

 

administering the issuance of common shares options and other awards to members of senior management and directors under our compensation plans; and

 

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter.

 

The current members of our compensation committee are Mr. Vázquez, Odeen and Galperin, with Mr. Vázquez serving as chairman. Each of Messrs. Vázquez, Odeen and Galperin satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

 

Effective as of July 23, 2014, our board of directors adopted a written charter for our compensation committee, which is available on our website at http://www.globant.com.

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

 

Our corporate governance and nominating committee identifies individuals qualified to become directors; recommends to our board of directors director nominees for each election of directors; develops and recommends to our board of directors criteria for selecting qualified director candidates; considers committee member qualifications, appointment and removal; recommends corporate governance guidelines applicable to us; and provides oversight in the evaluation of our board of directors and each committee.

 

The current members of our corporate governance and nominating committee are Messrs. Galperin, Odeen and Vázquez, with Mr. Vázquez serving as chairman. Each of Messrs. Galperin, Vázquez and Odeen satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

 

Effective as of July 23, 2014, our board of directors adopted a written charter for our corporate governance and nominating committee, which is available on our website at www.globant.com.

 

130

 

 

D. Employees

 

Our Globers

 

People are one of our most valuable assets. Attracting and retaining the right employees is critical to the success of our business and is a key factor in our ability to meet our client’s needs and the growth of our client and revenue base.

 

As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, on a consolidated basis, we had 11,855, 8,384 and 6,753 employees, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had 230 Globers, principally at our delivery centers in Rosario, City of Buenos Aires and Mendoza, in Argentina, covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the trade union Federación Argentina de Empleados de Comercio y Servicios ("FAECYS"), which is renewed on an annual basis. Out of these 230 Globers, 188 were added as part of the Belatrix acquisition. In addition, the Globers from our Brazilian payroll are affiliated with the trade union SINDPD-SP, the Globers from our Spanish payroll are affiliated with the trade unions UGT y CCOO - Oficinas y Despachos de la Comunidad de Madrid, and the Globers from our French payroll are affiliated to the trade union Fédération Syntec.

 

The following tables show our total number of full-time employees as of December 31, 2019 broken down by functional area and geographical location:

 

    Number of
employees
 
Technology     9,950  
Operations     1,071  
Sales and Marketing     125  
Management and administration     709  
Total     11,855  

 

    Number of
employees
 
Argentina     3,551  
Brazil     186  
Colombia     3,165  
Chile     446  
United Kingdom     56  
Uruguay     494  
United States     602  
Mexico     1,298  
Peru     557  
India     1,185  
Spain     99  
Belarus     106  
Romania     98  
France     4  
Canada     7  
Luxembourg     1  
Total     11,855  

 

In 2007, we commenced shifting from a Buenos Aires-centric delivery model to a distributed organization with locations across Argentina, Latin America, Asia, and elsewhere. We believe that decentralizing our workforce and delivery centers improves our access to talent and could mitigate the impact of IT professionals’ attrition on our business. Additionally, we provide employees with more choices of where to work, which improves satisfaction and helps us retain our Globers. We continue to draw talent primarily from Latin America and Asia’s abundant skilled talent base.

 

131

 

 

We believe our relations with our employees are good and we have not experienced any significant labor disputes or work stoppages.

 

Recruitment and Retention

 

We have a global presence with delivery centers in North America, Latin America, Europe, and Asia. Our de-centralization strategy allows us to expand and diversify our sources of talent in our development centers all over the world.

 

Our offices are located near regional academic and engineering hubs to facilitate our access to a growing talent base. In the case of Latin America, certain of the top universities from the region are located in cities where we have delivery centers with large operations. We work closely with those colleges, as well as non-governmental organizations, tech clusters and professional organizations to nurture the technological ecosystem and create opportunities for growth for both Globant and our current and prospective Globers, through meetups, conferences, bootcamps and recruiting events.

 

We seek employees who are motivated to be part of a leading company that uses the latest technologies in the digital and cognitive field to transform organizations in every aspect.

 

Of our employee base, approximately 74% of our Globers have obtained a university degree and 23% are undergoing university-level studies while they are employed by our company. Approximately 2.3% have obtained a postgraduate level degree, and many have specialized industry credentials or licensing, including in systems engineering, electronic engineering, computer science, information systems administration, business administration and graphic and web design.

 

Since our inception, we believe we have become a unique player for talent in the countries where we have operations. Our culture is the foundation that supports and facilitates our distinctive approach.

 

This culture can be best described as entrepreneurial, flexible, diverse and inclusive. Diversity and Inclusion are key to our business. Technology requires us to innovate constantly, and there is no way to innovate if we do not connect different points of view. This is why we strive to find talent in diverse places and walks of life, and why we launched several initiatives to strengthen our diversity.

 

Globant was named a Best Company for Women, Culture and Diversity in 2019 and 2018, and listed as one of the top 25 best companies for diversity in 2017 by Comparably.com.

 

Employee retention is one of our main priorities and a key driver of operational efficiency and productivity. We seek to retain top talent by providing the opportunity to work on cutting-edge projects for world-class clients, a flexible work environment, training and development programs, and non-traditional benefits. The total attrition rate among our Globers was 14.6%, 18.2% and 18.0% for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

We empower our Globers to take ownership over their careers, and offer the following five professional development dimensions:

 

Geocultural diversity: We encourage our Globers to work wherever they want and embrace cultural exchanges. We have more than 37 offices in 12 countries, in LATAM, United States, Europe and India with open positions and relocation opportunities.

 

Technology: Our studios consolidate expertise around a variety of emerging technologies where our Globers can develop, explore and learn.

 

Industry expertise: We work with many clients within a different industries, which enables our Globers to develop their career with an industry focus within a given account or on multiple accounts of their industry of choice.

 

132

 

 

Multiple industries: We have more than 800 clients spanning several different industries. Our Globers may pursue industry agnostic career paths or switch to different industries of focus.

 

Open positions: Globers can navigate their career paths within our company by gaining seniority or moving internally into other roles in different areas of expertise.

 

Training and Development

 

We dedicate significant resources to the development and professional growth of our employees through learning experiences, career plans, mentoring, talent assessment, succession planning and performance management.

 

In 2015, Globant Academy was launched. Globant Academy is a continuous training program in which all of our training efforts are consolidated and formalized within four distinct schools (Technology, Leadership, Corporate and Languages).

 

The Technology School was created to promote science, technology, engineering, software development and design. The Leadership School is for self-development, which facilitates training on social skills in order to become a successful leader. The Corporate School was created to educate our employees about agile methodologies, our internal processes and procedures. The Language School is to support learning and practicing the most popular languages in the industry.

 

Depending on the requirements of the particular program, we employ various training methodologies such as e-learning, virtual learning, face-to-face and blended learning.

 

We also use specific programs to recruit, train and develop our employees. Bootcamps is a program to select, train and hire talented employees. U-Grow is a program to educate university students about technologies, processes and methodologies while they intern with us. This program also serves as a recruitment source of junior-level employees. Acamica is an e-learning platform to provide technical training through in-person courses and videos.

 

One of our main focuses is to provide transparency and enable our employees to enhance their professional development within our organization. As part of our efforts to accomplish these objectives, we host an ongoing program called “Keep your Career Moving".

 

For our leaders, we offer a Leadership Community, in which leaders can find relevant information for their roles and obtain training through various offerings, including specific onboardings, knowledge sharing sessions and various resource materials. During 2018, we launched “LeAP” (Leadership Accelerator Program), which aims to help foster our leaders’ development and strengthen their management skills by giving them all the essential tools to leap ahead in their careers.

 

Through our Learning Community, we give our trainers and our learning content developers a space to share experiences, connect with others with the same interests and provide the resources to have the best learning experiences at Globant.

 

Compensation

 

We offer our Globers a compensation package consisting of base salary, short term incentives, long term incentives (for certain eligible positions) and fringe benefits. The variable component of our compensation package is intended to strengthen our values and culture, foster employee improvement and development, and align with our business strategy to pay for performance and development. Based on the Glober's position, bonus payments under the short term incentive plan are contingent on the accomplishment of key metrics, such as performance results, manager feedback and Globant's results. For key employees, we offer a long term incentive program in the form of share based compensation.

 

We offer several benefits including subsidized company trips, extended maternity and paternity leaves, health plans for Globers (and in some countries, for the Glober's family), yoga, relaxation and massage sessions, and corporate discount programs at certain universities and gyms, among others.

 

133

 

 

E. Share Ownership

 

Share Ownership

 

The total number of shares of the company beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers, as of the date of this annual report, was 1,104,989 (includes common shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days of February 13, 2020 as well as common shares issuable upon settlement of restricted stock units that have vested or will vest within 60 days of February 13, 2020 ), which represents 2.95% of the total shares of the company. See table in “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders.”

 

Share Options

 

See “— Compensation — Compensation of Board of Directors and Senior Management — 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.”

 

134

 

 

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A. Major Shareholders

 

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common shares as of February 13, 2020, by:

 

each of our directors and members of senior management individually;

 

all directors and members of senior management as a group; and

 

each shareholder whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our common shares.

 

As of February 13, 2020, we had 37,147,756 issued and outstanding common shares. Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof, to receive the economic benefit of ownership of the securities, or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common shares subject to options, restricted stock units, warrants or other convertible or exercisable securities that are currently convertible or exercisable or convertible or exercisable within 60 days of February 13, 2020 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such securities. Common shares issuable pursuant to share options or warrants are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such options or warrants but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our common shares. As of February 13, 2020, we had 142 holders of record in the United States with approximately 95.52% of our issued and outstanding common shares.

 

    Number     Percent  
Directors and Senior Management                
Francisco Álvarez-Demalde (1)     20,250       *  
Gustavo Barreiro (2)     57,503       *  
Yanina Maria Conti (3)     750       *  
Guibert Andres Englebienne (4)     381,644       1.02 %
Marcos Galperin           *  
Richard Haythornthwaite
          *  
Mercedes María MacPherson (5)     1,750       *  
Martín Migoya (6)     234,591       *  
Sol Mariel Noello (7)     7,000       *  
Philip A. Odeen           *  
Patricia Pomies (8)     23,125       *  
Linda Rottenberg           *  
Martín Gonzalo Umaran (9)
    360,440       *  
Juan Ignacio Urthiague           *  
Mario Vazquez     436       *  
Wanda Weigert (10)
    17,500       *  
All Directors and Senior Management as a group     1,104,989       2.97 %
*Less than 1%                
5% or More Shareholders:                
GIC Private Limited (11)     2,959,167       7.97 %
Morgan Stanley (12)
    2,915,562       7.85 %
Wasatch Advisors, Inc. (13)
    2,389,888       6.43 %

 

135

 

 

(1) Includes 20,250 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of restricted stock units, as applicable.

 

(2) Includes 21,250 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of restricted stock units, as applicable.

 

(3) Includes 750 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of restricted stock units, as applicable.

 

(4) Includes 107,500 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of restricted stock units, as applicable, and 177,166 common shares held by a revocable trust formed under Wyoming law (the “Revocable Englebienne Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Englebienne that was established for the benefit of Mr. Englebienne, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust transferred its Revocable Englebienne Trust Shares to a BVI company wholly owned by the trust. Angerona Trust Company LLC acts as the independent trustee of the trust. Angerona Group Administration Limited is the sole director of the BVI company and holds voting and dispositive power over the 177,166 common shares held by such company.

 

(5) Includes 1,750 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of restricted stock units, as applicable.

 

(6) Includes 65,000 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of restricted stock units, as applicable, and 147,040 common shares held by a revocable trust formed under Wyoming law (the “Revocable Migoya Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Migoya that was established for the benefit of Mr. Migoya, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust transferred its Revocable Migoya Trust Shares to a BVI company wholly owned by the trust. Angerona Trust Company LLC acts as the independent trustee of the trust. Angerona Group Administration Limited is the sole director of the BVI company and holds voting and dispositive power over the 147,040 common shares held by such company.

 

(7) Includes 6,000 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of restricted stock units, as applicable.

 

(8) Includes 23,125 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of restricted stock units, as applicable.

 

(9) Includes 22,500 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of restricted stock units, as applicable, and 259,241 common shares held by a revocable trust formed under Wyoming law (the “Revocable Umaran Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Umaran that was established for the benefit of Mr. Umaran, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust transferred its Revocable Umaran Trust Shares to a BVI company wholly owned by the trust. Angerona Trust Company LLC acts as the independent trustee of the trust. Angerona Group Administration Limited is the sole director of the BVI company and holds voting and dispositive power over the 259,241 common shares held by such company.

 

(10) Includes 17,500 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of restricted stock units, as applicable.

 

(11) Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2020. GIC Private Limited beneficially owns 2,959,167 of our common shares, has sole dispositive power with respect to 2,362,868 of such shares and has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 596,299 of such shares. The address of GIC Private Limited’s principal business office is 168 Robinson Road, #37-01, Capital Tower, Singapore 068912.

 

(12) Based on a Schedule 13G filed jointly by Morgan Stanley, Morgan Stanley Asia Limited and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. (“MSIM”) with the SEC on February 14, 2020. Morgan Stanley beneficially owns 2,915,562 of our common shares, has shared voting power with respect to 1,764,112 shares and has shared dispositive power with respect to all 2,915,562 shares. Morgan Stanley Asia Limited beneficially owns 2,108,502 of our common shares, has shared voting power with respect to 1,030,297 shares and has shared dispositive power with respect to all 2,108,502 shares. MSIM beneficially owns 805,323 of our common shares, has shared voting power with respect to 733,815 shares and has shared dispositive power with respect to all 805,323 shares. The securities are being reported upon by Morgan Stanley, Morgan Stanley Asia Limited and MSIM, in their capacity as an investment adviser in accordance with Rule 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E), as a parent holding company or control person in accordance with Rule 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(G), and as a non-U.S. institution in accordance with section 240.13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(J), of the Exchange Act. The securities being reported on by Morgan Stanley as a parent holding company are owned, or may be deemed to be beneficially owned, by Morgan Stanley Asia Limited and MSIM, wholly-owned subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley. The address of the principal business office of Morgan Stanley and MSIM is 1585 Broadway New York, NY 10036. The address of the principal business office of Morgan Stanley Asia Limited is Level 46 International Commerce Centre 1 Austin Road West, Kowloon. .

 

136

 

 

(13) Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 10, 2020. Wasatch Advisors, Inc beneficially owns 2,389,888 of our common shares and has sole and dispositive power with respect to all of such shares. The address of Wasatch Advisors, Inc.'s principal business office is 505 Wakara Way, Salt Lake City, UT 84108.

 

137

 

 

B. Related Party Transactions

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

On July 23, 2014, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Messrs. Migoya, Umaran, Englebienne and Nocetti (collectively, the "Founders"), Kajur International S.A. ("Kajur"), Mifery S.A. ("Mifery"), Gudmy S.A. ("Gudmy"), Noltur S.A. ("Noltur"), Etmyl S.A. ("Etmyl"), Ewerzy S.A. ("Ewerzy"), Fudmy Corporation S.A. ("Fudmy"), Gylcer International S.A. (together with Kajur, Mifery, Gudmy, Noltur, Etmyl, Ewerzy and Fudmy, the "Uruguayan Entities"), Paldwick S.A., Riverwood Capital LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners L.P. and Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) (collectively, the "Riverwood Entities") and the FTV Partnerships and WPP (collectively, the "Registration Rights Holders") and Endeavor Global, Inc. and Endeavor Catalyst Inc. The registration rights agreement replaced the registration rights granted under the Shareholders Agreement and WPP's joinder agreement. Under the registration rights agreement, we are responsible, subject to certain exceptions, for the expenses of any offering of our common shares held by the Registration Rights Holders other than underwriting fees, discounts and selling commissions. Additionally, under the registration rights agreement we may not grant superior registration rights to any other person without the consent of the Registration Rights Holders. The registration rights agreement contains customary indemnification provisions.

 

Demand Registration Rights

 

Under the registration rights agreement each of (i) the Riverwood Entities (acting as a group), (ii) the FTV Partnerships (acting as a group), (iii) WPP and (iv) the Founders and the Uruguayan Entities (acting as a group) and any two of (i) the Riverwood Entities, (ii) the FTV Partnerships, (iii) WPP and (iv) the Founders and the Uruguayan Entities (acting as a group) may require us to effect a registration under the Securities Act for the sale of their common shares of our company. We are therefore obliged to effect up to five such demand registrations in total with respect to the common shares owned by such shareholders. However, we are not obliged to effect any such registration when (1) the request for registration does not cover that number of common shares with an anticipated gross offering price of at least $10.0 million, or (2) the amount of common shares to be sold in such registration represents more than 15% of our share capital. If we have been advised by legal counsel that such registration would require a special audit or the disclosure of a material impending transaction or other matter and our board of directors determines reasonably and in good faith that such disclosure would have a material adverse effect on us, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days. We will not be required to effect a demand registration if we intend to effect a primary registration of our securities within 60 days of receiving notice of a demand registration, provided that we file such intended registration statement within the 60-day period. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning with the date of filing of, and ending 120 days following the completion of, a primary registered offering of our securities, except if any of the Registration Rights Holders had requested “piggyback” registration rights in connection with such offering. In any such demand registration, the managing underwriter will be selected by the majority of the shareholders exercising the demand.

 

In February 2015, we received a demand request from the Riverwood Entities and the FTV Partnerships. In April 2015 we closed a secondary public offering of our common shares through which they and certain selling shareholders sold 3,994,390 common shares. Subsequently, in June 2015, we received a second demand request from Riverwood Entities. In July 2015, we closed the second secondary public offering of our common shares through which they and certain other selling shareholders sold 4,025,000 common shares.

 

In May 2018, we received a demand request from WPP and, in June 2018, we closed a secondary public offering through which WPP sold 6,687,548 common shares.

 

Shelf Registration Rights

 

We will use commercially reasonable efforts to remain qualified to register securities pursuant to Form F-3, and each Registration Rights Holder may make one written request that we register the offer and sale of their common shares on a shelf registration statement on Form F-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form F-3 so long as the request covers at least that number of common shares with an anticipated aggregate offering sale of at least $5,000,000.

 

138

 

 

Piggyback Registration Rights

 

If we propose to register for sale to the public any of our securities, in connection with the public offering of such securities, the Registration Rights Holders will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights in connection with such public offering, allowing them to include their common shares in such registration, subject to certain limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a registration related to a company equity incentive plan and (2) a registration related to the exchange of securities in certain corporate reorganizations or certain other transactions or in other instances where a form is not available for registering securities for sale to the public, the Registration Rights Holders will be entitled to written notice of the registration and will have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of common shares included in the registration, to include their common shares in the registration.

 

Termination

 

As to each party to the Registration Rights Agreement, the rights of such party thereunder terminate upon the earlier to occur of the fifth anniversary of the date of the agreement or the date upon which the percentage of our total outstanding common shares held by such party ceases to be at least one percent.

 

Tag-Along Agreement

 

On July 23, 2014, the Founders, the Uruguayan Entities, Paldwick S.A., the Riverwood Entities, the FTV Partnerships, Endeavor Global, Inc. and Endeavor Catalyst Inc. (collectively, the “Selling Shareholders”) entered into a tag-along agreement. Under the Tag-Along Agreement, if, during the four years immediately following the date our registration statement filed with the SEC was declared effective, any of the Selling Shareholders proposes to make a transfer of our shares to any other Selling Shareholder or WPP, each of (i) the Founders and the Uruguayan Entities (individually and/or acting as a group, (ii) the RW Entities (individually and/or acting as a group), (iii) the FTV Partnerships (individually and/or acting as a group), and (v) Endeavor, shall have the right to participate in such sale with respect to any shares held by them on a pro rata basis, and on the same terms and conditions and the same total consideration, as those offered to the corresponding Selling Shareholder in the applicable transfer.

 

Other Related-Party Transactions

 

For a summary of our revenue and expenses and receivables and payables with related parties, please see note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

Procedures for Related Party Transactions

 

On July 23, 2014, we adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics for our company, which is publicly available on our website at www.globant.com. Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees, officers and directors are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our corporate counsel who then will review and summarize the proposed transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee is required to then approve any related-party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee is required to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

 

On November 5, 2015, we adopted a related party transactions policy. This policy indicates, based on certain specific parameters, which transactions should be submitted for approval by either our Audit Committee or our general counsel.

 

139

 

 

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A. Consolidated statements and other financial information.

 

We have included the Consolidated Financial Statements as part of this annual report. See Item 18, "Financial Statements."

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We may be involved in litigation in the normal course of our business, both as a defendant and as a plaintiff. In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to certain contingent liabilities with respect a variety of potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings, including claims related to patent infringement, purported class actions, tax and labor lawsuits and other claims. In particular, in the software and technology industries, other companies own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently engage in litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have received and may continue to receive assertions and claims that our services infringe on these patents or other intellectual property rights. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — If we incur any liability for a violation of the intellectual property rights of others, our reputation, business, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected.” In such cases litigation may be necessary to determine the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. However, given that litigation could be costly and time-consuming and could divert the attention of management and key personnel from our business operations, we may elect to settle these claims from time to time. We accrue liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such cost can be reasonably estimated.

 

Certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are currently under examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") regarding payroll and employment taxes primarily in connection with services performed by employees of certain of our subsidiaries in the United States from 2013 to 2015. On May 1, 2018, the IRS issued 30-day letters to those subsidiaries proposing total assessments of $1.4 million plus penalties and interest for employment taxes for those years. Our subsidiaries filed protests of these proposed assessments with the IRS on July 16, 2018. As of February 28, 2020 we have not received and answer. At this stage, the management cannot make any predictions about the final outcome of this matter or the timing thereof.

 

Our Colombian subsidiary is currently under examination by the Unidad de Gestión Pensional y Parafiscales ("UGPP") regarding social contribution payments for the year 2016. On November 6, 2019, the UGPP issued a demand letter to the Colombian subsidiary proposing a preliminary assessment of $2.1 million plus penalties and interest for social contribution payments during such year and requesting the Colombian subsidiary to revert with its own assessment. The response letter was presented by the Colombian subsidiary on February 5, 2020, after which letter the UGPP will have six months to issue its final determination.

 

On August 8, 2019, Certified Collectibles Group, LLC (“CCG”) and its affiliates filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division, (Civil Action No. 19-CV-1962) against Globant S.A. and Globant, LLC. The complaint, arising from a dispute relating to a service contract, alleges nine causes of action against Globant, LLC: (1) fraudulent inducement of contract; (2) fraud; (3) fraudulent concealment; (4) negligent misrepresentation; (5) breach of contract and breach of express warranty; (6) violation of Florida’s Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act; (7) professional negligence; (8) declaratory judgment; and (9) unjust enrichment. The complaint names Globant S.A. as a defendant with respect to several of these causes of action (counts 2-4, 6-7, and 9), on the alleged theory that Globant S.A. was an “alter ego” or agent of Globant, LLC. Globant, LLC has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for failure to state a claim, and Globant S.A. has filed a motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction. CCG has opposed these filings. The court has not yet ruled on the motions to dismiss.

  

140

 

 

In addition to the foregoing, as of December 31, 2019, we are a party to certain other legal proceedings, including tax and labor claims, where the risk of loss is considered possible. In the opinion of our management, the ultimate disposition of such threatened and/or pending matters, either individually or on a combined basis, is not likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of our net income per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of our issued share capital. If the legal reserve subsequently falls below the 10% threshold, 5% of net income again must be allocated toward the reserve until such reserve returns to the 10% threshold. If the legal reserve exceeds 10% of our issued share capital, the legal reserve may be reduced. The legal reserve is not available for distribution.

 

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than direct and indirect ownership of our operating and non-operating subsidiaries. If we were to distribute a dividend at some point in the future, we would cause the operating subsidiaries to make distributions in an amount sufficient to cover any such dividends.

 

B. Significant Changes

 

On February 6, 2020, Globant, LLC, our US subsidiary (the "Borrower"), entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”), by and among certain financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. Under the Second A&R Credit Agreement, which amends and restates the existing A&R Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2018, the Borrower may borrow (i) up to $100 million in up to four borrowings on or prior to August 6, 2021 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to $250 million under a revolving credit facility. In addition, the Borrower may request increases of the maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100 million. The maturity date of each of the facilities is February 5, 2025. Pursuant to the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, interest on the loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to either (i) LIBOR plus 1.50%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 1.75%, determined based on the Borrower’s Maximum Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement). The Borrower’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of the Borrower’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The Second A&R Credit Agreement also contains certain customary negative and affirmative covenants, which compliance may limit our flexibility in operating our business and our ability to take actions that might be advantageous to us and our shareholders.

 

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A. Offering and listing details.

 

Our ordinary shares began trading on the NYSE under the symbol "GLOB" in connection with our IPO on July 18, 2014.

 

Our ordinary shares began trading on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (the "LuxSE") under the International Securities Identification Number ("ISIN") code "LU0974299876" on August 11, 2016. On July 8, 2019, the LuxSE communicated its approval of our request to voluntarily delist our common shares from the Official List of the LuxSE, effective as of July 31, 2019. Following the LuxSE delisting, our common shares continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “GLOB”.

 

B. Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

141

 

 

C. Markets

 

Our ordinary shares began trading on the NYSE under the symbol "GLOB" in connection with our IPO on July 18, 2014. See "The Offer and Listing - Offering and Listing Details."

 

D. Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E. Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

 

A. Share capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

The following is a summary of some of the terms of our common shares, based on our articles of association.

 

The following summary is not complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of our articles of association, as amended, which were included as an exhibit to our report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on June 1, 2016, and applicable Luxembourg law, including Luxembourg Corporate Law.

 

General

 

We are a Luxembourg joint stock company (société anonyme) and our legal name is "Globant S.A." We were incorporated on December 10, 2012. We are registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under number B 173 727 and have our registered office at 37A Avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

Share Capital

 

As of December 31, 2019, our issued share capital was $44,522,125.20, represented by 37,101,771 common shares with a nominal value of $1.20 each, of which 138,152 were treasury shares held by us.

 

We had an authorized share capital, excluding the issued share capital, of $6,357,679.20 consisting of 5,298,066 common shares with a nominal value of $1.20 each.

 

Our shareholders' meeting has authorized our board of directors to issue common shares within the limits of the authorized share capital at such time and on such terms as our board of directors may decide during a period ending on the fifth anniversary of the date of publication in Recueil Electronique des Sociétés et Associations ("RESA") of the minutes of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on May 8, 2017, which publication occurred on May 19, 2017, and which period ends on May 19, 2022 and may be renewed. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2019, our board of directors may issue up to 5,298,066 common shares until such date. We currently intend to seek renewals and/or extensions as required from time to time.

 

142

 

 

Our authorized share capital is determined by our articles of association, as amended from time to time, and may be increased or reduced by amending the articles of association by approval of the requisite two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders' meeting. Under Luxembourg law, our shareholders have no obligation to provide further capital to us.

 

Under Luxembourg law, our shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance of common shares for cash consideration. However, our shareholders have, in accordance with Luxembourg law authorized our board of directors to waive, suppress or limit, any pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders provided by law to the extent our board of directors deems such waiver, suppression or limitation advisable for any issue or issues of common shares within the scope of our authorized share capital. Such common shares may be issued above, at or below market value as well as above, at or below nominal value by way of incorporation of available reserves (including premium).

 

Form and Transfer of Common Shares

 

Our common shares are issued in registered form only and are freely transferable under Luxembourg law and our articles of association. Luxembourg law does not impose any limitations on the rights of Luxembourg or non-Luxembourg residents to hold or vote our common shares.

 

Under Luxembourg law, the ownership of registered shares is established by the inscription of the name of the shareholder and the number of shares held by him or her in the shareholder register. Transfers of common shares not deposited into securities accounts are effective towards us and third parties either through the recording of a declaration of transfer into the shareholders' register, signed and dated by the transferor and the transferee or their representatives or by us, upon notification of the transfer to, or upon the acceptance of the transfer by, us. Should the transfer of common shares not be recorded accordingly, the shareholder is entitled to enforce his or her rights by initiating the relevant proceedings before the competent courts of Luxembourg.

 

In addition, our articles of association provide that our common shares may be held through a securities settlement system or a professional depositary of securities. The depositor of common shares held in such manner has the same rights and obligations as if such depositor held the common shares directly. Common shares held through a securities settlement system or a professional depositary of securities may be transferred from one account to another in accordance with customary procedures for the transfer of securities in book-entry form. However, we will make dividend payments (if any) and any other payments in cash, common shares or other securities (if any) only to the securities settlement system or the depositary recorded in the shareholders’ register or in accordance with its instructions.

 

Issuance of Common Shares

 

Pursuant to Luxembourg Corporate Law, the issuance of common shares requires the amendment of our articles of association by the approval of two-thirds of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders' meeting; provided. however, that the general meeting may approve an authorized share capital and authorize our board of directors to issue common shares up to the maximum amount of such authorized unissued share capital for a five year period beginning either on the date of the relevant general meeting or the date of publication in the RESA of the minutes of the relevant general meeting approving such authorization. The general meeting may amend or renew such authorized share capital and such authorization of our board of directors to issue common shares.

 

As of December 31, 2019 we had an authorized share capital, excluding the issued share capital, of $6,357,679.20 and our board of directors was authorized to issue up to 5,298,066 common shares (subject to stock splits, consolidation of common shares or like transactions) with a nominal value of $1.20 per common share.

 

143

 

 

 

Our articles of association provide that no fractional shares shall be issued or exist.

 

Pre-emptive Rights

 

Unless limited, waived or cancelled by our board of directors in the context of the authorized share capital or pursuant to a decision of an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders pursuant to the provisions of the articles of association relating to amendments thereof, holders of our common shares have a pro rata pre-emptive right to subscribe for any new common shares issued for cash consideration. Our articles of association provide that pre-emptive rights can be waived, suppressed or limited by our board of directors for a period ending on the fifth anniversary of the date of publication in the RESA of the minutes of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on May 8, 2017, which publication occurred on May 19, 2017 and which period ends on May 19, 2022, in the event of an increase of the issued share capital by our board of directors within the limits of the authorized share capital.

 

Repurchase of Common Shares

 

We cannot subscribe for our own common shares. We may, however, repurchase issued common shares or have another person repurchase issued common shares for our account, subject to the following conditions:

 

the repurchase complies with the principle of equal treatment of all shareholders, except in the event such repurchase was the result of the unanimous decision of a general meeting at which all shareholders were present or represented (in addition, listed companies may repurchase their own shares on the stock exchange without an offer to repurchase having to be made to the shareholders);

 

prior authorization by a simple majority vote at an ordinary general meeting of shareholders is granted, which authorization sets forth the terms and conditions of the proposed repurchase, including the maximum number of common shares to be repurchased, the duration of the period for which the authorization is given (which may not exceed five years) and, in the case of a repurchase for consideration, the minimum and maximum consideration per common share;

 

the repurchase does not reduce our net assets (on a non-consolidated basis) to a level below the aggregate of the issued share capital and the reserves that we must maintain pursuant to Luxembourg law or our articles of association; and

 

only fully paid-up common shares are repurchased.

 

No prior authorization by our shareholders is required for us to repurchase our own common shares if:

 

we are in imminent and severe danger, in which case our board of directors must inform the general meeting of shareholders held subsequent to the repurchase of common shares of the reasons for, and aim of such repurchase, the number and nominal value of the common shares repurchased, the fraction of the share capital such repurchased common shares represented and the consideration paid for such shares; or

 

the common shares are repurchased by us or by a person acting for our account in view of a distribution of the common shares to our employees.

 

On May 31, 2019, the general meeting of shareholders according to the conditions set forth in article 430-15 of Luxembourg Corporate Law granted our board of directors the authorization to repurchase up to a maximum number of shares representing 20% of the issued share capital immediately after the closing of our initial public offering for a net purchase price being (i) no less than 50% of the lowest stock price and (ii) no more than 50% above the highest stock price, in each case being the closing price, as reported by the New York City edition of the Wall Street Journal, or, if not reported therein, any other authoritative sources to be selected by our board of directors, over the ten trading days preceding the date of the purchase (or the date of the commitment to the transaction). The authorization is valid for a period ending five years from the date of the general meeting or the date of its renewal by a subsequent general meeting of shareholders. Pursuant to such authorization, our board of directors is authorized to acquire and sell our common shares under the conditions set forth in the minutes of such general meeting of shareholders. Such purchases and sales may be carried out for any purpose authorized by the general meeting of Globant S.A.

 

144

 

 

Capital Reduction

 

Our articles of association provide that our issued share capital may be reduced by a resolution adopted by a two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders' meeting. If the reduction of capital results in the capital being reduced below the legally prescribed minimum, the general meeting of the shareholders must, at the same time, resolve to increase the capital up to the required level.

 

General Meeting of Shareholders

 

Any regularly constituted general meeting of our shareholders represents the entire body of shareholders.

 

Each of our common shares entitles the holder thereof to attend our general meeting of shareholders, either in person or by proxy, to address the general meeting of shareholders and to exercise voting rights, subject to the provisions of Luxembourg law and our articles of association. Each common share entitles the holder to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors shall adopt as it deems fit all other regulations and rules concerning the attendance to the general meeting.

 

A general meeting of our shareholders may, at any time, be convened by our board of directors, to be held at such place and on such date as specified in the convening notice of such meeting. Our articles of association and Luxembourg law provide that a general meeting of shareholders must be convened by our board of directors, upon request in writing indicating the agenda, addressed to our board of directors by one or more shareholders representing at least 10% of our issued share capital. In such case, a general meeting of shareholders must be convened and must be held within a period of one month from receipt of such request. One or more shareholders holding at least 5% of our issued share capital may request the addition of one or more items to the agenda of any general meeting of shareholders and propose resolutions. Such requests must be received at our registered office by registered mail at least 22 days before the date of such meeting.

 

Our articles of association provide that if our common shares are listed on a stock exchange, all shareholders recorded in any register of our shareholders are entitled to be admitted and vote at the general meeting of shareholders based on the number of shares they hold on a date and time preceding the general meeting of shareholders as the record date for admission to the general meeting of shareholders (the "Record Date"), which the board of directors may determine as specified in the convening notice. Furthermore, any shareholder, holder or depositary, as the case may be, who wishes to attend the general meeting must inform us thereof no later than on the fourteenth day preceding the date of such general meeting, or by any other date which the board of directors may determine and as specified in the convening notice, in a manner to be determined by our board of directors in the notice convening the general meeting of the shareholders. In the case of common shares held through the operator of a securities settlement system or with a depositary, or sub-depositary designated by such depositary, a shareholder wishing to attend a general meeting of shareholders should receive from such operator or depositary a certificate certifying the number of common shares recorded in the relevant account on the Record Date. The certificate should be submitted to us at our registered office no later than three business days prior to the date of such general meeting. In the event that the shareholder votes by means of a proxy, the proxy must be deposited at our registered office at the same time or with any of our agents, duly authorized to receive such proxies. Our board of directors may set a shorter period for the submission of the certificate or the proxy in which case this will be specified in the convening notice.

 

The convening of, and attendance to, our general meetings is subject to the provisions of the Luxembourg Corporate Law.

 

General meetings of shareholders shall be convened in accordance with the provisions of our articles of association and the Luxembourg Corporate Law and the requirement of any stock exchange on which our shares are listed. The Luxembourg Corporate Law provides -inter alia- that convening notices for every general meeting shall contain the agenda and shall take the form of announcements filed with the register of commerce and companies, published on the RESA, and published in a Luxembourg newspaper at least 15 days before the meeting. As all of our common shares are in registered form, we may decide to send the convening notice only by registered mail to the registered address of each shareholder no less than eight days before the meeting. In that case, the legal requirements regarding the publication of the convening notice in the RESA and in a Luxembourg newspaper do not apply.

 

145

 

 

In the event (i) an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders is convened to vote on an extraordinary resolution (See below under "Voting Rights" for additional information), (ii) such meeting is not quorate and (iii) a second meeting is convened, the second meeting will be convened as specified above.

 

Pursuant to our articles of association, if all shareholders are present or represented at a general meeting of shareholders and state that they have been informed of the agenda of the meeting, the general meeting of shareholders may be held without prior notice.

 

Our annual general meeting is held on the date set forth in the corresponding convening notice within six months of the end of each financial year at our registered office or such other place as specified in such convening notice.

 

Voting Rights

 

Each share entitles the holder thereof to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders.

 

Luxembourg law distinguishes between ordinary resolutions and extraordinary resolutions.

 

Extraordinary resolutions relate to proposed amendments to the articles of association and certain other limited matters. All other resolutions are ordinary resolutions.

 

Ordinary Resolutions. Pursuant to our articles of association and the Luxembourg Corporate Law, ordinary resolutions shall be adopted by a simple majority of votes validly cast on such resolution at a general meeting. Abstentions and nil votes will not be taken into account.

 

Extraordinary Resolutions. Extraordinary resolutions are required for any of the following matters, among others: (a) an increase or decrease of the authorized share capital or issued share capital, (b) a limitation or exclusion of preemptive rights, (c) approval of a merger (fusion) or de-merger (scission), (d) dissolution, (e) an amendment to our articles of association and (f) a change of nationality. Pursuant to Luxembourg law and our articles of association, for any extraordinary resolutions to be considered at a general meeting, the quorum must generally be at least 50% of our issued share capital. Any extraordinary resolution shall generally be adopted at a quorate general meeting upon a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution. In case such quorum is not reached, a second meeting may be convened by our board of directors in which no quorum is required, and which must generally still approve the amendment with two-thirds of the votes validly cast. Abstentions and nil votes will not be taken into account.

 

Appointment and Removal of Directors. Members of our board of directors are elected by ordinary resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. Under our articles of association, all directors are elected for a period of up to four years, provided, however, that our directors shall be elected on a staggered basis. Any director may be removed with or without cause and with or without prior notice by a simple majority vote at any general meeting of shareholders. The articles of association provide that, in case of a vacancy, our board of directors may fill such vacancy on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. The directors shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.

 

Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association contain any restrictions as to the voting of our common shares by non-Luxembourg residents.

 

Amendment to Articles of Association

 

Shareholder Approval Requirements. Luxembourg law requires that an amendment to our articles of association generally be made by extraordinary resolution. The agenda of the general meeting of shareholders must indicate the proposed amendments to the articles of association.

 

146

 

 

Pursuant to Luxembourg Corporate Law and our articles of association, for an extraordinary resolution to be considered at a general meeting, the quorum must generally be at least 50% of our issued share capital. Any extraordinary resolution shall be adopted at a quorate general meeting (save as otherwise required by law) upon a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution. If the quorum of 50% is not reached at this meeting, a second general meeting may be convened, in which no quorum is required, and may approve the resolution at a majority of two-third of votes validly cast.

 

Formalities. Any resolutions to amend the articles of association or to approve a merger, de-merger, change of nationality, dissolution or change of nationality must be taken before a Luxembourg notary and such amendments must be published in accordance with Luxembourg law.

 

Merger and Division

 

A merger by absorption whereby one Luxembourg company, after its dissolution without liquidation, transfers to another company all of its assets and liabilities in exchange for the issuance of common shares in the acquiring company to the shareholders of the company being acquired, or a merger effected by transfer of assets to a newly incorporated company, must, in principle, be approved at a general meeting of shareholders by an extraordinary resolution of the Luxembourg company, and the general meeting of shareholders must be held before a Luxembourg notary. Further conditions and formalities under Luxembourg law are to be complied with in this respect.

 

Liquidation

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets remaining after allowing for the payment of all liabilities will be paid out to the shareholders pro rata according to their respective shareholdings. Generally, the decisions to liquidate, dissolve or wind-up require the passing of an extraordinary resolution at a general meeting of our shareholders, and such meeting must be held before a Luxembourg notary.

 

Mandatory Bid, Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Rights

 

Mandatory bid. If our common shares are admitted to trading on a regulated market (within the meaning of Directive 2014/65/EU) within the territory of the European Economic Area (the "Regulated Market") the provisions of Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids shall apply in the context of any takeover in respect of the Company’s common shares.

 

As the common shares of the Company are currently not admitted to trading on any Regulated Market, the provisions of article 8 of our articles of association are applicable and provide that any person (the "Bidder") wishing to acquire by any means (including, but not limited to, the conversion of any financial instrument convertible into common shares), directly or indirectly, common shares of our Company (which, when aggregated with his/her/its existing common share holdings, together with any shares held by a person controlling the Bidder, controlled by the Bidder and/or under common control with the Bidder, represent at least thirty-three point thirty-three percent (33.33%) of the share capital of the Company (the "Threshold"), shall have the obligation to propose an unconditional takeover bid to acquire the entirety of the then-outstanding common shares together with any financial instrument convertible into common shares (the "Takeover Bid").

 

The consideration for each common share and financial instrument convertible into common shares payable to each holder thereof shall be the same, shall be payable in cash only, and shall not be lower than the highest of the following prices:

 

(a) the highest price per common shares and financial instrument convertible into common shares paid by the Bidder, or on behalf thereof, in relation to any acquisition of common shares and the financial instruments convertible into common shares within the twelve months period immediately preceding the takeover notice, adjusted as a consequence of any division of shares, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to common shares and/or the financial instruments convertible into common shares; or

 

(b) the highest closing sale price, during the sixty-day period immediately preceding the takeover notice, of a common share of our Company as quoted by the New York Stock Exchange, in each case as adjusted as a consequence of any division of shares, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to common shares and financial instrument convertible into common shares.

 

147

 

 

Squeeze-out right and sell out right. Because our common shares used to be admitted to trading in the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (“LuxSE”), currently we fall under the scope of the Luxembourg law of July 21, 2012 on mandatory squeeze-out and sell-out of securities of companies admitted or having been admitted to trading on a regulated market or which have been subject to a public offer (the "Luxembourg Mandatory Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Law"), which shall continue to be applicable to the Company for a period of five years from the date on which the request to voluntarily delist our common shares from the Official List of the LuxSE became effective (i.e. on July 31, 2019) provided that no new listing on a Regulated Market will occur between such period. The Luxembourg Mandatory Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Law provides that, subject to the conditions set forth therein being met, if any individual or legal entity, acting alone or in concert with another, holds a number of shares or other voting securities representing at least 95% of our voting share capital and 95% of our voting rights: (i) such holder may require the holders of the remaining shares or other voting securities to sell those remaining securities (the "Mandatory Squeeze-Out"); and (ii) the holders of the remaining shares or securities may require such holder to purchase those remaining shares or other voting securities (the "Mandatory Sell-Out"). The Mandatory Squeeze-Out and the Mandatory Sell-Out must be exercised at a fair price according to objective and adequate methods applying to asset disposals. The procedures applicable to the Mandatory Squeeze-Out and the Mandatory Sell-Out are subject to further conditions and must be carried out under the supervision of the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (the "CSSF"). The Takeover Law provides that, when an offer (mandatory or voluntary) is made to all of the holders of voting securities of our Company and after such offer the offeror holds at least 95% of the securities carrying voting rights and 95% of the voting rights, the offeror may require the holders of the remaining securities to sell those securities (of the same class) to the offeror. The price offered for such securities must be a fair price. The price offered in a voluntary offer would be considered a fair price in the squeeze-out proceedings if the offeror acquired at least 90% of our shares carrying voting rights that were the subject of the offer. The price paid in a mandatory offer is deemed a fair price. The consideration paid in the squeeze-out proceedings must take the same form as the consideration offered in the offer or consist solely of cash. Moreover, an all-cash option must be offered to the remaining shareholders. Finally, the right to initiate squeeze-out proceedings must be exercised within three months following the expiration of the offer.

 

No Appraisal Rights

 

Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association provide for any appraisal rights of dissenting shareholders.

 

Distributions

 

Subject to Luxembourg law, if and when a dividend is declared by the general meeting of shareholders or an interim dividend is declared by our board of directors, each common share is entitled to participate equally in such distribution of funds legally available for such purposes. Pursuant to our articles of association, our board of directors may pay interim dividends, subject to Luxembourg law.

 

Declared and unpaid distributions held by us for the account of the shareholders shall not bear interest. Under Luxembourg law, claims for unpaid distributions will lapse in our favor five years after the date such distribution became due and payable.

 

Any amount payable with respect to dividends and other distributions declared and payable may be freely transferred out of Luxembourg, except that any specific transfer may be prohibited or limited by anti-money laundering regulations, freezing orders or similar restrictive measures.

 

Annual Accounts

 

Under Luxembourg law, our board of directors must prepare annual accounts and consolidated accounts. Except for certain cases as provided for by Luxembourg law, our board of directors must also annually prepare management reports on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts. The annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, management reports and auditor's reports must be available for inspection by shareholders at our registered office and on our website for an uninterrupted period beginning at least eight calendar days prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

 

148

 

 

The annual accounts and consolidated accounts are audited by an approved statutory auditor (réviseur d'entreprises agréé).

 

The annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, will be filed with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés of Luxembourg) and disseminated as regulated information.

 

Information Rights

 

Luxembourg law gives shareholders limited rights to inspect certain corporate records prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders, including the annual accounts with the list of directors and auditors, the consolidated accounts, the notes to the annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, a list of shareholders whose common shares are not fully paid up, the management reports, the auditor's report and, in case of amendments to the articles of association, the text of the proposed amendments and the draft of the resulting consolidated articles of association.

 

In addition, any registered shareholder is entitled to receive, upon request, a copy of the annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, the auditor's reports and the management reports free of charge prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

 

Board of Directors

 

Globant S.A. is managed by our board of directors which is vested with the broadest powers to take any actions necessary or useful to fulfill our corporate purpose with the exception of actions reserved by law or our articles of association to the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors must consist of at least seven members and no more than fifteen members. Our board of directors meets as often as company interests require.

 

A majority of the members of our board of directors present or represented at a board meeting constitutes a quorum, and resolutions are adopted by the simple majority vote of our board members present or represented. In the case of a tie, the chairman of our board shall have the deciding vote. Our board of directors may also make decisions by means of resolutions in writing signed by all directors.

 

Directors are elected by the general meeting of shareholders, and appointed for a period of up to four years; provided, however, that directors are elected on a staggered basis, with one-third of the directors being elected each year; and provided, further, that such term may be exceeded by a period up to the annual general meeting held following the fourth anniversary of the appointment, and each director will hold office until his or her successor is elected. The general shareholders' meeting may remove one or more directors at any time, without cause and without prior notice by a resolution passed by simple majority vote. If our board of directors has a vacancy, such vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. Any director shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.

 

Within the limits provided for by applicable law and our articles of association, our board of directors may delegate to one or more directors or to any one or more persons, who need not be shareholders, acting alone or jointly, the daily management of Globant S.A. and the authority to represent us in connection with such daily management. Our board of directors may also grant special powers to any person(s) acting alone or jointly with others as agent of Globant S.A.

 

Our board of directors may establish one or more committees, including without limitation, an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee, and a compensation committee, and for which it shall, if one or more of such committees are set up, appoint the members, determine the purpose, powers and authorities as well as the procedures and such other rules as may be applicable thereto. Our board of directors has established an audit committee as well as a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

No contract or other transaction between us and any other company or firm shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any one or more of our directors or officers is interested in, or is a director, associate, officer, agent, adviser or employee of such other company or firm. Any director or officer who serves as a director, officer or employee or otherwise of any company or firm with which we shall contract or otherwise engage in business shall not, by reason of such affiliation with such other company or firm only, be prevented from considering and voting or acting upon any matters with respect to such contract or other business.

 

149

 

 

Any director who has, directly or indirectly, a conflicting interest in a transaction submitted for approval to our board of directors that conflicts with our interest, must inform our board of directors thereof and to cause a record of his statement to be included in the minutes of the meeting. Such director may not take part in these deliberations and may not vote on the relevant transaction. At the next general meeting, before any resolution is put to a vote, a special report shall be made on any transactions in which any of the directors may have had an interest that conflicts with our interest.

 

No shareholding qualification for directors is required.

 

Any director and other officer, past and present, is entitled to indemnification from us to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such director in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he or she is involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a director. We may purchase and maintain insurance for any director or other officer against any such liability.

 

No indemnification shall be provided against any liability to our directors or executive officers by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of a director or officer. No indemnification will be provided with respect to any matter as to which the director or officer shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith and not in our interest, nor will indemnification be provided in the event of a settlement (unless approved by a court or our board of directors).

 

Registrars and Registers for Our Common Shares

 

All of our common shares are in registered form only.

 

We keep a register of common shares at our registered office in Luxembourg. This register is available for inspection by any shareholder. In addition, we may appoint registrars in different jurisdictions who will each maintain a separate register for the registered common shares entered therein. It is possible for our shareholders to elect the entry of their common shares in one of these registers and the transfer thereof at any time from one register to any other, including to the register kept at our registered office. However, our board of directors may restrict such transfers for common shares that are registered, listed, quoted, dealt in or have been placed in certain jurisdictions in compliance with the requirements applicable therein.

 

Our articles of association provide that the ownership of registered common shares is established by inscription in the relevant register. We may consider the person in whose name the registered common shares are registered in the relevant register as the owner of such registered common shares.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, with an address at 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, New York, NY 11219.

 

Our common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol "GLOB".

  

C. Material Contracts

 

In November 2018, Globant LLC, our U.S. subsidiary (the “Borrower”) entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “A&R Credit Agreement”) with the financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender.

 

150

 

 

On February 6, 2020, the Borrower, entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”), by and among certain financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. Under the Second A&R Credit Agreement, which amends and restates the existing A&R Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2018, the Borrower may borrow (i) up to $100 million in up to four borrowings on or prior to August 6, 2021 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to $250 million under a revolving credit facility. In addition, the Borrower may request increases of the maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100 million. The maturity date of each of the facilities is February 5, 2025. Pursuant to the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, interest on the loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to either (i) LIBOR plus 1.50%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 1.75%, determined based on the Borrower’s Maximum Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement). The Borrower’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of the Borrower’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The Second A&R Credit Agreement also contains certain customary negative and affirmative covenants, which compliance may limit our flexibility in operating our business and our ability to take actions that might be advantageous to us and our shareholders.

  

On January 17, 2019, we entered into a share purchase agreement with the shareholders of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited, pursuant to which we agreed to purchase all of Avanxo’s share capital subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the share purchase agreement. Avanxo is a cloud consulting and implementation company headquartered in Bermuda, with operations in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Peru, Argentina and the United States. The transaction closed on February 1, 2019. The aggregate purchase price under the share purchase agreement amounted to $44.5 million.

 

On August 9, 2019, we entered into an equity purchase agreement with the equityholders of Belatrix Global Corporation S.A., a Spanish stock company, pursuant to which we purchased all of the outstanding equity interests in Belatrix and its subsidiaries. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Belatrix is a software and applications development company with operations in Argentina, Peru, Colombia and the United States. The aggregate purchase price under the SPA amounted to $64.5 million.

  

D. Exchange Controls

 

See "Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls."

  

E. Taxation

 

The following is a summary of the material Luxembourg and U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common shares. This summary is based upon Luxembourg tax laws and U.S. federal income tax laws (including the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, rulings, judicial decisions and administrative pronouncements), all currently in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or changes in wording or administrative or judicial interpretation occurring after the date hereof, possibly with retroactive effect. To the extent that the following discussion relates to matters of Luxembourg tax law, it represents the opinion of Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg, our Luxembourg counsel, and to the extent that the discussion relates to matters of U.S. federal income tax law, it represents the opinion of DLA Piper LLP (U.S.), our U.S. counsel.

 

As used herein, the term "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of one or more of our common shares:

 

(a) that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes one of the following:

 

(i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States,

 

(ii) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or

 

(iii) an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;

 

(b) who holds the common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

(c) who owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10% of our share capital or voting shares; and

 

(d) whose holding is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment in Luxembourg.

 

151

 

 

This summary does not address all of the tax considerations that may apply to holders that are subject to special tax rules, such as U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, certain financial institutions, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, dealers and certain traders in securities, persons holding common shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction, persons who acquired their common shares pursuant to the exercise of employee shares options or otherwise as compensation, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. Such holders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. In addition, as described above, the 2017 Tax Act includes substantial changes to the U.S. federal income taxation of individuals and businesses which are effective from January 1, 2018. Although the new law substantially decreased corporate tax rates, all of the consequences of the new law, including the unintended consequences, if any, are not yet fully known. For the avoidance of doubt, this discussion (unless indicated otherwise) does not cover any implications of Code section 965 (Treatment of deferred foreign income upon transition to participation exemption system of taxation) or Code section 245A (Deduction for foreign source-portion of dividends received by domestic corporations from specified 10% owned foreign corporations). In addition, this summary does not address all of the Luxembourg tax considerations that may apply to holders that are subject to special tax rules.

 

If a partnership holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership, or partner in a partnership, that holds common shares is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of owning and disposing of the common shares.

 

Potential investors in our common shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the specific Luxembourg and U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common shares in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

Luxembourg Tax Considerations

 

Introduction

 

The following is an overview of certain material Luxembourg tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of the common shares issued by us. It does not purport to be a complete analysis of all possible tax situations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or deposit our common shares. It is included herein solely for preliminary information purposes and is not intended to be, nor should it construed to be, legal or tax advice. Prospective purchasers of our common shares should consult their own tax advisers as to the applicable tax consequences of the ownership of our common shares, based on their particular circumstances. The following description of Luxembourg tax law is based upon the Luxembourg law and regulations as in effect and as interpreted by the Luxembourg tax authorities as of the date of this annual report and is subject to any amendments in law (or in interpretation) later introduced, whether or not on a retroactive basis. Please be aware that the residence concept used under the respective headings below applies for Luxembourg tax assessment purposes only. Any reference in this section to a tax, duty, levy impost or other charge or withholding of a similar nature refers to Luxembourg tax laws and/or concepts only. Also, please note that a reference to Luxembourg income tax encompasses corporate income tax (impôt sur le revenu des collectivités), municipal business tax (impôt commercial communal), a solidarity surcharge (contribution au fonds pour l'emploi) and personal income tax (impôt sur le revenu) generally. Corporate taxpayers may further be subject to net worth tax (impôt sur la fortune), as well as other duties, levies or taxes. Corporate income tax, municipal business tax, as well as the solidarity surcharge invariably applies to most corporate taxpayers resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes. Individual taxpayers are generally subject to personal income tax and to the solidarity surcharge. Under certain circumstances, where an individual taxpayer acts in the course of the management of a professional or business undertaking, municipal business tax may apply as well.

 

152

 

 

Taxation of the company

 

Income tax

 

As the company is a fully-taxable Luxembourg company, its net taxable profit is as a rule subject to corporate income tax ("CIT") and municipal business tax ("MBT") at ordinary rates in Luxembourg.

 

The taxable profit as determined for CIT purposes is applicable, with minor adjustments, for MBT purposes. CIT is levied at an effective maximum rate of 18,19% as from 2019 (inclusive of the 7% surcharge for the employment fund). MBT is levied at a variable rate according to the municipality in which the company is located (6.75% in the City of Luxembourg). The maximum aggregate CIT and MBT rate consequently amounts to 24,94% as from 2019 for companies located in the City of Luxembourg.

 

Dividends and other payments derived from shares by the company are subject to income taxes, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. A tax credit is generally granted for withholding taxes levied at source within the limit of the tax payable in Luxembourg on such income, whereby any excess withholding tax is not refundable.

 

Under the participation exemption regime (subject to the relevant anti-abuse rules), dividends derived from shares may be exempt from income tax if (i) the distributing company is a qualified subsidiary ("Qualified Subsidiary") and (ii) at the time the dividend is put at the company's disposal, the company has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of the Qualified Subsidiary (i) of at least 10% or of (ii) an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million. A Qualified Subsidiary means (a) a Luxembourg resident fully-taxable company limited by share capital (société de capitaux), (b) a company covered by Article 2 of the Council Directive 2011/96/EU of November 30, 2011 as amended (the "EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive") or (c) a non-resident company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) liable to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg CIT.

 

Liquidation proceeds are assimilated to a received dividend and may be exempt under the same conditions. If the conditions of the participation exemption regime are not met, dividends derived by the company from Qualified Subsidiaries may be exempt for 50 % of their gross amount if they are received from (i) a Luxembourg resident fully-taxable company limited by share capital, or (ii) a company limited by share capital resident in a State with which the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg has concluded a double tax treaty and liable to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg CIT, or (iii) a company resident in a EU Member State and covered by Article 2 of the EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive.

 

Capital gains realized by the company on shares are subject to CIT and MBT at ordinary rates, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. Under the participation exemption regime, capital gains realized on shares of a Qualified Subsidiary may be exempt from CIT and MBT at the level of the company if at the time the capital gain is realized, the company has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of the Qualified Subsidiary (i) of at least 10% or of (ii) an acquisition price of at least €6 million. Taxable gains are defined as being the difference between the price for which shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

 

Withholding tax

 

Dividends paid by us to the holders of our common shares are as a rule subject to a 15% withholding tax in Luxembourg, unless a reduced withholding tax rate applies pursuant to an applicable double tax treaty or an exemption pursuant to the application of the participation exemption, and, to the extent withholding tax applies, we are responsible for withholding amounts corresponding to such taxation at its source.

 

If the company and a U.S. relevant holder are eligible for the benefits of the tax treaty concluded between the United State and Luxembourg (the "Treaty"), the rate of withholding on distributions is 15%, or 5% if the U.S. relevant holder is a qualified resident company as defined in Article 24 of the Treaty that owns at least 10% of the company's voting stock.

 

A withholding tax exemption may apply under the participation exemption if cumulatively (i) the holder of our shares is an eligible parent (an "Eligible Parent") and (ii) at the time the income is made available, the holder of our shares has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months a direct participation of at least 10% of our share capital or a direct participation of an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Holding a participation through an entity treated as tax transparent from a Luxembourg income tax perspective is deemed to be a direct participation in proportion to the net assets held in this entity. An Eligible Parent includes (a) a company covered by Article 2 of the EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof, (b) a company resident in a State having a double tax treaty with Luxembourg and subject to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg CIT or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof, (c) a company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) or a cooperative society (société coopérative) resident in the European Economic Area other than an EU Member State and liable to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg CIT or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof or (d) a Swiss company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) which is effectively subject to corporate income tax in Switzerland without benefiting from an exemption.

 

153

 

 

No withholding tax is levied on capital gains and liquidation proceeds.

 

Net wealth tax

 

The company is as a rule subject to Luxembourg net wealth tax ("NWT") on its net assets as determined for net wealth tax purposes. NWT is levied at the rate of 0.5% on net assets not exceeding EUR 500 million and at the rate of 0.05% on the portion of the net assets exceeding EUR 500 million. Net worth is referred to as the unitary value (valeur unitaire), as determined at January 1 of each year. The unitary value is in principle calculated as the difference between (i) assets estimated at their fair market value (valeur estimée de réalisation), and (ii) liabilities vis-à-vis third parties.

 

Under the participation exemption regime, a qualified shareholding held by the company in a Qualified Subsidiary is exempt for net wealth tax purposes.

 

A minimum net wealth tax ("MNWT") is levied on companies having their statutory seat or central administration in Luxembourg. For entities for which the sum of fixed financial assets, receivables against related companies, transferable securities and cash at bank exceeds 90% of their total balance sheet and EUR 350,000, the MNWT is set at EUR 4,815. For all other companies having their statutory seat or central administration in Luxembourg which do not fall within the scope of the EUR 4,815 MNWT, the MNWT ranges from EUR 535 to EUR 32,100, depending on the company's total balance sheet.

 

Other taxes

 

The issuance of our common shares and any other amendment of our articles of association are currently subject to a €75 fixed registration duty. The disposal of our common shares is not subject to a Luxembourg registration tax or stamp duty, unless recorded in a Luxembourg notarial deed or otherwise registered in Luxembourg.

 

Taxation of the holders of commons shares

 

Luxembourg tax residency of the holders of our common shares

 

A holder of our common shares will not become resident, nor be deemed to be resident, in Luxembourg by reason only of the holding and/or disposing of our common shares or the execution, performance or enforcement of his/her rights thereunder.

 

Income tax

 

Luxembourg resident holders

 

Luxembourg individual residents

 

Dividends and other payments derived from our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, who act in the course of the management of either their private wealth or their professional or business activity, are subject to income tax at the ordinary progressive rates. A tax credit may be granted, under certain circumstances, for Luxembourg withholding tax levied. 50% of the gross amount of dividends received from the company by resident individual holders of our common shares are exempt from income tax.

 

Capital gains realized on the disposal of our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, who act in the course of the management of their private wealth, are not subject to income tax, unless said capital gains qualify either as speculative gains or as gains on a substantial participation. Capital gains are deemed to be speculative and are subject to income tax at ordinary rates if our common shares are disposed of within six months after their acquisition or if their disposal precedes their acquisition. Speculative gains are subject to income tax as miscellaneous income at ordinary rates. A participation is deemed to be substantial where a resident individual holder of our common shares holds or has held, either alone or together with his spouse or partner and / or minor children, directly or indirectly at any time within the five years preceding the disposal, more than 10% of the share capital of the company whose common shares are being disposed of. A holder of our common shares is also deemed to alienate a substantial participation if he acquired free of charge, within the five years preceding the transfer, a participation that was constituting a substantial participation in the hands of the alienator (or the alienators in case of successive transfers free of charge within the same five-year period). Capital gains realized on a substantial participation more than six months after the acquisition thereof are taxed according to the half-global rate method, (i.e. the average rate applicable to the total income is calculated according to progressive income tax rates and half of the average rate is applied to the capital gains realized on the substantial participation). A disposal may include a sale, an exchange, a contribution or any other kind of alienation of the participation.

 

154

 

 

Capital gains realized on the disposal of our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, who act in the course of their professional or business activity, are subject to income tax at ordinary rates. Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

 

Luxembourg fully-taxable corporate residents

 

Dividends and other payments derived from our common shares by Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable companies are subject to CIT and MBT, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. A tax credit may, under certain circumstances, be granted for any Luxembourg withholding tax levied. If the conditions of the participation exemption regime are not met, 50% of the gross amount of dividends received by Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable companies from our common shares are exempt from CIT and MBT.

 

Under the participation exemption regime, dividends derived from our common shares may be exempt from CIT and MBT at the level of the holder of our common shares if cumulatively (i) the holder of our common shares is a Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable company and (ii) at the time the dividend is put at the holder of our common shares' disposal, the holder of our common shares has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months a qualified shareholding ("Qualified Shareholding"). A Qualified Shareholding means common shares representing a direct participation of at least 10% in the share capital of the company or a direct participation in the company of an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Liquidation proceeds are assimilated to a received dividend and may be exempt under the same conditions. Common shares held through a tax-transparent entity are considered as being a direct participation proportionally to the percentage held in the net assets of the transparent entity.

 

Capital gains realized by a Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable company on our common shares are subject to CIT and MBT at ordinary rates, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. Under the participation exemption regime, capital gains realized on our common shares may be exempt from income tax at the level of the holder of our common shares if cumulatively (i) the holder of our common shares is a Luxembourg fully-taxable corporate resident and (ii) at the time the capital gain is realized, the holder of our common shares has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months our common shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of the company of at least 10% or a direct participation in the company of an acquisition price of at least €6 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

 

Luxembourg residents benefiting from a special tax regime

 

Holders of our common shares who are either (i) an undertaking for collective investment governed by the amended law of December 17, 2010, (ii) a specialized investment fund governed by the amended law of February 13, 2007, (iii) a family wealth management company governed by the amended law of May 11, 2007 and (iv) a reserved alternative investment fund treated as a specialized investment fund for Luxembourg tax purposes governed by the amended law of July 23, 2016, are exempt from income tax in Luxembourg. Dividends derived from and capital gains realized on our common shares are thus not subject to income tax in their hands.

 

155

 

 

Luxembourg non-resident holders

 

Non-resident holders of our common shares who have neither a permanent establishment nor a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which or whom our common shares are attributable, are not liable to any Luxembourg income tax on income and gains derived from our common shares except capital gains realised on (i) a substantial participation before the acquisition or within the first six months of the acquisition thereof, or (ii) a substantial participation more than six months after the acquisition thereof by a holder of our common shares who has been a former Luxembourg resident for more than fifteen years and has become a non-resident, at the time of transfer, less than five years ago. A participation is deemed to be substantial where a shareholder holds or has held, either alone or, in case of an individual shareholder, together with his/her spouse or partner and/or minor children, directly or indirectly at any time within the five years preceding the disposal, more than 10% of the share capital of the company whose common shares are being disposed of. A shareholder is also deemed to alienate a substantial participation if he acquired free of charge, within the five years preceding the transfer, a participation that was constituting a substantial participation in the hands of the alienator (or the alienators in case of successive transfers free of charge within the same five-year period).

 

If the company and a U.S. relevant holder are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, such U.S. relevant holder generally should not be subject to Luxembourg tax on the gain from the disposal of such common shares unless such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment of such U.S. relevant holder in Luxembourg.

 

Non-resident holders of our common shares which have a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which or whom our common shares are attributable, must include any income received, as well as any gain realized, on the sale, disposal or redemption of our common shares, in their taxable income for Luxembourg tax assessment purposes, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. If the conditions of the participation exemption regime are not fulfilled, 50% of the gross amount of dividends received by a Luxembourg permanent establishment or permanent representative may be, however, exempt from income tax. Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which the common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

 

Under the participation exemption regime, dividends derived from our common shares may be exempt from income tax if cumulatively (i) our common shares are attributable to a qualified permanent establishment ("Qualified Permanent Establishment") and (ii) at the time the dividend is put at the disposal of the Qualified Permanent Establishment, it has held or commits itself to hold a Qualified Shareholding for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months. A Qualified Permanent Establishment means (a) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of a company covered by Article 2 of the EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive, (b) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of a company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) resident in a State having a tax treaty with Luxembourg, and (c) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of a company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) or a cooperative society (société coopérative) resident in the European Economic Area other than a EU Member State. Liquidation proceeds are assimilated to a received dividend and may be exempt under the same conditions. Common shares held through a tax transparent entity are considered as being a direct participation proportionally to the percentage held in the net assets of the transparent entity.

 

Under the participation exemption regime, capital gains realized on our common shares may be exempt from income tax if (i) our common shares are attributable to a Qualified Permanent Establishment and (ii) at the time the capital gain is realized, the Qualified Permanent Establishment has held or commits itself to hold, for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months, our common shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of the company of at least 10% or a direct participation in the company of an acquisition price of at least €6 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

 

156

 

 

Net Wealth Tax

 

Luxembourg resident holders of our common shares, as well as non-resident holders of our common shares who have a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which or whom our common shares are attributable, are subject to Luxembourg net wealth tax on our common shares, except if the holder is (i) a resident or non-resident individual taxpayer, (ii) a securitization company governed by the amended law of March 22, 2004 on securitization, (iii) a company governed by the amended law of June 15, 2004 on venture capital vehicles, (iv) a professional pension institution governed by the amended law of July 13, 2005, (v) a specialized investment fund governed by the amended law of February 13, 2007, (vi) a family wealth management company governed by the amended law of May 11, 2007, (vii) an undertaking for collective investment governed by the amended law of December 17, 2010 or (viii) a reserved alternative investment fund governed by the amended law of July 23, 2016. However, (i) a securitization company governed by the amended law of March 22, 2004 on securitization, (ii) a company governed by the amended law of June 15, 2004 on venture capital vehicles, (iii) a professional pension institution governed by the amended law of July 13, 2005 and (iv) a reserved alternative investment fund treated as a venture capital vehicle for Luxembourg tax purposes and governed by the amended law of July 23, 2016, remain subject to minimum net wealth tax.

 

Under the participation exemption, a Qualified Shareholding held in the company by an Eligible Parent or attributable to a Qualified Permanent Establishment may be exempt. The net wealth tax exemption for a Qualified Shareholding does not require the completion of the 12-month holding period.

 

Other Taxes

 

Under Luxembourg tax law, where an individual holder of our common shares is a resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes at the time of his or her death, our common shares are included in his or her taxable basis for inheritance tax purposes. On the contrary, no inheritance tax is levied on the transfer of our common shares upon the death of an individual holder in cases where the deceased was not a resident of Luxembourg for inheritance purposes.

 

Gift tax may be due on a gift or donation of our common shares, if the gift is recorded in a Luxembourg notarial deed or otherwise registered in Luxembourg.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

Taxation of dividends

 

Distributions received by a U.S. Holder on common shares, including the amount of any Luxembourg taxes withheld, other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares to all shareholders, will constitute foreign source dividend income to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that such distributions (including any Luxembourg taxes withheld) will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Although it is our intention, if we pay any dividends, to pay such dividends in U.S. dollars, if dividends are paid in euros, the amount of the dividend a U.S. Holder will be required to include in income will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euro, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the payment is received by the U.S. Holder, regardless of whether the payment is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt. If the dividend is converted to U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of its receipt. If a U.S. Holder realizes gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of euro, it will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us, except that certain holders of our common shares that are corporations and that directly, indirectly or constructively own 10% or more of our voting power or value may be entitled to a 100% dividends received deduction under certain circumstances. The rules with respect to the dividends received deduction are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances and on whether we are a PFIC (defined below), a “controlled foreign corporation” or both, among other things. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine the effect of the dividends received deduction on your ownership of our common stock. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders of common shares generally will be taxable at the reduced rate that otherwise applies to long-term capital gains. Non-corporate U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at this favorable rate. Certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares to all shareholders are not generally subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

157

 

 

Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may elect to deduct foreign taxes (including any Luxembourg taxes) in computing its taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations. An election to deduct foreign taxes (instead of claiming foreign tax credits) applies to all taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year to foreign countries and possessions of the United States. The limitations on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex. Therefore, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances.

 

Taxation upon sale or other taxable disposition of common shares

 

A U.S. Holder will recognize U.S. source capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of common shares, which will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder has held such common shares for more than one year. The amount of the U.S. Holder's gain or loss will be equal to the difference between such U.S. Holder's tax basis in the common shares sold or otherwise disposed of and the amount realized on the sale or other disposition.

 

Controlled Foreign Corporation

 

The 2017 Tax Act eliminated the prohibition on “downward attribution” from non-U.S. persons to U.S. persons under Section 958(b)(4) of the Code for purposes of determining constructive stock ownership under the controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) rules. As a result, our U.S. subsidiary will be deemed to own all of the stock of our non-U.S. subsidiaries held by the Company for CFC purposes. To the extent a non-U.S. subsidiary is treated as a CFC for any taxable year, each U.S. person treated as a “10% U.S. Shareholder” with respect to such CFC that held our common shares directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities (including the Company) as of the last day in such taxable year that the subsidiary was a CFC would generally be required to include in gross income as ordinary income its pro rata share of certain income of the CFC, regardless of whether that income was actually distributed to such U.S. person. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2018, a “10% U.S. Shareholder” of a non-U.S. corporation includes any U.S. person that owns (or is treated as owning) stock of the non-U.S. corporation possessing 10% or more of the total voting power or total value of such non-U.S. corporation’s stock. The legislative history under the 2017 Tax Act indicates that this change was not intended to cause our non-U.S. subsidiaries to be treated as CFCs with respect to a 10% U.S. Shareholder that is not related to our U.S. subsidiary. However, it is not clear whether the IRS or a court would interpret the change made by the 2017 Tax Act in a manner consistent with such indicated intent. Treasury and the IRS, in recent issued guidance, however, have declined to provide relief to unrelated “10% U.S. Shareholders” of foreign-controlled CFCs.

 

Thus, investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether their ownership of our common shares will cause them to become a 10% U.S. Shareholder and the impact of such a classification.

 

Passive foreign investment company rules

 

We believe that we will not be a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes for this current taxable year and does not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. However, because PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of the assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. Because we have valued our goodwill based on the market value of our equity, a decrease in the price of common shares may also result in us becoming a PFIC. The composition of our income and our assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend our cash. Under circumstances where the cash is not deployed for active purposes, our risk of becoming a PFIC may increase. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held common shares, certain adverse tax consequences could apply to the U.S. Holder.

 

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held common shares, gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of a common shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder's holding period for the common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the resulting tax liability. The same treatment would apply to any distribution in respect of common shares to the extent it exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on common shares received by the U.S. Holder during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder's holding period, whichever is shorter. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment) of the common shares.

 

158

 

 

In addition, if we were treated as a PFIC in a taxable year in which we pay a dividend or in the prior taxable year, the reduced rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

 

Information reporting and backup withholding

 

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or, in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G. Statement by Experts.

 

Not applicable.

 

H. Documents on Display

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable. Accordingly, we are required to file reports, including this annual report on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. However, we are allowed four months to file our annual report with the SEC instead of approximately three, and we are not required to disclose certain detailed information regarding executive compensation that is required from United States domestic issuers. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently as companies that are not foreign private issuers whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Also, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing of proxy statements to shareholders, and our senior management, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are also exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. We are, however, still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5. Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us as a foreign private issuer are different than those required by other United States domestic reporting companies, our shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general should not expect to receive information about us in the same amount, and at the same time, as information is received from, or provided by, other United States domestic reporting companies. We are liable for violations of the rules and regulations of the SEC which do apply to us as a foreign private issuer.

 

You may review and copy the registration statement, reports and other information we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may also request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC.

 

159

 

 

For further information on the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. This site contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The information on that website is not part of this annual report.

 

I. Subsidiaries Information

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

Our market risk exposure results primarily from concentration of credit risk, fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency rates and inflation. We do not engage in trading of derivative instruments for speculative purposes.

 

Concentration of Credit and Other Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and bank balances, short-term investments and trade receivables. These financial instruments approximate fair value due to short-term maturities. We maintain our cash and bank balances and short-term investments with high credit quality financial institutions. Our investment portfolio is primarily comprised of time deposits and corporate and treasury bonds. We believe that our credit policies reflect normal industry terms and business risk. We do not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties and, accordingly, do not require collateral.

 

Trade receivables are generally dispersed across our clients in proportion to the revenues we generate from them. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our top five clients accounted for 26.1%, 32.0% and 28.9%, respectively, of our net revenues. Our top client for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, accounted for 11.2%, 11.3% and 10.2%, respectively. Our top client for 2019, 2018 and 2017 was Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online. As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, accounts receivable from Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online represented 8.0%, 8.3% and 10.1% of our total accounts receivable, respectively.

 

Credit losses and write-offs of trade receivable balances have historically not been material to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash and bank balances and our credit facilities. Our credit line in the United States bear interest at fixed rate of 1.75% and at variable rates linked to LIBOR. We do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge our risk of interest rate volatility.

 

Based on our debt position as of December 31, 2019, if we needed to refinance our existing debt, a 1% increase in interest rates would not materially impact us.

 

We have not been exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rates. However, our future financial costs related to borrowings may increase and our financial income may decrease due to changes in market interest rates.

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Our exchange rate risk arises in the ordinary course of our business primarily from our foreign currency expenses and, to a lesser extent, revenues. We are also exposed to exchange rate risk on the portion of our cash and bank balances, investments and trade receivables that is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and on other receivables, such as Argentine tax credits.

 

160

 

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in U.S. dollars. Because the majority of our operations are conducted in Latin America and Asia, we incur the majority of our operating expenses and capital expenditures in non-U.S. dollar currencies, primarily the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Colombian peso, Mexican peso, Indian rupees and Brazilian real. 85.5% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 was generated in U.S. dollars, with the balance being generated primarily in Euros and, to a lesser extent, other currencies (including the Argentine peso, the Colombian peso and the Mexican peso). The following table shows the breakdown of our revenues by the currencies in which they were generated during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    (in thousands)  
    2019     2018     2017  
By Currency                  
USD   $ 563,747       85.5 %   $ 447,314       85.6 %   $ 354,824       85.8 %
EUR     28,237       4.3 %     30,087       5.8 %     23,518       5.7 %
GBP     3,012       0.5 %     6,550       1.3 %     4,107       1.0 %
ARS     26,948       4.1 %     20,651       4.0 %     12,856       3.1 %
MXN     19,939       3.0 %     11,711       2.2 %     6,942       1.7 %
COP     6,831       1.0 %     4,068       0.8 %     2,341       0.6 %
BRL     8,030       1.2 %     46       %     126       %
Others     2,581       0.4 %     1,883       0.4 %     8,725       2.1 %
Revenues   $ 659,325       100.0 %   $ 522,310       100.0 %   $ 413,439       100.0 %

 

A small percentage of our trade receivables is generated from net revenues earned in non-U.S. dollar currencies (primarily Euros, British pounds sterling, the Argentine peso, the Mexican peso, the Brazilian Real and the Colombian peso).

 

Our results of operations can be affected if the Argentine peso, Colombian peso, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso, Euros or British pound appreciate or depreciate against the U.S. dollar.

 

The following tables illustrate our sensitivity to increases and decreases in the U.S. dollar against the relevant foreign currency. The following sensitivity analysis includes outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items at December 31, 2019 and adjusts their translation at the year-end for changes in U.S. dollars against the relevant foreign currency.

 

              Gain/(loss)  
Account   Currency   Amount     % Increase     Amount     % Decrease     Amount  
Net balances   Argentine pesos     8,023       40 %     (2,292 )     10 %     891  
    Chilean pesos     (2,789 )     10 %     254       10 %     (310 )
    Colombian pesos     (7,770 )     10 %     706       10 %     (863 )
    Indian rupees     (252 )     10 %     23       10 %     (28 )
    Uruguayan pesos     (4,034 )     10 %     363       10 %     (443 )
    Total     (6,822 )             (946 )             (753 )

 

161

 

 

Depreciation of the Argentine Peso

 

During 2019, the Argentine peso experienced a 59.02% devaluation from 37.60 Argentine peso per U.S dollar to 59.79 Argentine peso per U.S dollar.

 

During 2018, the Argentine peso experienced a 102.2% devaluation from 18.60 Argentine peso per U.S. dollar to 37.60 Argentine peso per U.S. dollar. As explained in note 28.10 to our audited consolidated financial statements, the Argentine's subsidiaries entered into foreign exchange forward and future contracts in order to mitigate the risk of fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate and reduce the impact in costs and expenses.

 

We periodically evaluate the need for hedging strategies with our board of directors, including the use of such instruments to mitigate the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. During the year ended December 31, 2019, our principal Argentine operating subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A., and Sistemas Colombia S.A., Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Ltda. and Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A.entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce their risk of exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the foreign exchange forward contracts were recognized, according to IFRS 9. We may in the future, as circumstances warrant, decide to enter into derivative transactions to reduce our exposure to appreciation or depreciation in the value of certain foreign currencies.

 

Wage Inflation Risk

 

Argentina has experienced significant levels of inflation in recent years. In November 2015, the INDEC suspended the publication of the CPI. According to the most recent publicly available information based on data from the Province of San Luis, the CPI grew by 31.4% in 2016. According to the most recent publicly available information based on data from the City of Buenos Aires, the CPI grew by 41.0% in 2016. After implementing certain methodological reforms and adjusting certain macroeconomic statistics based of these reforms, in June 2016 the INDEC resumed its publication of the CPI. According to the INDEC, Argentina's rate of inflation for May, June, July, August, September, October, November and December 2016 was 4.2%, 3.2%, 2.2%, 0.2%, 1.3%, 2.6%, 1.8% and 1.4%, respectively, 24.8% in 2017 and 47.6% in 2018, based on the CPI. See "Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Operating in Latin America — Argentina — Our results of operations may be adversely affected by high and possibly increasing inflation in Argentina." and "Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Operating in Latin America — Argentina — In the past, the credibility of several Argentine economic indexes has been called into question". The impact of inflation on our salary costs, or wage inflation, and thus on our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income varies depending on the fluctuation in exchange rates between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar. In an environment where the Argentine peso is weakening against the U.S. dollar, the impact of wage inflation will be partially offset, whereas in an environment where the Argentine peso is strengthening against the U.S. dollar, the impact of wage inflation will be increased. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 8.7% of our employees received salaries in Argentine pesos, which are the wages that can be influenced by current inflation rates. Assuming a constant exchange rate and no ability to increase prices, for every 10.0% increase in wage inflation in Argentina we would experience an estimated decrease of approximately $1.2 million in net income for the year.

  

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES.

  

A. Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

  

D. American Depositary Shares

 

Not applicable.

 

162

 

 

PART II.

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

As of December 31, 2019, our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

 

Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2019.

 

b) Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that: (i) pertains to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company's assets; (ii) provides reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements for external reporting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and directors; and (iii) provides reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedure may deteriorate. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria established in "Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)" issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO"). As a result of this assessment, our management has determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.

 

Our management has excluded Avanxo and Belatrix, which were acquired on February 1, 2019 and August 9, 2019, respectively from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. In aggregate, the financial statements of each of the aforementioned entities constitute 8.2% of our total consolidated assets and 6.0% of related consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

163

 

 

c) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been audited by Deloitte & Co. S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included below:

 

Deloitte & Co. S.A.

Florida 234, 5° piso

C1005AAF

Ciudad Autónoma

de Buenos Aires

Argentina

 

Tel.: (+54-11) 4320-2700

Fax: (+54-11) 4325-8081/4326-7340

www.deloitte.com/ar

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Globant S.A.

 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Globant S.A. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, of the Company and our report dated February 25, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Avanxo’s Group and Belatrix’s Group, which were acquired on February 1, 2019 and August 9, 2019, respectively, and whose financial statements constitutes in aggregate 8% and 6% of net assets and revenues, respectively of the consolidated financial statements of Globant S.A. as of December 31, 2019. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Avanxo’s Group and Belatrix’s Group.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

164

 

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (“IASB”). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Co. S.A.

 

Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, Argentina

 

February 25, 2020

 

Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, a UK private company limited by guarantee (“DTTL”), its network of member firms, and their related entities. DTTL and each of its member firms are legally separate and independent entities. DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about for a more detailed description of DTTL and its member firms.

Deloitte Touche Tomatsu Limited is a private Company limited by guarantee incorporated in England & Wales under Company number 07271800, and its registered office is Hill House, 1 Little new Street, London, EC4a, 3TR, United Kingdom.

 

d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting

 

As required by Rule 13a-15(d), under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any change occurred during the period covered since the last annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, it has been determined that there has been no change during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT.

 

See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board Practices—Board Committees—Audit Committee.” Our Board of Directors has determined that Mario Vázquez qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under applicable SEC rules.

 

165

 

 

 

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS.

 

Effective as of July 23, 2014, we adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which sets the guidelines and principles necessary for promoting and assuring good behavior within the organization. A copy of that code is available on our website at investors.globant.com/code-of-ethics. Any amendments to such code will be disclosed on our website.

 

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

 

The following table provides information on the aggregate fees billed by our principal accountants, Deloitte & Co. S.A. and affiliates, classified by type of service rendered for the periods indicated, in thousands of dollars:

 

    2019     2018  
    ($ in thousands)  
Audit Fees (1)     1,264       1,137  
Audit Related Fees (2)           133  
Total     1,264       1,270  

 

(1) "Audit Fees" includes fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant in connection with the audit of the annual financial statements, certain procedures regarding our quarterly financial results, services in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

 

(2) “Audit Related Fees” includes fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant and not included under the prior category. These services include, among others, due diligence related to mergers and acquisitions, and fees relating to the issuance of comfort letters and other procedures in connection with our offering of securities.

 

Audit Committee Approval Policies and Procedure

 

In accordance with the audit committee's charter, all fees and retention terms relating to audit and non-audit services performed by our independent auditors must be pre-approved by the audit committee. The audit committee makes annual recommendations to the general meeting of shareholders of the company regarding the appointment, replacement, base compensation, evaluation and oversight of the work of the independent auditors to be retained to audit the annual financial statements of the company and review the quarterly financial statements of the company.

 

The audit committee oversees the relationship with the independent auditors, including discussing with the auditors the planning and staffing of the audit and the nature and rigor of the audit process, receiving and reviewing audit reports, reviewing with the auditors any problems or difficulties the auditors may have encountered in carrying out their responsibilities and any board of directors’ letters provided by the auditors and the company’s response to such letters, and providing the auditors full access to the audit committee and the board of directors to report on all appropriate matters.

 

The audit committee provides oversight of the company’s auditing, accounting and financial reporting principles, policies, controls, procedures and practices, and reviews significant changes to the foregoing as suggested by the independent auditors, internal auditors or the board of directors.

 

The audit committee approved all of the services described above and determined that the provision of such services is compatible with maintaining the independence of Deloitte & Co. S.A. and affiliates.

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS.

 

Not applicable.

 

166

 

 

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

 

Corporate Governance Practices

 

Our corporate governance practices are governed by Luxembourg law (particularly the law of August 10th, 1915 on commercial companies as amended) and our articles of association.

 

As a Luxembourg company listed on the NYSE, we are not required to comply with all of the corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE for U.S. listed companies. We, however, believe that our corporate governance practices meet or exceed, in all material respects, the corporate governance standards that are generally required by the NYSE for U.S. listed companies. Below is a summary of the significant ways that our corporate governance practices differ from the corporate governance standards required for listed U.S. companies by the NYSE (provided that our corporate governance practices may differ in non-material ways from the standards required by the NYSE that are not detailed here).

 

Majority of Independent Directors

 

Under NYSE standards, U.S. listed companies must have a majority of independent directors. There is no legal obligation under Luxembourg law to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors.

 

Non-management Directors’ Meetings

 

Under NYSE standards, non-management directors must meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without management present and, if such group includes directors who are not independent, a meeting should be scheduled once per year including only independent directors. Luxembourg law does not require holding of such meetings. For additional information, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Directors and Senior Management.”

 

Audit Committee

 

Under NYSE standards, listed U.S. companies are required to have an audit committee composed of independent directors that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act of 1934. Luxembourg law also provides for an audit committee and related rules. Our articles of association provide that the board of directors may set up an audit committee. The board of directors has set up an Audit Committee and has appointed Messrs. Odeen and Vázquez, and Ms. Rottenberg, with Mr. Vázquez serving as the chairman of our audit committee. Each of Messrs. Odeen and Vázquez, and Ms. Rottenberg satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE as well as under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. For additional information, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board Practices”.

 

Under NYSE standards, all audit committee members of listed U.S. companies are required to be financially literate or must acquire such financial knowledge within a reasonable period and at least one of its members shall have experience in accounting or financial administration. In addition, if a member of the audit committee is simultaneously a member of the audit committee of more than three public companies, and the listed company does not limit the number of audit committees on which its members may serve, then in each case the board must determine whether the simultaneous service would prevent such member from effectively serving on the listed company’s audit committee and shall publicly disclose its decision. Under Luxembourg law, at least one member of the audit committee must be financially literate and the committee members as a whole shall have competence relevant to the sector in which the company is operating.

 

167

 

 

Standards for Evaluating Director Independence

 

Under NYSE standards, the board is required, on a case by case basis, to express an opinion with regard to the independence or lack of independence of each individual director. Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association require the board to express such an opinion.

 

Audit Committee Responsibilities

 

The NYSE requires certain matters to be set forth in the audit committee charter of U.S. listed companies. Our audit committee charter provides for many of the responsibilities that are expected from such bodies under the NYSE standard; however, the charter does not contain all such responsibilities, including provisions related to setting hiring policies for employees or former employees of independent auditors.

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

 

The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company has a corporate governance and nominating committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee.

 

The board of directors has set up corporate governance and nominating committee and has appointed Messrs. Galperin, Odeen and Vázquez, with Mr. Vázquez serving as chairman of our corporate governance and nominating committee. Each of Messrs. Galperin, Vázquez and Odeen satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. For additional information, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees— Board Practices”.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a compensation committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee.

 

The current members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Vázquez, Odeen and Galperin, with Mr. Vázquez serving as chairman. Each of Messrs. Vázquez, Odeen and Galperin satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. For additional information, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board Practices”.

 

Shareholder Voting on Equity Compensation Plans

 

Under NYSE standards, shareholders of U.S. listed companies must be given the opportunity to vote on equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto, except for employment inducement awards, certain grants, plans and amendments in the context of mergers and acquisitions, and certain specific types of plans. Neither Luxembourg corporate law nor our articles of incorporation require shareholder approval of equity based compensation plans. Luxembourg law only requires approval of the board of directors for the adoption of equity based compensation plans.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Under NYSE standards, listed companies must adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. Effective as of July 23, 2014 we adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code is available on our website at www.globant.com.

 

168

 

 

Chief Executive Officer Certification

 

A chief executive officer of a U.S. company listed on NYSE must annually certify that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of NYSE corporate governance standards. In accordance with NYSE rules applicable to foreign private issuers, our chief executive officer is not required to provide NYSE with this annual compliance certification. However, in accordance with NYSE rules applicable to all listed companies, our chief executive officer must promptly notify NYSE in writing after any of our executive officers becomes aware of any noncompliance with any applicable provision of NYSE's corporate governance standards. In addition, we must submit an executed written affirmation annually and an interim written affirmation each time a change occurs to the board or the audit committee.

 

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE.

 

Not applicable.

 

169

 

 

PART III.

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18.

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are included at the end of this annual report.

 

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS.

 

The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this annual report:

 

170

 

 

Exhibit No.

  Description
1.1     Amended and Restated Articles of Association, dated November 29, 2019.
2.1     Description of Capital Stock.
4.1     Lease, dated May 31, 2010, by and between Laminar S.A. de Inversiones Inmobiliarias and Sistemas Globales S.A.; incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-190841), filed with the SEC on August 27, 2013.
4.2     Globant S.A. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan; incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-190841), filed with the SEC on May 28, 2014.
4.3     Amendment No. 1 to the Globant S.A. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan; incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (SEC File No. 333-211835), filed with the SEC on June 3, 2016.
4.4     Amendment No. 2 to the Globant S.A. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan; incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (SEC File No. 333-232022), filed with the SEC on June 7, 2019.
4.5     Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Notice; incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-190841), filed with the SEC on May 28, 2014.
4.6     Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Notice — International; incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-190841), filed with the SEC on May 28, 2014.
4.7     Form of Restricted Stock Unit Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
4.8     Equityholders Additional Agreement, dated May 7, 2012, by and among Paldwick S.A., Martín Migoya, Martín Gonzalo Umaran, Néstor Augusto Nocetti, Guibert Andrés Englebienne, Riverwood Capital LLC, RW Holdings S.à. r.l., ITO Holdings S.à. r.l., Endeavor Global, Inc. and IT Outsourcing S.L.; incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-190841), filed with the SEC on May 28, 2014.
4.9     Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated February 6, 2020, by and among Globant, LLC, as borrower, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, Citibank N.A., BNP Paribas, BBVA USA, Truist Bank, US Bank National Association, Silicon Valley Bank, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A, Bank of America, N.A, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender.
4.10     Guaranty, dated August 3, 2017, made by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) in favor of HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as administrative agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 20-F (SEC File No. 001-36535), filed with the SEC on April 13, 2018.
4.11     Guaranty, dated August 3, 2017, made by Globant, S.A. (Spain) in favor of HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as administrative agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 20-F (SEC File No. 001-36535), filed with the SEC on April 13, 2018.
4.12     Security Agreement, dated August 3, 2017, by and between Globant, LLC, as grantor, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as administrative agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 20-F (SEC File No. 001-36535), filed with the SEC on April 13, 2018.
4.13     Share Purchase Agreement, dated January 17, 2019, by and among the sellers identified therein and Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal), as purchaser; incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 20-F (SEC File No. 001-36535), filed with the SEC on March 29, 2019.
4.14     Equity Purchase Agreement, dated August 9, 2019, by and among the sellers identified therein and Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal) and Software Product Creation S.L., as purchasers.
8.1     List of Subsidiaries
12.1     Certification of Martín Migoya, Chief Executive Officer of Globant S.A., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
12.2     Certification of Juan Ignacio Urthiague, Chief Financial Officer of Globant, S.A., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
13.1     Certification of Martín Migoya, Chief Executive Officer of Globant S.A.pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
13.2     Certification of Juan Ignacio Urthiague, Chief Financial Officer of Globant, S.A., pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
15.1     Consent of Deloitte & Co. S.A.
101.INS     XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

  

171

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

Date: February 28, 2020

 

  GLOBANT S.A.
  By: /s/ Juan Ignacio Urthiague
     
  Name: Juan Ignacio Urthiague
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

172

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-3
Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 F-7
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 F-9
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 F-11
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements F-13

 

F-1

 

 

    Globant S.A.
     
    Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019
     

 

F-2

 

 

Deloitte & Co. S.A.

Florida 234, 5° piso

C1005AAF

Ciudad Autónoma

de Buenos Aires

Argentina

 

Tel.: (+54-11) 4320-2700

Fax: (+54-11) 4325-8081/4326-7340

www.deloitte.com/ar

 

 

Page 1 of 2

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Globant S.A.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Globant S.A. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 25, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Critical Audit Matter

 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

 

F-3

 

 

Page 2 of 2

 

Revenue Recognition - Fixed price contracts - Refer to Notes 3.3 and 4.1 to the consolidated financial statements

 

Critical Audit Matter Description

 

The Company’s services are performed mainly under two principal types of contracts: fixed-price and time-and-materials. In recognizing revenue for fixed-price contracts the Company applies an input or output method depending on the nature of the project and the agreement with the customer. The application of an input method is a significant management judgment that involves estimating the progress of the Company’s efforts relative to the total expected inputs necessary to satisfy a performance obligation.

 

We identified the revenue recognition for fixed price contracts using the input method as a critical audit matter because of the subjectivity in estimating the progress towards satisfying the performance obligation. This required a high degree of auditor judgment in evaluating the audit evidence supporting the application of the input method used to recognize revenue and a higher extent of audit effort to evaluate the reasonableness of the total estimated amount of revenue recognized for ongoing fixed-price contracts as of year-end.

 

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

 

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s determination of the progress towards satisfying the performance obligation related to fixed price contracts using the input method and the resulting revenue recognized, included the following, among others:

 

We tested the effectiveness of controls relating to the revenue recognition process, including controls over the determination of the progress towards to complete satisfaction of fixed-price contracts.

 

We evaluated management’s ability to reasonably estimate the progress towards complete satisfaction by comparing actual information to prior year estimates for performance obligations of contracts that have been fulfilled.

 

We selected a sample of ongoing fixed-price contracts as of year-end and performed the following procedures for each selection:

 

Read the contracts and based on the terms and conditions evaluated, assessed the reasonableness of the information used in the estimate.

 

Evaluated the appropriateness of and consistency in the application of management’s policies and methodologies to estimate progress towards satisfying the performance obligation.

 

Evaluated the reasonableness of the progress towards satisfying the performance obligation by testing actual cost incurred and the mathematical accuracy of the estimate.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Co. S.A.  
Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, Argentina  
   
February 25, 2020  

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2009.

 

F-4

 

 

Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, a UK private company limited by guarantee (“DTTL”), its network of member firms, and their related entities. DTTL and each of its member firms are legally separate and independent entities. DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about for a more detailed description of DTTL and its member firms.

 

Deloitte Touche Tomatsu Limited is a private Company limited by guarantee incorporated in England & Wales under Company number 07271800, and its registered office is Hill House, 1 Little new Street, London, EC4a, 3TR, United Kingdom.

 

 

F-5

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

 

          For the year ended December 31,  
    Notes     2019     2018     2017  
Revenues (1)   5       659,325       522,310       413,439  
Cost of revenues (2) (4)   6.1       (405,164 )     (318,554 )     (263,171 )
Gross profit           254,161       203,756       150,268  
                               
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3) (4)   6.2       (172,478 )     (133,187 )     (110,813 )
Net impairment losses on financial assets (5)           (228 )     (3,469 )     (1,581 )
Other operating expense, net (6)           (720 )     (306 )     (4,708 )
Profit from operations           80,735       66,794       33,166  
                               
Gain on transactions with bonds   3.18       1,569              
                               
Finance income   7       13,643       11,418       7,956  
Finance expense   7       (26,801 )     (16,968 )     (11,036 )
Finance expense, net   7       (13,158 )     (5,550 )     (3,080 )
                               
Share of results of investment in associates   11.2       (224 )            
                               
Other income, net (7)           110       6,220       8,458  
Profit before income tax           69,032       67,464       38,544  
                               
Income tax   8.1       (15,017 )     (15,868 )     (8,081 )
Net income for the year           54,015       51,596       30,463  
                               
Other comprehensive income (loss) net of income tax effects                              
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:                              
- Exchange differences on translating foreign operations           (400 )     (871 )     (265 )
- Net change in fair value on financial assets measured at FVOCI           (373 )     (12 )     (27 )
- Gains and losses on cash flow hedges           352              
Total comprehensive income for the year           53,594       50,713       30,171  
                               
Net income attributable to:                              
Owners of the Company           54,015       51,677       30,539  
Non-controlling interest                 (81 )     (76 )
Net income for the year           54,015       51,596       30,463  
                               
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:                              
Owners of the Company           53,594       50,794       30,247  
Non-controlling interest                 (81 )     (76 )
Total comprehensive income for the year           53,594       50,713       30,171  

 

F-6

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

 

            For the year ended December 31,  
      Notes     2019     2018     2017  
Earnings per share                                
Basic     9       1.48       1.45       0.87  
Diluted     9       1.43       1.41       0.84  
Weighted average of outstanding shares (in thousands)                                
Basic     9       36,586       35,746       34,919  
Diluted     9       37,674       36,685       36,094  

   

(1) Includes transactions with related parties of 1,419, 5,937 and 5,590 for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. See note 23.1.

 

(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of 7,350, 4,022 and 4,339 for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. See note 6.1.

 

(3) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of 16,905, 16,521 and 11,789 for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. See note 6.2.

 

(4) Includes share-based compensation expense of 4,976, 4,248 and 5,666 under cost of revenues; and 14,912, 8,665 and 8,798 under selling, general and administrative expenses for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. See note 6.

 

(5) Includes a loss of 275 and 3,421 and a gain of 5 on impairment of trade receivables for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively (see note 12). Includes a recovery of impairment of tax credits of 47 for 2019, an impairment loss of tax credits of 48 and 1,586 for 2018 and 2017, respectively (see note 4.4).

 

(6) Includes an impairment of intangibles assets of 720, 306 (note 4.6) and 4,708 (note 4.10) for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

(7) Includes as of December 31,2019, 2018 and 2017 a loss of 85, a gain of 6,700 and 6,735 on remeasurement of the contingent consideration of Avanxo, Pointsource, Clarice, L4, WAE and Ratio explained in note 28.9.1. Includes as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 a gain of 1,611 and 1,726 related to the remeasurement at fair value of the call and put option over non-controlling interest explained in note 28.9.2, respectively. In 2018 includes the derecognition of the call option over non-controlling interest of 455 explained in note 25.2. In 2018 includes the loss of 1,038 related to the settlement agreed with WAE former owners (note 28.9.1). In 2018 includes the impairment of the investment in Collokia of 800 explained in note 11.2.

 

The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-7

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   

          As of December 31,  
    Notes     2019     2018  
ASSETS                      
Current assets                      
Cash and cash equivalents   10       62,721       77,606  
Investments   11.1       19,780       8,635  
Trade receivables (1)   12       156,676       110,898  
Other assets   16       13,439        
Other receivables   13       19,308       15,341  
Other financial assets (2)           4,527       550  
Total current assets           276,451       213,030  
                       
Non-current assets                      
Investments   11.1       418       527  
Other assets   16       7,796        
Other receivables   13       8,810       34,197  
Deferred tax assets   8.2       26,868       16,916  
Investment in associates   11.2       3,776       4,000  
Other financial assets (3)           1,683       345  
Property and equipment   14       87,533       51,460  
Intangible assets   15       27,110       11,778  
Right-of-use asset   27       58,781        
Goodwill   25.14       188,538       104,846  
Total non-current assets           411,313       224,069  
TOTAL ASSETS           687,764       437,099  
                       
LIABILITIES                      
Current liabilities                      
Trade payables   17       31,487       17,578  
Payroll and social security taxes payable   18       72,252       58,535  
Borrowings   19       1,198        
Other financial liabilities (4)           8,937       9,347  
Lease liabilities   27       19,439        
Tax liabilities   20       12,510       7,399  
Other liabilities           368       44  
Total current liabilities           146,191       92,903  
                       
Non-current liabilities                      
Trade payables   17       5,500        
Borrowings   19       50,188        
Other financial liabilities   25.11       1,617       3,418  
Lease liabilities   27       41,924        
Deferred tax liabilities   8.2       1,028        
Provisions for contingencies   21       2,602       2,862  
Total non-current liabilities           102,859       6,280  
TOTAL LIABILITIES           249,050       99,183  
                       
Capital and reserves                      
Issued capital           44,356       43,158  
Additional paid-in capital           157,537       109,559  
Other reserves           (2,557 )     (2,136 )
Retained earnings           239,378       187,335  
Total equity           438,714       337,916  
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES           687,764       437,099  

 

F-8

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

  

(1) Includes balances due from related parties of 91 and 993 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. See note 23.1.

 

(2) Includes the fair value of convertible notes of 3,236 and 106 (notes 3.12.9.1, 3.12.9.2 and 3.12.9.3) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, the fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts of 1,291 and 44 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively (notes 28.10 and 28.11) and a financial asset related to the acquisition of Clarice of 400 as of December 31, 2018 (note 25.1).

 

(3) Includes 1,383 and 345 of guarantee payments related to the future lease of a property under construction as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Includes convertible notes of 300 (note 3.12.9.4) as of December 31, 2019.

 

(4) Includes other financial liabilities related to business combinations of 8,937 and 9,335 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively (note 25.11) and the fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts of 12 as of December 31, 2018, respectively (notes 28.10 and 28.11).

 

The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-9

 

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017

(in thousands of U.S. dollars except number of shares issued)

 

   

Number of

Shares

Issued (1)

   

Issued

capital

   

Additional

paid-in

capital

   

Retained

earnings

    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
   

Investment

revaluation

reserve

   

Attributable

to owners of

the Parent

   

Non-

controlling

interests

    Total  
Balance at January 1, 2017     34,647,643       41,576       62,790       105,119       (961 )           208,524       36       208,560  
Issuance of shares under share-based compensation plan (see note 29.1)     425,640       511       7,926                         8,437             8,437  
Issuance of shares under subscription agreement  (see note 29.1)     153,481       184       5,511                         5,695             5,695  
Share-based compensation plan (see note 24)                 10,501                         10,501             10,501  
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year                             (265 )     (27 )     (292 )           (292 )
Net income for the year                       30,539                   30,539       (76 )     30,463  
Balance at December 31, 2017     35,226,764       42,271       86,728       135,658       (1,226 )     (27 )     263,404       (40 )     263,364  

 

   

Number of

Shares

Issued (1)

   

Issued

capital

   

Additional

paid-in

capital

   

Retained

earnings

    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
   

Investment

revaluation

reserve

   

Attributable

to owners of

the Parent

   

Non-

controlling

interests

    Total  
Issuance of shares under share-based compensation plan  (see note 29.1)     674,901       810       8,275                         9,085             9,085  
Issuance of shares under subscription agreement (see note 29.1)     63,997       77       3,140                         3,217             3,217  
Share-based compensation plan (see note 24)                 11,537                         11,537             11,537  
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year                             (871 )     (12 )     (883 )           (883 )
Acquisition of non-controlling interest (see note 25.2)                 (121 )                       (121 )     121        
Net income for the year                       51,677                   51,677       (81 )     51,596  
Balance at December 31, 2018     35,965,662       43,158       109,559       187,335       (2,097 )     (39 )     337,916             337,916  

 

F-10

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017

(in thousands of U.S. dollars except number of shares issued)

 

    Number of
Shares
Issued (1)
    Issued
capital
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Investment
revaluation
reserve and cash
flow hedge reserve
    Total  
Balance at January 1, 2019     35,965,662       43,158       109,559       187,335       (2,097 )     (39 )     337,916  
Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 16 (note 2.1)                       (1,972 )                 (1,972 )
Balance at January 1, 2019 restated     35,965,662       43,158       109,559       185,363       (2,097 )     (39 )     335,944  
Issuance of shares under share-based compensation plan  (see note 29.1)     899,100       1,079       21,475                         22,554  
Issuance of shares under subscription agreement (see note 29.1)     98,857       119       7,651                         7,770  
Share-based compensation plan (see note 24)                 18,852                         18,852  
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year                             (400 )     (21 )     (421 )
Net income for the year                       54,015                   54,015  
Balance at December 31, 2019     36,963,619       44,356       157,537       239,378       (2,497 )     (60 )     438,714  

 

(1) All shares are issued, authorized and fully paid. Each share is issued at a nominal value of $1.20 per share and entitles to one vote.

 

The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-11

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Cash flows from operating activities                        
Net income for the year     54,015       51,596       30,463  
Adjustments to reconcile net income for the year to net cash flows from operating activities:                        
Share-based compensation expense     15,357       10,551       12,865  
Current income tax (note 8.1)     19,327       23,324       14,053  
Deferred income tax (note 8.1)     (4,310 )     (7,456 )     (5,972 )
Depreciation of property and equipment (note 14)     14,542       11,230       9,053  
Depreciation of right-of-use assets (note 27)     14,584              
Amortization of intangible assets (note 15)     9,713       9,313       7,075  
Impairment of intangible assets (note 4.6 and 4.10)     720       306       4,708  
Net impairment losses on financial assets (note 4.4)     228       3,469       1,581  
Impairment of investments in associates (note 11.2)           800        
Allowance for claims and lawsuits (note 21)           2,070       527  
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of contingent consideration (note 28.9.1)     85       (6,700 )     (6,735 )
Gain on transactions with bonds (note 3.18)     (1,569 )            
Net gain on remeasurement of valuation of call and put option over non-controlling interest and on derecognition of the call option (note 28.9.2)           (1,156 )     (1,726 )
Accrued interest     4,151       270       404  
Interest received     734       401        
Net gain arising on financial assets measured at FVPL     (1,285 )     (2,763 )     (303 )
Net gain arising on financial assets measured at FVOCI     (58 )     (258 )     (240 )
Net gain arising on financial assets measured at amortised cost (note 7)     (99 )            
Exchange differences     8,291       6,989       2,645  
Share of results of investment in associates     224              
Changes in working capital:                        
Net increase in trade receivables     (38,945 )     (36,356 )     (25,599 )
Net (increase) decrease in other receivables     (8,432 )     (10,559 )     1,240  
Net increase in other assets     (9,967 )            
Net increase in trade payables     7,235       2,479       4,341  
Net increase in payroll and social security taxes payable     8,766       21,885       7,576  
Net increase (decrease) in tax liabilities     2,079       939       (700 )
Utilization of provision for contingencies (note 21)     (194 )     (222 )     (1,320 )
 Cash provided by operating activities     95,192       80,152       53,936  
Income tax paid     (17,055 )     (12,955 )     (11,383 )
Proceeds received from reimbursement of income tax     1,572             436  
Net cash provided by operating activities     79,709       67,197       42,989  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities                        
Acquisition of property and equipment (2)     (20,375 )     (19,171 )     (19,605 )
Proceeds from disposals of property and equipment and intangibles     102       149       468  
Acquisition of intangible assets (3)     (11,617 )     (9,711 )     (8,447 )
Acquisition of investment in sovereign bonds (note 3.18)     (6,000 )            
Proceeds of investment in sovereign bonds (note 3.18)     7,569              
(Payments) proceeds related to forward and future contracts     (651 )     2,382       (579 )
Acquisition of investments measured at FVTPL     (143,763 )     (99,482 )     (137,788 )
Proceeds from investments measured at FVTPL     129,910       103,083       140,144  
Acquisition of investments measured at FVOCI     (11,684 )     (39,435 )     (13,824 )
Proceeds from investments measured at FVOCI     15,618       35,340       13,176  
Acquisition of investments measured at amortised cost           (527 )      
Guarantee payments     (1,038 )     (345 )      
Payments to acquire investments in associates           (3,250 )     (469 )
Acquisition of investment in convertible notes (note 3.12.9.2 to 3.12.9.4)     (3,350 )            
Acquisition of business, net of cash (note 25) (1)     (97,298 )     (4,137 )     (19,149 )
Payments of earn-outs related to acquisition of business     (8,981 )     (11,013 )     (11,461 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (151,558 )     (46,117 )     (57,534 )

 

F-12

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Cash flows from financing activities                        
Proceeds from the issuance of shares under the share-based compensation plan (note 29.1)     15,822       7,040       5,296  
Proceeds from subscription agreements (note 29.1)     7,770       3,217       5,695  
Proceeds from borrowings (note 19)     90,523             22,000  
Repayment of borrowings (note 19)     (40,806 )     (6,004 )     (16,198 )
Payments of principal portion of lease liabilities (note 27)     (15,358 )            
Convertible notes (note 3.12.9.1)                 (100 )
Cash provided by financing activities     57,951       4,253       16,693  
Payments of lease liabilities interest (note 27)     (475 )            
Interest paid (note 19)     (764 )     (159 )     (95 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     56,712       4,094       16,598  
                         
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     252       (93 )     (60 )
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (14,885 )     25,081       1,993  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year     77,606       52,525       50,532  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year     62,721       77,606       52,525  

 

(1) Cash paid for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of subsidiaries (note 25):

 

Supplemental information                        
Cash paid     103,978       4,328       21,300  
Less: cash and cash equivalents acquired     (6,678 )     (191 )     (2,151 )
Total consideration paid net of cash and cash equivalents acquired     97,300       4,137       19,149  

 

(2) In 2019, 2018 and 2017, there were 2,179, 4,316 and 1,264 of acquisition of property and equipment financed with trade payables, respectively. In 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company paid 4,316, 1,264 and 478 related to property and equipment acquired in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In 2019, 2018 and 2017 there were 1,862, 3,301 and 2,861 of advances paid. Finally, 2019 excludes 30,661 of advances reclassified from other receivables which was a non-cash transaction.

 

(3) In 2018 and 2017 there were 217 and 344 of acquisition of intangibles financed with trade payables, respectively. In 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company paid 217, 344 and 7 related to intangibles acquired in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

The accompanying notes 1 to 32 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-13

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December  31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

 

NOTE 1 – COMPANY OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Globant S.A. is a company organized in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, primarily engaged in building digital journeys that matter to millions of users through its subsidiaries (hereinafter the “Company” or “Globant” or “Globant Group”). The Company specializes in providing innovative software solutions services by leveraging emerging technologies and trends.

 

The Company's principal operating subsidiaries and countries of incorporation as of December 31, 2019 were the following: Sistemas UK Limited and We are London Limited in the United Kingdom and Globant LLC in the United States of America (the “U.S.”), Sistemas Globales S.A., IAFH Global S.A., Dynaflows S.A., Avanxo S.A. and BSF S.A. in Argentina, Sistemas Colombia S.A.S., Avanxo Colombia and Belatrix Colombia S.A.S. in Colombia, Global Systems Outsourcing S. de R.L. de C.V. and Avanxo Servicios S.A. de C.V. in Mexico, Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. and Difier S.A. in Uruguay, Globant Brasil Consultoria Ltda. and Orizonta Consutoria de Negocios e Tecnología Ltda. in Brazil; Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Limitada in Chile, Globant Peru S.A.C., Avanxo Perú and Belatrix Peru S.A.C. in Peru, Globant India Private Limited in India, Globant Bel LLC in Belarus, Small Footprint S.R.L. in Romania, Software Product Creation S.L. in Spain, Globant France S.A.S. in France, Software Product Creation S.L - Dubai Branch in United Arab Emirates and Globant Canada Corp. in Canada.

 

The Company provides services from development and delivery centers located in United States (San Francisco, New York, Seattle, Raleigh, Chicago and Dallas), Argentina (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mendoza, Mar del Plata and La Plata), Uruguay (Montevideo), Colombia (Bogotá and Medellín), Brazil (São Paulo), Peru (Lima), Chile (Santiago), México (Guadalajara and México City), India (Pune and Bangalore), Spain (Madrid), Belarus (Minsk), Romania (Cluj) and United Kingdom (London). The Company also has client management centers in United States (Houston, San Francisco, New York, Winston-Salem, Redwood City and Miami), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), Uruguay (Montevideo), Argentina (Buenos Aires), France (Paris) and the United Kingdom (London). The Company also has centers of software engineering talent and educational excellence, primarily across Latin America.

 

Most of the revenues are generated through subsidiaries located in the U.S. The Company's workforce is mainly located in Latin America and to a lesser extent in India and U.S.

 

The Company's registered office address is 37A Avenue J.F. Kennedy L-1855, Luxembourg.

 

NOTE 2 – BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"). These consolidated financial statements are presented in thousands of United States dollars ("U.S. dollars") and have been prepared under the historical cost convention except as disclosed in the accounting policies below.

 

2.1 – Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards

 

Adoption of new and revised standards

 

The Company has adopted all of the new and revised standards and interpretations issued by the IASB that are relevant to its operations and that are mandatorily effective at December 31, 2019. The impact of the new and revised standards and interpretations mentioned on these consolidated financial statements is described as follows.

 

F-14

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The Company has initially adopted IFRS 16 Leases from January 1, 2019. The Company has elected the practical expedient to not restate comparative information and has recognised the cumulative effect of initially applying the Standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at January 1, 2019.

 

The Company has lease contracts for office spaces. Before the adoption of IFRS 16, in an operating lease, the leased property was not capitalised and the lease payments were recognised as rent expense in profit or loss on a straight–line basis over the lease term. Any prepaid rent and accrued rent were recognised under Other receivables and Trade and other payables, respectively.

 

On adoption of IFRS 16, the Company recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as operating leases under the principles of IAS 17 Leases. These lease liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate as of January 1, 2019. The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities recognised on January 1, 2019, was 6.14%.

 

Operating lease commitments disclosed as at December 31, 2018     55,222  
Discounted using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate of at the date of initial application     46,887  
Lease liability recognised as at January 1, 2019     46,887  

 

The associated right-of-use assets were measured on a retrospective basis as if IFRS 16 had always been applied.

 

The net impact on retained earnings on January 1, 2019, was a decrease of 1,972.

 

The effect of adoption IFRS 16 as at January 1, 2019 (increase/(decrease)) is as follows:

 

Assets        
Right-of-use assets     46,567  
Prepayments     (1,652 )
         
Liabilities        
Lease liabilities     46,887  
         
Total adjustment on equity:        
Retained earnings     (1,972 )

 

In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, the Company has used the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

 

the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics;

 

reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous;

 

the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at January 1, 2019, as short-term leases;

 

the exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application.

 

F-15

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

 

The Company has also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of the initial application. Instead, for contracts entered into before the transition date the group relied on its assessment made applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease.

 

As a practical expedient, IFRS 16 permits a lessee not to separate non–lease components, and instead account for any lease and associated non-lease components as a single arrangement. The Company has not used this practical expedient.

 

From January 1, 2019, leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability at the commencement date of the lease. Each payment is allocated between the liability and a finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease term so as to produce a constant period rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

 

The Company has also adopted the following standards and interpretation that became applicable for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2019:

 

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments
   
Amendments to IFRS 3 and 11 and IAS 12 and 23 Annual improvements 2015-2017 Cycle
   
Amendment to IAS 28 Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures
   
Amendment to IFRS 9 Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation
   
Amendments to IAS 19 Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement

 

Those standards did not have any impact on the Company's accounting policies and did not require retrospective adjustments, except for IFRIC 23 "Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments" that required a retrospective analysis which concluded that there is a possibility that a loss may have been incurred of 1,768 related to the fiscal years 2014 to 2019. As of December 31, 2019 these matter has not been recorded, it may be subject to inspection by the tax authority and claims may be asserted in the future.

 

New accounting pronouncements

 

The Company has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet mandatorily effective:

 

Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards1

 

  Amendment to IFRS 3 Definition of a business2
     
  Amendment to IAS 1 and IAS 8 Definition of material1
     
  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 Interest Rate Benchmark Reform1
     
  Amendments to IAS 1 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current 3

 

1Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. Earlier application is permitted.

 

2Effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2020 and to asset acquisitions that occur on or after the beginning of that period. Earlier application is permitted.

 

3Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022 and are to be applied retrospectively. Earlier application is permitted.

 

F-16

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

On March 29, 2018, the IASB issued the Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards. The document contains amendments to IFRS 2, IFRS 3, IFRS 6, IFRS 14, IAS 1, IAS 8, IAS 34, IAS 37, IAS 38, IFRIC 12, IFRIC 19, IFRIC 20, IFRIC 22, and SIC-32. Not all amendments, however update those pronouncements with regard to references to and quotes from the framework so that they refer to the revised Conceptual Framework. Some pronouncements are only updated to indicate which version of the framework they are referencing to (the IASC framework adopted by the IASB in 2001, the IASB framework of 2010, or the new revised framework of 2018) or to indicate that definitions in the standard have not been updated with the new definitions developed in the revised Conceptual Framework. The management of the Company does not anticipate that the application of these amendments will have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020.

 

On October 22, 2018, the IASB has issued 'Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)' aimed at resolving the difficulties that arise when an entity determines whether it has acquired a business or a group of assets.

 

The amendments in Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3) are changes to Appendix A Defined terms, the application guidance, and the illustrative examples of IFRS 3 only. They:

 

clarify that to be considered a business, an acquired set of activities and assets must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs;

 

narrow the definitions of a business and of outputs by focusing on goods and services provided to customers and by removing the reference to an ability to reduce costs;

 

add guidance and illustrative examples to help entities assess whether a substantive process has been acquired;

 

remove the assessment of whether market participants are capable of replacing any missing inputs or processes and continuing to produce outputs;

 

and add an optional concentration test that permits a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of activities and assets is not a business.

 

The management of the Company does not anticipate that the application of this amendment will have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. This amendment is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2020 and to asset acquisitions that occur on or after the beginning of that period. Earlier application is permitted. The Company has not opted for early application.

 

On October 31, 2018, the IASB has issued 'Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8)' to clarify the definition of ‘material’ and to align the definition used in the Conceptual Framework and the standards themselves.

 

The changes in Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) all relate to a revised definition of 'material' which is quoted as follows from the final amendments: "Information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity". Three new aspects of the new definition should especially be noted:

 

Obscuring. The existing definition only focused on omitting or misstating information, however, the Board concluded that obscuring material information with information that can be omitted can have a similar effect. Although the term obscuring is new in the definition, it was already part of IAS 1 (IAS 1.30A).

 

F-17

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Could reasonably be expected to influence. The existing definition referred to 'could influence' which the Board felt might be understood as requiring too much information as almost anything ‘could’ influence the decisions of some users even if the possibility is remote.

 

 

Primary users. The existing definition referred only to 'users' which again the Board feared might be understood too broadly as requiring to consider all possible users of financial statements when deciding what information to disclose.

 

On September 26, 2019, IASB has issued 'Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7)' as a first reaction to the potential effects the Interbank Offered Rate ("IBOR") reform could have on financial reporting.

 

The amendments published deal with issues affecting financial reporting in the period before the replacement of an existing interest rate benchmark with an alternative interest rate and address the implications for specific hedge accounting requirements.

 

The changes in Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7)

 

modify specific hedge accounting requirements so that entities would apply those hedge accounting requirements assuming that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged cash flows and cash flows from the hedging instrument are based will not be altered as a result of interest rate benchmark reform;

 

are mandatory for all hedging relationships that are directly affected by the interest rate benchmark reform;

 

are not intended to provide relief from any other consequences arising from interest rate benchmark reform (if a hedging relationship no longer meets the requirements for hedge accounting for reasons other than those specified by the amendments, discontinuation of hedge accounting is required);

 

require specific disclosures about the extent to which the entities' hedging relationships are affected by the amendments.

 

The management of the Company does not anticipate that the application of these amendments will have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. These amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. Earlier application is permitted. The Company has not opted for early application.

 

On January 23, 2020, IASB has issued 'Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (Amendments to IAS 1)' providing a more general approach to the classification of liabilities under IAS 1 based on the contractual arrangements in place at the reporting date.

 

The amendments in Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (Amendments to IAS 1) affect only the presentation of liabilities in the statement of financial position — not the amount or timing of recognition of any asset, liability income or expenses, or the information that entities disclose about those items. They:

 

clarify that the classification of liabilities as current or non-current should be based on rights that are in existence at the end of the reporting period and align the wording in all affected paragraphs to refer to the "right" to defer settlement by at least twelve months and make explicit that only rights in place "at the end of the reporting period" should affect the classification of a liability;

 

clarify that classification is unaffected by expectations about whether an entity will exercise its right to defer settlement of a liability; and

 

make clear that settlement refers to the transfer to the counterparty of cash, equity instruments, other assets or services.

 

F-18

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The management of the Company does not anticipate that the application of these amendment will have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. These amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022. Earlier application is permitted. The Company has not opted for early application.

 

2.2 – Basis of consolidation

 

These consolidated financial statements include the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Control is achieved where the company has the power over the investee; exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the returns. All intercompany transactions and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in the consolidation process.

 

Non-controlling interest in the equity of consolidated subsidiaries is identified separately from the Company's net liabilities therein. Non-controlling interest consists of the amount of that interest at the date of the original business combination and the non-controlling share of changes in equity since the date of the consolidation. Losses applicable to non-controlling shareholders in excess of the non-controlling interest in the subsidiary's equity are allocated against the interest of the Company, except to the extent that the non-controlling interest has a binding obligation and is able to make an additional investment to cover the losses.

 

Acquired companies are accounted for under the acquisition method whereby they are included in the consolidated financial statements from their acquisition date.

 

Detailed below are the subsidiaries of the Company whose financial statement line items have been included in these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-19

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

 

  Country     Percentage ownership  
    of   Main   As of December 31,  
Company   incorporation   Activity   2019     2018     2017  
Sistemas UK Limited   United Kingdom   Customer referral services and software development support and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Globant, LLC   United States of America   Customer referral services and software development support and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Sistemas Colombia S.A.S.   Colombia   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Global Systems Outsourcing S. de R.L. de C.V.   Mexico   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Software Product Creation S.L.   Spain   Holding, investment, software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)   Spain   Holding and investment activities     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A.   Uruguay   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Sistemas Globales S.A.   Argentina   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
IAFH Global S.A.   Argentina   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Limitada   Chile   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Globers S.A.   Argentina   Travel organization services     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Globant Brasil Consultoria Ltda.   Brazil   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Huddle Group S.A. (1)   Argentina   Software development and consultancy     -       -       100.00 %
Globant Peru S.A.C.   Peru   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Globant India Private Limited   India   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Dynaflows S.A. (2)   Argentina   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     66.73 %
We Are London Limited   United Kingdom   Service design consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %

 

F-20

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    Country       Percentage ownership  
    of   Main   As of December 31,  
Company   incorporation   Activity   2019     2018     2017  
Difier S.A.   Uruguay   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Globant Bel LLC   Belarus   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     -  
Globant Canada Corp.   Canada   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
Globant France S.A.S.   France   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     -  
Small Footprint S.R.L.   Romania   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     100.00 %     -  
Globant Ventures S.A.S. (3)   Argentina   Holding and investment activities     100.00 %     100.00 %     -  
Software Product Creation SL Dubai Branch (4)   United Arab Emirates   Software development and consultancy     100.00 %     -       -  
Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited (5)   Bermuda   Holding, investment activities and software development     100.00 %     -       -  
Avanxo México Sociedad Anónima Promotora de inversión de Capital Variable (5)   Mexico   Cloud consulting and implementation services     100.00 %     -       -  
Avanxo Servicios S.A. de C.V. (5)   Mexico   Cloud consulting and implementation services     100.00 %     -       -  
Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao LTDA (5)   Brasil   Cloud consulting and implementation services     100.00 %     -       -  
Orizonta Consutoria De Negocios E Tecnologia LTDA (5)   Brasil   Cloud consulting and implementation services     100.00 %     -       -  
Avanxo S.A. (5)   Argentina   Cloud consulting and implementation services     100.00 %     -       -  
Avanxo - Sucursal del Perú (5)   Perú   Cloud consulting and implementation services     100.00 %     -       -  
Avanxo Colombia (5)   Colombia   Cloud consulting and implementation services     100.00 %     -       -  
Belatrix Global Corporation S.A. (6)   Spain   Holding and investment activities     100.00 %     -       -  
BSF S.A. (6)   Argentina   Agile product development services     100.00 %     -       -  
Belatrix Peru SAC (6)   Peru   Agile product development services     100.00 %     -       -  
Belatrix Colombia SAS (6)   Colombia   Agile product development services     100.00 %     -       -  
Belatrix Service Corp (6)   United States Of America   Agile product development services     100.00 %     -       -  

  

(1) On December 31, 2017, Huddle Group S.A. was merged into Sistemas Globales S.A. (currently under registration).

 

(2) On October 26, 2018, the sellers exercised the put option on the non-controlling interest of Dynaflows (see note 25.2).

 

(3) Globant Ventures S.A.S was registered on January 17, 2019.

 

(4) Software Product Creation SL Dubai Branch obtained its definitive professional license on February 21, 2019.

 

(5) Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited along with its subsidiaries in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Peru, Argentina and the United States ("Avanxo Group") were acquired on February 1, 2019 (see note 25.8).

 

(6) Belatrix Global Corporation S.A along with its subsidiaries in Peru, Colombia, Spain, the United States and Argentina ("Belatrix Group") were acquired on August 9, 2019 (see note 25.9).

 

F-21

 

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

NOTE 3 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

3.1 – Business combinations

 

Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair values of the assets transferred to the Company, liabilities incurred by the Company to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Company in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related charges are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognized at their fair value, except that:

 

deferred tax assets or liabilities, and assets or liabilities related to employee benefit arrangements are recognized and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes and IAS 19 Employee Benefits respectively; and

 

liabilities or equity instruments related to share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree or share-based payment arrangements of the Company entered into to replace share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree are measured in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payment at the acquisition date.

 

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquired business, and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquired business (if any) over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquired business and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquired business (if any), the excess is recognized immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.

 

Non-controlling interests that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of the entity's net assets in the event of liquidation may be initially measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interests' proportionate share of the recognized amounts of the acquired business identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement basis is made on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

 

When the consideration transferred by the Company in a business combination includes assets or liabilities resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during the 'measurement period' (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.

 

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments depends on how the contingent consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IFRS 3 and IFRS 13, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-22

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

When a business combination is achieved in stages, the Company's previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to its acquisition-date fair value and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognized in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have previously been recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were disposed of.

 

Arrangements that include remuneration of former owners of the acquiree for future services are excluded of the business combinations and will be recognized in expense during the required service period.

 

 

3.2 – Goodwill

 

Goodwill arising in a business combination is carried at cost as established at the acquisition date of the business less accumulated impairment losses, if any. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to a unique cash generating unit (CGU).

 

Goodwill is not amortised and is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that the business may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the business is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the business and then to the other assets of the business pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the business. Any impairment loss for goodwill is recognized directly in profit or loss in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

 

The Company has not recognized any impairment loss in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

3.3 – Revenue recognition

 

The Company generates revenue primarily from the provision of software development, testing, infrastructure management, application maintenance, outsourcing services, consultancy and Services over Platforms (SoP). SoP is a new concept for the services industry that aims to deliver digital journeys in more rapid manner providing specific platforms as a starting point and then customizing them to the specific need of the customers. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

 

The Company’s services are performed under both time-and-material and fixed-price contracts. For revenues generated under time-and-material contracts, revenues are recognized as a performance obligation satisfied over time, using an input method based on hours incurred. The majority of such revenues are billed on an hourly, daily or monthly basis whereby actual time is charged directly to the client.

 

The Company recognizes revenues from fixed-price contracts applying the input or output methods depending on the nature of the project and the agreement with the customer, recognizing revenue on the basis of the Company’s efforts to the satisfaction of the performance obligation relative to the total expected inputs to the satisfaction of the performance obligation, or recognizing revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer of the services transferred to date relative to the remaining services promised under the contract, respectively. Each method is applied according to the characteristics of each contract and client. The inputs and outputs are selected based on how faithfully they depict the Company's performance towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation.

 

The Company also provides hosted access to software applications for a subscription-based fee. The revenue from these subscription resales contracts is recognised at a point in time, given that the performance obligation is satisfied when the contract is signed by the customer and the Company. The Company acts as an agent because the performance obligation is to arrange for the service to be provided to the customer by another party (the owner of the software applications). Consequently, the revenue is measured as the amount of the commission, which is the net amount of consideration that the Company retains after paying the other party the consideration received in exchange for the services to be provided by that party.

 

F-23

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

  

3.4 – Leases

 

During 2018, the Company applied IAS 17 for leases recognition, where leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

 

Finance leases which transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognized in finance costs in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. A leased asset is depreciated over the useful life of the asset. However, if there is no reasonable certainty that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, the asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term.

 

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

 

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognized as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognized as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

 

As of January 1, 2019, the Company applied IFRS 16 where the Company assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Company recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets (assets with a value of 5 or less when new). For these leases, the Company recognizes the lease payments as an operating expense on a straightline basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:

 

fixed payments, less any lease incentives receivable;

 

variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;

 

payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the lessee's incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions.

 

The Company remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right–of–use asset) whenever:

 

1. the lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

 

2. the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used).

 

F-24

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3. a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

 

The Company made adjustments related to leases that are subject to changes in the consumer price index. As of December 31, 2019, such adjustments amounted to 126.

 

Right-of-use asset are measured at cost comprising the following:

 

the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;

 

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;

 

any initial direct costs.

 

Right-of-use assets are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

 

Whenever the Company incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognised and measured under IAS 37. The costs are included in the related right–of-use asset.

 

The right-of-use assets are presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 

The Company applies IAS 36 Impairment of Assets to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss as described in note 3.10.

 

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets are assets with a value of 5 or less when new.

 

In determining the lease term, management considers all fact and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options and periods after termination options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended or not terminated. The assessment is reviewed if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is within the control of the lessee.

 

F-25

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December  31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3.5 – Foreign currencies

 

The functional currency of the Company and most of its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar, except for:

 

Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda.: the functional currency is the Brazilian Real.

 

Globers S.A.: the functional currency is the Argentine Peso.

 

We are London Limited: the functional currency is the Great Britain Pound

 

Avanxo Servicios S.A. de C.V.: the functional currency is the Mexican Peso.

 

Avanxo Mexico S.A.P.I de C.V.: the functional currency is the Mexican Peso.

 

Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao LTDA: the functional currency is the Brazilian Real.

 

Orizonta Consutoria De Negocios E Tecnologia LTDA: the functional currency is the Brazilian Real.

 

Avanxo S.A.: the functional currency is the Argentine Peso.

 

Avanxo - Sucursal del Perú: the functional currency is the Peruvian Sol.

 

Avanxo Colombia: the functional currency is the Colombian Peso.

 

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (“foreign currencies”) are recognized at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are kept at the original translated cost. Exchange differences are recognized in profit and loss in the period in which they arise.

 

In the case of the subsidiaries with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated at current exchange rates, while income and expense are translated at the date of the transaction rate. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustment is recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in equity.

 

Accounting standards are applied on the assumption that the value of money (the unit of measurement) is constant over time. However, when the rate of inflation is no longer negligible, a number of issues arise impacting the true and fair nature of the accounts of entities that prepare their financial statements on a historical cost basis. To address such issues, entities apply IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies from the beginning of the period in which the existence of hyperinflation is identified. Based on the statistics published on July 17, 2018, the 3-year cumulative rate of inflation for consumer prices and wholesale prices in Argentina reached a level of about 123% and 119%, respectively. On that basis, Argentina was considered an hyperinflationary economy since July 1, 2018. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has recognized the effects of inflation in their financial statements, it also has evaluated this situation and concluded that it has no significant impact considering that the most significant Argentine subsidiaries have the U.S. dollars as their functional currency, except for Globers S.A. and Avanxo S.A as explained above.

 

3.6 – Borrowing costs

 

The Company does not have borrowings attributable to the construction or production of assets. All borrowing costs are recognized in profit and loss under finance loss.

 

3.7 – Taxation

 

3.7.1 – Income taxes – current and deferred

 

Income tax expense represents the estimated sum of income tax payable and deferred tax.

 

F-26

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3.7.1.1 – Current income tax

 

The current income tax payable is the sum of the income tax determined in each taxable jurisdiction, in accordance with their respective income tax regimes.

 

Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income because taxable profit excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in future years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company's liability for current income tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted as of the balance sheet dates. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws in force in the countries in which the consolidated entities operate.

 

For the fiscal year 2019, Globant S.A, is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 17% on taxable income exceeding EUR 200, the rate is 15% if annual taxable income does not exceed EUR175. For amounts between EUR 175 and EUR 200, corporate income tax is calculated based on a formula, adding EUR 26.2 (i.e. EUR 175 x 15%) and 31% of the income amount exceeding EUR 175. For fiscal year 2018, the rate was 18% for a company whose taxable income exceeds EUR 30 and 15% if annual taxable income does not exceed EUR 25. The corporate income tax is increased by a contribution of 7% to the unemployment fund. A municipal business tax also may be imposed at rates ranging from 6% to 12% depending on where the undertaking is located.

 

In 2008, Globant España S.A. elected to be included in the Spanish special tax regime for entities having substantially all of their operations outside of Spain, known as “Empresas Tenedoras de Valores en el Exterior” (“ETVE”), on which dividends distributed from its foreign subsidiaries as well as any gain resulting from disposal are tax free. In order to be entitled to the tax exemption, among other requirements, the main activity of Globant España S.A. must be the administration and management of equity instruments from non-Spanish entities and such entities must be subject to a tax regime similar to that applicable in Spain for non-ETVEs companies. The subsidiaries did not distribute dividends during 2017. During 2018 the Company’s Uruguayan and Argentinian subsidiaries distributed dividends to Globant España S.A. for a total amount of 27,462. As of December 31, 2019 the Uruguayan subsidiary distributed dividends for a total amount of 11,000 to Globant España S.A and BSF S.A distributed dividends for a total amount of 310 to Belatrix Global Corporation S.A. If this tax exemption would not apply, the applicable tax rate should be 25%. The Company´s Spanish subsidiary Software Product Creation S.L. is subject to a 25% corporate income tax rate. Also, Belatrix Global Corporation S.A. is an ETVE company located in Spain, subject to the benefits of the regime. The company was registered as ETVE on December, 2013.

 

Argentine companies are subject to a 30% corporate income tax rate. In May 2008, IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A. were notified by the Argentine Government through the Ministry of Economy and Public Finance that they had been included within the promotional regime for the software industry established under Law No. 25,922 (the “Software Promotion Regime”). BSF S.A is benefited by the promotional regimen as well. The incorporation was notified on April 2008.

 

Under Argentina’s Software Promotion Law No. 25,922 (Ley de Promoción de la Industria de Software), as amended by Law No. 26,692 and Decree No. 95/2018 (the "Software Promotion Law"), the Company's operating subsidiaries in Argentina benefit from a 60% reduction in their corporate income tax rate (as applied to income from promoted software activities) and a tax credit of up to 70% of amounts paid for certain social security taxes (contributions) that may be offset against value-added tax liabilities. Law No. 26,692, the 2011 amendment to the Software Promotion Law (“Law No. 26,692”), also allows such tax credits to be applied to reduce the Company's Argentine subsidiaries’ corporate income tax liability by a percentage not higher than the subsidiaries’ declared percentage of exports and extends the tax benefits under the Software Promotion Law until December 31, 2019.

 

F-27

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

  

The Software Promotion Law remains in effect until December 31, 2019. On May 22, 2019 the Argentine Congress approved Law No. 27,506 that creates a promotion regime for knowledge economy-related business (the "Knowledge based economy law") which is applicable to IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Globales S.A. and BSF S.A. The Law is valid from January 1, 2020 until December 31, 2029.

 

The beneficiaries of the regime will enjoy the following benefits:

 

Fiscal stability as of the moment of the registration and for the term of validity of the Regime.This benefit may be also extended to provincial and municipal taxes, as long as such jurisdictions adhere to this Knowledge based Economy Law.

 

Beneficiaries are not subject to any value-added tax withholding or collection regimes.

 

A reduced corporate income tax rate of 15% to the extent that the beneficiaries maintain their payroll in accordance with the conditions described in the regulations.

 

Beneficiaries will be allowed to deduct a tax credit derived from any payment or withholding of foreign taxes, if the taxed income constitutes an Argentine source of income.

 

A reduction from their employer social security contributions, in relation to each employee, of an amount equal to 7,003 ARS per employee for year 2020.

 

A tax credit equal to 1.6 times the amount of the employer’s social security contributions applicable to the detraction. This tax credit, which is onetime transferable, can be used to offset the beneficiary's income tax liability and/or value added tax liability with no restriction.

 

The beneficiaries of the Software Promotion Law must declare their intention to be transferred to the Knowledge Economy Regime until December 31, 2019. Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH S.A. have been incorporated in the National Registry of Beneficiaries of the Regime for the Promotion of the Knowledge Economy on November 12, 2019 and BSF S.A. was included on December 3, 2019. Both registrations are treated as provisional and the companies must fill a final declaration before June 30, 2020.

 

Additionally, Ministry of Production and Labor issued on October 10, 2019, the Resolution No. 1084/2019, which appointed the Secretariat of Entrepreneurs and Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises as enforcement authority of the Regime and authorized the Secretariat to issue complementary regulations. Consequently, the Secretariat issued Resolution No. 449/2019, establishing the details of the procedure to be followed and the conditions to be met to enjoy the benefits of the Regime. Also, the Secretariat will be in charge of analyzing the information submitted and verifying compliance with all the relevant requirements.

 

On January 20, 2020, Ministry of Productive Development issued Resolution No. 30/2020, revoking Resolution No. 1,084/2019 and Resolution No. 449/2019.

 

Also, under the new administrative structure, Ministry of Productive Development appointed the Secretariat of Industry, Knowledge Economy and External Commercial Management of the Ministry of Productive Development as enforcement authority of the New Regime and authorized that Secretariat to issue complementary regulations.

 

Finally, the review and processing of applications filed so far have been suspended until new complementary regulations are issued by such new enforcement authority.

 

F-28

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Therefore, the Law and the Decree are currently in force, and have not been repealed, suspended or modified.

 

According to the New Regime – currently in force – beneficiaries of the Regime for the Promotion of the Software Industry (Law 25,922) have the right to enjoy the benefits established as long as they are registered in the Registry for which it is necessary to: (i) have submitted the application for the provisional incorporation into the New Regime until December 31, 2019 (which allows the definitive registration to have effects as from January 1st, 2020), and (ii) prove the compliance of the requirements provided in the Law and complementary regulations before June 30, 2020.

 

In the meantime, the Argentine Executive Power is considering a bill to modify the Knowledge based Economy Law to include the following:

 

a 60% reduction in the total amount of corporate income tax applied to income from the promoted activities.

 

a tax credit equal to the 70% of the social security contribution paid. The social security contribution benefit would apply only to a portion of the beneficiary’s payroll (in principle up to 3745 employees, except when there is an increase of the payroll) and in the future might be distributed according to a quote (cupo fiscal).

 

On December 29, 2017, Argentina enacted a comprehensive tax reform (Law No. 27,430) through publication in the Official Gazette. The Law is effective from January 1, 2018. Specifically, introduces amendments to income tax (both at corporate and individual levels), value added tax (VAT), tax procedural law, criminal tax law, social security contributions, excise tax, tax on fuels, and tax on the transfer of real estate.

 

At a corporate level, the law decreases the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 30% for fiscal years starting January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2019, and to 25% for fiscal years starting January 1, 2020 and onwards. The Law also establishes dividend withholding tax rates of 7% for profits accrued during fiscal years starting January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2019, and 13% for profits accrued in fiscal years starting January 1, 2020 and onwards. The new withholding rates apply to distributions made to shareholders qualifying as resident individuals or nonresidents.

 

Even though the combined effective rate for shareholders on distributed income (corporate income tax rates plus dividend withholding rates on the after tax profit) will be close to the prior 35% rate, this change is aimed at promoting the reinvestment of profits. Additionally, the Law repeals the “equalization tax” (i.e., 35% withholding applicable to dividends distributed in excess of the accumulated taxable income) for income accrued from January 1, 2018.

 

On December 23, 2019, the Argentine Government enacted the Ley de Solidaridad Social y Reactivación Productiva No. 27,541 (the "Law on Social Solidarity and Productive Reactivation " or the "Social Solidarity Law") which declared a public emergency in economic, financial, fiscal, administrative, social security, tariff, energy, health and social matters, and also delegated legislative powers to the National Executive Power, until December 31, 2020. According to the Social Solidarity Law, the corporate income tax for years starting January 1, 2020 is 30%, and the tax rate applicable to dividends is 7%, delaying the effectiveness of the 25% and 13% rates until tax years starting on January 1, 2021.

 

The Social Solidarity Law also introduced amendments to the income tax, personal assets tax, excise tax on certain goods, tax on debits and credits in local bank accounts and social security rules. It also establishes a new tax on certain purchases of foreign currency, a new tax debt settlement plan for certain taxpayers, and establish new rates on export of goods and services.

 

According to the Social Solidarity Law, the corporate income tax for years starting January 1, 2020 is 30%, extending the enforcement of the 25% to tax year starting January 1, 2021.

 

F-29

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The Company’s Argentine subsidiaries, Globers Travel, Dynaflows, Globant Ventures SAS and Avanxo S.A. are subject to a corporate income tax rate of 30% as they are not in included within the Software Promotion Regime nor Knowledge Economy Regime.

 

The Company’s Uruguayan subsidiary Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. is domiciled in a tax free zone and has an indefinite tax relief of 100% of the income tax rate and an exemption from VAT. Aggregate income tax relief arising under Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. for years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were 21,224, 11,095, 2,488, respectively. The Company’s Uruguayan subsidiary Difier S.A. is located outside tax-free zone and according to Article 163 bis of Decree No. 150/007 the software development services performed are exempt from income tax and value-added tax applicable as long as they are exported and utilized abroad, except for the financial results that are taxable at a rate of 25%. Difier S.A is 100% export-oriented.

 

The Colombian subsidiaries are subject to federal corporate income tax at the rate of 33%. Until December 31, 2018 the Company's Colombian subsidiary Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. was subject to federal corporate income tax at the rate of 33% and a surcharge at the rate of 4% calculated on net income before income tax. Law N°1,943 gradually reduces the corporate tax rates from 33% to 30% from fiscal years 2020 to 2022.

 

The Company’s U.S. subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 21%. Fiscal years beginning before January 1, 2018 were subject to corporate tax at the rate of 35%.

 

On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”) that instituted fundamental changes to the taxation of multinational corporations. The Tax Act includes significant changes to the U.S. corporate income tax system, including a federal corporate rate reduction from 35% to 21%, limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation, changes regarding net operating loss carryforwards, and the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system. Furthermore, as part of the transition to the new tax system, a one-time transition tax is imposed on a U.S. shareholder's historical undistributed earnings of foreign affiliates. The Tax Act introduces various other changes to the Internal Revenue Code.

 

The reform also introduces base erosion provisions for U.S corporations that are part of multinational group. For fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2017, a U.S corporation is potentially subject to tax under the Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax provision (“BEAT”), if the controlled group of which it is a part has sufficient gross receipts and derives a sufficient level of “base erosion tax benefits”.

 

On December 13, 2018, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) published a proposed regulation that provide guidance regarding the BEAT application for public comments. The final document was published in the Federal Register on December 2, 2019.

 

The Company’s English subsidiaries Sistemas UK Limited and We are London Limited are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 19%, the same rate was applied for the years 2018 and 2017. The rate is reduced to 17% as from April 1, 2020.

 

The Company’s Chilean subsidiary Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda. is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 27%. For the years 2018 and 2017, the corporate income tax rates were27% and 25.5%, respectively.

 

The Company’s Brazilian subsidiaries apply the taxable income method called “Lucro real”. Under this method, taxable income is based upon a percentage of profit accrued by the Company, adjusted according to the add-backs and exclusions provided in the relevant tax law. The rate applicable to the taxable income derived from the subsidiary’s activity is 24% plus 10% if the net income before income tax is higher than 240 Brazilian real for the years 2017 and onwards.

 

F-30

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The Company’s Peruvian subsidiaries are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 29.5%. For the years 2018 and 2017, the corporate income tax rate was 29.5%.

 

The Company’s Mexican subsidiaries are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 30%.

 

The Company's Indian subsidiary Globant India Private Limited is primarily export-oriented and is eligible for certain income tax holiday benefits granted by the government of India for export activities conducted within Special Economic Zones, or SEZs. The services provided by our Pune development center are eligible for a deduction of 100% of the profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from the financial year in which the center commenced the provision of services, which occurred on August 3, 2017, and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Certain tax benefits are also available for a further five years subject to the center meeting defined conditions. Indian profits ineligible for SEZ benefits are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 34.61%. In addition, all Indian profits, including those generated within SEZs, are subject to the Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT), at the current rate of approximately 21.34%, including surcharges.

 

On February 1, 2018, the Finance Minister presented the Union Budget 2018-19. A reduction in the corporate tax rate was proposed for companies with an annual turnover of up to Rupees (Rs) 2.5 billion. In such case, the tax rate is 25% plus surcharge. Globant India Private Limited is eligible for the lower corporate tax rate.

 

The Indian Government introduced on September, 2019, a slew of measures through the Taxation Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, to make certain amendments in the Income-tax Act 1961 and the Finance (No.2) Act 2019.

 

Under the new measures, any domestic company will be able to choose to be taxed at the rate of 22% if, among other things, reject the SEZ tax holidays. Thus, the effective tax rate for these companies shall be 25.17% inclusive of surcharge & cess. The option must be exercised before the filing of the Income Tax Return for FY19-20 (due date November 2020), and once the option is made it cannot be withdrawn for any subsequent year. Also, such companies shall not be required to pay Minimum Alternate Tax (‘MAT’). The Company is still analyzing the future impact of the benefit.

 

The Company's subsidiary located in Belarus is resident of the High Technology Park (“HTP”). HTP residents are exempted from corporate income tax and VAT.

 

On December 21, 2017 the President of the Republic of Belarus published the Decree N° 8 that extends the duration of the HTP’s tax incentives and the special legal regime until January 1, 2049. The Company will be benefited by the exemption as long as the regime is valid.

 

The Company's subsidiary located in Romania is subject to income tax at the rate of 16%.

 

The Company´s subsidiary located in Canada is subject to federal income tax at the rate of 15%. The rate is increased by the state income tax rate which is 11% in the case of the state of British Columbia where the subsidiary is incorporated.

 

The corporate tax rate in France for most companies is 33%. The Finance Bill for 2017 contains provisions for the progressive reduction of the corporate income tax rate from 33% to 28% over the period 2017 to 2020. Also, there is a reduced tax rate of 15% for companies whose turnover does not exceed EUR 7,63 million, but only for the first EUR 38,120 of taxable income. In 2019 the reduced rate will be applicable to small and medium-size enterprises. To qualified as a small and medium-size enterprise, a company must employ less than 250 employees and have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50 million.

 

F-31

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

According to the Finance Bill, the Company´s subsidiary located in France is subject to tax at a rate of 28% during 2019. The rate applies for the first EUR 500.

 

The company located in United Arab Emirates is not subject to Income tax. Under the Emirate-based tax decrees, Corporate Income Tax may be imposed on all companies (including branches and permanent establishments) at rates of up to 55%. However, in practice, the taxation is currently only enforced in respect of corporate entities engaged in the production of oil and gas or extraction of other natural resources in the United Arab Emirates.

 

3.7.1.2 – Deferred tax

 

Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences, and deferred tax assets including tax loss carry forwards are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Such deferred assets and liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. In addition, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill.

 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, except where the entities are able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

 

Current and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss, except when they relate to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. The Company has not recorded any current or deferred income tax in other comprehensive income or equity in any each of the years presented, except for deferred income tax arising from the share-based compensation plan and for the translation of deferred tax assets and liabilities arising from subsidiaries with functional currencies other than U.S. dollar.

 

Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

 

Under IFRS, deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are classified as non-current assets (liabilities).

 

F-32

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3.7.1.3 – Uncertain tax treatments

 

The Company determines the accounting for tax position when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments as follows. First, the Company determine whether uncertain tax positions are assessed separately or as a group; and then, the Company assess whether it is probable that a tax authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment used, or proposed to be used, by an entity in its income tax filings. If yes, the Company determine its accounting tax position consistently with the tax treatment used or planned to be used in its income tax filings. If no, the Company reflect the effect of uncertainty in determining its accounting tax position using either the most likely amount or the expected value method. The Company discloses in note to the consolidated financial statements certain matters related to the interpretation of income tax laws for which there is a possibility that a loss may have been incurred.

 

As of December 31, 2019, there are certain matters related to the interpretation of income tax laws for which there is a possibility that a loss may have been incurred, as of the date of the financial statements in accordance with IFRIC 23 in an amount of 1,768, related to assessments for the fiscal years 2014 to 2019. No formal claim has been made for fiscal years within the statute of limitation by Tax authorities in any of the mentioned matters, however those years are still subject to audit and claims may be asserted in the future.

 

3.8 – Property and equipment

 

Fixed assets are valued at acquisition cost, net of the related accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

 

Depreciation is recognized so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful lives, using the straight-line method.

 

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

 

Lands and properties under construction are carried at cost, less any recognized impairment loss. Properties under construction are classified to the appropriate categories of property and equipment when completed and ready for intended use. Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis as other property assets, commences when the assets are ready for their intended use. Land is not depreciated.

 

An item of property and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in profit or loss.

 

The value of fixed assets, taken as a whole, does not exceed their recoverable value.

 

3.9 – Intangible assets

 

Intangible assets include licenses, customer relationships, customer contracts and non-compete agreements. The accounting policies for the recognition and measurement of these intangible assets are described below.

 

F-33

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3.9.1 – Intangible assets acquired separately

 

Intangible assets with finite useful life that are acquired separately (licenses) are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis over the intangible assets estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives and amortization method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimates being accounted for on a prospective basis.

  

3.9.2 – Intangible assets acquired in a business combination

 

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination (trademarks, customer relationships, customer contracts and non-compete agreements) are recognized separately from goodwill and are initially recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost).

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets acquired separately.

 

3.9.3 – Internally-generated intangible assets

 

Intangible assets arising from development are recognized if, and only if, all the following have been demonstrated:

 

- the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

 

- the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

 

- the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

 

- how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

 

- the ability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset, and

 

- the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

 

The amount initially recognized for internally-generated assets is the sum of expenditure incurred from the date when the intangible asset first meets the recognition criteria listed above. Where no internally-generated intangible asset can be recognized, development expenditure is recognized in profit or loss in the period in which it is incurred.

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately.

 

3.9.4 – Derecognition of intangible assets

 

An intangible asset is derecognized on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are expected from use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset, measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, and are recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has derecognized intangible assets for an amount of 24. No intangible asset has been derecognized as of December 31, 2018.

 

3.10 – Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill

 

At each balance sheet date, the Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit or the business, as the case may be.

 

F-34

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

  

The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

 

If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year.

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the Company recorded an impairment loss of 720 and 306, respectively, related to internally-generated intangible assets. In 2017 the Company recorded an impairment loss of 4,708 related to the intangible assets acquired in business combinations.

  

3.11 – Provisions for contingencies

 

The Company has existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings. Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Company will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation, and the advice of the Company’s legal advisers.

 

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably. The amount of the recognized receivable does not exceed the amount of the provision recorded.

 

3.12 – Financial assets

 

On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at: (i) amortised cost (ii) fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) or (iii) fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL). The classification of financial assets is generally based on the business model in which a financial asset is managed and its contractual cash flow characteristics.

 

3.12.1 – Amortised cost and effective interest method

 

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if both of the following conditions are met, and is not designated as at FVPL:

 

- It is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets to collect contractual cash flow;

 

- Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of an instrument and of allocating interest income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts (including all fees on points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the instrument, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

 

F-35

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3.12.2 – Financial assets measured at FVOCI

 

A financial asset is measured at FVOCI if both of the following conditions are met, and is not designated as at FVPL:

 

- It is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets

 

- Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding

 

The change in fair value of financial assets measured at FVOCI is accumulated in the investment revaluation reserve until they are derecognised. When a financial asset measured at FVOCI is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment.

 

3.12.3 – Financial assets measured at FVPL

 

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortised cost or FVOCI as described above, are measured at FVPL.

 

Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset and is included in the ‘Finance income or Finance expense’ line.

 

F-36

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3.12.4 - Derivative financial instruments

 

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

 

A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability. Derivatives are not offset in the financial statements unless the Company has both a legally enforceable right and intention to offset. The impact of the futures and forward contracts on the Company’s financial position is disclosed in note 28. A derivative is presented as a non–current asset or a non–current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months and it is not due to be realized or settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities.

 

The Company designates certain derivatives as hedging instruments in respect of foreign currency risk in cash flow hedges. Hedges of foreign exchange risk on firm commitments are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

 

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the Company documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Company documents whether the hedging instrument is effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, which is when the hedging relationships meet all of the following hedge effectiveness requirements:

 

- there is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument;

 

- the effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship; and

 

- the hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that the Company actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the Company actually uses to hedge that quantity of hedged item.

 

If a hedging relationship ceases to meet the hedge effectiveness requirement relating to the hedge ratio but the risk management objective for that designated hedging relationship remains the same, the Company adjusts the hedge ratio of the hedging relationship (i.e. rebalances the hedge) so that it meets the qualifying criteria again.

 

The Company designates the full change in the fair value of a forward contract (i.e. including the forward elements) as the hedging instrument for all of its hedging relationships involving forward contracts.

 

Movements in the hedging reserve in equity are detailed in note 29.3.

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives and other qualifying hedging instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of cash flow hedging reserve, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item from inception of the hedge. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss, and is included in the ‘other gains and losses’ line item. Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same line as the recognised hedged item.

 

The Company discontinues hedge accounting only when the hedging relationship (or a part thereof) ceases to meet the qualifying criteria (after rebalancing, if applicable). This includes instances when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised. The discontinuation is accounted for prospectively. Any gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in cash flow hedge reserve at that time remains in equity and is reclassified to profit or loss when the forecast transaction occurs. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in cash flow hedge reserve is reclassified immediately to profit or loss.

 

F-37

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3.12.5 - Investment in associates

 

An associate is an entity over which the Company has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control over those policies.

 

The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in these consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, an investment in associate is initially recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Company’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate.

 

3.12.6 – Other Financial Assets

 

Call option over non-controlling interest in subsidiary

 

On October 22, 2015, the Company was granted with a call option to acquire the remaining 33.27% interest in Dynaflows S.A, which can be exercised from October 22, 2020 till October 21, 2021. At the same moment, the Company has also agreed on a put option with the non-controlling shareholders which gives them the right to sell its remaining 33.27% interest on October 22, 2018 or October 22, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the sellers exercised the put option, as explained in note 25.2, and the Company derecognized the call option.

 

Clarice Subscription agreement

 

On May 14, 2015, the Company signed a subscription agreement as described in note 25.1. According to this agreement, the Company will receive a fix amount of money in exchange of a variable number of shares of the Company. According to IAS 32:11, a financial asset has been recognized in order to reflect the contractual right to receive cash. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has recorded 400 as current financial assets. As of December 31, 2019 the financial asset and the financial liability were fully settled.

 

3.12.7 – Impairment of financial assets

 

The Company recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses on financial assets, other than those at FVTPL. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the respective financial instrument.

 

The Company always recognises lifetime expected credit losses ("ECL") for trade receivables, using a simplified approach. The expected credit losses on these financial assets are estimated using a provision matrix based on the Company’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date.

 

For all other financial instruments, the Company recognises lifetime ECL when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. However, if the credit risk on the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-month ECL.

 

F-38

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Lifetime ECL represents the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. In contrast, 12-month ECL represents the portion of lifetime ECL that is expected to result from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date.

 

Significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition

 

In assessing whether the credit risk on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument at the reporting date with such risk at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, the Company considers both quantitative and qualitative information that is reasonable and supportable, including forward-looking information that is available without undue cost or effort. In particular, the following information is taken into account when assessing whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition:

 

internal credit rating

 

external credit rating (as far as available)

 

significant deterioration in external market indicators of credit risk for a particular financial instrument

 

actual or expected significant adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions that are expected to cause a significant decrease in the debtor's ability to meet its debt obligations

 

actual or expected significant changes in the operating results of the debtor

 

significant increases in credit risk on other financial instruments of the same debtor

 

actual or expected significant adverse changes in the regulatory, economic, or technological environment of the debtor that results in a significant decrease in the debtor's ability to meet its debt obligations.

 

Regardless of the analysis above, a significant increase in credit risk is presumed if a debtor is more than 30 days past due in making a contractual payment, unless the Company has reasonable and supportable information that demonstrates otherwise.

 

Despite the foregoing, the Company assumes that the credit risk on a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition if the financial instrument is determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date. A financial asset is determined to have low credit risk if the financial instrument has a low risk of default, the borrower has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term and adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower to fulfill its contractual cash flow obligations. The Company considers a financial asset to have low credit risk when the asset has external credit rating of 'investment grade' in accordance with the globally understood definition, or if an external rating is not available, if the counterparty has a strong financial position and there is no past due amounts. All of the Company's current and non current investments are considered to have low credit risk.

 

Definition of default

 

A default on a financial asset is when the counterparty fails to make contractual payments within 90 days of when they fall due, unless an entity has reasonable and supportable information to demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate.

 

Credit-impaired financial assets

 

A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of that financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired include observable data about the following events:

 

F-39

 

 

GLOBANT S.A. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

a. significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the borrower;

 

b. a breach of contract, such as a default or past due event;

 

c. the lender(s) of the borrower, for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, having granted to the borrower a concession(s) that the lender(s) would not otherwise consider;

 

d. it is becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation;

 

e. the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties; or

 

f. the purchase or origination of a financial asset at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses.

 

It may not be possible to identify a single discrete event-instead, the combined effect of several events may have caused financial assets to become credit-impaired.

 

Write-off policy

 

Financial assets' carrying amounts are reduced through the use of an allowance account on a case-by-case basis. When a financial asset is considered uncollectable, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in profit and loss.

 

Measurement and recognition of expected credit losses

 

The measurement of expected credit losses is a function of the probability of default, loss given default and the exposure at default. The assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based on historical data, adjusted by forward-looking information as described above. The exposure of default is represented by the asset's gross carrying amount at the reporting date.

 

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. Financial assets other than trade receivables, have been grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows.

 

No significant changes to estimation techniques or assumptions were made during the reporting period, except for the changes in the expected credit loss rate used for the calculation of allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31,2019, as disclosed in note 12.

 

3.12.8 – Derecognition of financial assets

 

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another party. If the Company neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Company recognizes its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Company continues to recognize the financial asset and also recognizes a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.

 

On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable and the cumulative gain or loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity is recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-40

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

On derecognition of a financial asset other than in its entirety (e.g. when the Company retains an option to repurchase part of a transferred asset), the Company allocates the previous carrying amount of the financial asset between the part it continues to recognize under continuing involvement, and the part it no longer recognizes on the basis of the relative fair values of those parts on the date of the transfer. The difference between the carrying amount allocated to the part that is no longer recognized and the sum of the consideration received for the part no longer recognized and any cumulative gain or loss allocated to it that had been recognized in other comprehensive income is recognized in profit or loss. A cumulative gain or loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income is allocated between the part that continues to be recognized and the part that is no longer recognized on the basis of the relative fair values of those parts.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company incurred in a singular factoring agreement arranged with Banco Santander, pursuant to which Globant, LLC transferred receivables for a total amount of 3,510. The Company considers that it has substantially transferred the risks and rewards intrinsic to these receivables to the bank and therefore they were derecognized.

 

3.12.9 – Convertible Notes

 

The Company recognizes convertible notes measured at their fair value using the market approach which consist in using prince and relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets, liabilities or group of assets and liabilities, such as a business.

 

3.12.9.1 Convertible note - Collokia

 

On May, 5, 2017, the Company and Collokia LLC, signed a loan agreement whereby the Company provides a financing facility of 100. Interest on the entire outstanding principal balance is computed at an annual rate of 2.8%. Collokia shall repay the loan in full within 18 months from the date that this agreement has been signed off. The Company has the right to convert any portion of the outstanding principal into preferred units of Collokia. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the fair value of the loan agreement amounted to 115 and 106, respectively, and is disclosed as other financial assets current. The Company expects to collect the convertible note in a foreseeable future and hence it has concluded that the convertible note is recoverable.

 

3.12.9.2 Convertible note - Wolox

 

On January 21, 2019 ("issuance date"), Globant España S.A. and Wolox, LLC (Wolox), agreed into a convertible promissory note purchase agreement whereby Globant España S.A. provides financing facility for 1,800.  Interest on the entire outstanding principal balance is computed at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus 2%. Wolox shall repay the loan in full within 18 months from the date as of the issuance date. Globant España S.A has the right to convert any portion of the outstanding principal into fully paid and nonassessable membership interest of Wolox.  As of December 31, 2019, the fair value of the loan agreement amounted to 1,841 and is disclosed as other financial assets current.

 

3.12.9.3 Convertible note - Singularity

 

On July 8, 2019 ("issuance date"), Globant España S.A. and Singularity Education Group, agreed into a note purchase agreement whereby Globant España S.A. provides financing facility for 1,250. Interest on the entire outstanding principal balance is computed at an annual rate of 5%. Singularity Education Group shall repay the loan in full within 1 year from the effective date. Globant España S.A has the right to convert any portion of the outstanding principal into Conversion Shares of Singularity Education Group. As of December 31, 2019, the fair value of the loan agreement amounted to 1,280 and is disclosed as other financial assets current.

 

F-41

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3.12.9.4 Convertible notes - Globant Ventures

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, Globant Venture SAS entered into 4 note purchase agreements with Interactive Mobile Media S.A. (CamonApp), AvanCargo Corp., TheEye S.A.S. and Robin (the "startups"), pursuant to which Globant Ventures provides financing facility for a total amount of 300.  Interest on the entire outstanding principal balance is computed at annual rates ranging from 5% to 12% for Interactive Mobile Media S.A. (CamonApp), AvanCargo Corp., TheEye S.A.S and Robin. Globant Venture SAS has the right to convert any portion of the outstanding principal into equity interest of the startups. As of December 31, 2019, the fair value of the loan agreement amounted to 300, and is disclosed as other financial assets non-current.

 

3.13 – Financial liabilities and equity instruments

 

3.13.1 – Classification as debt or equity

 

Debt and equity instruments issued by the Company and its subsidiaries are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

 

3.13.2 – Equity instruments

 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognized at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

 

Repurchase of the Company’s own equity instruments is recognized and deducted directly in equity. No gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Company’s own equity instruments.

 

3.13.3 – Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities, including trade payables, other liabilities and borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs.

 

Financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognized on an effective yield basis.

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

 

3.13.4 – Derecognition of financial liabilities

 

The Company derecognizes financial liabilities when, and only when, the Company’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognized and the consideration paid and payable is recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-42

 

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3.14 – Cash and cash equivalents

 

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and in banks and short-term highly liquid investments (original maturity of less than 90 days). In the consolidated statements of financial position, bank overdrafts are included in borrowings within current liabilities.

 

Cash and cash equivalents as shown in the statement of cash flows only includes cash and bank balances and time deposits as disclosed in note 10.

 

3.15 – Reimbursable expenses

 

Out-of-pocket and travel expenses are recognized as expense in the statements of income for the year. Reimbursable expenses are billed to customers and presented within the line item "Revenues" in the statements of income for the year.

 

3.16 – Share-based compensation plan

 

The Company has a share-based compensation plan for executives and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set forth in note 24.

 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is recognised to spread the fair value of each award over the vesting period on a straight-line basis, based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will potentially vest, with a corresponding increase in equity.

 

3.17 – Components of other comprehensive income

 

Components of other comprehensive income are items of income and expense that are not recognized in profit or loss as required or permitted by other IFRSs. The Company included gains and losses arising from translating the financial statements of a foreign operation, the gains and losses related to the valuation of the financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives hedging instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges.

 

3.18 – Gain on transactions with bonds

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company's Argentine subsidiaries, through cash received from repayments of intercompany loans, acquired Argentine sovereign bonds in the U.S. market denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

After acquiring these bonds, the Company's Argentine subsidiaries sold those bonds in the Argentine market. The fair value of these bonds in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the year ended December 31, 2019 was higher than its quoted price in the U.S. market (in U.S dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina, which is the rate used to convert these transactions in foreign currency into the Company's Argentine subsidiaries' functional currency, thus, as a result, the Company recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a gain amounting to 1,569 due to the above mentioned transactions that were disclosed under the caption "Gain on transaction with bonds" in the consolidated statements of profit or loss.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not engage in the above described transaction.

 

F-43

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

NOTE 4 – CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

 

In the application of the Company's accounting policies, which are described in note 3, the Company's management is required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and future years if the revision affects both current and future years.

 

The critical accounting estimates concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting year that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next year are the following:

 

1. Revenue recognition

 

In accounting for fixed-price contracts the Company applies the input or output methods depending on the nature of the project and the agreement with the customer, recognizing revenue on the basis of the Company’s efforts to the satisfaction of the performance obligation relative to the total expected inputs to the satisfaction of the performance obligation, or recognizing revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer of the services transferred to date relative to the remaining services promised under the contract, respectively. Each method is applied according to the characteristics of each contract and client.

 

These methods are followed where reasonably dependable estimates of revenues and costs can be made. Fixed-price projects generally correspond to short-term contracts. Some fixed-price contracts are recurring contracts that establish a fixed amount per month and do not require the Company to apply significant judgment in accounting for those types of contracts. In consequence, the use of estimates is only applicable for those contracts that are on-going at the year end and that are not recurring.

 

Reviews to these estimates may result in increases or decreases to revenues and income and are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the periods in which they are first identified. If the estimates indicate that a contract loss will be incurred, a loss provision is recorded in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by which the estimated costs of the contract exceed the estimated total revenues that will be generated by the contract and are included in cost of revenues in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income. Contract losses for the periods presented in these consolidated financial statements were immaterial.

 

2. Goodwill impairment analysis

 

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

 

F-44

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. When determining the fair value of the Company's cash generating unit, the Company utilizes both the market and income approaches. The Company first determines the value of the unit using the market approach. For the purposes of the calculation, the Company considers the value of the shares in the market.

 

In addition, the Company utilizes the income approach, using discounted cash flow. The income approach considers various assumptions including increase in headcount, headcount utilization rate, income from each country and revenue per employee, income tax rates and discount rates. The assumptions considered by the Company as of December 31, 2019 are the following: projected cash flows for the following five years, the average growth rate considered was 22.0% and the rate used to discount cash flows was 9.50%. The long-term rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the projected period was 3%.

 

Any adverse changes in key assumptions about the businesses and their prospects or an adverse change in market conditions may cause a change in the estimation of fair value and could result in an impairment charge. Based upon the Company's evaluation of goodwill, no impairments were recognized during 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

3. Income taxes

 

Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expenses, deferred income tax assets and liabilities requires significant judgment. The provision for income taxes is calculated over the net income of the company and is inclusive of federal, local and state taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences in each of the jurisdictions where the Company operates of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes.

 

The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the benefit of part or all of the deferred tax assets to be utilized. This assessment requires judgments, estimates and assumptions by management. In evaluating the Company's ability to utilize its deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are recoverable. The Company's judgments regarding future taxable income are based on expectations of market conditions and other facts and circumstances. Any adverse change to the underlying facts or the Company's estimates and assumptions could require that the Company reduces the carrying amount of its net deferred tax assets.

 

The Company evaluates the uncertain tax treatment, such determination requires the use of significant judgment in evaluating the tax treatments and assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items, see note 3.7.1.3.

 

4. Impairment of financial assets

 

The Company measures ECL using reasonable and supportable forward looking information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other. Loss given default is an estimate of the loss arising on default. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to receive.

 

F-45

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions.

 

As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded an impairment of trade receivables for an amount of 275, an impairment of 3,421 and a recovery of 5, respectively, using a provision matrix based on the Company’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date.

 

As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded a recovery for an amount of 47, an impairment of tax credits for an amount of 48 and 1,586, respectively, based on assumptions about expected credit losses. The Company uses judgment in making these assumptions based on existing regulatory conditions as well as forward looking estimates, which are described as follows. The tax credits included in the allowance for impairment are mainly related to Argentine taxation. The Company estimated the future VAT credit and VAT debit that comes from domestic purchases and sales, respectively. Since exports are zero-rated, any excess portion of the credit not used against any VAT debit is reimbursable to the Company, through a special VAT recovery regime. However, according to VAT recovery rules, there are certain limitations on the amount that may be reimbursed and the Company considered any VAT credit that cannot be reimbursed to be an impairment.

 

5. Share-based compensation plan

 

The Company's grants under its share-based compensation plan with employees are measured based on fair value of the Company's shares at the grant date and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, with a corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital.

 

Determining the fair value of the share-based awards at the grant date requires judgments. The Company calculated the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company's shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

 

Fair value of the shares: For 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the fair value of the shares is based on the quote market price of the Company's shares at the grant date. For 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as the Company's shares were not publicly traded the fair value was determined using the market approach technique based on the value per share of private placements. The Company had gone in the past through a series of private placements in which new shares have been issued. The Company understood that the price paid for those new shares was a fair value of those shares at the time of the placement. In January 2012, Globant España S.A. had a capital contribution from a new shareholder, which included cash plus share options granted to the new shareholder, therefore, the Company considered that amount to reflect the fair value of their shares. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement resulted from the following formula: cash minus fair value of share options granted to new shareholder divided by number of newly issued shares. The fair value of the share options granted to the new shareholder was determined using the same variables and methodologies as the share options granted to the employees. After the reorganization in December 2012, shares of Globant S.A (Luxembourg) were sold by existing shareholders in a private placement to WPP Plc. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement results from the total amount paid by WPP Plc. to the existing shareholders.

 

F-46

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Expected volatility: Since January 1, 2018 the expected volatility of the Company's shares is calculated by using the average share price volatility of the Company since January 1, 2016 to the date of grant. Before 2018, as the Company did not have sufficient trading history for the purpose of valuing the share options, the expected volatility of their shares was estimated by using the average historic price volatility of the NASDAQ 100 Telecommunication Index.

 

Expected term: The expected life of options represents the period of time the granted options are expected to be outstanding.

 

Risk free rate: The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Federal Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

 

Dividend yield: The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

6. Recoverability of internally generated intangible assets

 

If any impairment indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use.The discount rate use is the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

 

During the year, the Company considered the recoverability of its internally generated intangible asset which are included in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 with a carrying amount of 9,388 and 7,855, respectively.

 

A detailed recoverability analysis has been carried out by the Company, considering both, revenue from customers in case of the assets sold to third parties and internal usage for those assets that are used internally, and, as a result, the Company has recognized an impairment of 720 and 306 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. In 2017 no impairment losses were recorded. The impairment was recognized as a result of the Company's evaluation of such internal developments, upon which the Company projected lower future cash flows from the related intangible assets.

 

7. Fair value measurement and valuation processes

 

Certain assets and liabilities of the Company are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes.

 

In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Company uses market-observable data to the extent it is available. Where Level 1 inputs are not available, the Company estimates the fair value of an asset or a liability by converting future amounts (e.g. cash flows or income and expenses) to a single current (i.e. discounted) amount. If necessary the Company engages third party qualified valuers to perform the valuation. Information about the valuation techniques and inputs used in determining the fair value of various assets and liabilities are disclosed in note 28.8.

 

8. Useful lives of property, equipment and intangible assets

 

The Company reviews the estimated useful lives of property, equipment and intangible assets at the end of each reporting period. The Company determined that the useful lives of the assets included as property, equipment and intangible assets are in accordance with their expected lives.

 

F-47

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

9. Provision for contingencies

 

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Company will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows (when the effect of the time value of money is material).

 

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, a receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

 

10. Recoverability of intangible assets acquired in business combinations, other than goodwill

 

The Company evaluates intangible assets acquired in business combinations for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. The determination of the fair value of intangible assets acquired in business combinations involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital. When determining the fair value, we utilize the income approach using discounted cash flow.

 

A total amount of 4,708 of impairment loss related to the intangible assets acquired in business combinations was recognized as of December 31, 2017 and is included as other operating expense. The impairment was recognized as a result of the Company's evaluation of such intangible assets, upon which the Company projected lower future cash flows from the related customer relationships. In 2019 and 2018 no impairment losses were recorded.

 

NOTE 5 – REVENUE

 

The following tables present the Company’s revenues disaggregated by type of contracts, by revenue source regarding the industry vertical of the client and by currency. The Company provides technology services to enterprises in a range of industry verticals including media and entertainment, travel and hospitality, professional services, technology and telecommunications, banks, financial services and insurance and consumer, retail and manufacturing, among others. The Company understands that disaggregating revenues into these categories achieves the disclosure objective to depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenues may be affected by economic factors. However, this information is not considered by the chief operating decision-maker to allocate resources and in assessing financial performance of the Company. As noted in the business segment reporting information in note 26, the Company operates in a single operating and reportable segment.

 

F-48

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
By Industry vertical   2019     2018     2017  
Media and Entertainment     156,292       133,093       99,640  
Travel & Hospitality     92,773       89,212       68,400  
Banks, Financial Services and Insurance     143,788       114,439       94,994  
Technology & Telecommunications     88,183       67,310       60,648  
Professional Services     73,282       52,318       40,660  
Consumer, Retail & Manufacturing     85,698       54,087       36,025  
Other Verticals     19,309       11,851       13,072  
TOTAL     659,325       522,310       413,439  

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
By Currency   2019     2018     2017  
United States dollar (USD)     563,747       447,314       354,824  
European euro (EUR)     28,237       30,087       23,518  
Pound sterling (GBP)     3,012       6,550       4,107  
Argentine peso (ARS)     26,948       20,651       12,856  
Mexican peso (MXN)     19,939       11,711       6,942  
Colombian peso (COP)     6,831       4,068       2,341  
Brazilian real (BRL)     8,030       46       126  
Others     2,581       1,883       8,725  
TOTAL     659,325       522,310       413,439  

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
By Contract Type   2019     2018     2017  
Time and material contracts     544,131       431,295       376,718  
Fixed-price contracts     106,386       90,980       36,687  
Subscription resales     8,525              
Others     283       35       34  
TOTAL     659,325       522,310       413,439  

 

F-49

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

NOTE 6 – COST OF REVENUES AND SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

 

6.1 – Cost of revenues

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes     (366,594 )     (293,171 )     (239,013 )
Shared-based compensation expense     (4,976 )     (4,248 )     (5,666 )
Depreciation and amortization expense     (7,350 )     (4,022 )     (4,339 )
Travel and housing     (17,115 )     (6,623 )     (6,631 )
Office expenses     (2,583 )     (2,082 )     (1,692 )
Professional services     (4,440 )     (5,248 )     (5,005 )
Promotional and marketing expenses     (252 )     (1,575 )     (244 )
Recruiting, training and other employee expenses     (1,854 )     (1,382 )     (415 )
Taxes           (203 )     (166 )
TOTAL     (405,164 )     (318,554 )     (263,171 )

 

6.2 – Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes     (69,056 )     (47,805 )     (41,956 )
Share-based compensation expense     (14,912 )     (8,665 )     (8,798 )
Rental expenses (1)     (5,260 )     (17,185 )     (13,739 )
Office expenses     (10,733 )     (11,602 )     (11,800 )
Professional services     (13,167 )     (13,754 )     (9,885 )
Travel and housing     (7,259 )     (6,259 )     (4,460 )
Taxes     (16,201 )     (6,126 )     (6,140 )
Depreciation and amortization expense     (16,905 )     (16,521 )     (11,789 )
Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets     (14,584 )            
Recruiting, training and other employee expenses     (2,299 )     (1,507 )     (941 )
Promotional and marketing expenses     (2,102 )     (3,763 )     (1,305 )
TOTAL     (172,478 )     (133,187 )     (110,813 )

 

(1) Includes rental expenses from short–term leases and leases of low–value assets due to the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019.

 

F-50

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

(1) Includes rental expenses from short–term leases and leases of low–value assets due to the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019.

 

NOTE 7 – FINANCE INCOME / EXPENSE

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Finance income                        
Interest gain     958       407       479  
Gain arising from financial assets measured at fair value through PL     4,977       3,869       923  
Gain arising from financial assets measured at fair value through OCI (*)     72       258       240  
Gain arising from financial assets measured at amortised cost     120              
Foreign exchange gain     7,516       6,884       6,314  
Subtotal     13,643       11,418       7,956  
                         
Finance expense                        
Interest expense on borrowings     (1,226 )     (152 )     (95 )
Interest expense on lease liabilities     (3,464 )            
Loss arising from financial assets measured at fair value through PL     (3,770 )     (1,106 )     (620 )
Loss arising from financial assets measured at amortised cost     (21 )            
Foreign exchange loss     (16,357 )     (14,321 )     (9,043 )
Other interest     (419 )     (525 )     (788 )
Other     (1,544 )     (864 )     (490 )
Subtotal     (26,801 )     (16,968 )     (11,036 )
TOTAL     (13,158 )     (5,550 )     (3,080 )

 

(*) As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 includes 373, 12 and 27, respectively, related to the gain recognized as Other comprehensive income.

  

NOTE 8 – INCOME TAXES

 

8.1 – INCOME TAX RECOGNIZED IN PROFIT AND LOSS

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Tax expense:                        
Current tax expense     (19,327 )     (23,324 )     (14,053 )
Deferred tax gain (1)     4,310       7,456       5,972  
TOTAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE     (15,017 )     (15,868 )     (8,081 )

 

(1) As of December 31, 2017, includes 1,004 of deferred tax gain related to changes in tax rates.

 

Most of the revenues are generated through subsidiaries located in the U.S. The Company's workforce is mainly located in Latin America and to a lesser extent in India and U.S.

 

F-51

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate. As the operations of the Argentine subsidiaries are the most significant source of net taxable income of the Company, the following reconciliation has been prepared using the Argentine tax rate:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Profit before income tax     69,032       67,464       38,544  
Tax rate (note 3.7.1.1)     30 %     30 %     35 %
Income tax expense     (20,710 )     (20,239 )     (13,490 )
                         
Permanent differences                        
Argentine Software Promotion Regime (note 3.7.1.1)     3,256       6,844       3,541  
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in countries other than Argentina     7,996       4,352       2,019  
Non-deductible expenses     925       1,130       1,187  
Tax loss carry forward not recognized     (2,402 )     (1,462 )     (374 )
Exchange difference     (4,365 )     (8,777 )     (860 )
Other     283       2,284       (104 )
INCOME TAX EXPENSE RECOGNIZED IN PROFIT AND LOSS     (15,017 )     (15,868 )     (8,081 )

 

8.2 – DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Share-based compensation plan     11,587       4,731  
Provision for vacation and bonus     6,533       6,624  
Intercompany trade payables     3,553       2,207  
Property and equipment     1,163       716  
Goodwill     (1,752 )     (1,005 )
Contingencies     714       546  
Others     3,031       1,236  
Loss carryforward (1)     2,039       1,861  
TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSETS     26,868       16,916  

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Other Assets     (1,028 )      
TOTAL DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES     (1,028 )      

 

(1) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the detail of the loss carryforward is as follows:

 

F-52

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    2019     2018
Company   Loss
carryforward
    Expiration date     Loss
carryforward
    Expiration date
Globant S.A.                   547     does not expire
Dynaflows S.A.     138       2024       96     2020
Dynaflows S.A.     53       2023            
Dynaflows S.A.     4       2022            
IAFH Global S.A     594       2024            
Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda. (2)     767       does not expire       887     does not expire
Sistemas UK Limited                 116     does not expire
We Are London Limited     163       does not expire       215     does not expire
Difier S.A     3       does not expire            
Sistemas Globales S.A.     25       2023            
Avanxo S.A.     129       2024            
BSF S.A.     140       2024            
Avanxo - Sucursal del Perú     20       2022            
Globant France S.A.S.     3       does not expire            
      2,039               1,861      

 

(2) The amount of the carryforward that can be utilized for Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda. is limited to 30% of taxable income in each carryforward year.

 

As of December 31, 2019, no deferred tax liability has been recognised on investments in subsidiaries. The Company has concluded it has the ability and intention to control the timing of any distribution from its subsidiaries and it is probable that will be no reversal in the foreseeable future in a way that would result in a charge to taxable profit.

 

The roll forward of the deferred tax assets/(liabilities) presented in the consolidated financial position is as follows:

 

F-53

 

  

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

          Recognised     Recognised in                 Additions        
          in     other     Recognised         from      
    Opening     profit or     comprehensive     directly in     Acquisitions/     business     Closing  
2019   balance     loss (*)     income     equity     disposals     combinations     balance  
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities) in relation to:                                                        
Share-based compensation plan     4,731       718             9,864       (3,726 )           11,587  
Provision for vacation and bonus     6,624       (275 )                       184       6,533  
Intercompany trade payables     2,207       1,346                               3,553  
Property and equipment     716       447                               1,163  
Goodwill     (1,005 )     (747 )                             (1,752 )
Contingencies     546       168                               714  
Other assets           (389 )                       (639 )     (1,028 )
Others     1,236       1,795                               3,031  
Subtotal     15,055       3,063             9,864       (3,726 )     (455 )     23,801  
Loss carryforward     1,861       876       (698 )                       2,039  
TOTAL     16,916       3,939       (698 )     9,864       (3,726 )     (455 )     25,840  

 

(*) Includes foreign exchange loss of 371.

 

        Recognised     Recognised in                    
          in     other     Recognised              
    Opening     profit or loss   comprehensive     directly in     Acquisitions/     Closing  
2018   balance     (*)     income     equity     disposals     balance  
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities) in relation to:                                                
Share-based compensation plan     5,772       915             2,367       (4,323 )     4,731  
Provision for vacation and bonus     1,309       5,315                         6,624  
Intercompany trade payables     3,126       (919 )                       2,207  
Property and equipment     756       (40 )                       716  
Goodwill     (479 )     (526 )                       (1,005 )
Contingencies           546                         546  
Others     297       939                         1,236  
Subtotal     10,781       6,230             2,367       (4,323 )     15,055  
Loss carryforward     2,405       321       (165 )           (700 )     1,861  
TOTAL     13,186       6,551       (165 )     2,367       (5,023 )     16,916  

 

(*) Includes foreign exchange loss of 905.

 

NOTE 9 – EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows:

 

F-54

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Net income for the year attributable to owners of the Company     54,015       51,677       30,539  
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands) for the purpose of basic earnings per share     36,586       35,746       34,919  
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands) for the purpose of diluted earnings per share     37,674       36,685       36,094  
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE   $ 1.48     $ 1.45     $ 0.87  
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE   $ 1.43     $ 1.41     $ 0.84  

   

The following potential ordinary shares are anti-dilutive and are therefore excluded from the weight average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Shares deemed to be issued in respect of employee options     4,470       205,940       603,159  

  

NOTE 10 – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
             
Cash and bank balances     62,426       63,574  
Time deposits     295       14,032  
TOTAL     62,721       77,606  

  

NOTE 11 – INVESTMENTS

 

11.1 – Investments

 

    As of December 31,  
Current   2019     2018  
Mutual funds (1)     19,384       4,050  
Bills issued by the Treasury of the Argentine Republic ("LETEs") (2)     396       1,015  
Bills issued by the Treasury Department of the U.S. ("T-Bills") (2)           3,493  
Capitalizable bills issued by the Treasury of the Argentine Republic ("LECAPs") (2)           77  
TOTAL     19,780       8,635  

 

(1) Measured at fair value through profit or loss.

 

(2) Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.

 

F-55

 

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    As of December 31,  
Non current   2019     2018  
Contribution to risk funds (3)     418       527  
TOTAL     418       527  

 

(3) On December 27, 2018, the Company signed an agreement pursuant to which the Company made a contribution to the risk fund of a Mutual Guarantee Company. Such contribution accrues an interest which is collectible on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has recorded 418 and 527, respectively, as a non current investment, measured at amortised cost.

 

11.2 – Investments in associates

 

CHVG investment

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company owned the 40% of total shares of CHVG S.A. ("CHVG") and accounted for this investment using the equity method.  On January 15, 2019, the Company sold the shares of CHVG S.A for a total amount of 10 (ARS 390).

 

Collokia investment

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has a 19.5% of participation in Collokia LLC.

 

On February 25, 2016, the Company signed a subscription agreement with Collokia LLC, through which Collokia LLC agreed to increase its capital by issuing 55,645 preferred units, from which the Company acquired 20,998 at the price of $23.81 per share for a total amount of 500. After this subscription, the Company has a 19.5% of participation in Collokia LLC for a total amount of 800 and accounted for this investment using the equity method considering that the Company has significant influence over the operating and governance decisions of Collokia LLC, as the participation in the board of director, the approval of budget and business plan, among other decisions.

 

As of December 31, 2018, indicators that the investment in Collokia may not be recovered arose and the Company performed an impairment test. As a consequence, an impairment loss of 800 was recognized and is included in Other income, net.

 

Acamica investment

 

On January 26, 2016, the Company signed a subscription agreement with Ignacio Moreno, Tomás Escobar, Gonzalo Orsi and Juan Badino (jointly "the Founders"); Fitory S.A., a company organized under the laws of Uruguay; Wayra Argentina S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Argentina; Stultum Pecuniam Ventures LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Washington, United States; Ms. Eun Young Hwang ("Rebecca"); Acamica S.A., a company organized under the laws of Argentina ("Acamica Argentina") and Acamica Inc, a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware, United States ("Acamica US" and together with Acamica Argentina, the "Acamica Group Companies") whereas the Founders own 100% of the capital share of Acamica Group Companies and formed a new company organized under the laws of Spain ("Holdco") which owned 100% of the capital shares of Acamica US and 97% of the capital shares of Acamica Argentina.

 

F-56

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

On January 3, 2017, pursuant to the terms of the subscription agreement the Company made a capital contribution of 750 to the Acamica Tecnologías S.L. (previously referred as Holdco) in exchange for a 20% ownership stake in the entity. On May 17, 2018, the Company signed a new share purchase and subscription agreement with Fitory S.A., Stultum Pecunian Ventures, LLC, Wayra Argentina S.A., Eun Young Hwang and Acámica Tecnologías S.A. Pursuant to such agreement, the Company purchased additional shares for an amount of 3,250. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has a 47.5% of participation in Acámica Tecnologías S.L. The investment is accounted using the equity method considering that the Company has significant influence over the operating and governance decisions of Acamica Tecnologías S.L., as the participation in the board of director, the approval of budget and business plan, among other decisions.

 

The Company's share on the profit or loss or other comprehensive income of all the above-mentioned investments for the years ended 2018 and 2017 were not significant individually nor in the aggregate, except for the impairment recognized in Collokia in 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019 the Company's share on the profit or loss of the investment in Acamica amounted to a loss of 224.

 

NOTE 12 – TRADE RECEIVABLES

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Accounts receivable (1)     146,382       101,754  
Unbilled revenue     13,970       13,101  
Subtotal     160,352       114,855  
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts     (3,676 )     (3,957 )
TOTAL     156,676       110,898  

 

(1) Includes amounts due from related parties of 91 and 993 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (see note 23.1).

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

The following tables detail the risk profile of trade receivables based on the Company's provision matrix as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

December 31, 2019   Trade receivables - days past due  
    < 30     31 - 60     61 - 90     91-120     121-180     > 180     Total  
Expected credit loss rate     0.80 %     2.00 %     3.50 %     7.80 %     20.30 %     79.50 %        
Estimated total gross carrying amount at default     21,165       8,852       3,091       829       410       3,867       38,214  
Lifetime ECL     169       177       108       65       83       3,074       3,676  

 

December 31, 2018   Trade receivables - days past due  
    < 30     31 - 60     61 - 90     91-120     > 120     Total  
Expected credit loss rate     0.06 %     1.90 %     4.40 %     11.90 %     85.90 %        
Estimated total gross carrying amount at default     17,815       6,843       2,814       2,778       3,801       34,051  
Lifetime ECL     107       130       124       331       3,265       3,957  

 

The movements in the allowance are calculated based on lifetime expected credit loss model for 2019 and 2018, and incurred loss model for 2017.

 

F-57

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The following table shows the movement in ECL that has been recognised for trade receivables in accordance with the simplified approach:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Balance at beginning of year     (3,957 )     (609 )     (617 )
Additions, net of recoveries (note 4.4)     (275 )     (3,421 )     5  
Write-off of receivables     556       73       3  
Balance at end of year     (3,676 )     (3,957 )     (609 )

 

The average credit period on sales is 78 days. No interest is charged on trade receivables. The Company always measures the loss allowance for trade receivables at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. The expected credit losses on trade receivables are estimated using the provision matrix by reference to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor's current financial position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date.

 

NOTE 13 – OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Other receivables                
Current                
Tax credit - VAT     2,592       5,202  
Tax credit - Software Promotion Regime (note 3.7.1.1)     4,504       3,555  
Income tax credits     4,534       1,410  
Other tax credits     577       276  
Advances to suppliers     1,666       611  
Prepaid expenses     4,268       3,982  
Loans granted to employees     211       49  
Other     956       256  
TOTAL     19,308       15,341  

 

F-58

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Non-current                
Advances to suppliers (1)     3,579       28,799  
Tax credit - VAT     1,004       1,031  
Income tax credits     1,516       1,259  
Tax credit - Software Promotion Regime (note 3.7.1.1)           749  
Other tax credits     209       170  
Guarantee deposits     2,683       1,681  
Loans granted to employees     152       208  
Prepaid expenses     45       475  
Other           500  
Subtotal     9,188       34,872  
Allowance for impairment of tax credits     (378 )     (675 )
TOTAL     8,810       34,197  

 

(1) Includes advances to acquire buildings as of December 31, 2018 (Note 22).

 

Roll forward of the allowance for impairment of tax credits

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Balance at beginning of year     675       1,300        
(Recovery) additions (note 4.4)     (47 )     48       1,586  
Foreign exchange     (250 )     (673 )     (286 )
Balance at end of year     378       675       1,300  

 

F-59

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

NOTE 14 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2019 included the following:

 

    Computer
equipment
and software
    Furniture
and office
supplies
    Office
fixtures
    Vehicles     Buildings     Lands     Properties
under
construction
    Total  
Useful life (years)     3       5       3       5       50                          
Cost                                                                
Values at beginning of year     30,053       7,142       41,904       37       13,401       2,354       4,365       99,256  
Additions related to business combinations (note 25.12)     878       727       1,585       71       420                   3,681  
Additions     8,397       570       1,055                         37,015       47,037  
Transfers     48       1,369       5,787                         (7,204 )      
Disposals     (268 )     (42 )                             (5 )     (315 )
Translation     (169 )     (167 )     26                               (310 )
Values at end of year     38,939       9,599       50,357       108       13,821       2,354       34,171       149,349  
                                                                 
Depreciation                                                                
Accumulated at beginning of year     18,873       4,296       23,997       21       609                   47,796  
Additions     6,759       1,225       6,283       7       268                   14,542  
Disposals     (191 )     (46 )                                   (237 )
Translation     (164 )     (131 )     10                               (285 )
Accumulated at end of year     25,277       5,344       30,290       28       877                   61,816  
Carrying amount     13,662       4,255       20,067       80       12,944       2,354       34,171       87,533  

 

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2018 included the following:

 

    Computer
equipment
and software
    Furniture
and office
supplies
    Office
fixtures
    Vehicles     Buildings     Lands     Properties
under
construction
    Total  
Useful life (years)     3       5       3       5       50                          
Cost                                                                
Values at beginning of year     23,381       5,810       33,275       37       6,981       2,354       11,167       83,005  
Additions related to business combinations (note 25.12)           5       43                               48  
Additions     7,055       719       1,083                         10,065       18,922  
Transfers     6       845       9,596             6,420             (16,867 )      
Disposals     (353 )     (229 )     (2,005 )                             (2,587 )
Translation     (36 )     (8 )     (88 )                             (132 )
Values at end of year     30,053       7,142       41,904       37       13,401       2,354       4,365       99,256  
                                                                 
Depreciation                                                                
Accumulated at beginning of year     14,609       3,694       20,421       13       389                   39,126  
Additions     4,641       832       5,529       8       220                   11,230  
Disposals     (346 )     (224 )     (1,868 )                             (2,438 )
Translation     (31 )     (6 )     (85 )                             (122 )
Accumulated at end of year     18,873       4,296       23,997       21       609                   47,796  
Carrying amount     11,180       2,846       17,907       16       12,792       2,354       4,365       51,460  

 

F-60

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

NOTE 15 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 included the following:

 

    Licenses and
internal
developments
    Customer
relationships
and contracts
    Non-
compete
agreement
    Total  
Useful life (years)     5       1 - 4       3          
Cost                                
Values at beginning of year     36,957       10,896       586       48,439  
Additions related to business combinations (note 25.12)           14,389             14,389  
Additions from separate acquisitions     4,188                   4,188  
Additions from internal development     7,212                   7,212  
Disposals     (26 )                 (26 )
Translation     (13 )                 (13 )
Values at end of year     48,318       25,285       586       74,189  
                                 
Amortization and impairment                                
Accumulated at beginning of year     26,179       9,896       586       36,661  
Additions     8,589       1,124             9,713  
Impairment loss recognised in profit or loss (note 4.6)     720                   720  
Disposals     (2 )                 (2 )
Translation     (13 )                 (13 )
Accumulated at end of year     35,473       11,020       586       47,079  
Carrying amount     12,845       14,265             27,110  

 

F-61

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2018 included the following:

 

    Licenses and
internal
developments
    Customer
relationships
and contracts
    Non-
compete
agreement
    Total  
Useful life (years)     5       1 - 4       3          
Cost                                
Values at beginning of year     27,381       10,153       586       38,120  
Additions related to business combinations (note 25.12)           173             173  
Additions from separate acquisitions     3,480                   3,480  
Additions from internal development     6,104                   6,104  
Translation     (8 )     570             562  
Values at end of year     36,957       10,896       586       48,439  
                                 
Amortization and impairment                                
Accumulated at beginning of year     17,325       8,844       586       26,755  
Additions     8,556       757             9,313  
Impairment loss recognised in profit or loss (note 4.6)     306                   306  
Translation     (8 )     295             287  
Accumulated at end of year     26,179       9,896       586       36,661  
Carrying amount     10,778       1,000             11,778  

 

NOTE 16 – OTHER ASSETS

 

The Company bills customers and receives invoices from suppliers based on a billing schedule established in the subscription resales contracts. Therefore, the outstanding balance of other assets includes the right to consideration related to subscriptions that have not yet been invoiced by the Company, and trade payables includes the expenses accrual for the cost that have not yet been invoiced by the suppliers.

 

The outstanding balance of other assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Other assets                
Current     13,439        
Non-current     7,796        
TOTAL     21,235        

 

NOTE 17 – TRADE PAYABLES

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Current                
Suppliers     10,623       6,137  
Advanced payments from customers           291  
Expenses accrual     20,864       11,150  
TOTAL     31,487       17,578  

 

F-62

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Non current                
Expenses accrual     5,500        
TOTAL     5,500        

 

NOTE 18 – PAYROLL AND SOCIAL SECURITY TAXES PAYABLE

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Salaries     8,376       4,434  
Social security tax     13,564       7,548  
Provision for vacation, bonus and others     49,909       46,181  
Directors fees     281       315  
Other     122       57  
TOTAL     72,252       58,535  

 

NOTE 19 – BORROWINGS

 

The principal balances of outstanding borrowings under lines of credit with banks and financial institutions were as follows:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
HSBC Bank and Citibank - Syndicated loan (United States)     50,363        
Banco Santander (Colombia)     549        
Banco Supervielle (Argentina)     309        
Banco ICBC (Argentina)     96        
Others     69        
TOTAL     51,386        

 

Such balances were included as current and non-current borrowings in the consolidated statement of financial position as follows:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Current borrowings     1,198        
Non-current borrowings     50,188        
TOTAL     51,386        

 

On November 1, 2018, Globant LLC, the Company's U.S. subsidiary, entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among certain financial institutions, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. The A&R Credit Agreement amends and restates the existing Credit Agreement dated as of August 3, 2017, which provided for a secured revolving credit facility under which the Company may borrow up to 40,000 in advances. Under the A&R Credit Agreement, Globant LLC may borrow (i) up to 50,000 in a single borrowing on or prior to May 1, 2019 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to 150,000 under a revolving credit facility. In addition, Globant, LLC may request increases of the maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an agregament amount not to exceed 100,000. The maturity date of the facilities is October 31, 2023. Pursuant to the terms of the A&R Credit Agreement, interest on loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 1.75%. Globant LLC’s obligations under the A&R Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of Globant LLC’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The A&R Credit Agreement also contains the following covenants: delivery of certain financial information; payment of obligations, including tax liabilities; use of proceeds only for transaction costs payments, for lawful general corporate purposes and working capital; Globant LLC's Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not be less than 1.25 to 1.00;  Globant LLC's Maximum Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.00; Globant LLC or any of its subsidiaries shall not incur in any indebtedness; Globant LLC or any of its subsidiaries shall not assume any Lien; restricted payments not to exceed 10,000 per year; advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed 50 outstanding at any time; Globant LLC shall not maintain intercompany payables owed to any of its Argentina Affiliates except to the extent (i) such payables are originated in transactions made in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the aggregate amount of such payables do not exceed an amount equal to five times the average monthly amount of such Affiliates’ billings for the immediately preceding 12 month period; Globant LLC's capital expenditures limited to 10% the Company's consolidated net revenue per year and Globant LLC's annual revenue is to remain at no less than 60% of the Company's consolidated annual revenue. 

F-63

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Movements in borrowings are analyzed as follows:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
Balance at the beginning of year           6,011       217  
Borrowings related to business combination (note 25.12) (1) (4)     1,290              
Proceeds from new borrowings (2) (5)     90,523             22,000  
Payment of borrowings (3) (5)     (41,570 )     (6,163 )     (16,293 )
Accrued interest (4)     1,226       152       95  
Foreign exchange (4)     (83 )           (8 )
TOTAL     51,386             6,011  

 

(1) Corresponds to borrowings with Banco de Bogotá and BBVA, with maturity date in September 2019, ICBC with maturity date November 2020 and Supervielle with maturity date in July 2022. These borrowings do not have covenants.

 

(2) On April 12, 2019, August 6, 2019, August 8, 2019 and October 28, 2019 Globant LLC borrowed 25,000, 30,000, 10,000 and 25,000, respectively under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. From the loans mentioned, 50,000 will mature on October 31, 2023 and 40,000 before December 31, 2019. On September 26, 2019, Avanxo borrowed 523 from Banco Santander with maturity date on March 26, 2020. During 2017, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A., entered into 6 loan agreements with Santander Rio for a total amount of 16,000. These loans matured before December 31, 2017. On December 19, 2017, Globant LLC has borrowed 6,000 under the credit facility mentioned above. This loan matured on July 23, 2018.

 

(3) During the year ended on December 31, 2019, the principal payments were as follows, Globant LLC paid 40,301 of the 40,000 borrowed under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. In September 2019, Avanxo Colombia paid 520 related to the borrowing with BBVA and paid 37 in interests regarding the borrowing with Santander in November 2019. During the year ended in December 31, 2019, BSF, S.A paid 52 and 39 regarding the borrowings with Supervielle and ICBC, respectively. On July 23, 2018, Globant LLC paid 6,163 borrowed in December 2017, under de A&R Credit Agreement. During December 2017, the Company through its Argentine subsidiary, Sistemas Globales S.A and IAFH Global S.A., paid 16,293 of the loan agreements acquired with Santander Rio in 2017.

 

(4) Non-cash transactions.

 

(5) Cash transactions.

 

F-64

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

NOTE 20 – TAX LIABILITIES

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Income tax     4,612       4,526  
Periodic payment plan     17       28  
Software Promotion Law - Annual and monthly rates     366       523  
VAT payable     2,558       1,208  
Wage withholding taxes     1,266       558  
Sales taxes payable     1,576        
Other     2,115       556  
TOTAL     12,510       7,399  

 

NOTE 21 – PROVISIONS FOR CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of its business. The Company has recorded a provision for labor, regulatory and commercial claims where the risk of loss is considered probable. The final resolution of these potential claims is not likely to have a material effect on the results of operations, cash flow or the financial position of the Company.

 

Breakdown of reserves for lawsuits claims and other disputed matters include the following:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Reserve for labor claims     91       678  
Reserve for commercial claims     1,000        
Reserve for regulatory claims     1,511       2,184  
TOTAL     2,602       2,862  

 

Roll forward is as follows:

 

    As of December 31,  
Reserve for labor claims   2019     2018     2017  
Balance at beginning of year     678       49       1,138  
Additions     907       926       187  
Recovery     (1,247 )            
Utilization of provision for contingencies     (99 )     (222 )     (1,288 )
Foreign exchange     (148 )     (75 )     12  
Balance at end of year     91       678       49  

 

F-65

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    As of December 31,  
Reserve for regulatory claims   2019     2018     2017  
Balance at beginning of year     2,184       1,130       807  
Additions (1)     219       1,144       340  
Recovery     (879 )            
Utilization of provision for contingencies     (95 )           (32 )
Foreign exchange     82       (90 )     15  
Balance at end of year     1,511       2,184       1,130  

 

    As of December 31,  
Reserve for commercial claims   2019     2018     2017  
Balance at beginning of year                  
Additions (2)     1,000              
Balance at end of year     1,000              

 

(1) As of December 31, 2019, the Company's Colombian subsidiary is currently under examination by the Unidad de Gestión Pensional y Parafiscales ("UGPP") regarding social contribution payments for the year 2016. On November 6, 2019, the UGPP issued a demand letter to the Company's Colombian subsidiary proposing a preliminary assessment of $2.1 million plus penalties and interest for social contribution payments during such year and requesting to revert with its own assessment. The response letter was presented on February 5, 2020, after which the UGPP will have six months to issue its final determination. Also, certain of the Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries are currently under examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding payroll and employment taxes primarily in connection with services performed by employees of the Company's subsidiaries in the United States from 2013 to 2015. On May 1, 2018, the IRS issued 30-day letters to those subsidiaries proposing total assessments of $1.4 million plus penalties and interest for employment taxes for those years. The Company's subsidiaries filed protests of these proposed assessments with the IRS on July 16, 2018 and as of December 31, 2019 the Company has not received an answer.

 

(2) On August 8, 2019, Certified Collectibles Group, LLC (“CCG”) and its affiliates filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division, (Civil Action No. 19-CV-1962) against Globant S.A. and Globant, LLC.  The complaint, arising from a dispute relating to a service contract, alleges nine causes of action against Globant, LLC: (1) fraudulent inducement of contract; (2) fraud; (3) fraudulent concealment; (4) negligent misrepresentation; (5) breach of contract and breach of express warranty; (6) violation of Florida’s Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act; (7) professional negligence; (8) declaratory judgment; and (9) unjust enrichment. The complaint names Globant S.A. as a defendant with respect to several of these causes of action (counts 2-4, 6-7, and 9), on the alleged theory that Globant S.A. was an “alter ego” or agent of Globant, LLC. Globant, LLC has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for failure to state a claim, and Globant S.A. has filed a motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction. CCG has opposed these filings. The court has not yet ruled on the motions to dismiss.

 

NOTE 22 – ADVANCES TO ACQUIRE BUILDINGS

 

On December 4, 2015, our Argentine subsidiaries Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A., entered into a Purchase Agreement with IRSA Inversiones y Representaciones Sociedad Anónima (“IRSA”) to acquire four floors representing approximately 4,896 square meters in a building to be constructed in a premium business zone of the City of Buenos Aires, Argentina.

 

F-66

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

In consideration for the property the subsidiaries agreed to pay IRSA the following purchase price: (i) AR$ 180,279 on the date of signing of the purchase agreement, equivalent to 18,779 at such date; (ii) 8,567 during a three-year term beginning in June 2016; and (iii) the remaining 3,672 at the moment of transfer of the property ownership, after finalization of the building.

 

As explained in note 4.4, during the years 2019 and 2018, the Company estimated the future use of some tax credits and concluded that the value-added tax related to the advance payments to IRSA which amounted to 70 and 363, respectively, will not be recoverable and were included as advances to suppliers paid to IRSA.

 

As of December 31, 2018, 28,799 are included in these consolidated financial statements as other receivables non-current. As of December 31, 2019, the building was finalized and the property ownership was transferred. Consequently, a total amount of 30,661 was reclassified from other receivables non-current to property and equipment.

NOTE 23 – RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

 

23.1 – Related parties

 

The Company provides software and consultancy services to certain WPP subsidiaries and other related parties. WPP was a shareholder of the Company with significant influence, until it sold its shares of the Company on June 20, 2018. The Company also provides software services to Morgan Stanley, which holds a share over 5% on the Company. Outstanding receivable balances as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 

    As of December 31,
    2019     2018
Mercado Libre S.R.L.           440
TNS           56
Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.     91       497
Total     91       993

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized revenues for 1,419, 5,937 and 5,590, respectively, as follows:

 

F-67

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    For the year ended December 31,
    2019     2018     2017
Added Value                 13
Grey Global Group Inc.(*)           472       1,238
Group M Worldwide Inc(*)           102       521
JWT(*)           204       1,043
Kantar Group(*)           216       791
Kantar Retail(*)           39       93
Ogilvy & Mather Brasil Comunication(*)           82       1,677
JP Morgan Chase & Co.(*)           1,784      
JP Morgan Chase S.A.(*)           48      
JP Morgan Services Argentina S.R.L.(*)           1,503      
TNS(*)           8       30
Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.     1,257       964      
Mercado Libre S.R.L.     162       515       143
Mirum Inc.                 41
Total     1,419       5,937       5,590

 

(*) WPP and JP Morgan subsidiaries were no longer considered related parties as of December 31, 2019.

 

23.2 – Compensation of key management personnel

 

The remuneration of directors and other members of key management personnel during each of the three years are as follows:

 

    For the year ended December 31,
    2019     2018     2017
Salaries and bonuses     6,914       5,140       4,507
Total     6,914       5,140       4,507

 

The remuneration of directors and key executives is determined by the Board of Directors based on the performance of individuals and market trends.

 

During 2017, the Company granted 12,836 and 62,162 restricted stock units at a grant price of $34.96 and $37.00, respectively.

 

During 2018, the Company granted 115,000 and 6,000 share options at a strike price of $46.00 and $50.92, respectively.

 

During 2018, the Company granted 93,000, 10,000 and 4,054 restricted stock units at a grant price of $46.00, $50.92 and $45.50, respectively.

 

During 2019, the Company granted 4,000 share options at a strike price of $52.10.

 

During 2019, the Company granted 82,800, 2,400 and 2,390 restricted stock units at a grant price of $87.44, $52.10 and $69.77, respectively.

 

F-68

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

NOTE 24 – EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

24.1 – Share-based compensation plan

 

Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments to employees and non-employee directors is determined based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Fair value is calculated using Black & Scholes model.

 

In June 2012, the Company decided to replace its Stock Appreciation Rights ("SAR") program with a new share-based compensation program. The 2012 share-based compensation agreement was signed by the employees on June 30, 2012, considering the actual grant dates of the SARs to employees.

 

Each employee share option converts into one ordinary share of the Company on exercise. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiry (seven years after the effective date).

 

All options vested on the date of modification of the plan or all other non-vested options expire within seven years after the effective date or seven years after the period of vesting finalizes.

 

In July 2014, the Company adopted a new Equity Incentive Program, the 2014 Plan.

 

Pursuant to this plan, on July 18, 2014, the first trading day of the Company common shares on the NYSE, the Company made the annual grants for 2014 Plan to certain of the executive officers and other employees. The grants included share options with a vesting period of 4 years, becoming exercisable a 25% of the options on each anniversary of the grant date through the fourth anniversary of the grant. Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments is determined based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date.

 

Each employee share option converts into one ordinary share of the Company on exercise. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiry (ten years after the effective date).

 

Under this share-based compensation plan, during the years 2019 and 2018, other share-based compensation agreements were signed for a total of 4,000 and 221,000 options granted, respectively.

 

During the years 2019 and 2018, as part of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company granted awards to certain employees in the form of Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs"), having a par value of $1.20 each, with a specific period of vesting. Each RSU is equivalent in value to one share of the company´s common stock and represents the Company´s commitment to issue one share of the Company's common stock at a future date, subject to the term of the RSU agreement.

 

Until the RSUs vest, they are an unfunded promise to issue shares of stock to the recipient at some point in the future. The RSUs carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. RSU's vesting is subject to the condition that the employee must remain in such condition at of the vesting date.

 

The Company may determine a percentage of RSU, as part of the full year compensation package payment.

 

These RSUs agreements have been recorded as Equity Settled transactions in accordance to IFRS 2, and they were measured at fair value of shares at the grant date.

 

F-69

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The following shows the evolution of the share options for the years ended at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

    As of December 31, 2019     As of December 31, 2018
    Number of options     Weighted
average
exercise price
    Number of
options
    Weighted
average
exercise price
Balance at the beginning of year     1,786,467       27.96       2,155,851       23.02
Options granted during the year     4,000       52.10       221,000       46.45
Forfeited during the year     (21,625 )     31.77       (78,716 )     36.89
Exercised during the year     (717,240 )     22.06       (511,668 )     13.76
Balance at end of year     1,051,602       31.82       1,786,467       27.96

 

The following shows the evolution of the RSUs for the years ended at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

    As of December 31, 2019     As of December 31, 2018
    Number of
RSU
    Weighted
average
grant price
    Number of
RSU
    Weighted
average
grant price
Balance at the beginning of year     535,838       44.70       164,859       37.58
RSU granted during the year     309,539       85.80       564,995       46.29
Forfeited during the year     (38,621 )     47.69       (30,783 )     44.14
Issued during the year     (181,860 )     37.00       (163,233 )     43.13
Balance at end of year     624,896       64.05       535,838       44.70

 

The following tables summarizes the RSU at the end of the year:

 

F-70

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Grant date   Grant price ($)     Number of Restricted
Stock Units
    Fair value at
grant date ($)
    Expense as of December 31,
2019 ($) (*)
2017     36.30       1,000       36       18
      37.00       45,242       1,674       2,217
      42.00       3,250       137       77
                               
2018     46.00       281,180       12,934       5,221
      50.92       7,500       382       129
      52.74       3,000       158       54
      55.07       3,000       165       56
      56.87                   67
                               
2019     52.10       2,400       125       61
      87.44       268,750       23,500       6,450
      94.93       4,000       380       116
      69.77                   446
      103.75       3,000       311       20
                               
Subtotal             622,322       39,802       14,932
                               
Non employees RSU                              
                               
2018     46.00                   35
      57.39                   18
                               
2019     87.44       2,574       225       126
                               
Subtotal             2,574       225       179
Total             624,896       40,027       15,111

 

F-71

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The following tables summarizes the share options at the end of the year:

 

Grant date   Exercise price ($)     Number of stock
options
    Number of stock
options vested as
of December 31,
2019
    Fair value at
grant date ($)
    Fair value
vested ($)
    Expense as of
December 31,
2019 (*)
2012     0.95                               5
      2.48                               9
      3.38                               85
      12.22                              
                                               
2014     10.00       107,826       107,826       359       359       500
                                               
2015     22.77                              
      28.31       205,748       205,748       1,426       1,426       1,422
      29.34       3,875       3,875       26       26      
      34.20       5,500       5,500       47       47       39
                                               
2016     29.01       117,480       52,480       810       362       888
      32.36       338,173       211,798       2,740       1,716       1,487
                                               
2017     38.16       30,000       20,000       273       182       91
      36.30       15,000       7,500       127       64       32
                                               
2018     44.97       15,000             268             118
      46.00       170,000       36,250       3,434       732       1,349
      55.07       7,500             181             97
      50.92       4,500             101             61
                                               
2019     52.10       4,000             89             43
                                               
Subtotal             1,024,602       650,977       9,881       4,914       6,226
                                               
Non employees stock options                                              
                                               
2016     39.37       27,000       20,250       248       186       62
                                               
Subtotal             27,000       20,250       248       186       62
Total             1,051,602       671,227       10,129       5,100       6,288

 

(*) Includes social security taxes.

 

Deferred income tax asset arising from the recognition of the share-based compensation plan amounted to 11,587 and 4,731 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-72

 

 

  

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

  

24.2 - Share options exercised and RSU vested during the year:

 

    As of December 31, 2019     As of December 31, 2018  
    Number of
options exercised
    Exercise
price
    Number of
options exercised
    Exercise
 price
 
Granted in 2006           0.95       9,900       0.95  
Granted in 2007           0.71       200,000       0.71  
Granted in 2007           1.40       616       1.40  
Granted in 2010           2.48       1,793       2.48  
Granted in 2010           3.38       19,732       3.38  
Granted in 2011           2.71       6,031       2.71  
Granted in 2012     22,170       6.77             6.77  
Granted in 2012     1,103       0.95             0.95  
Granted in 2012     1,304       2.48             2.48  
Granted in 2012     13,223       3.38             3.38  
Granted in 2012     22,170       10.00             10.00  
Granted in 2012     47,169       12.22             12.22  
Granted in 2014     173,211       10.00       66,146       10.00  
Granted in 2014           13.20       3,769       13.20  
Granted in 2015     163,834       28.31       111,843       28.31  
Granted in 2015     8,000       34.20       3,000       34.20  
Granted in 2015     12,097       29.34       1,200       29.34  
Granted in 2015     30,000       22.77             22.77  
Granted in 2016     105,020       29.01       18,750       29.01  
Granted in 2016     98,939       32.36       68,888       32.36  
Granted in 2018     5,000       44.97             44.97  
Granted in 2018     10,000       46.00             46.00  
Granted in 2018     1,500       50.92             50.92  
Granted in 2018     2,500       55.07             55.07  
Balance at end of the year     717,240               511,668          

 

The average market price of the share amounted to 88.51 and 52.82 for years 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-73

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

  

The following tables summarizes the RSU vested during the years 2019 and 2018:

 

    December 31, 2019     December 31, 2018  
    Number of RSUs
vested
    Grant price     Number of RSUs
vested
    Grant price  
Granted in 2017     500       36.30       500       36.30  
Granted in 2017     45,283       37.00       45,906       37.00  
Granted in 2017           38.21       2,671       38.21  
Granted in 2017     2,250       42.00       2,250       42.00  
Granted in 2018           45.50       107,463       45.50  
Granted in 2018           53.29       4,443       53.29  
Granted in 2018     100,206       46.00             46.00  
Granted in 2018     1,000       55.07             55.07  
Granted in 2018     436       57.39             57.39  
Granted in 2018     1,000       52.74             52.74  
Granted in 2018     2,500       50.92             50.92  
Granted in 2018     1,500       56.87             56.87  
Granted in 2019     27,185       69.77             69.77  
Balance at end of the year     181,860               163,233          

 

24.3 - Fair value of share-based compensation granted

 

Determining the fair value of the stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. The Company calculated the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company's shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

 

The Company estimated the following assumptions for the calculation of the fair value of the share options:

 

Assumptions   Granted in
2019 for
2014 plan
    Granted in
2018 for
2014 plan
    Granted in
2017 for
2014 plan
 
Stock price     52.10       46.45       39.69  
Expected option life     6 years       6 years       6 years  
Volatility     40%       40%       19%  
Risk-free interest rate     3.10%       3.00%       2.00%  

 

See Note 4.5 for a description of the assumptions.

 

F-74

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

NOTE 25 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

25.1 Acquisition of Clarice Technologies

 

On May 14, 2015 ("closing date"), Globant España S.A. acquired Clarice Technologies PVT, Ltd ("Clarice"), a company organized and existing under the laws of India. Clarice is an innovative software product development services company that offers product engineering and user experience (UX) services and has operations in the United States and India. As of the closing date, the total headcount of Clarice was 337 employees distributed in India and United States. The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Clarice.

 

On August 5, 2015 the Company changed the legal name from Clarice to Globant India Private Limited ("Globant India").

 

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement ("SPA") amounted to 20,184.

 

On May 16, 2017, the Company signed an amendment to the SPA. Based on this amendment, purchase price may be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of Clarice and was payable to the sellers as follows:

 

1. First Closing: As of the closing date, the sellers transferred 10,200 shares representing 76.13% of the shares to the Company for an aggregate consideration of 9,324 paid by the Company to the sellers on May 14, 2015.

 

2. Staggered Acquisition: The remaining 23.87% of the shares shall be transferred to the Company and the remaining purchase price shall be paid to each of the Sellers in three tranches, in the following manner, provided that the remaining purchase price paid out to each of the sellers shall be the higher of the following:

 

2.1 Fair Market Value of such shares, calculated in accordance with the methodology prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India by an appointed chartered accountant; or

 

2.2 The consideration as detailed below:

 

2.2.1 The second share transfer tranche, comprising 1,249 shares representing 9.32% of the shares of Globant India was transferred by the sellers to the Company on July 15, 2016. Based on the targets achieved by Globant India for the period between May 15, 2015 and May 15, 2016, the Company paid on July 15, 2016, 4,208 and recognized as of December 31, 2016 a gain of 418 arisen on the remeasurement of the liability, included in "Other income, net".

 

2.2.2 The third Share transfer tranche, comprising 920 of the shares representing 6.87% of the shares of Globant India, was transferred by the sellers to the Company on March, 2018. Based on the targets achieved by Globant India for the period between January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, the Company paid on March 2018, 3,128.

 

2.2.3 The fourth share transfer tranche comprising the transfer of 550 shares representing 4.11% of the shares of Globant India was transferred by the sellers to the Company on March 14, 2019. Based on the targets achieved by Globant India for the period between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018, the Company paid on March 14, 2019, 3,135.

 

2.2.4 The fifth share transfer tranche comprising the transfer of 277 shares representing 2.07% of the shares of Globant India shall be transferred by the sellers to the Company no later than on March 31, 2020, in consideration for payment of the minimum share price for such shares, defined as 971 per share for this tranche, plus an amount of 1,316, subject to the achievement of certain targets by Globant India.

 

F-75

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The Company has concluded that as in the same SPA all parties have agreed the transfer of the 100% of the shares of Clarice in different stages, the transaction should be considered as one, and therefore the Company has accounted the acquisition for the 100% of the shares of Clarice and the consideration involved is the sum of the amount paid at closing date and the installments payables in years 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

 

The consideration transferred for Globant India acquisition was calculated as follows:

 

Purchase price   Amount        
Down payment     9,324          
Installment payment     2,483 (a)        
Contingent consideration     8,377 (a)        
Total consideration     20,184          

 

(a) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 included 1,580 and 3,127 as Other financial liabilities current, respectively, and as of December 31, 2018 included 1,527 as Other financial liabilities non-current.

 

On February 23, 2017, the Company signed an amendment of the SPA with one of the shareholders where they agreed on the acquisition of the shares held by the employee for an amount of 600 and the termination of the employment agreement.

 

As a consequence of the amendments to the SPA and remeasurement of the fair value of the contingent considerations, the Company recorded a gain of 1,173 as of December 31, 2017.

 

Clarice sellers' subscription agreement

 

On May 14, 2015, the Company signed two agreements whereas agreed to issue to the subscribers, as detailed below, and the subscribers agree to subscribe from the Company the number of shares set forth below:

 

First agreement

 

First tranche

 

The first tranche for 38,984 common shares were subscribed by two employees and their spouses for a total amount of 800.

 

Second and third tranches

 

Regarding the second and third tranches, on July 25, 2016 and April 5,2019, the Company issued 20,896 and 7,654 common shares for an amount of 800 and 400, respectively.

 

Second agreement

 

First tranche

 

The first tranche for 4,873 common shares was subscribed by one employee for a total amount of 100.

 

Second and third tranches

 

F-76

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

  

Regarding second tranche, on July 25, 2016, the Company issued 2,612 common shares for an amount of 100.

 

Based on the amendment to the SPA signed on February 23, 2017, third tranche was canceled and no shares were issued.

 

Fourth tranche

 

Regarding fourth tranche, on April 5, 2019, the Company issued 7,654 common shares for an amount of 400.

 

Both agreements are forward contracts to issue and sell a variable number of shares for a fixed amount of cash, thus according to IFRS 9, the Company recorded a financial liability and a financial asset for the shares to be issued and the payment to be received, respectively, for an amount of 400 as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2019 the financial asset and the financial liability were fully settled.

 

25.2 Acquisition of Dynaflows

 

On October 22, 2015, the Company acquired from Alfonso Amat, Wayra Argentina S.A., BDCINE S.R.L., Laura A. Muchnik, Facundo Bertranou, Mora Amat and Fabio Palioff (jointly "the Sellers) 9,014 shares, which represents 38.5% of the capital stock of Dynaflows S.A. Before this acquisition, the Company had 22.7% of the capital stock of Dynaflows and classified it as investment in associates. Through this transaction, the Company gained the control of Dynaflows S.A. As a consequence, the Company accounted for this acquisition in accordance with IFRS 3 as a business combination achieved in stages and as such, the Company remeasured its previously held equity interest in Dynaflows at its acquisition date fair value and recognize the resulting gain for an amount of 625 in Other income and expense, net.

 

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement ("SPA") amounted to ARS 13,316 (1,402) and 414, payable in two installments, as following:

 

- The first installment amounted to ARS 13,316 (1,402) paid at the closing date.

 

- The second installment amounted to 414 paid on April 22, 2016.

 

On the same date, the Company made a capital contribution of 868 (ARS 8,250) to Dynaflows by issuing 9,190 shares.

 

After both agreements and considering the previous equity interest held by the Company of 22.7%, the Company held the 66.73% of participation in Dynaflows.

 

The consideration transferred for Dynaflows acquisition was calculated as follows:

 

Purchase price   Amount        
Down payment   1,402          
Installment payment   414          
Total consideration   1,816 (a)        

 

(a) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the consideration was fully settled.

 

Minority interest purchase agreement

 

F-77

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

  

On October 22, 2015, the Company entered into a Shareholders Agreement (the "Minority Interest SHA") with Alfonso Amat and Mora Amat (the "non-controlling shareholders") to agree on a put option over the 33.27% of the remaining interest of Dynaflows effective on the third or fifth anniversary from the date of acquisition, pursuant to which the non-controlling shareholders shall have the right (the "Put Option") to sell and the Company shall purchase all, but not less than all the shareholder's non-controlling interest.

 

On October 26, 2018, the non-controlling shareholders exercised such option and the Company paid a total amount of 1,186 based on the EBITDA and Revenue of Dynaflows for the twelve months ended on September, 2018. Given that the exercise of the option occurred earlier than expected, a gain of 1,611 was recognized as of December 31, 2018 and disclosed as Other income, net.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has recognized as non-current other financial liabilities the written put option for an amount of 2,797, equal to the present value of the amount that could be required to be paid to the counterparty discounted at an interest rate of 3.5%. Changes in the measurement of the gross obligation were recognized in profit or loss.

 

Pursuant to the shareholder's agreement, the Company also agreed on a call option over non-controlling interest effective after the fifth anniversary from the closing date till the sixth anniversary from the closing date pursuant to which the Company shall have the right to purchase and the non-controlling interest shareholders shall sell all but not less than all the shareholder's non-controlling interest then owned by the non-controlling shareholders.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the call option was derecognized and a loss of 455 was recognized as Other income, net.

 

25.3 Acquisition of WAE

 

On May 23, 2016 (closing date), Globant España S.A. acquired 100% of shares of We Are London Limited (WAE UK), a company organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales and 100% of shares of We Are Experience, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under the Laws of the State of New York, United States (WAE US) (jointly WAE UK and WAE US are WAE). WAE is a service design consultancy, specialized in three distinct but complementary service offerings - Research, Strategy and Creative. Total headcount of WAE was 40 employees with operations in United States and United Kingdom. The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of WAE.

 

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement (SPA) amounted to 19,851, of which 12,131 relates to WAE UK and 7,720 relates to WAE US. Such purchase price may be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of WAE and is payable to the sellers as follows:

 

1. Up-front payment: As of the closing date, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 8,500 to the sellers.

 

2. First earn-out payment: On August 16, 2017, the Company paid an amount of 5,000 to the sellers.

 

3. Second earn-out payment: Not later than August 20, 2018, the amount of 5,000, provided that such amount shall be reduced in proportion to the percentage of targets achievement by WAE during the period commencing on June 1, 2017 and ending on May 31, 2018. However, the Company and the sellers of WAE have entered into discussions concerning circumstances that may have impacted the calculation of targets on the base of which the final amount of Year 2 Deferred Consideration should have been calculated. For that reason, in July, 2018, the Company and the sellers of WAE signed a final settlement in order to avoid future claims on this matter. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized a loss arising from the settlement agreement that amounted to 1,038 and is disclosed as Other income, net. In July, 2018, the Company paid a total amount of 1,867.

 

F-78

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

  

Additionally, the Company shall pay to the sellers an amount of 575 in cash on the first earn-out payment date and/or the second earn-out payment date related to the corporation tax saved by WAE UK prior to such date as a result of any deduction obtained under income tax law applicable to United to Kingdom attributable to the exercise of the stock options plan granted by WAE UK to the option holders. This amount is considered by the Company as part of the consideration amount. On October 2017, the Company paid 436 in cash related to the corporation tax saved to be reimbursed to the sellers.

 

Finally, as part of the total consideration the Company computed the working capital adjustment defined in the SPA. Total adjustment amounted to 1,357.

 

Acquisition-related charges amounting to 515 have been excluded from the consideration transferred and have been recognized as an expense in profit or loss in the current year, within the Professional services line item.

 

The fair value of the consideration transferred for WAE acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:

 

Purchase price   Amount        
Down payment     8,500          
Working capital adjustment     1,352          
Installment payment     551 (a)        
Contingent consideration     9,448 (a)        
Total consideration     19,851          

 

(a) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the consideration was fully settled.

 

25.4 Acquisition of L4

 

On November 14, 2016 ("closing date"), Globant LLC acquired 100% of shares of L4 Mobile, LLC ("L4"), a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, United States. L4 offers the digital product consulting, design, development and quality assurance services necessary to build and manage robust digital products. Total headcount of L4 was 90 employees with operations in United States. The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of L4.

 

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement ("SPA") amounted to 20,388.

 

On January 30, 2018, the Company signed an amendment to the SPA. Considering this amendment, purchase price may be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of L4 and is payable to the seller as follows:

 

1. Up-front payment: As of the closing date, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 11,000 to the seller.

 

2. First earn-out payment: On February 15, 2017, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 990 to the sellers.

 

F-79

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

3. Second earn-out payment: On February 15, 2018, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 1,850.

  

4. Third and fourth earn-out payment: Not later than February 15, 2019, the amount of 1,160, provided that such amount shall be reduced in proportion to the percentage of targets achievement by L4 during the period commencing on January 1, 2018 and ending on December 31, 2018. Not later than February 15, 2020, the amount of 1,160, provided that such amount shall be reduced in proportion to the percentage of targets achievement by L4 during the period commencing on January 1, 2019 and ending on December 31, 2019. However, as of December 31, 2018, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to these earn-outs, considering the non achievement of targets established by the Share Purchase Agreement. Gain arising from the change in fair amounted to 1,848 and is disclosed as Other income, net as of December 31, 2018.

 

The fair value of the consideration transferred for L4 acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:

 

Purchase price   Amount        
Down payment     11,000          
Working capital adjustment     817 (a)        
Contingent consideration     8,571 (a)        
Total consideration     20,388          

 

(a) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the fair value of the contingent consideration was zero.

 

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

 

25.5 Acquisition of Ratio

 

On February 28, 2017, Globant LLC acquired 100% of shares of Ratio Cypress, LLC ("Ratio"), a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, United States. Ratio offers design, development and quality assurance services necessary to build and manage robust digital products and video streaming solutions for major media companies. Total headcount of Ratio was 45 employees with operations in United States.

 

The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Ratio.

 

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement ("SPA"), amended on March 2, 2018, amounted to 9,529. Such purchase price may be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of Ratio and is payable to the seller as follows:

 

1. Up-front payment: As of the closing date, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 5,800 to the seller.

 

2. First earn-out payment: On February 15, 2018, the Company paid the aggregate consideration 1,669 to the sellers.

 

3. Second earn-out payment: On February 15, 2019, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 2,019, to the sellers.

 

F-80

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

4. Third earn-out payment: On February 18, 2020, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 1,783, considering the targets achievement by Ratio during the period commencing on January 1, 2019 and ending on December 31, 2019.

  

The fair value of the consideration transferred for Ratio acquisition was calculated as follows:

 

Purchase price at acquisition date   Amount        
Down payment     5,800          
Working capital adjustment     (97 )        
Contingent consideration     3,826 (a)        
Total consideration     9,529          

 

(a) As of December 31, 2019 includes 903 as Other financial liabilities current. As of December 31, 2018 included 1,992 and 851 as Other financial liabilities current and non-current, respectively.

 

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

 

25.6 Acquisition of PointSource

 

On June 1, 2017, Globant LLC acquired 100% of shares of PointSource, LLC ("PointSource"), a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida, United States. PointSource offers digital solutions to its customers which include design, digital strategy, development and marketing services. Total headcount of PointSource was 97 employees with operations in United States.

 

The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of PointSource.

 

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement ("SPA") amounted to 28,629.

 

In May, 2018, the Company signed an amendment to the SPA, pursuant to which a new fixed-payment was established, in replacement of previous payment subject to targets achievements.The amended purchase price is payable to the seller as follows:

 

1. Up-front payment: The Company paid the first payment of 15,500 in two installments:

 

a. As of the closing date, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 3,100 to the seller.

 

b. On June 7, 2017, the Company paid the second portion of the first payment for a total amount of 12,400.

 

2. First earn-out payment: On February 22, 2018, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 2,206 to the sellers.

 

3. Second earn-out payment: On February 28, 2019, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 750 to the sellers.

 

4. Third earn-out payment: Not later than February 29, 2020, the fixed-amount of 1,450 and 1,198 subject to the achievement of targets during the period commencing on January 1, 2019 and ending on December 31, 2019.

 

Additionally, as part of the total consideration the Company computed the working capital adjustment for a total amount of 3,756.

 

Equity purchase agreement

 

F-81

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

  

On June 1, 2017, the Company signed an equity purchase agreement to have the option to acquire the 100% of the shares of PointSource Limited Liability Company (PS Belarus), a company established in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Belarus and totally owned by Christopher L. Hugill, Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of PointSource.

 

Additionally, PointSource and PS Belarus are parties in a subcontractor agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, pursuant to which PS Belarus performs services to PointSource as an independent contractor. Considering that the Company owned 100% of PointSource which is the only customer of PS Belarus and that the CEO of PointSource is the wholly-owned shareholder of PS Belarus, the Company concluded that has the control over PS Belarus and has to consolidated in 100% as the following factors are met:

 

(a) PointSource has power over PS Belarus;

 

(b) PointSource has the ability to use its power over PS Belarus to affect the amounts of its return as it is the only customer.

 

The fair value of the consideration transferred for PointSource acquisition was calculated as follows:

 

Purchase price at acquisition date   Amount        
Down payment     15,500          
Working capital adjustment     3,756          
Contingent consideration     9,373 (a)        
Total consideration     28,629          

 

(a) As of December 31, 2019 included 1,086 as Other financial liabilities current. As of December 31, 2018, included 746 and 1,040 as Other financial liabilities current and non-current, respectively.

 

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

 

25.7 Acquisition of Small Footprint

 

On August 20, 2018, Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal) and Globant LLC signed a pre-closing Asset Purchase Agreement (“APA”) with Small Footprint Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of North Carolina, United States, pursuant to which Globant España acquired 100% of shares of Small Footprint S.R.L., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of Romania, and Globant LLC acquired the assets and properties used or held for use in connection with the business of Small Footprint Inc. Both transactions were treated as a single business combination according to IFRS 3. The closing date took place on October 15, 2018, which is the date the Company acquired control over Small Footprint.

 

The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Small Footprint.

 

The aggregate purchase price under the APA amounted to 7,397. Such purchase price may be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of Small Footprint and is payable to the seller as follows:

 

1. Up-front payment: As of the closing date, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 4,331 to the seller.

 

2. First earn-out payment: On March 1, 2019, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 3,066 to the sellers.

 

3. Second earn-out payment: On February 13, 2020, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 2,140 to the sellers given the achievement of billable headcount target during the year 2019 and such amount was recognized as remuneration expense.

 

F-82

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

4. Third earn-out payment: Not later than February 15, 2021, the amount of 1,610 considering the billable headcount target achievement by Small Footprint during the period commencing on January 1, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020 which was identified as an arrangement that includes remuneration of former owners of the acquiree for future services and consequently, it was excluded from the business combination and will be recognized in expense during the required service period.

 

The fair value of the consideration transferred for Small Footprint acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:

 

Purchase price at acquisition date   Amount  
Down payment     3,840  
Working capital adjustment     488  
Contingent consideration     3,029 (a)
Total consideration     7,357  

 

(a) As of December 31, 2018, included 3,070 as other financial liabilities current.

 

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense for each period.

 

25.8 Acquisition of Avanxo

 

On January 17, 2019, the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the shareholders of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited (“Avanxo”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase all of Avanxo’s share capital subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Avanxo is a cloud consulting and implementation company headquartered in Bermuda, with operations in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Peru, Argentina and the United States. The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Avanxo.

 

The Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and conditions to closing, including non-objection to the Acquisition by the Colombian antitrust authority (Superintendencia de Industria y Comercio), which was received in January, 2019. The transaction closed on February 1, 2019 (acquisition date).

 

Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the total consideration payable by the Company to Avanxo’s shareholders, assuming a debt-free and cash-free balance sheet, is 44,460. Such purchase price may be subject to a working capital adjustment, reduction for uncollected accounts receivables and the amounts of the Earn-Out Payments (as defined below) that become due and payable.

 

Up-front payment: On February 1, 2019, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 40,939 to the seller. The working capital and the minimum cash adjustments amounted to 1,205 and were paid in May, 2019.

 

Earn-out payments: the total amount of the earn-out payments was 7,618 and will be payable in two installments, at the end of each of the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2020, and is subject to upwards or downwards adjustment based on Avanxo’s achievement of specified revenue, gross margin and operating margin targets for each of the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2020 (the “Earn Out Payments”) that apply only to certain sellers. Of total amount of the earn-out payments, 2,318 was considered part of the purchase price and 5,300 was identified as an arrangement that includes remuneration of former owners of the acquiree for future services and consequently, it was excluded from the business combination and will be recognized in expense during the required service period.

 

F-83

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

At the Company's sole option, the Company will be entitled to pay a portion of the Total Consideration through the issuance and delivery of common shares, as follows: (i) up to 865 of the amount payable on the closing of the Acquisition and (ii) at the time of payment of any Earn Out Payments, up to 25% of such Earn Out Payment. The number of common shares that may be issued and delivered to Avanxo´s selling shareholders will be determined based on the volume weighted average trading price for the 60 calendar day period prior to closing of each share subscription. Common shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option will be subject to a 12-month lock-up period. These common shares are expected to be issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. On February 1 and February 20, 2019, the Company issued 14,778 common shares for a total amount of 845 as part of this subscription agreement (note 29.1).

 

The fair value of the consideration transferred for Avanxo acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:

 

Purchase price   Amount  
Down payment     42,144  
Contingent consideration     2,158 (a)
Total consideration     44,302  

 

(a) As of December 31, 2019 included as 1,147 and 1,102 as Other financial liabilities current and non-current, respectively.

 

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expensed.

 

25.9 Acquisition of Belatrix

 

On August 9, 2019, Globant S.A. (the “Company”), through certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the equityholders of Belatrix Global Corporation S.A., a Spanish stock company (“Belatrix”), pursuant to which the Company purchased all of the outstanding equity interests in Belatrix and its subsidiaries (the “Acquisition”). The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Belatrix is a software and applications development company with operations in Argentina, Peru, Colombia and the United States. The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Belatrix.

 

Upon the closing of the Acquisition, the Company paid 61,468 in cash to the sellers and, pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the sellers subscribed for 5,000 of the Company’s common shares, which were valued based on the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s common shares during the 60-day period until two days prior to the closing date. A portion of the upfront cash consideration is being held in escrow for potential adjustments related to working capital, accounts receivable, minimum cash and other matters. An additional amount of 3,000 is payable to the sellers by October 31, 2020, subject to Belatrix’s achievement of specified revenue targets for the period from August 1, 2019 through July 31, 2020, and it is subject to upwards adjustment based on overachievement of such targets. Of total amount of the earn-out payments, 2,091 was considered part of the purchase price and 909 was identified as an arrangement that includes remuneration of former owners of the acquiree for future services and consequently, it was excluded from the business combination and will be recognized in expense during the required service period.

 

The fair value of the consideration transferred for Belatrix acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:

 

F-84

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Purchase price   Amount  
Down payment     61,468  
Contingent consideration     4,165 (a)
Total consideration     65,633  

 

(a) As of December 31, 2019 included 4,221 as Other financial liabilities current.

 

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

 

25.10 Acquisition of BI Live

 

On October 16, 2019, Globant S.A. (the “Company”), through its subsidiary Sistemas Globales S.A., entered into an Purchase Agreement with BI Live S.R.L., an Argentine company, pursuant to which the Company purchased certain assets and rights of BI Live (the “Acquisition”). The transaction closed on November 11, 2019. The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of BI Live.

 

Upon the closing of the acquisition, the Company paid 366 in cash to the sellers. An additional amount of up to 3,000 is payable to the sellers by February 21, 2021, 2022 and 2023, subject to BI Live’s achievement of specified growth and operating margin targets for the years 2020, 2021 and 2022, and it is subject to adjustment based on the achievement of such targets. The fair value of the contingent payment is 512 as of December 31, 2019. The primarily reason for the purchase is to expand to SAP software consulting and innovation services.

 

The preliminary fair value of the consideration transfer for BI Live acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:

 

Purchase price   Amount  
Down payment     366  
Contingent consideration     512 (a)
Total consideration     878  

 

(a) As of December 31, 2019 includes 515 as Other financial liabilities non-current.

 

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

 

As of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements due to the recent of this acquisition, the accounting for this acquisition is incomplete; hence, pursuant the guidance in paragraph B66 of IFRS 3, the Company has included preliminary amounts in the below disclosures as required by such standard, as follows:

 

Fair value of the total consideration transferred since the Company has not completed the fair value analysis of the contingent consideration as of the date of issuance of these financial statements.

 

The amounts recognized as of the acquisition date for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the total amount of goodwill (including a qualitative description of the factors that make up the goodwill recognized and the amount of goodwill that will be deducted for tax purposes) and other intangibles, as applicable.

 

F-85

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The gross contractual amounts of the acquired receivables, and the best estimate at the acquisition date of the contractual cash flows not expected to be collected. For each contingent liability to be recognized, if any, an estimate of its financial effect, an indication of the uncertainties relating to the amount or timing of any outflow and the possibility of any reimbursement, and the reasons why the liability cannot be measured reliably, if applicable.

 

25.11 Outstanding balances

 

Outstanding balances of financial liabilities related to the above mentioned acquisitions as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 

    As of December 31, 2019     As of December 31, 2018  
    Other financial liabilities - current     Other financial liabilities - non current     Other financial liabilities - current     Other financial liabilities - non current  
Clarice     1,580             3,127       1,527  
Subscription agreement                 400        
Ratio     903             1,992       851  
PointSource     1,086             746       1,040  
Small Footprint                 3,070        
Avanxo     1,147       1,102              
Belatrix     4,221                    
BI Live           515              
Total     8,937       1,617       9,335       3,418  

 

The significant inputs are disclosed in note 28.9.1.

 

25.12 Purchase Price Allocation

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the fair values of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and goodwill, and the preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and goodwill of BI Live determined at the date of acquisition in the business combinations are as follows:

 

F-86

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    2019 acquisitions     2018 acquisitions  
    Avanxo     Belatrix     BI Live     Small Footprint  
Current Assets                                
Cash and cash equivalents     2,749       3,929             191  
Investments     948       86              
Trade receivables     6,931       6,125       56       1,066  
Other receivables     3,624       1,119             45  
Other assets     11,015                    
                                 
Non current assets                                
Other receivables           206              
Property and equipment     500       3,181             48  
Intangibles     6,104       8,285             173  
Right-of-use asset           3,272              
Deferred tax           184              
Goodwill (1)     32,068       50,816       822       6,244  
                                 
Current liabilities                                
Trade and other payables     (14,123 )     (3,195 )            
Lease liabilities           (3,347 )            
Tax liabilities     (2,649 )     (1,138 )            
Payroll and social security     (1,582 )     (3,224 )            
Other liabilities           (20 )           (410 )
Borrowings     (644 )     (646 )            
Deferred tax liabilities     (639 )                  
Total consideration     44,302       65,633       878       7,357  

 

(1) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 83,706 and 6,244, are not deductible for tax purposes, respectively.

 

Goodwill has arisen because the consideration paid for these acquisitions included amounts in relation to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of acquired companies. Only the customer contracts and relationships are recognized as intangible, in the acquisitions of Belatrix, Avanxo and Smallfootprint. The other benefits are not recognized separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

 

The fair values of the receivables acquired do not differ from their gross contractual amount.

 

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense for each period.

 

25.13 Impact of acquisitions on the results of the Company

 

Directors consider these "pro-forma" numbers to represent an approximate measure of the performance of the Company on an annualized basis and to provide a reference point for comparison in future periods.

 

F-87

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes a gain of 812 and 383 attributable to the business generated by Ratio and Pointsource, respectively, determined based on the information available as of June 30, 2017. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes 4,188 and 2,108 related to the business of Ratio and Pointsource, respectively, computed also with the information available as of June 30, 2017. Since then, the business of the two entities were fully integrated within the business of our subsidiary Globant LLC; furthermore, during the last semester of 2017 both entities were formally merged into our subsidiary Globant LLC. Consequently, it has not been possible to determine a reasonable estimate of the total amounts related to the revenue and net income attributable to the separate businesses of Ratio and Pointsource for the full year included in the consolidated income for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

As explained in note 25.7, on October 15, 2018, the Company purchased the assets of Small Footprint Inc. and the shares of Small Footprint S.R.L. From the acquisition date and onwards, the business of Small Footprint Inc. was fully integrated within the business of the Company's subsidiary Globant LLC. Consequently, it has not been possible to determine a reasonable estimate of the total amounts related to the net income attributable to the separate business of Small Footprint as of December 31, 2018. Had the business combination been effected at January 1, 2018, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 523,114 and the net profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 would have been 52,910.

 

The net income for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes a gain of 2,023 attributable to the business generated by Avanxo. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 included 23,971 related to the business of that company. Had the business combination of Avanxo been effected at January 1, 2019, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 661,777 the net income for the period ended December 31, 2019 would have been 56,105.

 

The net income for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes a gain of 2,481 attributable to the business generated by Belatrix. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 included 15,572 related to the business of that company. Had the business combination of Belatrix been effected at January 1, 2019, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 680,318, the net income for the period ended December 31, 2019 would have been 50,331.

 

Had the two business combinations made in 2019, as described above, been performed on January 1, 2019, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 682,770 and the net profit for the year ended December 31, 2019, would have been 52,421.

 

25.14 Goodwill

 

A reconciliation of the goodwill from opening to closing balances is as follows:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Cost                
Balance at beginning of year     104,846       98,926  
Additions related to new acquisitions (note 25.12)     83,706       6,244  
Translation     (14 )     (324 )
Balance at end of year     188,538       104,846  

 

F-88

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

NOTE 26 – SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in deciding on how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is considered to be the Company’s chief executive officer (“CEO”). The CEO reviews financial information presented on an entity level basis for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Therefore, the Company has determined that it operates in a single operating and reportable segment.

 

The Company provides services related to application development, testing, infrastructure management and application maintenance.

 

The following table summarizes revenues by geography, based on the customers' location:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
North America                        
United States of America     483,228       400,029       322,658  
Canada     13,125       7,061       2,956  
Subtotal North America     496,353       407,090       325,614  
Europe                        
Spain     26,134       30,298       23,831  
Netherlands     2,723       1,023       69  
United Kingdom     15,672       12,970       9,996  
Luxembourg     937       1,109       1,000  
Germany     437       623       1,540  
Sweden                 1,317  
Others     881       217       731  
Subtotal Europe     46,784       46,240       38,484  
Asia                        
India     2,157       1,063       673  
Indonesia     1,157       1,686        
Japan     1,062              
Others     277       318       27  
Subtotal Asia     4,653       3,067       700  
Latin America and others                        
Argentina     32,295       24,241       14,886  
Brazil     7,964       238       358  
Colombia     14,355       5,362       3,553  
Chile     29,547       21,246       19,243  
Uruguay     17       529       231  
Mexico     20,623       11,949       7,418  
Perú     6,251       1,718       2,627  
Others     483       630       325  
Subtotal Latin America and others     111,535       65,913       48,641  
TOTAL     659,325       522,310       413,439  

 

The revenues by geography were determined based on the country where the sale took place.

 

F-89

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

One single customer accounted for 11.2%, 11.3% and 10.2% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

The following table summarizes non-current assets other than deferred taxes as stated in IFRS 8, paragraph 33.b, by jurisdiction:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Argentina     85,346       70,349  
Spain     144,882       46,803  
United States of America     70,054       58,083  
Brazil     1,775       1,512  
Uruguay     1,808       781  
Luxembourg     4,289       4,353  
Colombia     42,589       12,942  
México     14,814       6,121  
India     9,817       4,159  
Chile     2,883       874  
Peru     4,686       458  
Other countries     1,502       718  
TOTAL     384,445       207,153  

 

NOTE 27 – LEASES

 

The Company is obligated under various leases for office spaces and office equipment.

 

F-90

 

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Movements in right-of-use assets and lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019 were as follow:

 

    Office spaces     Office
equipments
    Total  
Right-of-use assets                  
January 1, 2019     46,567             46,567  
Additions     16,778       6,812       23,590  
Additions from business combinations (note 25.12)     2,863       409       3,272  
Depreciation (note 6)     (14,519 )     (65 )     (14,584 )
Translation     (64 )           (64 )
December 31, 2019     51,625       7,156       58,781  
                         
Lease liabilities                        
January 1, 2019     46,887                  
Additions (1)     23,590                  
Additions from business combinations (note 25.12)     3,347                  
Foreign exchange difference (1)     (92 )                
Interest expense (1)     3,464                  
Payments (2)     (15,833 )                
December 31, 2019     61,363                  

 

(1) Non-cash transactions.

 

(2) Cash transactions.

 

The outstanding balance of the lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

Lease liabilities      
Current     19,439  
Non-current     41,924  
TOTAL     61,363  

 

The Company has some lease contracts that have not yet commenced as of December 31, 2019. The future lease payments for these lease contracts are disclosed as follows:

 

Year     Amount  
2020       1,413  
2021       2,468  
2022       2,731  
2023       2,775  
2024       2,855  
2025       478  

 

F-91

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is presented in note 28.5.

 

The expense related to short-term and low-value leases was not material.

 

As required by the IAS 17, the undiscounted amounts of future fixed minimum annual lease commitments are as follows at December 31, 2018:

 

Year     Amount  
2019       16,051  
2020       14,097  
2021       8,356  
2022       6,500  
2023 onwards       10,218  
Total       55,222  

 

NOTE 28 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

28.1 - Categories of financial instruments

 

    As of December 31, 2019  
    FVTPL     FVTOCI     Amortised cost  
Financial assets                        
Cash and cash equivalents                 62,721  
Investments                        
Mutual funds     19,384              
LETEs           396        
Contribution to risk funds                 418  
Trade receivables                 156,676  
Other assets                 21,235  
Other receivables                 28,118  
Other financial assets                        
Convertible notes     3,536              
Foreign exchange forward contracts     1,220       71        
Guarantee payments related to the future lease of a property under construction                 1,383  

 

F-92

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    As of December 31, 2019  
    FVTPL     FVTOCI     Amortised cost  
Financial liabilities                        
Trade payables                 36,987  
Payroll and social security taxes payable                 72,252  
Borrowings                 51,386  
Other financial liabilities                        
Other financial liabilities related to business combinations     10,554              
Lease liabilities     61,363              
Tax liabilities                 12,510  
Other liabilities                 368  

 

    As of December 31, 2018  
    FVTPL     FVTOCI     Amortised cost  
Financial assets                        
Cash and cash equivalents                 77,606  
Investments                        
Mutual funds     4,050              
LETEs           1,015        
T-Bills           3,493        
LECAPs           77        
Contribution to risk funds                 527  
Trade receivables                 110,898  
Other receivables                 49,538  
Other financial assets                        
Convertible notes     106              
Foreign exchange forward contracts     44              
Other financial asset related to the acquisition of Clarice     400              
Guarantee payments related to the future lease of a property under construction                 345  
                         
Financial liabilities                        
Trade payables                 17,578  
Payroll and social security taxes payable                 58,535  
Other financial liabilities                        
Foreign exchange forward contracts     12              
Other financial liabilities related to business combinations     12,753              
Tax liabilities                 7,399  
Other liabilities                 44  

 

F-93

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

28.2 - Market risk

 

The Company is exposed to a variety of risks: market risk, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, and liquidity risk.

 

The Company's overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company's financial performance. The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to risks, apart from those mentioned in note 28.10 and 28.11.

 

28.3 - Foreign currency risk management

 

The Company undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies; consequently, exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise.

 

Except for the subsidiaries mentioned in the Note 3.5, the functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. In 2019, 86.3% of the Company's revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars. Because the majority of its personnel are located in Latin America, the Company incurs the majority of its operating expenses and capital expenditures in non-U.S. dollar currencies, primarily the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Brazilian Real, Mexican peso, Peruvian Sol and Colombian peso; however as of December 31,2019, the operating expenses in Argentine peso have decreased compared to December 31, 2018. Operating expenses are also significantly incurred in Indian Rupee and Great Britain Pound.

 

Foreign exchange sensitivity analysis

 

The Company is mainly exposed to Argentine pesos, Chilean pesos, Colombian pesos, Indian rupees and Uruguayan pesos.

 

The following tables illustrate the Company's sensitivity to increases and decreases in the U.S. dollar against the relevant foreign currency. The following sensitivity analysis includes outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items at December 31, 2019 and adjusts their translation at the year-end for changes in U.S. dollars against the relevant foreign currency.

 

              Gain/(loss)  
Account   Currency   Amount     %
Increase
    Amount     %
Decrease
    Amount  
Net balances   Argentine pesos     8,023       40 %     (2,292 )     10 %     891  
    Chilean pesos     (2,789 )     10 %     254       10 %     (310 )
    Colombian pesos     (7,770 )     10 %     706       10 %     (863 )
    Indian rupees     (252 )     10 %     23       10 %     (28 )
    Uruguayan pesos     (4,034 )     10 %     363       10 %     (443 )
    Total     (6,822 )             (946 )             (753 )

 

As explained in note 28.10, the subsidiaries in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, India and Uruguay entered into foreign exchange forward and future contracts in order to mitigate the risk of fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate and reduce the impact in the financial statements.

 

The effect in equity of the U.S. dollar fluctuation against the relevant foreign currency as of December 31, 2019, is not material.

 

F-94

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Depreciation of the Argentine Peso

 

During 2019, the Argentine peso experienced a 59.02% devaluation from 37.60 Argentine peso per U.S dollar to 59.79 Argentine peso per U.S dollar.

 

During 2018, the Argentine peso experienced a 102.2% devaluation from 18.60 Argentine peso per U.S. dollar to 37.60 Argentine peso per U.S. dollar.

 

28.4 - Interest rate risk management

 

The Company's exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its cash and bank balances and its credit facilities. The Company's credit line in the U.S. bear interest at a fixed rate of 1.75% and at variable rates linked to LIBOR. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its risk of interest rate volatility.

 

28.5 - Liquidity risk management

 

The Company's primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under credit facilities. See note 19.

 

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company's liquidity position on the basis of expected cash flow.

 

The table below analyzes financial liabilities into relevant maturity groups based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

    Expected Maturity Date  
    2020     2021     2022     Thereafter     Total  
Borrowings     1,198             188       50,000       51,386  
Lease liabilities     20,002       15,263       11,552       28,164       74,981  
Other financial liabilities     8,937       1,617                   10,554  
TOTAL     30,137       16,880       11,740       78,164       136,921  

 

28.6 - Concentration of credit risk

 

The Company derives revenues from clients in the U.S. (approximately 73.3%) and clients related from diverse industries. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company's top five clients accounted for 26.1%, 32.0% and 28.9% of its revenues, respectively. One single customer accounted for 11.2%, 11.3% and 10.2% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

28.7 - Fair value of financial instruments that are not measured at fair value

 

Except as detailed in the following table, the carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities included in the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, are a reasonable approximation of fair value due to the short time of realization.

 

F-95

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    As of December 31, 2019     As of December 31, 2018  
    Carrying amount     Fair value     Carrying amount     Fair value  
Non-current assets                                
Other receivables                                
Guarantee deposits     2,683       2,571       1,681       1,539  
Tax credit - VAT     626 (*)     600       356 (*)     326  
Income tax credits     1,515       1,453       1,259       1,153  
Tax credit - Software Promotion Regime                 749 (*)     686  
Other tax credits     210       200       170       157  
Other assets     7,796       7,140              
Non-current liabilities                                
Trade payables     5,500       5,101              
Borrowings     50,188       51,070              

 

(*) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, is presented net of allowance for impairment of tax credit - VAT of 378 and 600, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 is presented net of 74 related to allowance of Tax credit - Software Promotion Regime.

 

28.8 - Fair value measurements recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position

 

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into a three-level fair value hierarchy as mandated by IFRS 13, as follows:

 

Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted market prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).

 

Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities.

 

    As of December 31, 2019  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Financial assets                                
Mutual funds           19,384             19,384  
LETEs           396             396  
Foreign exchange forward contracts           1,291             1,291  
Convertibles notes           111       3,425       3,536  
                                 
Financial liabilities                                
Contingent consideration                 9,252       9,252  

 

F-96

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    As of December 31, 2018  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Financial assets                                
Mutual funds           4,050             4,050  
LETEs           1,015             1,015  
T-Bills           3,493             3,493  
LECAPs           77             77  
Foreign exchange forward contracts           44             44  
Convertibles notes           106             106  
                                 
Financial liabilities                                
Contingent consideration                 9,767       9,767  
Foreign exchange forward contracts           12             12  

 

There were no transfers of financial assets between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 during the period.

 

The Company has applied the market approach technique in order to estimate the price at which an orderly transaction to sell the asset or to transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable (i.e., similar) assets, liabilities or a group of assets and liabilities.

 

When the inputs required by the market approach are not available, the Company applies the income approach technique. The income approach technique estimates the fair value of an asset or a liability by converting future amounts (e.g. cash flows or income and expenses) to a single current (i.e. discounted) amount. When the income approach is used, the fair value measurement reflects current market expectations about those future amounts.

 

28.9 Level 3

 

28.9.1 Contingent consideration

 

As explained in note 25.1, the acquisition of Clarice included a contingent consideration agreement which was payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's capacity.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to Clarice described above, considering the new targets established by the amendment signed on May 16, 2017 to Globant India Private Ltd. (formerly Clarice Technologies PVT Ltd.) Share Purchase Agreement dated on May 14, 2015. Loss arising from the change in fair value amounted to 1,173 and includes a loss arising from the change in fair value of the contingent consideration for an amount of 1,401.

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Clarice amounted to 1,316 and 3,947, respectively. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was between 439 and 1,316 as of December 31, 2019, and 1,316 and 3,947 as of December 31, 2018. The fair value of the contingent consideration related to Clarice arrangement of 1,310 and 3,873 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

 

F-97

 

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

As described in note 25.3, the acquisition of WAE (jointly We are London Limited and We are Experience, Inc.) included a contingent consideration agreement which was payable on a deferred basis and was subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's gross revenue and gross profit.

 

During 2018, the Company and the sellers of WAE have entered into discussions concerning circumstances that may have impacted the calculation of targets on the base of which the final amount of Year 2 Deferred consideration should have been calculated. For that reason, in July, 2018, the Company and the sellers of WAE signed a final settlement in order to avoid future claims on this matter. Loss arising from the settlement agreement amounted to 1,038 as of December 31, 2018 and was disclosed as Other income, net. In July, 2018, the Company paid a total amount of 1,867.

 

As described in note 25.4, the acquisition of L4 included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to certain events relating to the acquired company's gross revenue and gross profit.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to L4 described above, considering the non achievement of targets established by the Share Purchase Agreement. Gain arising from the change in fair value amounted to 1,848 and is included as Other income, net.

 

As described in note 25.5, the acquisition of Ratio, included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's gross revenue and gross margin.

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Ratio amounted to 750 and 2,860, respectively. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was between 525 and 2,570 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and an unlimited maximum amount for both years, given that such payment may be increased proportionally to the targets achievements. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 903 and 2,844 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of Ratio. Loss arising from the change in fair value amounted to 654 and is included as Other income, net.

 

As described in note 25.6, the acquisition of PointSource, included a contingent consideration agreement which was payable on a deferred basis and which was be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's gross revenue and gross margin.

 

On May 2018, the Company signed an amendment to the SPA with the former shareholders, pursuant to which a new fixed-payment was established, in replacement of previous payments subject to targets achievements. As a consequence, the Company remeasured the fair value of the liability related to PointSource described above. Gain arising from the change in fair value of the liability amounted to 5,506 as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 the fixed payment liability amounted to 1,086 and 1,786, respectively, and are included in other financial liabilities.

 

As described in note 25.7, the acquisition of Small Footprint included a contingent consideration agreement which was payable on a deferred basis and which was subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's gross revenue, gross margin and billable headcount.

 

F-98

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

As of December 31, 2018, the nominal amount of the contingent consideration related to Small Footprint amounted to 3,066. Such amount was paid on March 1, 2019. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 3,070 as of December 31, 2018 was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

 

As described in note 25.8, the acquisition of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited ("Avanxo"), included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company´s gross revenue, gross margin and operating margin.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Avanxo amounted to 2,318. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was between 370 and an unlimited maximum amount as of December 31, 2019. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 2,249 as of December 31, 2019 was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

 

As described in note 25.9, the acquisition of Belatrix Global Corporation S.A, included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Belatrix amounted to 4,097. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was between 4,097 and a unlimited maximum amount, given that such payment may be increased proportionally to the targets achievements, as of December 31, 2019. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 4,221 as of December 31, 2019 was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

 

As described in note 25.10, the acquisition of BI Live, included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's growth and operating margin.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to BI Live amounted to 559. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was between 515 and 3,000 as of December 31, 2019. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 515 as of December 31, 2019 was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

 

The following table shows the results from remeasurement of the contingent considerations described above:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
(Loss) gain on remeasurement of the contingent consideration of PointSource     (16 )     5,506        
Loss on remeasurement of the contingent consideration of Avanxo     (4 )            
Loss on remeasurement of the contingent consideration of Clarice     (3 )           (1,173 )
Gain on remeasurement of the contingent consideration of L4           1,848       4,058  
Gain on remeasurement of the contingent consideration of WAE                 3,850  
Loss on remeasurement of the contingent consideration of Ratio     (62 )     (654 )      
TOTAL     (85 )     6,700       6,735  

 

F-99

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

28.9.2 Put and call option on minority interests

 

As described in note 25.2, on October 22, 2015, the Company entered into a Shareholders Agreement (the "Minority Interest SHA") with the "non-controlling shareholders" to agree on a put option over the 33.27% of the remaining interest of Dynaflows.

 

On October 26, 2018, the non-controlling shareholders exercised such option and the Company paid a total amount of 1,186 based on the EBITDA and Revenue of Dynaflows for the twelve months ended on September 30, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, a gain of 1,611 was recognized as Other income, net, given that the exercise of the option occurred earlier than expected.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the call option was derecognized and a loss of 455 was recognized as Other income, net.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a gain of 1,726, related to the remeasurement at fair value of the put and call option described above.

 

28.9.3. Convertible notes

 

As described in notes 3.12.9.2, 3.12.9.3 and 3.12.9.4 the Company entered into several convertible notes that include the right to convert the outstanding amount into equity shares of the invested companies. The fair value of such convertible notes was estimated using unobservable inputs. The amounts of gains and losses for the period related to changes in the fair value of the convertible notes were not material.

 

28.9.4. Reconciliation of recurring fair value measurements categorized within Level 3

 

The following table shows the reconciliation of recurring fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

 

    Financial Assets     Financial liabilities  
    Call option on
minority interest
    Contingent
consideration
    Put option on
minority interest
 
December 31, 2017     455       23,905       2,797  
Fair value remeasurement (1)           (6,700 )     (1,611 )
Reclassification to amortised cost (1)           (1,778 )      
Derecognition of call option (1)     (455 )            
Acquisition of business (1)           3,029        
Payments (2)           (8,947 )     (1,186 )
Interests (1)           258        
December 31, 2018           9,767        

 

F-100

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

    Financial Assets     Financial
liabilities
 
    Convertible notes     Contingent
consideration
 
December 31, 2018           9,767  
Fair value remeasurement (1)           85  
Acquisition of business (1)           6,835  
Payments (2)     3,350       (7,695 )
Interests (1)     75       260  
December 31, 2019     3,425       9,252  

 

(1) Non-cash transactions.

 

(2) Cash transactions included in investing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

 

28.10 Foreign exchange futures and forward contracts

 

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Argentinian subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. acquired foreign exchange futures contracts with SBS Sociedad de Bolsa S.A. (SBS) in U.S. dollars, with the purpose of hedging the possible decrease of assets' value held in Argentine Pesos due to the risk of exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. The foreign exchange futures contracts were recognized, according to IFRS 9, as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 the Company recognized a gain of 383, 594 and a loss of 421, respectively.

 

These futures contracts have daily settlements, in which the futures value changes daily. Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. recognize daily variations in SBS primary accounts, and the gains or losses generated by each daily position through profit or loss. Thus, at the closing of each day, according to the future price of the exchange rate U.S. Dollar – Argentine peso, the companies perceive a gain or loss for the difference. As future contracts have daily settlements, hence fair value as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was zero.

 

Pursuant to these contracts, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. are required to maintain collaterals in an amount equal to a percentage of the notional amounts purchased until settlement of the contracts. As of December 31, 2018, IAFH Global S.A. held a 10% of the value of those collaterals in LETEs and LEBACs, respectively, in SBS primary account. This ensures minimal funding, in case SBS has to transfer funds to "Mercado a Término de Rosario S.A" (ROFEX) if losses are generated by daily settlements. This amount must also remain restricted during the term of the contracts. As of December 31, 2018, both collaterals regarding the transactions are restricted assets for an amount of 975 in LETEs included as investments. As of December 31, 2019 the Company does not maintain any collaterals for futures contracts.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the subsidiary Globant LLC, acquired foreign exchange forward contracts with Bridge Bank in rupees currency, with the purpose of hedging the risk of exposure to fluctuations in that currency within the Group. Those contracts were recognized as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. For the year ended December 31, 2017 the Company recognized a gain of 118.

 

F-101

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

During 2019 and 2018, the subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A., IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Colombia S.A., Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Ltda., Globant India Pvt. Ltd. and Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A., acquired foreign exchange forward contracts with certain banks in U.S. dollars, with the purpose of hedging the possible decrease of assets' value held in Argentine Pesos, Colombian Pesos, Chilean pesos, Uruguayan pesos and Indian rupee, due to the risk of exposure to fluctuations in those foreign currencies. Those contracts were recognized, according to IFRS 9, as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized a gain of 117 and 1,714, respectively. During 2017, the Argentine subsidiary, Sistemas Globales, entered into foreign exchange forward contracts with HSBC in U.S. dollars at a specified price with the purpose of reducing the risk of exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the foreign exchange forward contracts that were recognized as financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were as follows:

 

    Currency   Foreign currency     Notional foreign     Fair value assets /  
Settlement date   from contracts   rate from contracts     currency rate     (liabilities)  
January 27, 2020   Indian Rupee     72.36       71.56       11  
January 31, 2020   Chilean Peso     747.68       751.57       5  
January 31, 2020   Colombian Peso     3,323.65       3,281.28       39  
January 31, 2020   Colombian Peso     3,515.42       3,281.94       356  
January 31, 2020   Colombian Peso     3,512.66       3,281.93       422  
January 31, 2020   Uruguayan Peso     38.09       37.73       29  
February 25, 2020   Indian Rupee     71.45       71.77       7  
February 28, 2020   Colombian Peso     3,518.27       3,288.08       351  
Fair value as of December 31, 2019                         1,220  

 

    Currency   Foreign currency     Notional foreign     Fair value assets /  
Settlement date   from contracts   rate from contracts     currency rate     (liabilities)  
January 31, 2019   Argentine Peso     40.06       39.67       26  
February 28, 2019   Argentine Peso     41.54       41.17       15  
April 30, 2019   Argentine Peso     44.44       44.30       3  
Fair value as of December 31, 2018                         44  
                             
April 30, 2019   Argentine Peso     44.26       44.3       (1 )
May 31, 2019   Argentine Peso     45.74       45.92       (5 )
May 31, 2019   Argentine Peso     45.69       45.92       (6 )
Fair value as of December 31, 2018                         (12 )

 

The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing models. The models incorporate various inputs including: foreign exchange spot, interest rates curves of the respective currencies and the term of the contract.

 

28.11 Hedge accounting

 

During 2019, the Argentine subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A., and the Colombian subsidiary, Sistemas Colombia SAS, have entered into foreign exchange forward and future contracts to manage the foreign currency risk associated with the salaries payable in Argentine and Colombian pesos. The Company designated those derivatives as hedging instruments in respect of foreign currency risk in cash flow hedges. Hedges of foreign exchange risk on firm commitments are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

 

F-102

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives and other qualifying hedging instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of cash flow hedging reserve, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item from inception of the hedge. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss, and is included in the ‘finance income’ or ‘finance expense’ line items. Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same line as the recognised hedged item (i.e. Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes).

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has recognized a net gain of 54 included in Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes and a gain of 352 included in other comprehensive income.

 

Foreign currency forward contract assets and liabilities are presented in the line ‘Other financial assets’ and ‘Other financial liabilities’ within the statement of financial position. As future contracts have daily settlements, hence fair value as of December 31, 2019 was zero.

 

The following table detail the foreign currency forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2019:

 

Hedging instruments - Outstanding contracts

 

    Currency   Foreign currency   Notional foreign   Fair value  
Settlement date   from contracts   rate from contracts   currency rate   assets  
January 31, 2020   Argentine Peso   66.45   62.2     71  
Fair value as of December 31, 2019                 71  

 

NOTE 29 — CAPITAL AND RESERVES

 

29.1 Issuance of common shares

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, 717,240 common shares were issued after vested options arising from the 2012 and 2014 share-based compensation plan were exercised by certain employees. Options were exercised at an average price of 22.06 per share amounting to a total of 15,822.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, 309,539 Restricted Stock Units (RSU) were granted to certain employees and directors of the Company. During 2019, 181,860 RSUs were vested at an average price of 37.00 per share amounting to a total of 6,732 (non-cash transaction).

 

On August 9, 2019, the Company issued 51,471 common shares for a total amount of 5,000 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Belatrix´s seller.

 

On April 5, 2019, the Company issued 7,654 common shares for a total amount of 400 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Clarice´s sellers.

 

F-103

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

On March 21 and March 18, 2019, the Company issued 7,517 common shares for a total amount of 449 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Ratio´s sellers.

 

On March 18, 2019, the Company issued 13,895 common shares for a total amount of 868 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Small Footprint´s sellers.

 

On February 20 and February 1, 2019, the Company issued 14,778 common shares for a total amount of 845 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Avanxo´s sellers.

 

On February 15, 2019, the Company issued 3,542 common shares for a total amount of 208 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Pointsource´s sellers.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, 511,668 common shares were issued after vested options arising from the 2012 and 2014 share-based compensation plan were exercised by some employees. Options were exercised at an average price of 13.76 per share amounting to a total of 7,040.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, 564,995 Restricted Stock Units (RSU) were granted to certain employees and directors of the Company. During 2018, 163,233 RSUs were vested at an average price of 43.13 per share amounting to a total of 7,040 (non-cash transaction). A total amount of 4,995 of such vested RSUs corresponds to a provision for bonus given to employees that was payable in RSUs and was included in the opening balance of additional paid in capital.

 

On October 16, 2018, the Company issued 16,315 common shares for a total amount of 960 as part of the subscription agreement with Small Footprint's sellers signed on October 15, 2018, pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue to the subscribers and the subscribers agreed to subscribe from the Company a certain amount of shares. For the second tranche due on March 1, 2019, the Company may require the subscribers to apply up to an amount of 25% of the first-earn out payment.

 

On July 20, 2018, the Company issued 18,692 common shares for a total amount of 982 as part of the subscription agreement with WAE's sellers signed on May, 23, 2016, pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue to the subscribers and the subscribers agreed to subscribe from the Company restricted common stock up to an amount of 30% of the Purchase Price.

 

On June 12, 2018, the Company issued 9,120 common shares for a total amount of 400 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Clarice´s sellers, explained in note 25.1.

 

On February 22, 2018, the Company issued 12,265 common shares for a total amount of 541 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Pointsource´s sellers, as part of the business combination explained in note 25.6.

 

On February 16, 2018, the Company issued 7,605 common shares for an amount of 334 as part of the subscription agreement signed with Ratio´s sellers, as part of the business combination explained in note 25.5.

 

During the year December 31, 2017, 338,709 common shares were issued after vested options arising from the 2012 and 2014 share-based compensation plan were exercised by some employees. Options were exercised at an average price of 15.63 per share amounting to a total of 5,296.

 

F-104

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

During the year December 31, 2017, 254,328 Restricted Stock Units (RSU) were granted to certain employees and director for the Company. During 2017, 86,931 RSUs were vested at an average price of 36.11 per share amounting to a total of 3,141 (non-cash transaction).

 

On August 17, 2017, the Company issued 34,219 common shares for a total amount of 1,435 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with WAE´s sellers, as part of the business combination explained in note 25.3.

 

On June 1, 2017, the Company issued 84,953 common shares for a total amount of 3,100 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with PointSource´s sellers, as part of the business combination explained in note 25.6.

 

On March 1, 2017, the Company issued 34,309 common shares for a total amount of 1,160 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Ratio´s sellers, as part of the business combination explained in note 25.5.

 

29.2 Public offerings & agreements

 

On August 2, 2016, the Company applied to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for listing on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and for the admission to trading on its regulated market, on August 11, 2016, the Company applied to the Luxembourg Financial Sector Supervisory Authority (Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier) (the “CSSF”) in its capacity as competent authority, for the approval of the Company’s prospectus, which was approved in that same date.

 

On June 20, 2018, the Company and WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à r.l. (the “Selling Shareholder”) entered into an underwriting agreement with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC relating to the offer and sale of an aggregate of 5,815,259 common shares of the Company, nominal value $1.20 per share, plus, at the option of the Underwriters, an additional 872,289 common shares pursuant to an option, at a public offering price of $52.00 per common share. On June 21, 2018, the Underwriters exercised their option to purchase an additional 872,289 common shares.

 

On July 31, 2019 the Luxembourg Stock Exchange approved the Company´s voluntarily request to delist the Company´s common shares from the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ("Lux SE"), effective July 31, 2019. Following the Lux SE delisting, the Company´s common shares will continue to trade on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") in the United States under the symbol "GLOB".

 

As of December 31, 2019, 35,669,330 common shares of the Company's share capital are registered with the SEC and quoted in the New York Stock Exchange.

 

29.3 Cash flow hedge reserve

 

The movements in the cash flow hedge reserve were as follows:

 

    Foreign  
    currency risk  
Balance at January 1, 2019      
Gain/(loss) arising on changes in fair value of hedging instruments during the period     298  
(Gain)/loss reclassified to profit or loss – hedged item has affected profit or loss     54  
Balance at December 31, 2019     352  

 

F-105

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

NOTE 30 — APPROPRIATION OF RETAINED EARNINGS UNDER SUBSIDIARIES´ LOCAL LAWS AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTION OF DIVIDENDS

 

In accordance with Argentine and Uruguayan Law, the Argentine and Uruguayan subsidiaries of the Company must appropriate at least 5% of net income for the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of their respective share capital amounts.

 

On December 29, 2017, Argentine Law No. 27,430 amending the income tax law was enacted. According to the amendments, for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 the distribution of dividends is now subject to a 7% withholding for 2018 and 2019 and 13% withholding for 2020 onwards. The Equalization Tax, which levied distributions made out of previously untaxed income, was eliminated.

 

On December 23, 2013, the Argentine government adopted a new double taxation treaty with Spain, which applied retroactively from January 1, 2013. According to this treaty, the tax applicable on dividends distributed by our Argentine Subsidiaries to the Spain Holdco, is limited to 10% on the gross amount of dividends distributed.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve amounted to 772 for the Company´s Argentine subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A, IAFH Global S.A, BSF S.A and Globers S.A, and as of that date was fully constituted. Dynaflows S.A, Globant Ventures S.A.S and Avanxo S.A, did not have a legal reserve as of December 31,2019.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve amounted to 42 for Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A and as of that date was fully constituted. The Company´s Uruguayan subsidiary, Difier S.A, did not have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2019.

 

According to the ByLaws of Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. and Belatrix Colombia, the Colombian subsidiaries of the Company must appropriate at least 10% of the net income of the year to a legal reserve until such reserve equal 50% of its share capital. As of December 31, 2019, there was a legal reserve of 296 that was fully constituted by Sistemas Colombia S.A.S and there was a legal reserve of 3 constituted by Belatrix Colombia S.A.S. Regarding Avanxo Colombia, the Colombian branch of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited, there is no requirement for the Colombian branch to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve and, therefore, as of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

Colombia Law No 1,819, published on December 29, 2016, introduced a withholding tax of 5% on dividend distributions to non-resident. This new fiscal obligation is not applicable to our shareholder due to the tax treaty agreement between Colombia and Spain, entered in force on October 28, 2008.

 

Under Spanish law, the Spanish subsidiaries of the Company must appropriate 10% of its standalone profit to a legal reserve until such reserve equals to 20% of their respective share capital amount. As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve was partially constituted and amounted to 8,157 for all Spanish subsidiaries.

 

In accordance with Brazilian Law, there is no requirement for limited liability companies to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. The Company's Brazilian subsidiaries, Globant Brasil Consultorias Ltda and Orizonta Consutoria de Negocios e Tecnologia Da Informacao Ltda did not have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2019. On the other hand, for Avanxo Brasil Tecnologia Da Informacao Ltda there was a legal reserve of 63 constituted as of December 31, 2019.

 

F-106

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of our net profit per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of our issued share capital. If the legal reserve subsequently falls below the 10% threshold, at least 5% of net profit must be allocated toward the reserve. If the legal reserve exceeds 10% of our issued share capital, the legal reserve may be reduced in proportion so that it does not exceed 10% of our issued share capital. The legal reserve is not available for distribution. As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve amounted to 496.

 

As for the restrictions on the distribution of dividends paid by the Company to the holders of our common shares are as a rule subject to a 15% withholding tax in Luxembourg, unless a reduced withholding tax rate applies pursuant to an applicable double tax treaty or an exemption pursuant to the application of the participation exemption, and, to the extent withholding tax applies, we are responsible for withholding amounts corresponding to such taxation at its source.

 

In accordance with Peru corporate law, the Peruvian subsidiaries of the Company must reserve at least 10% of its net income of the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of its respective amount capital stock. As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve amounted to 116 for Belatrix Peru SAC which is fully constituted and 47 for Globant Peru SAC that is partially constituted. Regarding Avanxo Sucursal del Peru, the Peruvian branch of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited, there is no requirement for the Peruvian branch to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve and, therefore, as of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

In Bermuda there is no requirement for the Bermuda subsidiary of the Company to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

According to Mexican Law, the Mexican subsidiaries of the Company must appropriate at least 5% of net income of the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals the fifth portion of their respective share capital amounts. As of December 31, 2019, the legal reserve amounted to 139 for the Company's Mexican subsidiaries Global Systems Outsourcing S. de R.L. de C.V. and 37 for Avanxo Mexico S.A.P.I de C.V, regarding Avanxo Servicios S.A. de C.V. there was no legal reserve constituted as of December 31, 2019.

 

Regarding India Law, the Companies Act, 2013 does not mandate any fixed quantum of profits to be transferred or allocated to the reserves of a company. Despite there is no mandatory provision, as of December 31, 2019, the Indian subsidiary's general reserve amounted to 17 for the Company's Indian subsidiary.

 

In accordance with Indian law, our Indian subsidiary must set off all losses incurred by it (including carried over losses from the previous financial year) and make a provision for depreciation (including depreciation for the previous year if it was not already provided for) against the profits earned by it prior to declaring any dividends. Since the declaration of dividends under Indian law is discretionary, our Indian subsidiary is not required to allocate a specific portion of its annual profits to a designated legal reserve for purposes of declaring dividends.

 

In the United Kingdom there is no requirement for the UK´s subsidiaries to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted by the UK´s subsidiaries.

 

In Chile there is no requirement for the Chilean subsidiary of the Company to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

According to French law, a minimum of 5% of the profit of the year must be allocated to a reserve account named "legal reserve", until such reserve amounts 10% of the share capital of the French subsidiary of the Company. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

F-107

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

In accordance with the law of Belarus, the Belorussian subsidiary of the Company must allocate an amount up to 25% of annual payroll to a reserve fund for salaries. The source for creating this fund is the profit remaining at the disposal of the subsidiary after paying taxes and other obligatory payments. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

In the United States there is no requirement for the Company's U.S. subsidiaries to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

According to Romanian Companies Law, the Romanian subsidiary of the Company has the obligation to allocate each year at least 5% of its profit to a reserve fund, until the value of the fund is at least 20% of the Romanian Company's share capital. As of December 31, 2019, the reserve fund of the company was of Romanian Leu ("RON") 58.

 

In Canada there is no requirement for the Canada's Company subsidiary to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

In the United Arab Emirates there is no requirement for the Software Product Creation´s branch office in Dubai to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2019, there was no legal reserve constituted.

 

NOTE 31 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events until February 19, 2020, date of approval of these consolidated financial statements, to assess the need for potential adjustments or disclosures in these consolidated financial statements in accordance with IAS 10 "Events after the reporting period".

 

31.1 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 

On February 6, 2020, Globant, LLC, our US subsidiary (the "Borrower"), entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”), by and among certain financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. Under the Second A&R Credit Agreement, which amends and restates the existing A&R Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2018, the Borrower may borrow (i) up to $100 million in up to four borrowings on or prior to August 6, 2021 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to $250 million under a revolving credit facility. In addition, the Borrower may request increases of the maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100 million. The maturity date of each of the facilities is February 5, 2025. Pursuant to the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, interest on the loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to either (i) LIBOR plus 1.50%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 1.75%, determined based on the Borrower’s Maximum Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement). The Borrower’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of the Borrower’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The Second A&R Credit Agreement also contains certain customary negative and affirmative covenants, which compliance may limit our flexibility in operating our business and our ability to take actions that might be advantageous to us and our shareholders.

 

Based on this evaluation, it was determined that there were no subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, except for the ones included above.

 

NOTE 32 – APPROVAL OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements were approved by the Board of Directors on February 19, 2020.

 

F-108

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 

Martín Migoya

 

President

 

F-109

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

« GLOBANT S.A. »

société anonyme

L-1855 Luxembourg, 37A, avenue J.F. Kennedy

R.C.S. Luxembourg, section B numéro 173.727

 

**********************************************************************************

 

STATUTS COORDONNES à la date du 29 novembre 2019

 

**********************************************************************************

 

  PAGE 1  

 

 

A.         NAME - DURATION - PURPOSE - REGISTERED OFFICE 

 

Article 1             Name

 

There exists a company in the form of a joint stock company (société anonyme) under the name of “GLOBANT S.A.” (the "Company") which shall be governed by the law of 10 August 1915 concerning commercial companies, as amended (the “Law”), as well as by the present articles of association.

 

Article 2            Duration

 

The Company is incorporated for an unlimited duration. It may be dissolved at any time and without cause by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, adopted in the manner required for an amendment of these articles of association.

 

Article 3            Object 

 

3.1.        The Company's primary purpose is the creation, holding, development and realization of a portfolio, consisting of interests and rights of any kind and of any other form of investment in entities in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and in foreign entities, whether such entities exist or are to be created, especially by way of subscription, acquisition by purchase, sale or exchange of securities or rights of any kind whatsoever, such as equity instruments, debt instruments, patents and licenses, as well as the administration and control of such portfolio.

 

3.2.        The Company may further grant any form of security for the performance of any obligations of the Company or of any entity in which it holds a direct or indirect interest or right of any kind or in which the Company has invested in any other manner or which forms part of the same group of entities as the Company and lend funds or otherwise assist any entity in which it holds a direct or indirect interest or right of any kind or in which the Company has invested in any other manner or which forms part of the same group of companies as the Company.

 

3.3.        The Company may borrow in any form and may issue any kind of notes, bonds and debentures and generally issue any debt, equity and/or hybrid or other securities of any kind in accordance with Luxembourg law.

 

3.4.        The Company may carry out any commercial, industrial, financial, real estate, technical, intellectual property or other activities which it may deem useful in accomplishment of these purposes.

 

Article 4            Registered office

 

4.1         The Company's registered office is established in the city of Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. The Company's registered office may be transferred by a resolution of the board of directors within the same municipality.

 

4.2         It may be transferred to any other municipality in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg by means of a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders.

 

4.3         Branches or other offices may be established either in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg or abroad by a resolution of the board of directors.

 

  PAGE 2  

 

 

B.         SHARE CAPITAL - COMMON SHARES - REGISTER OF COMMON SHARES - OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER OF COMMON SHARES

 

Article 5             Share capital

 

5.1.        The Company has a share capital of forty-four million three hundred forty-one thousand two hundred seventy US dollars and eighty cents (USD 44,341,270.80) represented by thirty-six million nine hundred fifty-one thousand fifty-nine (36,951,059) common shares having a nominal value of one US dollar and twenty cents (USD 1.20) per common share.

 

5.2.         The Company's issued share capital may be (i) increased by a resolution of the board of directors (or delegate thereof) in accordance with articles 6.1 and 6.2 of these articles of association or (ii) increased or reduced by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, adopted in the manner required for an amendment of these articles of association.

 

Article 6             Authorized capital

 

6.1       The Company’s authorized capital, excluding the Company's share capital, is set at six million five hundred thirty-eight thousand five hundred thirty-three US dollars and sixty cents (USD 6,538,533.60) consisting in five million four hundred forty-eight thousand seven hundred seventy-eight (5,448,778) common shares having a nominal value of one US dollar and twenty cents (USD 1.20) per common share.

 

6.2       The board of directors is authorized to issue common shares, to grant options to subscribe for common shares and to issue any other instruments convertible into, or giving rights to, common shares within the limit of the authorized share capital, to such persons and on such terms as it shall see fit, and specifically to carry out such issue or issues without reserving a pre-emptive subscription right for the existing shareholders during a period of time from the date of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on 8 May 2017 and ending on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of publication in the Recueil Electronique des Sociétés et Associations of the minutes of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on 8 May 2017. Such common shares may be issued above, at or below market value, above or at nominal value, or by way of incorporation of available reserves (including premium). The general meeting has authorized the board of directors to waive, suppress or limit any pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders to the extent the board deems such waiver, suppression or limitation advisable for any issue or issues of common shares within the scope of the Company’s authorized (un-issued) share capital. This authorization may be renewed, amended or extended by resolution of the general meeting of shareholders adopted in the manner required for an amendment of these articles of association. Upon an issue of shares within the authorized share capital, the board shall have the present articles of association amended accordingly.

 

6.3       The authorized capital of the Company may be increased or reduced by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders adopted in the manner required for amendments of these articles of association.

 

Article 7             Common shares

 

7.1         The Company’s share capital is divided into common shares, each of them having the same nominal value. The common shares of the Company are shall remain in registered form only.

 

7.2         The Company may have one or several shareholders.

 

  PAGE 3  

 

 

7.3         No fractional common shares shall be issued or exist.

 

7.4        Within the limits and conditions laid down by the Law, the Company may repurchase its own common shares and may hold them in treasury.

 

7.5        A register of common shares will be kept by the Company and will be available for inspection by any shareholder. Ownership of registered common shares will be established by inscription in the said register or in the event separate registrars have been appointed pursuant to article 7.6, in such separate register(s). Without prejudice to the conditions for transfer by book entries provided for in article 7.8 of these articles of association, a transfer of registered common shares shall be carried out by means of a declaration of transfer entered in the relevant register, dated and signed by the transferor and the transferee or by their duly authorized representatives or by the Company upon notification of the transfer or acceptance of the transfer by the Company. The Company may accept and enter in the relevant register a transfer on the basis of correspondence or other documents recording the agreement between the transferor and the transferee.

 

7.6         The Company may appoint registrars in different jurisdictions who will each maintain a separate register for the registered common shares entered therein and the holders of common shares may elect to be entered in one of the registers and to be transferred from time to time from one register to another register. The board of directors may however impose transfer restrictions for common shares that are registered, listed, quoted, dealt in or have been placed in certain jurisdictions in compliance with the requirements applicable therein. A transfer to the register kept at the Company's registered office may always be requested.

 

7.7        Subject to the provisions of article 7.8 and article 7.10, the Company may consider the person in whose name the registered common shares are registered in the register of shareholders as the full owner of such registered common shares. In the event that a holder of registered common shares does not provide an address in writing to which all notices or announcements from the Company may be sent, the Company may permit a notice to this effect to be entered into the register of shareholders and such holder’s address will be deemed to be at the registered office of the Company or such other address as may be so entered by the Company from time to time, until a different address shall be provided to the Company by such holder in writing. The holder may, at any time, change his address as entered in the register of shareholders by means of written notification to the Company.

 

7.8         The common shares may be held by a holder (the “Holder”) through a securities settlement system or a Depository (as this term is defined below). The Holder of common shares held in such fungible securities accounts has the same rights and obligations as if such Holder held the common shares directly. The common shares held through a securities settlement system or a Depository shall be recorded in an account opened in the name of the Holder and may be transferred from one account to another in accordance with customary procedures for the transfer of securities in book-entry form. However, the Company will make dividend payments, if any, and any other payments in cash, common shares or other securities, if any, only to the securities settlement system or Depository recorded in the register of shareholders or in accordance with the instructions of such securities settlement system or Depository. Such payment will grant full discharge of the Company’s obligations in this respect.

 

  PAGE 4  

 

 

7.9         In connection with a general meeting, the board of directors may decide that no entry shall be made in the register of shareholders and no notice of a transfer shall be recognized by the Company and the registrar(s) during the period starting on the Record Date (as hereinafter defined) and ending on the closing of such general meeting.

 

7.10       All communications and notices to be given to a registered shareholder shall be deemed validly made if made to the latest address communicated by the shareholder to the Company in accordance with article 7.7 or, if no address has been communicated by the shareholder, the registered office of the Company or such other address as may be so entered by the Company in the register from time to time according to article 7.8.

 

7.11       Where common shares are recorded in the register of shareholders in the name of or on behalf of a securities settlement system or the operator of such system and recorded as book-entry interests in the accounts of a professional depositary or any sub-depositary (any depositary and any sub-depositary being referred to hereinafter as a “Depositary”), the Company - subject to having received from the Depositary a certificate in proper form - will permit the Depository of such book-entry interests to exercise the rights attaching to the common shares corresponding to the book-entry interests of the relevant Holder, including receiving notices of general meetings, admission to and voting at general meetings, and shall consider the Depository to be the holder of the common shares corresponding to the book-entry interests for purposes of this article 7 of the present articles of association. The board of directors may determine the formal requirements with which such certificates must comply.

 

Article 8             Ownership of common shares

 

8.1         The Company will recognize only one (1) holder per common share. If a common share is owned by several persons, they must designate a single person to be considered as the sole owner of such common share in relation to the Company. The Company is entitled to suspend the exercise of all rights attached to a common share held by several owners until one (1) owner has been designated.

 

8.2         The common shares are freely transferable, subject to the provisions of these articles of association. All rights and obligations attached to any common share are passed to any transferee thereof, except as otherwise provided for herein.

 

8.2.1      As long as the common shares of the Company are admitted to trading on a regulated market (within the meaning of Directive 2014/65/EU) within the territory of the European Economic Area (the “Regulated Market”) the provisions of Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids shall apply in the context of any takeover in respect of the Company’s common shares.

 

If the common shares are no longer admitted to trading on any Regulated Market the following rules shall apply in the context of any takeover in respect of the Company’s common shares.

 

  PAGE 5  

 

 

Any person (such person hereinafter called, the “Bidder”) wishing to acquire by any means (including, but not limited to, the conversion of any financial instrument convertible into common shares), directly or indirectly, common shares (the “Intended Acquisition”) which, when aggregated with his/her/its existing common share holdings, together with any shares held by a person controlling the Bidder, controlled by the Bidder and/or under common control with the Bidder, represent at least thirty-three point thirty-three percent (33.33%) of the share capital of the Company (the “Threshold”), shall have the obligation to propose an unconditional takeover bid to acquire the entirety of the then-outstanding common shares together with any financial instrument convertible into common shares (the “Takeover Bid”). Each Takeover Bid shall be conducted in accordance with the procedure stipulated under clauses (i) through (vii) hereof (the “Takeover Bid Procedure”) and shall also be conducted in conformity and compliance with the laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which the Company´s common shares or other securities are listed and/or where the Takeover Bid takes place and the rules of the stock exchanges where the Company’s common shares are listed (for the avoidance of doubt excluding any Regulated Market), in each case, applicable to public offers (collectively, the “Applicable Rules”), it being understood that, to the extent any such requirements impose stricter rules or regulations upon the Bidder, such stricter rules and regulations shall be complied with by Bidder.

 

(i) The Bidder shall notify the Company in writing about the Intended Acquisition and the Takeover Bid (the “Takeover Notice”), at least fifteen (15) Luxembourg business days (or such shorter period as is required under Applicable Rules) in advance of the commencement date thereof (such notification date, the “Takeover Notice Date”). A Takeover Notice shall also be required regarding any agreement or memorandum of understanding that the Bidder intends to enter into with a holder of common shares and/or financial instrument convertible into common shares whereby, under certain circumstances, due to such agreement or memorandum of understanding, the Bidder would become the holder of common shares resulting the Threshold being attained or exceeded (hereinafter called “Prior Agreement”). In addition to complying with the Applicable Rules, such Takeover Notice shall include the following minimum information, subject to the inclusion of any additional information as may be required under the Applicable Rules: (A) The Bidder’s identification, nationality and domicile. If the Bidder is made up of a group of individuals or entities, the identification and domicile of each member of the group and of the managing officer of each entity forming part of the group; (B) The consideration offered for the common shares and the financial instruments convertible into common shares and the source of funds to pay such consideration. (C) The scheduled expiration date of the Takeover Bid period, whether it can be extended, and if so, how long the extension may be and according to which procedure the extension shall be made; (D) A statement by the Bidder indicating the exact dates before and after which the holders of common shares and financial instruments convertible into common shares, who have validly tendered their common shares and/or financial instruments convertible into common shares subject to the Takeover Bid regime, shall be entitled to withdraw them, how the common shares and the financial instruments convertible into common shares thus tendered shall be accepted, and how the withdrawal of the common shares and the financial instruments convertible into common shares from sale under the Takeover Bid regime shall be carried out; (E) Any additional information, including the Bidder’s financial or accounting statements, as the Company may reasonably request or which may be necessary so as to avoid the above Takeover Notice from leading to erroneous conclusions or when the information submitted is incomplete or insufficient.

 

  PAGE 6  

 

 

(ii) On the Takeover Notice Date, the Company shall mail to each holder of common shares and financial instruments convertible into common shares, at the Bidder’s cost and expense, a copy of the Takeover Notice. In the case of registered holders of common shares and/or financial instrument convertible into common shares, the Takeover Notice will be sent by registered mail and in case of common shares and financial instrument convertible into common shares held through a brokerage account, the Takeover Notice will be mailed to the relevant brokers through the Depository agent.

 

(iii) On the Takeover Notice Date, the Bidder shall publish a notice containing the information stated in paragraph (i). Subject to applicable legal provisions, the Takeover Notice shall be published in two (2) major newspapers of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and in the City of New York, U.S.A. or such longer period as required under Applicable Laws.

 

(iv) The consideration for each common share and financial instrument convertible into common shares payable to each holder thereof shall be the same, shall be payable in cash only, and shall not be lower than the highest of the following prices:

 

(A) the highest price per common shares and financial instrument convertible into common shares paid by the Bidder, or on behalf thereof, in relation to any acquisition of common shares and the financial instruments convertible into common shares within the twelve months period immediately preceding the Takeover Notice, adjusted as a consequence of any division of shares, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to common shares and/or the financial instruments convertible into common shares; or

 

(B) the highest closing sale price, during the sixty-day period immediately preceding the Takeover Notice, of a common share of the Company as quoted by the New York Stock Exchange, in each case as adjusted as a consequence of any division of shares, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to common shares and financial instrument convertible into common shares.

 

(v) The Takeover Bid shall be open for a minimum period of at least twenty (20) Luxembourg business days as from the date the Takeover Bid was commenced.

 

(vi) The Bidder shall acquire all common shares and financial instruments convertible into common shares that are validly tendered (and not withdrawn) before the expiration date of the Takeover Bid in accordance with the provisions of these articles of association governing Takeover Bids.

 

(vii) Once the Takeover Bid Procedure has been completed, the Bidder may execute the Prior Agreement, if any, regardless of the number of common shares and financial instrument convertible into common shares purchased. The Prior Agreement, if any, shall be executed within thirty (30) days following the closing of the Takeover Bid; otherwise, it shall be necessary to repeat the Takeover Bid Procedure provided for in this article in order to execute the Prior Agreement.

 

8.2.2      If the terms of article 8.2.1 hereof are not complied with, the Bidder shall be forbidden to acquire common shares, whether directly or indirectly, by any means (including, but not limited to, the conversion of any financial instrument convertible into common shares) or instrument if, as a result of such acquisition, the Bidder (when aggregated with any shares held by a person controlling the Bidder, controlled by the Bidder and/or under common control with the Bidder) becomes the holder of common shares which, in addition to its prior holdings represent, in the aggregate, at least thirty-three point thirty-three percent (33.33%) of the share capital of the Company. The Board of Directors shall suspend any right to vote or to receive dividends or any other kind of distributions attached to common shares acquired in breach of the provisions of article 8.2.1 and none of these common shares shall be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at any meeting of shareholders of the Company, until such common shares are sold. In addition, if the terms of article 8.2.1 hereof are not complied with, the Company may consider any transfer of common shares acquired in breach of the provisions of article 8.2.1 to be invalid in which case none of the Company, any registrar or Depository shall enter such transfer into the relevant registers and books of the Company.

 

  PAGE 7  

 

 

8.2.3       If a holder of any financial instrument convertible into common shares contemplating an Intended Acquisition fails to comply with the terms of article 8.2.1 hereof, the Board of Directors may refuse the conversion into common shares of the portion of any such convertible instruments which, if converted, would result in that person becoming the holder of common shares in the reach or in excess of the Threshold.

 

8.2.4       For the purposes of this article 8.2, the term “indirectly” shall include the Bidder’s parent companies, the companies controlled by the Bidder or that would end up under its control as a consequence of any Takeover, Takeover Bid or Prior Agreement, as the case may be, that would grant at the same time the control of the Company, the companies submitted to the common control of the Bidder and other persons acting jointly with the Bidder; likewise, the holdings any person has through trusts or other similar mechanisms shall be included.

 

C.          GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Article 9             Powers of the general meeting of shareholders

 

The shareholders exercise their collective rights in the general meeting of shareholders. Any regularly constituted general meeting of shareholders of the Company represents the entire body of shareholders of the Company. It shall have the broadest powers to authorize, order, carry out or ratify acts relating to the Company.

 

Article 10           Convening general meetings of shareholders

 

10.1       The general meeting of shareholders of the Company may at any time be convened by the board of directors, to be held at such place and on such date as specified in the convening notice of such meeting.

 

10.2       The general meeting of shareholders must be convened by the board of directors, upon request in written indicating the agenda, addressed to the board of directors by one or several shareholders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the Company´s issued share capital. In such case, a general meeting of shareholders must be convened and shall be held within a period of one (1) month from receipt of such request. Shareholder(s) holding at least five percent (5%) of the Company´s issued share capital may request the addition of one or several items to the agenda of any general meeting of shareholders and propose resolutions. Such requests must be received at the Company´s registered office by registered mails at least twenty-two (22) days before the date of such meeting.

 

  PAGE 8  

 

 

10.3       The annual general meeting of shareholders shall be held within six (6) months of the end of each financial year in Luxembourg, at the registered office of the Company or at such other place as may be specified in the convening notice of such meeting.

 

10.4       Other general meetings of shareholders may be held at such place and time as may be specified in the respective notice of meeting.

 

10.5       General meetings of shareholders shall be convened in accordance with the provisions of the Law and if the common shares of the Company are listed on a foreign stock exchange, in accordance with the requirements of such foreign stock exchange applicable to the Company.

 

10.6       If the common shares of the Company are not listed on any foreign stock exchange, all shareholders recorded in the register of shareholders on the date of the general meeting of the shareholders are entitled to be admitted to the general meeting of shareholders.

 

10.7       If the common shares of the Company are listed on a stock exchange, all shareholders recorded in any register of shareholders of the Company are entitled to be admitted and vote at the general meeting of shareholders based on the number of shares they hold on a date and time preceding the general meeting of shareholders as the record date for admission to the general meeting of shareholders (the “Record Date”), which the board of directors may determine as specified in the convening notice.

 

10.8      Any shareholder, Holder or Depositary, as the case may be, who wishes to attend the general meeting must inform the Company thereof no later than on the fourteenth day preceding the date of such general meeting, or by any other date which the board of directors may determine and as specified in the convening notice, in a manner to be determined by the board of directors in the convening notice. In case of common shares held through the operator of a securities settlement system or with a Depositary designated by such Depositary, a holder of common shares wishing to attend a general meeting of shareholders should receive from such operator or Depositary a certificate certifying the number of common shares recorded in the relevant account on the Record Date. The certificate should be submitted to the Company no later than three (3) business days prior to the date of such general meeting. If the shareholder votes by means of a proxy, the proxy shall be deposited at the registered office of the Company or with any agent of the Company, duly authorized to receive such proxies, at the same time. The board of directors may set a shorter period for the submission of the certificate or the proxy in which case this will be specified in the convening notice.

 

10.9       If all shareholders are present or represented at a general meeting of shareholders and state that they have been informed of the agenda of the meeting, the general meeting of shareholders may be held without prior notice.

 

Article 11           Conduct of general meetings of shareholders

 

11.1       A board of the meeting shall be formed at any general meeting of shareholders, composed of a chairman, a secretary and a scrutineer, each of whom shall be appointed by the general meeting of shareholders and who do not need to be shareholders. The board of the meeting shall ensure that the meeting is held in accordance with applicable rules and, in particular, in compliance with the rules in relation to convening the meeting, quorum, if any, and majority requirements, vote tallying and representation of shareholders.

 

  PAGE 9  

 

 

11.2       An attendance list must be kept for any general meeting of shareholders.

 

11.3       Each common share entitles the holder thereof to one vote, subject to the provisions of the Law. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or by these articles of association, resolutions at a general meeting of shareholders duly convened are adopted by a simple majority of the votes validly cast, regardless of the proportion of the issued share capital of the Company present or represented at such meeting. Abstention and nil votes will not be taken into account.

11.4       A shareholder may act at any general meeting of shareholders by appointing another person, shareholder or not, as his proxy in writing by a signed document transmitted by mail or facsimile or by any other means of communication authorized by the board of directors. One person may represent several or even all shareholders.

 

11.5       Shareholders who participate in a general meeting of shareholders by conference call, video-conference or by any other means of communication authorized by the board of directors, which allows such shareholder’s identification and which allows that all the persons taking part in the meeting hear one another on a continuous basis and may effectively participate in the meeting, are deemed to be present for the computation of quorum and majority, subject to such means of communication being made available at the place of the meeting.

 

11.6       Each shareholder may vote at a general meeting of shareholders through a signed voting form sent by mail or facsimile or by any other means of communication authorized by the board of directors and delivered to the Company’s registered office or to the address specified in the convening notice. The shareholders may only use voting forms provided by the Company which contain at least the place, date and time of the meeting, the agenda of the meeting, the proposals submitted to the resolution of the meeting, as well as for each proposal three boxes allowing the shareholder to vote in favor of or against the proposed resolution or to abstain from voting thereon by ticking the appropriate boxes. The Company will only take into account voting forms received no later than three (3) business days prior to the date of the general meeting of shareholders to which they relate. The board of directors may set a shorter period for the submission of the voting forms.

 

11.7       The board of directors may determine further conditions that must be fulfilled by the shareholders for them to take part in any general meeting of shareholders.

 

Article 12           Amendments of the articles of association

 

Subject to the provisions of the Law and of these articles of association, any amendment of the articles of association requires a majority of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes validly cast at a general meeting at which at least half (1/2) of the issued share capital is represented. In case the second condition is not satisfied, a second meeting may be convened in accordance with the Law, which may validly deliberate regardless of the proportion of the issued share capital of the Company represented at such meeting and at which resolutions are taken at a majority of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes validly cast. Abstention and nil votes will not be taken into account for the calculation of the majority.

 

  PAGE 10  

 

 

Article 13           Adjourning general meetings of shareholders

 

The board of directors may adjourn any general meeting of shareholders already commenced, including any general meeting convened in order to resolve on an amendment of the articles of association, for a period of four (4) weeks. The board of directors must adjourn any general meeting of shareholders already commenced if so required by one or several shareholders representing in the aggregate at least twenty per cent (20%) of the Company’s issued share capital. By such an adjournment of a general meeting of shareholders already commenced, any resolution already adopted in such meeting will be cancelled. For the avoidance of doubt, once a meeting has been adjourned pursuant to the second sentence of this article 13, the board of directors shall not be required to adjourn such meeting a second time.

 

Article 14           Minutes of general meetings of shareholders

 

The board of any general meeting of shareholders shall draw up minutes of the meeting which shall be signed by the members of the board of the meeting as well as by any shareholder who requests to do so. Any copy and excerpt of such original minutes to be produced in judicial proceedings or to be delivered to any third party shall be signed by the chairman or the co-chairman of the board of directors or by any two of its members.

 

D.          MANAGEMENT

 

Article 15           Board of directors

 

15.1       The Company shall be managed by a board of directors, whose members may but do not need to be shareholders of the Company. The board of directors is vested with the broadest powers to take any actions necessary or useful to fulfill the Company’s corporate purpose, with the exception of the actions reserved by law or these articles of association to the general meeting of shareholders.

 

15.2       In accordance with article 60 of the Law, the Company’s daily management and the Company’s representation in connection with such daily management may be delegated to one or several members of the board of directors or to any other person(s) appointed by the board of directors, who may but are not required to be shareholders or not, acting alone or jointly. Their appointment, revocation and powers shall be determined by a resolution of the board of directors.

 

15.3       The board of directors may also grant special powers by notarized proxy or private instrument to any person(s) acting alone or jointly with others as agent of the Company.

 

15.4       The board of directors is composed of a minimum of seven (7) directors and a maximum of fifteen (15) directors. The board of directors must choose from among its members a chairman of the board of directors. It may also choose a co-chairman and it may choose a secretary, who does not need to be a shareholder or a member of the board of directors.

 

  PAGE 11  

 

 

Article 16           Election and removal of directors and term of the office

 

16.1       Directors shall be elected by the general meeting of shareholders, and shall be appointed for a period up to four (4) years; provided however that directors shall be elected on a staggered basis, with one third (1/3) of the directors being elected each year and; provided, further that such term may be exceeded by a period up to the annual general meeting held following the fourth anniversary of the appointment. Each elected director shall hold office until his or her successor is elected. If a legal entity is elected director of the Company, such legal entity must designate an individual as permanent representative who shall execute this role in the name and for the account of the legal entity. The relevant legal entity may only remove its permanent representative if it appoints a successor at the same time. An individual may only be a permanent representative of one director and may not be a director at the same time.

 

16.2       Any director may be removed at any time without cause or prior notice by the general meeting of shareholders.

 

16.3       Directors shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.

 

16.4       If a vacancy in the office of a member of the board of directors because of death, legal incapacity, bankruptcy, retirement or otherwise occurs, such vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining board members until the next general meeting of shareholders, which shall resolve on a permanent appointment.

 

Article 17           Convening meetings of the board of directors

 

17.1       The board of directors shall meet following notice validly given by the chairman or by any two (2) of its members at the place indicated in the notice of the meeting as described in the next paragraph.

 

17.2       Written notice of any meeting of the board of directors must be given to the directors at least five (5) days in advance of the date scheduled for the meeting by mail, facsimile, electronic mail or any other means of communication, except in case of emergency, in which case the nature and the reasons of such emergency must be indicated in the notice. Such convening notice is not necessary in case of assent to waive such requirement of each director in writing by mail, facsimile, electronic mail or by any other means of communication, a copy of such document being sufficient proof thereof. Also, a convening notice is not required for a board meeting to be held at a time and location determined in a prior resolution adopted by the board of directors. No convening notice shall furthermore be required in case all members of the board of directors are present or represented at a meeting of the board of directors or in the case of resolutions in writing pursuant to these articles of association.

 

Article 18           Conduct of meetings of the board of directors

 

18.1       The chairman of the board of directors shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors. In the absence of the chairman, the board of directors may appoint another director as chairman pro tempore.

 

18.2       The board of directors can act and deliberate validly only if at least the majority of its members are present or represented at a meeting of the board of directors.

 

18.3       Resolutions are adopted with the approval of a majority of the members present or represented at a meeting of the board of directors. In case of a tie, the chairman of the board of directors shall have a casting (deciding) vote. In the absence of the chairman of the board of directors, the director who has been appointed as chairman pro tempore of the meeting shall not have a casting (deciding) vote.

 

  PAGE 12  

 

 

18.4       Any director may act at any meeting of the board of directors by appointing any other director as proxy in writing by mail, facsimile, electronic mail or by any other means of communication. Any director may represent one or several other directors.

 

18.5       Any director who participates in a meeting of the board of directors by conference-call, videoconference or by any other means of communication which allows such director’s identification and which allows that all the persons taking part in the meeting hear one another on a continuous basis and may effectively participate in the meeting, is deemed to be present for the computation of quorum and majority. A meeting of the board of directors held through such means of communication is deemed to be held at the Company’s registered office.

 

18.6       The board of directors may unanimously pass resolutions in writing which shall have the same effect as resolutions passed at a meeting of the board duly convened and held. Such resolutions in writing are passed when dated and signed by all directors on a single document or on multiple counterparts, a copy of a signature sent by mail, facsimile or a similar means of communication being sufficient proof thereof. The single document showing all signatures or the entirety of the signed counterparts, as the case may be, will form the instrument giving evidence of the passing of the resolutions and the date of the resolutions shall be the date of the last signature.

 

18.7       The secretary or, if no secretary has been appointed, the chairman which was present at a meeting, shall draw up minutes of the meeting of the board of directors, which shall be signed by the chairman or by the secretary, as the case may be, or by any two directors.

 

Article 19           Committees of the board of directors

 

The board of directors may establish one or more committees, including without limitation, an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee, and for which it shall, if one or more of such committees are set up, appoint the members who may be but do not need to be members of the board of directors (subject always, if the common shares of the Company are listed on a foreign stock exchange, to the requirements of such foreign stock exchange applicable to the Company and/or of such regulatory authority competent in relation to such listing), determine the purpose, powers and authorities as well as the procedures and such other rules as may be applicable thereto.

 

Article 20           Dealings with third parties

 

The Company will be bound towards third parties in all circumstances by (i) the sole signature of the chairman of the board of directors, (ii) joint signatures of any two directors or (iii) by the joint signatures or the sole signature of any person(s) to whom such signatory power has been granted by the board of directors, within the limits of such authorization.

 

With respect to matters that constitute daily management of the Company, the Company will be bound towards third parties by the sole signature of (i) the administrateur délégué or délégué à la gestion journalière (“Chief Executive Officer” or “CEO”), (ii) the directeur financier (“Chief Financial Officer” or “CFO”) or (iii) any other person(s) to whom such power in relation to the daily management of the Company has been delegated in accordance with article 15 hereof, acting alone or jointly in accordance with the rules of such delegation, if any has(ve) been appointed.

 

  PAGE 13  

 

 

Article 21           Indemnification

 

21.1       The members of the board of directors are not held personally liable for the indebtedness or other obligations of the Company. As agents of the Company, they are responsible for the performance of their duties. Subject to the exceptions and limitations listed in article 21.2 and mandatory provisions of law, every person who is, or has been, a member of the board of directors or officer of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been such a director or officer and against amounts paid or incurred by him in the settlement thereof. The words “claim”, “action”, “suit” or “proceeding” shall apply to all claims, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal or otherwise including appeals) actual or threatened and the words “liability” and “expenses” shall include without limitation attorneys’ fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement and other liabilities.

 

21.2       No indemnification shall be provided to any director or officer (i) against any liability to the Company or its shareholders by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office (ii) with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith and not in the interest of the Company or (iii) in the event of a settlement, unless the settlement has been approved by a court of competent jurisdiction or by the board of directors.

 

21.3       The right of indemnification herein provided shall be severable, shall not affect any other rights to which any director or officer may now or hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Nothing contained herein shall affect or limit any rights to indemnification to which corporate personnel, including directors and officers, may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law. The Company shall specifically be entitled to provide contractual indemnification to and may purchase and maintain insurance for any corporate personnel, including directors and officers of the Company, as the Company may decide upon from time to time.

21.4       Expenses in connection with the preparation and representation of a defense of any claim, action, suit or proceeding of the character described in this article 21 shall be advanced by the Company prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of any undertaking by or on behalf of the officer or director, to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification under this article.

 

Article 22           Conflicts of interest

 

22.1       Any director who has, directly or indirectly, a conflicting interest in a transaction submitted to the approval of the board of directors which conflicts with the Company’s interest, must inform the board of directors of such conflict of interest and must have his declaration recorded in the minutes of the board meeting. The relevant director may not take part in the discussions on and may not vote on the relevant transaction. A special report shall be made on any transactions in which any of the directors may have had an interest conflicting with that of the Company, at the next general meeting, before any resolution is put in vote.

 

  PAGE 14  

 

 

22.2       No contract or other transaction between the Company and any other company or firm shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any one or more of the directors or officers of the Company is interested in, or is a director, associate, officer, agent, adviser or employee of such other company or firm. Any director or officer who serves as a director, officer or employee or otherwise of any company or firm with which the Company shall contract or otherwise engage in business shall not, by reason of such affiliation with such other company or firm only, be prevented from considering and voting or acting upon any matters with respect to such contract or other business.

 

E.            AUDITORS

 

Article 23           Auditor(s)

 

23.1       The Company’s annual accounts shall be audited by one or more approved independent auditors (réviseurs d’entreprises agréés), appointed by the general meeting of shareholders at the board of directors’ recommendation (acting on the recommendation of the audit committee, if any). The general meeting of shareholders shall determine the number of auditor(s) and the term of their office which shall not exceed one (1) year and may be renewed for successive one (1) year periods.

 

23.2       An auditor may be dismissed at any time with cause (or with his approval) by the general meeting of shareholders. An auditor may be reappointed.

F.           FINANCIAL YEAR – PROFITS – INTERIM DIVIDENDS

 

Article 24           Financial year

 

The Company’s financial year shall begin on the first (1) January of each year and shall terminate on the thirty-first (31st) December of the same year.

 

Article 25           Profits

 

25.1      At the end of each financial year, the accounts are closed and the board of directors shall draw up or shall cause to be drawn up an inventory of assets and liabilities, the balance sheet and the profit and loss accounts in accordance with the Law.

 

25.2       From the Company’s annual net profits five per cent (5%) at least shall be allocated to the Company’s legal reserve. This allocation ceases to be mandatory as soon and as long as the aggregate amount of the Company’s legal reserve amounts to ten per cent (10%) of the Company’s issued share capital. Sums contributed to the Company by shareholders may also be allocated to the legal reserve. In the case of a share capital reduction, the Company’s legal reserve may be reduced in proportion so that it does not exceed ten per cent (10%) of the issued share capital.

 

25.3       The annual general meeting of shareholders determines upon proposal of the board of directors how the remainder of the annual net profits will be allocated.

 

25.4       Dividends which have not been claimed within five (5) years after the date on which they became due and payable revert back to the Company.

 

  PAGE 15  

 

 

Article 26           Interim dividends – Share premium and additional premiums

 

26.1       The board of directors may declare and pay interim dividends in accordance with the provisions of the Law.

 

26.2       Any share premium, additional premiums or other distributable reserve may be freely distributed to the shareholders (including by interim dividends) subject to the provisions of the Law.

 

G.          LIQUIDATION

 

Article 27           Liquidation

 

27.1       In the event of the Company’s dissolution, the liquidation shall be carried out by one or several liquidators, individuals or legal entities, appointed by the general meeting of shareholders resolving on the Company’s dissolution which shall determine the liquidator’s/liquidators’ powers and remuneration. Unless otherwise provided, the liquidator or liquidators shall have the most extensive powers for the realization of the assets and payment of the liabilities of the Company.

 

27.2       The surplus resulting from the realization of the assets and the payment of all liabilities shall be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to the number of common shares of the Company held by them.

 

H.          GOVERNING LAW

 

Article 28           Governing law

 

All matters not governed by these articles of association shall be determined in accordance with the Law.

 

  PAGE 16  

Exhibit 2.1

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following is a summary of some of the terms of our common shares, based on our articles of association.

 

The following summary is not complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of our articles of association, as amended, and applicable Luxembourg law, including the Luxembourg Corporate Law.

 

General

 

We are a Luxembourg joint stock company (société anonyme) and our legal name is “Globant S.A.” We were incorporated on December 10, 2012. We are registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg) under number B 173 727 and have our registered office at 37A Avenue J. F. Kennedy, L-1855, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

Share Capital

 

As of December 31, 2019, our issued share capital was $44,522,125.20, represented by 37,101,771 common shares with a nominal value of $1.20 each, of which 138,152 are treasury shares held by us.

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had an authorized share capital, excluding the issued share capital, of $6,357,679.20 consisting of 5,298,066 common shares with a nominal value of $1.20 each.

 

Our shareholders' meeting has authorized our board of directors to issue common shares within the limits of the authorized share capital at such time and on such terms as our board of directors may decide during a period ending on the fifth anniversary of the date of publication in Recueil Electronique des Sociétés et Associations ("RESA") of the minutes of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on May 8, 2017, which publication occurred on May 19, 2017, and which period ends on May 19, 2022 and may be renewed. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2019, our board of directors may issue up to 5,298,066 common shares until such date. We currently intend to seek renewals and/or extensions as required from time to time.

 

Our authorized share capital is determined by our articles of association, as amended from time to time, and may be increased or reduced by amending the articles of association by approval of the requisite two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders' meeting. Under Luxembourg law, our shareholders have no obligation to provide further capital to us.

 

Under Luxembourg law, our shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance of common shares for cash consideration. However, our shareholders have, in accordance with Luxembourg law authorized our board of directors to waive, suppress or limit, any pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders provided by law to the extent our board of directors deems such waiver, suppression or limitation advisable for any issue or issues of common shares within the scope of our authorized share capital. Such common shares may be issued above, at or below market value as well as above, at or below nominal value by way of incorporation of available reserves (including premium).

 

Form and Transfer of Common Shares

 

Our common shares are issued in registered form only and are freely transferable under Luxembourg law and our articles of association. Luxembourg law does not impose any limitations on the rights of Luxembourg or non-Luxembourg residents to hold or vote our common shares.

 

 

 

Under Luxembourg law, the ownership of registered shares is established by the inscription of the name of the shareholder and the number of shares held by him or her in the shareholder register. Transfers of common shares not deposited into securities accounts are effective towards us and third parties either through the recording of a declaration of transfer into the shareholders' register, signed and dated by the transferor and the transferee or their representatives or by us, upon notification of the transfer to, or upon the acceptance of the transfer by, us. Should the transfer of common shares not be recorded accordingly, the shareholder is entitled to enforce his or her rights by initiating the relevant proceedings before the competent courts of Luxembourg.

 

In addition, our articles of association provide that our common shares may be held through a securities settlement system or a professional depositary of securities. The depositor of common shares held in such manner has the same rights and obligations as if such depositor held the common shares directly. Common shares held through a securities settlement system or a professional depositary of securities may be transferred from one account to another in accordance with customary procedures for the transfer of securities in book-entry form. However, we will make dividend payments (if any) and any other payments in cash, common shares or other securities (if any) only to the securities settlement system or the depositary recorded in the shareholders’ register or in accordance with its instructions.

 

Issuance of Common Shares

 

Pursuant to Luxembourg Corporate Law, the issuance of common shares requires the amendment of our articles of association by the approval of two-thirds of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders' meeting; provided. however, that the general meeting may approve an authorized share capital and authorize our board of directors to issue common shares up to the maximum amount of such authorized unissued share capital for a five-year period beginning either on the date of the relevant general meeting or the date of publication in the RESA of the minutes of the relevant general meeting approving such authorization. The general meeting may amend or renew such authorized share capital and such authorization of our board of directors to issue common shares.

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had an authorized share capital, excluding the issued share capital, of $6,357,679.20 and our board of directors was authorized to issue up to 5,298,066 common shares (subject to stock splits, consolidation of common shares or like transactions) with a nominal value of $1.20 per common share.

 

Our articles of association provide that no fractional shares shall be issued or exist.

 

Pre-emptive Rights

 

Unless limited, waived or cancelled by our board of directors in the context of the authorized share capital or pursuant to a decision of an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders pursuant to the provisions of the articles of association relating to amendments thereof, holders of our common shares have a pro rata pre-emptive right to subscribe for any new common shares issued for cash consideration. Our articles of association provide that pre-emptive rights can be waived, suppressed or limited by our board of directors for a period ending on the fifth anniversary of the date of publication in the RESA of the minutes of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on May 8, 2017, which publication occurred on May 19, 2017 and which period ends on May 19, 2022, in the event of an increase of the issued share capital by our board of directors within the limits of the authorized share capital.

 

 

 

Repurchase of Common Shares

 

We cannot subscribe for our own common shares. We may, however, repurchase issued common shares or have another person repurchase issued common shares for our account, subject to the following conditions:

 

the repurchase complies with the principle of equal treatment of all shareholders, except in the event such repurchase was the result of the unanimous decision of a general meeting at which all shareholders were present or represented (in addition, listed companies may repurchase their own shares on the stock exchange without an offer to repurchase having to be made to the shareholders);
prior authorization by a simple majority vote at an ordinary general meeting of shareholders is granted, which authorization sets forth the terms and conditions of the proposed repurchase, including the maximum number of common shares to be repurchased, the duration of the period for which the authorization is given (which may not exceed five years) and, in the case of a repurchase for consideration, the minimum and maximum consideration per common share;
the repurchase does not reduce our net assets (on a non-consolidated basis) to a level below the aggregate of the issued share capital and the reserves that we must maintain pursuant to Luxembourg law or our articles of association; and
only fully paid-up common shares are repurchased.

 

No prior authorization by our shareholders is required for us to repurchase our own common shares if: 

 

we are in imminent and severe danger, in which case our board of directors must inform the general meeting of shareholders held subsequent to the repurchase of common shares of the reasons for, and aim of such repurchase, the number and nominal value of the common shares repurchased, the fraction of the share capital such repurchased common shares represented and the consideration paid for such shares; or
the common shares are repurchased by us or by a person acting for our account in view of a distribution of the common shares to our employees.

 

On May 31, 2019, the general meeting of shareholders according to the conditions set forth in article 430-15 of Luxembourg Corporate Law granted our board of directors the authorization to repurchase up to a maximum number of shares representing 20% of the issued share capital immediately after the closing of our initial public offering for a net purchase price being (i) no less than 50% of the lowest stock price and (ii) no more than 50% above the highest stock price, in each case being the closing price, as reported by the New York City edition of the Wall Street Journal, or, if not reported therein, any other authoritative sources to be selected by our board of directors, over the ten trading days preceding the date of the purchase (or the date of the commitment to the transaction). The authorization is valid for a period ending five years from the date of the general meeting or the date of its renewal by a subsequent general meeting of shareholders. Pursuant to such authorization, our board of directors is authorized to acquire and sell our common shares under the conditions set forth in the minutes of such general meeting of shareholders. Such purchases and sales may be carried out for any purpose authorized by the general meeting of Globant S.A.

 

Capital Reduction

 

Our articles of association provide that our issued share capital may be reduced by a resolution adopted by a two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders' meeting. If the reduction of capital results in the capital being reduced below the legally prescribed minimum, the general meeting of the shareholders must, at the same time, resolve to increase the capital up to the required level.

 

 

 

General Meeting of Shareholders

 

Any regularly constituted general meeting of our shareholders represents the entire body of shareholders.

 

Each of our common shares entitles the holder thereof to attend our general meeting of shareholders, either in person or by proxy, to address the general meeting of shareholders and to exercise voting rights, subject to the provisions of Luxembourg law and our articles of association. Each common share entitles the holder to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors shall adopt as it deems fit all other regulations and rules concerning the attendance to the general meeting.

 

A general meeting of our shareholders may, at any time, be convened by our board of directors, to be held at such place and on such date as specified in the convening notice of such meeting. Our articles of association and Luxembourg law provide that a general meeting of shareholders must be convened by our board of directors, upon request in writing indicating the agenda, addressed to our board of directors by one or more shareholders representing at least 10% of our issued share capital. In such case, a general meeting of shareholders must be convened and must be held within a period of one month from receipt of such request. One or more shareholders holding at least 5% of our issued share capital may request the addition of one or more items to the agenda of any general meeting of shareholders and propose resolutions. Such requests must be received at our registered office by registered mail at least 22 days before the date of such meeting.

 

Our articles of association provide that if our common shares are listed on a stock exchange, all shareholders recorded in any register of our shareholders are entitled to be admitted and vote at the general meeting of shareholders based on the number of shares they hold on a date and time preceding the general meeting of shareholders as the record date for admission to the general meeting of shareholders (the "Record Date"), which the board of directors may determine as specified in the convening notice. Furthermore, any shareholder, holder or depositary, as the case may be, who wishes to attend the general meeting must inform us thereof no later than on the fourteenth day preceding the date of such general meeting, or by any other date which the board of directors may determine and as specified in the convening notice, in a manner to be determined by our board of directors in the notice convening the general meeting of the shareholders. In the case of common shares held through the operator of a securities settlement system or with a depositary, or sub-depositary designated by such depositary, a shareholder wishing to attend a general meeting of shareholders should receive from such operator or depositary a certificate certifying the number of common shares recorded in the relevant account on the Record Date. The certificate should be submitted to us at our registered office no later than three business days prior to the date of such general meeting. In the event that the shareholder votes by means of a proxy, the proxy must be deposited at our registered office at the same time or with any of our agents, duly authorized to receive such proxies. Our board of directors may set a shorter period for the submission of the certificate or the proxy in which case this will be specified in the convening notice.

 

The convening of, and attendance to, our general meetings is subject to the provisions of the Luxembourg Corporate Law.

 

General meetings of shareholders shall be convened in accordance with the provisions of our articles of association and the Luxembourg Corporate Law and the requirement of any stock exchange on which our shares are listed. The Luxembourg Corporate Law provides -inter alia- that convening notices for every general meeting shall contain the agenda and shall take the form of announcements filed with the register of commerce and companies, published on the RESA, and published in a Luxembourg newspaper at least 15 days before the meeting. As all our common shares are in registered form we may decide to send the convening notice only by registered mail to the registered address of each shareholder no less than eight days before the meeting. In that case, the legal requirements regarding the publication of the convening notice in the RESA and in a Luxembourg newspaper do not apply.

 

 

 

In the event (i) an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders is convened to vote on an extraordinary resolution (See below under "Voting Rights" for additional information), (ii) such meeting is not quorate and (iii) a second meeting is convened, the second meeting will be convened as specified above.

 

Pursuant to our articles of association, if all shareholders are present or represented at a general meeting of shareholders and state that they have been informed of the agenda of the meeting, the general meeting of shareholders may be held without prior notice.

 

Our annual general meeting is held on the date set forth in the corresponding convening notice within six months of the end of each financial year at our registered office or such other place as specified in such convening notice.

 

Voting Rights

 

Each share entitles the holder thereof to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders.

 

Luxembourg law distinguishes between ordinary resolutions and extraordinary resolutions.

 

Extraordinary resolutions relate to proposed amendments to the articles of association and certain other limited matters. All other resolutions are ordinary resolutions.

 

Ordinary Resolutions. Pursuant to our articles of association and the Luxembourg Corporate Law, ordinary resolutions shall be adopted by a simple majority of votes validly cast on such resolution at a general meeting. Abstentions and nil votes will not be taken into account.

 

Extraordinary Resolutions. Extraordinary resolutions are required for any of the following matters, among others: (a) an increase or decrease of the authorized share capital or issued share capital, (b) a limitation or exclusion of preemptive rights, (c) approval of a merger (fusion) or de-merger (scission), (d) dissolution, (e) an amendment to our articles of association and (f) a change of nationality. Pursuant to Luxembourg law and our articles of association, for any extraordinary resolutions to be considered at a general meeting, the quorum must generally be at least 50% of our issued share capital. Any extraordinary resolution shall generally be adopted at a quorate general meeting upon a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution. In case such quorum is not reached, a second meeting may be convened by our board of directors in which no quorum is required, and which must generally still approve the amendment with two-thirds of the votes validly cast. Abstentions and nil votes will not be taken into account.

 

Appointment and Removal of Directors. Members of our board of directors are elected by ordinary resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. Under our articles of association, all directors are elected for a period of up to four years, provided, however, that our directors shall be elected on a staggered basis. Any director may be removed with or without cause and with or without prior notice by a simple majority vote at any general meeting of shareholders. The articles of association provide that, in case of a vacancy, our board of directors may fill such vacancy on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. The directors shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.

 

Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association contain any restrictions as to the voting of our common shares by non-Luxembourg residents.

 

 

 

Amendment to Articles of Association

 

Shareholder Approval Requirements. Luxembourg law requires that an amendment to our articles of association generally be made by extraordinary resolution. The agenda of the general meeting of shareholders must indicate the proposed amendments to the articles of association.

 

Pursuant to Luxembourg Corporate Law and our articles of association, for an extraordinary resolution to be considered at a general meeting, the quorum must generally be at least 50% of our issued share capital. Any extraordinary resolution shall be adopted at a quorate general meeting (save as otherwise required by law) upon a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution. If the quorum of 50% is not reached at this meeting, a second general meeting may be convened, in which no quorum is required, and may approve the resolution at a majority of two-third of votes validly cast.

 

Formalities. Any resolutions to amend the articles of association or to approve a merger, de-merger, change of nationality, dissolution or change of nationality must be taken before a Luxembourg notary and such amendments must be published in accordance with Luxembourg law.

 

Merger and Division

 

A merger by absorption whereby one Luxembourg company, after its dissolution without liquidation, transfers to another company all of its assets and liabilities in exchange for the issuance of common shares in the acquiring company to the shareholders of the company being acquired, or a merger effected by transfer of assets to a newly incorporated company, must, in principle, be approved at a general meeting of shareholders by an extraordinary resolution of the Luxembourg company, and the general meeting of shareholders must be held before a Luxembourg notary. Further conditions and formalities under Luxembourg law are to be complied with in this respect.

 

Liquidation

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets remaining after allowing for the payment of all liabilities will be paid out to the shareholders pro rata according to their respective shareholdings. Generally, the decisions to liquidate, dissolve or wind-up require the passing of an extraordinary resolution at a general meeting of our shareholders, and such meeting must be held before a Luxembourg notary.

 

Mandatory Bid, Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Rights

 

Mandatory bid. If our common shares are admitted again to trading on a regulated market (within the meaning of Directive 2014/65/EU) within the territory of the European Economic Area (the "Regulated Market") the provisions of Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids shall apply in the context of any takeover in respect of the Company’s common shares.

 

As the common shares of the Company are currently not admitted to trading on any Regulated Market, the provisions of article 8 of our articles of association are applicable and provide that any person (the "Bidder") wishing to acquire by any means (including, but not limited to, the conversion of any financial instrument convertible into common shares), directly or indirectly, common shares of our Company (which, when aggregated with his/her/its existing common share holdings, together with any shares held by a person controlling the Bidder, controlled by the Bidder and/or under common control with the Bidder, represent at least thirty-three point thirty-three percent (33.33%) of the share capital of the Company (the "Threshold"), shall have the obligation to propose an unconditional takeover bid to acquire the entirety of the then-outstanding common shares together with any financial instrument convertible into common shares (the "Takeover Bid").

 

 

 

The consideration for each common share and financial instrument convertible into common shares payable to each holder thereof shall be the same, shall be payable in cash only, and shall not be lower than the highest of the following prices:

 

(a) the highest price per common shares and financial instrument convertible into common shares paid by the Bidder, or on behalf thereof, in relation to any acquisition of common shares and the financial instruments convertible into common shares within the twelve months period immediately preceding the takeover notice, adjusted as a consequence of any division of shares, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to common shares and/or the financial instruments convertible into common shares; or

 

(b) the highest closing sale price, during the sixty-day period immediately preceding the takeover notice, of a common share of our Company as quoted by the New York Stock Exchange, in each case as adjusted as a consequence of any division of shares, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to common shares and financial instrument convertible into common shares.

 

Squeeze-out right and sell out right. Even though our shares are no longer admitted to trading on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (“LuxSE”), currently we fall under the scope of the Luxembourg law of July 21, 2012 on mandatory squeeze-out and sell-out of securities of companies admitted or having been admitted to trading on a regulated market or which have been subject to a public offer (the "Luxembourg Mandatory Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Law"), which shall continue to be applicable to the Company for a period of five years from the date on which the request to voluntarily delist our common shares from the Official List of the LuxSE became effective (i.e. on July 31, 2019) provided that no new listing on a Regulated Market will occur between such period. The Luxembourg Mandatory Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Law provides that, subject to the conditions set forth therein being met, if any individual or legal entity, acting alone or in concert with another, holds a number of shares or other voting securities representing at least 95% of our voting share capital and 95% of our voting rights: (i) such holder may require the holders of the remaining shares or other voting securities to sell those remaining securities (the "Mandatory Squeeze-Out"); and (ii) the holders of the remaining shares or securities may require such holder to purchase those remaining shares or other voting securities (the "Mandatory Sell-Out"). The Mandatory Squeeze-Out and the Mandatory Sell-Out must be exercised at a fair price according to objective and adequate methods applying to asset disposals. The procedures applicable to the Mandatory Squeeze-Out and the Mandatory Sell-Out are subject to further conditions and must be carried out under the supervision of the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (the "CSSF"). The Takeover Law provides that, when an offer (mandatory or voluntary) is made to all of the holders of voting securities of our Company and after such offer the offeror holds at least 95% of the securities carrying voting rights and 95% of the voting rights, the offeror may require the holders of the remaining securities to sell those securities (of the same class) to the offeror. The price offered for such securities must be a fair price. The price offered in a voluntary offer would be considered a fair price in the squeeze-out proceedings if the offeror acquired at least 90% of our shares carrying voting rights that were the subject of the offer. The price paid in a mandatory offer is deemed a fair price. The consideration paid in the squeeze-out proceedings must take the same form as the consideration offered in the offer or consist solely of cash. Moreover, an all-cash option must be offered to the remaining shareholders. Finally, the right to initiate squeeze-out proceedings must be exercised within three months following the expiration of the offer.

 

No Appraisal Rights

 

Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association provide for any appraisal rights of dissenting shareholders.

 

 

 

Distributions

 

Subject to Luxembourg law, if and when a dividend is declared by the general meeting of shareholders or an interim dividend is declared by our board of directors, each common share is entitled to participate equally in such distribution of funds legally available for such purposes. Pursuant to our articles of association, our board of directors may pay interim dividends, subject to Luxembourg law.

 

Declared and unpaid distributions held by us for the account of the shareholders shall not bear interest. Under Luxembourg law, claims for unpaid distributions will lapse in our favor five years after the date such distribution became due and payable.

 

Any amount payable with respect to dividends and other distributions declared and payable may be freely transferred out of Luxembourg, except that any specific transfer may be prohibited or limited by anti-money laundering regulations, freezing orders or similar restrictive measures.

 

Annual Accounts

 

Under Luxembourg law, our board of directors must prepare annual accounts and consolidated accounts. Except for certain cases as provided for by Luxembourg law, our board of directors must also annually prepare management reports on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts. The annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, management reports and auditor's reports must be available for inspection by shareholders at our registered office and on our website for an uninterrupted period beginning at least eight calendar days prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

 

The annual accounts and consolidated accounts are audited by an approved statutory auditor (réviseur d'entreprises agréé).

 

The annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, will be filed with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés of Luxembourg) and disseminated as regulated information.

 

Information Rights

 

Luxembourg law gives shareholders limited rights to inspect certain corporate records prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders, including the annual accounts with the list of directors and auditors, the consolidated accounts, the notes to the annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, a list of shareholders whose common shares are not fully paid up, the management reports, the auditor's report and, in case of amendments to the articles of association, the text of the proposed amendments and the draft of the resulting consolidated articles of association.

 

In addition, any registered shareholder is entitled to receive, upon request, a copy of the annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, the auditor's reports and the management reports free of charge prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders. 

 

Board of Directors

 

Globant S.A. is managed by our board of directors which is vested with the broadest powers to take any actions necessary or useful to fulfill our corporate purpose with the exception of actions reserved by law or our articles of association to the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors must consist of at least seven members and no more than fifteen members. Our board of directors meets as often as company interests require.

 

 

 

A majority of the members of our board of directors present or represented at a board meeting constitutes a quorum, and resolutions are adopted by the simple majority vote of our board members present or represented. In the case of a tie, the chairman of our board shall have the deciding vote. Our board of directors may also make decisions by means of resolutions in writing signed by all directors.

 

Directors are elected by the general meeting of shareholders, and appointed for a period of up to four years; provided, however, that directors are elected on a staggered basis, with one-third of the directors being elected each year; and provided, further, that such term may be exceeded by a period up to the annual general meeting held following the fourth anniversary of the appointment, and each director will hold office until his or her successor is elected. The general shareholders' meeting may remove one or more directors at any time, without cause and without prior notice by a resolution passed by simple majority vote. If our board of directors has a vacancy, such vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. Any director shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.

 

Within the limits provided for by applicable law and our articles of association, our board of directors may delegate to one or more directors or to any one or more persons, who need not be shareholders, acting alone or jointly, the daily management of Globant S.A. and the authority to represent us in connection with such daily management. Our board of directors may also grant special powers to any person(s) acting alone or jointly with others as agent of Globant S.A.

 

Our board of directors may establish one or more committees, including without limitation, an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee, and a compensation committee, and for which it shall, if one or more of such committees are set up, appoint the members, determine the purpose, powers and authorities as well as the procedures and such other rules as may be applicable thereto. Our board of directors has established an audit committee as well as a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

No contract or other transaction between us and any other company or firm shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any one or more of our directors or officers is interested in, or is a director, associate, officer, agent, adviser or employee of such other company or firm. Any director or officer who serves as a director, officer or employee or otherwise of any company or firm with which we shall contract or otherwise engage in business shall not, by reason of such affiliation with such other company or firm only, be prevented from considering and voting or acting upon any matters with respect to such contract or other business.

 

Any director who has, directly or indirectly, a conflicting interest in a transaction submitted for approval to our board of directors that conflicts with our interest, must inform our board of directors thereof and to cause a record of his statement to be included in the minutes of the meeting. Such director may not take part in these deliberations and may not vote on the relevant transaction. At the next general meeting, before any resolution is put to a vote, a special report shall be made on any transactions in which any of the directors may have had an interest that conflicts with our interest.

 

No shareholding qualification for directors is required.

 

 

 

Any director and other officer, past and present, is entitled to indemnification from us to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such director in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he or she is involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a director. We may purchase and maintain insurance for any director or other officer against any such liability.

 

No indemnification shall be provided against any liability to us or our shareholders by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of a director or officer. No indemnification will be provided with respect to any matter as to which the director or officer shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith and not in our interest, nor will indemnification be provided in the event of a settlement (unless approved by a court or our board of directors).

 

Registrars and Registers for Our Common Shares

 

All of our common shares are in registered form only.

 

We keep a register of common shares at our registered office in Luxembourg. This register is available for inspection by any shareholder. In addition, we may appoint registrars in different jurisdictions who will each maintain a separate register for the registered common shares entered therein. It is possible for our shareholders to elect the entry of their common shares in one of these registers and the transfer thereof at any time from one register to any other, including to the register kept at our registered office. However, our board of directors may restrict such transfers for common shares that are registered, listed, quoted, dealt in or have been placed in certain jurisdictions in compliance with the requirements applicable therein.

 

Our articles of association provide that the ownership of registered common shares is established by inscription in the relevant register. We may consider the person in whose name the registered common shares are registered in the relevant register as the owner of such registered common shares.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, with an address at 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, New York, NY 11219.

 

Our common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol "GLOB".

 

Exhibit 4.7

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

Restricted Stock Units Notice
under the
Globant S.A.
2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Name of Grantee:    

 

This Notice evidences the award of restricted stock units (each, an “RSU,” and collectively, the “RSUs”) of GLOBANT S.A., a société anonyme incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 37A, avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855, registered with the Luxembourg trade and companies register under number B 173 727 (the “Company”), that have been granted to you pursuant to the GLOBANT S.A. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and conditioned upon your agreement to the terms of the attached Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “Agreement”). This Notice constitutes part of and is subject to the terms and provisions of the Agreement and the Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein. Each RSU is equivalent in value to one share of the Company’s Common Stock and represents the Company’s commitment to issue one share of the Company’s Common Stock at a future date, subject to the terms of the Agreement and the Plan. The RSUs are credited to a separate account maintained for you on the books and records of the Company (the "Account"). All amounts credited to the Account will continue for all purposes to be part of the general assets of the Company.

 

Grant Date:    

 

Number of RSUs:      

 

Vesting Schedule: All of the RSUs are nonvested and forfeitable as of the Grant Date. So long as your Service (as defined in the Agreement) is continuous from the Grant Date through the applicable date upon which vesting is scheduled to occur:

 

o ____% of the RSUs will vest and become nonforfeitable on ______; and
o ____% of the RSUs will vest and become nonforfeitable on ______.

 

GLOBANT S.A.   Date

 

I acknowledge that I have carefully read the Agreement and the Plan. I agree to be bound by all of the provisions set forth in those documents. I also consent to electronic delivery of all notices or other information with respect to the RSUs or the Company.

 

 

Signature of Grantee   Date

 

 

 

GLOBANT S.A.

 

Restricted Stock Units Agreement
under the
Globant S.A.
2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

1.       Terminology. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Glossary at the end of this Agreement.

 

2.       Vesting. All of the RSUs are nonvested and forfeitable as of the Grant Date. So long as your Service is continuous from the Grant Date through the applicable date upon which vesting is scheduled to occur, the RSUs will become vested and nonforfeitable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice.

 

3.       Termination of Employment or Service. Unless otherwise provided in the Notice, if your Service with the Company ceases for any reason, all RSUs that are not then vested and nonforfeitable will be forfeited to the Company immediately and automatically upon such cessation without payment of any consideration therefor and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such RSUs or the underlying shares of Common Stock.

 

4.       Restrictions on Transfer. Neither this Agreement nor any of the RSUs may be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and the RSUs shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. All rights with respect to this Agreement and the RSUs shall be exercisable during your lifetime only by you or your guardian or legal representative.

 

5.       Settlement of RSUs.

 

(a)       Manner of Settlement. You are not required to make any monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if required) as a condition to settlement of the RSUs. The Company will issue to you, in settlement of your RSUs and subject to the provisions of Section 6 below, the number of whole shares of Common Stock that equals the number of whole RSUs that become vested, and such vested RSUs will terminate and cease to be outstanding upon such issuance of the shares. Upon issuance of such shares, the Company will determine the form of delivery (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) and may deliver such shares on your behalf electronically to the Company’s designated stock plan administrator or such other broker-dealer as the Company may choose at its sole discretion, within reason.

 

(b)       Timing of Settlement. Your RSUs will be settled by the Company, via the issuance of Common Stock as described herein, on the date that the RSUs become vested and nonforfeitable. However, if a scheduled issuance date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or federal holiday, such issuance date shall instead fall on the next following day that the principal executive offices of the Company are open for business. In all cases, the issuance and delivery of shares under this Agreement is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be construed and administered in such a manner.

 

 

 

6.       Tax Withholding. On or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares subject to your RSUs, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate which arise in connection with your RSUs (the “Withholding Taxes”). Additionally, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your RSUs by any of the following means or by a combination of such means and may request from you reasonable evidence that you have secured the completion of any such means prior to delivering the associated shares under the Agreement: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “FINRA Dealer”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered under the Agreement to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the RSUs with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you pursuant to Section 5) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income. Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock. In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

 

7.       Adjustments for Corporate Transactions and Other Events.

 

(a)       Stock Dividend, Stock Split and Reverse Stock Split. Upon a stock dividend of, or stock split or reverse stock split affecting, the Common Stock, the number of outstanding RSUs shall, without further action of the Administrator, be adjusted to reflect such event; provided, however, that any fractional RSUs resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated. Adjustments under this paragraph will be made by the Administrator, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)       Merger, Consolidation and Other Events. If the Company shall be the surviving or resulting corporation in any merger or consolidation and the Common Stock shall be converted into other securities, the RSUs shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs would have been entitled. If the stockholders of the Company receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation or pursuant to any merger of the Company or acquisition of its assets, securities of another entity or other property (including cash), then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property (including cash) to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs would have been entitled, in the same manner and to the same extent as the RSUs.

 

8.       Non-Guarantee of Employment or Service Relationship. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall alter your at-will or other employment status or other service relationship with the Company, nor be construed as a contract of employment or service relationship between the Company and you, or as a contractual right of you to continue in the employ of, or in a service relationship with, the Company for any period of time, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge you at any time with or without cause or notice and whether or not such discharge results in the forfeiture of any nonvested and forfeitable RSUs or any other adverse effect on your interests under the Plan.

 

9.       Rights as Stockholder. You shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock that may be issued in settlement of the RSUs until such shares of Common Stock have been issued to you.

 

10.     The Company’s Rights. The existence of the RSUs shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, or other changes in the Company's capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or other stocks with preference ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of the Company's assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

3

 

 

11.       Restrictions on Issuance of Shares. The issuance of shares of Common Stock upon settlement of the RSUs shall be subject to and in compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state, or foreign law with respect to such securities. No shares of Common Stock may be issued hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state, or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Common Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any shares subject to the RSUs shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the settlement of the RSUs, the Company may require you to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation, and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

12.       Notices. All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company, or in the case of notices delivered to the Company by you, addressed to the Administrator, care of the Company for the attention of its Secretary at its principal executive office or, in either case, if the receiving party consents in advance, transmitted and received via telecopy or via such other electronic transmission mechanism as may be available to the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this award of RSUs by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan or accept this award of RSUs by electronic means. You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

13.       Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the relevant Notice and the Plan, contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the RSUs granted hereunder. Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications made prior to the execution of this Agreement with respect to the RSUs granted hereunder shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.

 

14.       Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion; provided, however, that this Agreement may not be modified in a manner that would have a materially adverse effect on the RSUs as determined in the discretion of the Administrator, except as provided in the Plan or in a written document signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

15.       409A Savings Clause. This Agreement and the RSUs granted hereunder are intended to fit within the “short-term deferral” exemption from Section 409A of the Code as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). In administering this Agreement, the Company shall interpret this Agreement in a manner consistent with such exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the RSUs fail to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and are otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of additional taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

16.       No Obligation to Minimize Taxes. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this award of RSUs and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this award and by signing the Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

 

4

 

 

17.       Conformity with Plan. This Agreement is intended to conform in all respects with, and is subject to all applicable provisions of, the Plan. Inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan. In the event of any ambiguity in this Agreement or any matters as to which this Agreement is silent, the Plan shall govern. A copy of the Plan is available upon request to the Administrator.

 

18.       No Funding. This Agreement constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Company to issue shares of Common Stock in the future in accordance with its terms. You have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Company as a result of receiving the grant of RSUs.

 

19.       Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of the RSUs subject to this Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

 

20.       Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement, and of any determinations or decisions made by the Administrator relating to this Agreement, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest under this Agreement, shall be determined exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its provisions concerning the applicability of laws of other jurisdictions.

 

21.       Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or disagreement which shall arise under, or as a result of, or pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion, and any such determination or any other determination by the Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement and any interpretation by the Administrator of the terms of this Agreement, will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons affected thereby. You agree that before you may bring any legal action arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement you will first exhaust your administrative remedies before the Administrator. You further agree that in the event that the Administrator does not resolve any dispute or disagreement arising under, as a result of, pursuant to or relating to, this Agreement to your satisfaction, no legal action may be commenced or maintained relating to this Agreement more than twenty-four (24) months after the Administrator’s decision.

 

22.       Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

23.       Electronic Delivery of Documents. By your signing the Notice, you (i) consent to the electronic delivery of this Agreement, all information with respect to the Plan and the RSUs, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders; (ii) acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to you by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing; (iii) further acknowledge that you may revoke your consent to the electronic delivery of documents at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail; and (iv) further acknowledge that you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents.

 

24.       No Future Entitlement. By your signing the Notice, you acknowledge and agree that: (i) the grant of a restricted stock unit award is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted stock units, or compensation in lieu of restricted stock units, even if restricted stock units have been granted repeatedly in the past; (ii) all determinations with respect to any such future grants and the terms thereof will be at the sole discretion of the Committee; (iii) the value of the restricted stock units is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any; (iv) the value of the restricted stock units is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any termination, severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments or similar payments, or bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits; (v) the vesting of the restricted stock units ceases upon termination of Service with the Company or transfer of employment from the Company, or other cessation of eligibility for any reason, except as may otherwise be explicitly provided in this Agreement; (vi) the Company does not guarantee any future value of the restricted stock units; and (vii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises if the restricted stock units decrease or do not increase in value and you irrevocably release the Company from any such claim that does arise.

 

5

 

 

25.       Personal Data. For purposes of the implementation, administration and management of the restricted stock units or the effectuation of any acquisition, equity or debt financing, joint venture, merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, business combination, liquidation, dissolution, share exchange, sale of stock, sale of material assets or other similar corporate transaction involving the Company (a “Corporate Transaction”), you consent, by execution of the Notice, to the collection, receipt, use, retention and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data by and among the Company and its third party vendors or any potential party to a potential Corporate Transaction. You understand that personal data (including but not limited to, name, home address, telephone number, employee number, employment status, social security number, tax identification number, date of birth, nationality, job and payroll location, data for tax withholding purposes and shares awarded, cancelled, vested and unvested) may be transferred to third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the restricted stock units or the effectuation of a Corporate Transaction and you expressly authorize such transfer as well as the retention, use, and the subsequent transfer of the data by the recipient(s). You understand that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the restricted stock units or effect a Corporate Transaction. You understand that you may, at any time, request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the personal data, view data, request additional information about the storage and processing of data, require any necessary amendments to data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Company’s Secretary. You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to accept a restricted stock unit award.

 

{Glossary begins on next page}

 

6

 

 

GLOSSARY

 

(a)       “Administrator” has the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

(b)       “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

(c)       “Agreement” means this document, as amended from time to time, together with the Plan which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(d)       “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

(e)       “Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

(g)       “Company” means GLOBANT S.A. and its Affiliates, except where the context otherwise requires.

 

(g)       “Fair Market Value” has the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

(h)       “Grant Date” means the effective date of a grant of RSUs made to you as set forth in the relevant Notice.

 

(i)       “Notice” means the statement, letter or other written notification provided to you by the Company setting forth the terms of a grant of RSUs made to you.

 

(j)       “Plan” means the GLOBANT S.A. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(k)       “RSU” means the Company’s commitment to issue one share of Common Stock at a future date, subject to the terms of the Agreement and the Plan.

 

(l)       “Service” means your employment, service as a director or advisor, or other service relationship with the Company and its Affiliates. Your Service will be considered to have ceased with the Company and its Affiliates if, immediately after a sale, merger, or other corporate transaction, the trade, business, or entity with which you are employed or otherwise have a service relationship is not GLOBANT S.A. or its successor or an Affiliate of GLOBANT S.A. or its successor.

 

(m)       “You” or “Your” means the recipient of the RSUs as reflected on the applicable Notice. Whenever the word “you” or “your” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Administrator, to apply to the estate, personal representative, or beneficiary to whom the RSUs may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the words “you” and “your” shall be deemed to include such person.

 

{End of Agreement}

 

7

 

Exhibit 4.9 

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

February 6, 2020

 

among

 

GLOBANT, LLC,

as Borrower

 

CERTAIN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,

as Lenders,

 

and

 

HSBC BANK USA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

 

Article I Definitions 1
Section 1.1    Defined Terms 1
Section 1.2    Classification of Loans and Borrowings 32
Section 1.3    Terms Generally; Rules of Construction 32
Section 1.4    Accounting Terms and Determinations; IFRS 32
Section 1.5    Rounding 32
Section 1.6    Time of Day 33
Section 1.7    Divisions 33
Section 1.8    Amendment and Restatement; No Novation 33
Section 1.9    Availability of the LIBO Rate. 33
Article II The Credits 34
Section 2.1    Commitments 34
Section 2.2    Loans and Borrowings 34
Section 2.3    Requests for Borrowings 35
Section 2.4    Swingline Loans 36
Section 2.5    Letters of Credit 39
Section 2.6    Funding of Borrowings 44
Section 2.7    Interest Elections 45
Section 2.8    Termination and Reduction of Commitments 46
Section 2.9    Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt 47
Section 2.10    Prepayment of Loans 48
Section 2.11    Fees 49
Section 2.12    Interest 50
Section 2.13    Alternate Rate of Interest 51
Section 2.14    Increased Costs 52
Section 2.15    Change in Legality 54
Section 2.16    Break Funding Payments 54
Section 2.17    Taxes 54
Section 2.18    Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs 59
Section 2.19    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders 60
Section 2.20    Cash Collateral 62
Section 2.21    Defaulting Lenders 62
Section 2.22    Incremental Facilities 65
Section 2.23    Effect of Benchmark Transition Event 67
Article III Representations and Warranties 68
Section 3.1    Organization; Powers 68
Section 3.2    Authorization; Enforceability 68
Section 3.3    Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts 68
Section 3.4    Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect 69
Section 3.5    Properties 69
Section 3.6    Litigation and Environmental Matters 70
Section 3.7    Compliance with Laws and Contractual Obligations; No Defaults 70

 

 

 

 

Section 3.8    Investment Company Status; Other Laws 70
Section 3.9    Taxes 70
Section 3.10    ERISA Compliance 71
Section 3.11    Insurance 71
Section 3.12    Margin Regulations 71
Section 3.13    Subsidiaries; Equity Interests 71
Section 3.14    Sanctions 72
Section 3.15    Disclosure 72
Section 3.16    Security Documents 72
Section 3.17    Solvency, etc. 73
Section 3.18    Reserved 73
Section 3.19    Burdensome Obligations 73
Section 3.20    Labor Matters 74
Section 3.21    Reserved 74
Section 3.22    EEA Financial Institution 74
Section 3.23    Anti-Corruption 74
Section 3.24    Use of Proceeds 74
Article IV Conditions Precedent 74
Section 4.1    Effective Date 74
Section 4.2    Each Credit Event 76
Article V Affirmative Covenants 77
Section 5.1    Financial Statements and Other Information 77
Section 5.2    Notices of Material Events 79
Section 5.3    Existence; Conduct of Business 80
Section 5.4    Payment of Obligations 80
Section 5.5    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance 80
Section 5.6    Books and Records; Inspection Rights 81
Section 5.7    Compliance with Laws and Contractual Obligations 81
Section 5.8    Use of Proceeds 81
Section 5.9    Further Assurances 82
Section 5.10    Deposit Accounts 82
Section 5.11   Accuracy of Information 82
Section 5.12    Additional Information 83
Article VI Negative Covenants 83
Section 6.1    Financial Covenants 83
Section 6.2    Indebtedness 83
Section 6.3   Liens 84
Section 6.4    Fundamental Changes 85
Section 6.5    Disposition of Property 86
Section 6.6    Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions 87
Section 6.7    Hedging Agreements 88
Section 6.8    Restricted Payments 88
Section 6.9    Transactions with Affiliates 88
Section 6.10    Changes in Nature of Business 89
Section 6.11    Negative Pledges; Restrictive Agreements 89

 

 ii

 

 

Section 6.12    Restriction of Amendments to Certain Documents 89
Section 6.13    Changes in Fiscal Periods 89
Section 6.14    Capital Expenditures 89
Section 6.15    Sanctions; Anti-Corruption 90
Section 6.16    Consolidated Net Revenue 90
Section 6.17    Lien on Equity Interests of the Borrower 90
Article VII Events of Default 90
Section 7.1    Events of Default 90
Section 7.2    Application of Funds 93
Article VIII The Administrative Agent 94
Section 8.1    Appointment and Authority 94
Section 8.2    Rights as a Lender 95
Section 8.3    Exculpatory Provisions 95
Section 8.4    Reliance by Administrative Agent 97
Section 8.5    Delegation of Duties 98
Section 8.6    Resignation of Administrative Agent 98
Section 8.7    Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders 99
Section 8.8   No Other Duties, etc. 99
Section 8.9    Enforcement 100
Section 8.10    Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim 100
Section 8.11    Collateral and Guaranty Matters 101
Section 8.12    Lender Provided Hedging Agreements and Lender Provided Financial Service Products 102
Section 8.13    Merger 102
Section 8.14    Certain ERISA Matters 102
Article IX Miscellaneous 103
Section 9.1    Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication 103
Section 9.2    Waivers; Amendments 105
Section 9.3    Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver 107
Section 9.4    Successors and Assigns. 109
Section 9.5    Survival 114
Section 9.6    Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution 114
Section 9.7    Severability 115
Section 9.8    Right of Setoff 115
Section 9.9    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc. 115
Section 9.10    Waiver of Jury Trial 116
Section 9.11    Headings 117
Section 9.12    Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality 117
Section 9.13    Interest Rate Limitation 118
Section 9.14    PATRIOT Act 118
Section 9.15    Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions 118
Section 9.16    Judgment Currency 119
Section 9.17    Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs 119

 

 iii

 

 

SCHEDULES:

 

Schedule 2.1 - Commitments
Schedule 2.5 - Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 3.6 - Disclosed Matters
Schedule 3.11 - Insurance
Schedule 3.13 - Subsidiaries; Equity Interests
Schedule 3.20 - Labor Matters
Schedule 6.2 - Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.3 - Existing Liens
Schedule 6.6 - Existing Investments

 

EXHIBITS:

 

Exhibit A-1 - Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit A-2 - Form of Term Note
Exhibit A-3 - Form of Swingline Note
Exhibit B - Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit C - [Reserved]
Exhibit D-1 - Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit D-2 - Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit D-3 - Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit D-4 - Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit E - Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit F - Form of Interest Election Request
Exhibit G - Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit H - Form of Section 6.4 Acquisition Certificate

 

 iv

 

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of February 6, 2020, among GLOBANT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the Lenders (as defined hereinafter) that are from time to time parties hereto, and HSBC BANK USA, N.A. (“HSBC”), as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), Issuing Bank (as defined hereinafter) and Swingline Lender (as defined hereinafter).

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT:

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto as “Lenders” and HSBC BANK USA, N.A., as Administrative Agent are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of the First Amendment and Restatement Date (as defined below) (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 26, 2019, and as may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”).

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Existing Credit Agreement be amended and restated to, among other things, extend the maturity date, and increase the amount of the Commitments made available to the Borrower.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety as follows:

 

Article I

Definitions

 

Section 1.1            Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of all or substantially all of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of more than 50% of the Equity Interests of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person that is already a Subsidiary).

 

Administrative Agent” has the meaning specified in the preamble and includes any successor administrative agent appointed under Article VIII.

 

Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

 1

 

 

Agent Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1(d)(ii).

 

Aggregate Credit Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate Total Credit Exposure of all of the Lenders.

 

Agreement” means this Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate, (b) 1/2 of one percent above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, (c) the LIBO Rate for a Eurodollar Loan with a one-month Interest Period commencing on such day plus 1% and (d) 0%.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means the PATRIOT Act; the U.S. Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder; the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder; and corresponding laws of (a) the European Union designed to combat money laundering and terrorist financing and (b) jurisdictions in which the Borrower operates or in which the proceeds of the Loans will be used or from which repayments of the Obligations will be derived.

 

Applicable Law” means, with respect to any Person, (x) all provisions of law, statute, treaty, ordinance, rule, regulation, requirement, restriction, permit, certificate, decision, directive or order of any Governmental Authority applicable to such Person or any of its property and (y) all judgments, injunctions, orders, writs and decrees of all courts and arbitrators in proceedings or actions in which such Person is a party or by which any of its property is bound.

 

Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, subject to reallocation with respect to a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.21:

 

(a) with respect to Revolving Commitments, Revolving Loans, LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure, a percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is such Lender’s Commitment and the denominator of which is the aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Lenders (provided that, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon such Lender’s share of the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures at that time);

 

(b) with respect to the Term Loan Commitments and Term Loans, as the case may be, a percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loan Commitments or Term Loans, as the case may be; and

 

(c) with respect to the Aggregate Credit Exposure, a percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of such Lender’s Total Credit Exposure, and the denominator of which is the sum of the Aggregate Credit Exposure of all Lenders.

 

 2

 

 

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar Loan, the applicable percentage set forth below in the column entitled “Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans” or “Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Loans”, as applicable:

 

Maximum Total
Leverage Ratio
  Applicable
Rate for Base
Rate Loans
    Applicable
Rate for
Eurodollar
Loans
    Commitment
Fee Rate
    Delayed-Draw
Fee Rate
 
Less than 1.50:1.00     0.500 %     1.500 %     0.20 %     0.20 %
Greater than or equal to 1.50:1.00     0.750 %     1.750 %     0.20 %     0.20 %

 

Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Arranger” means HSBC Bank USA, N.A. as arranger of the Facilities.

 

Asset Sale” means any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Dispositions for value the Net Cash Proceeds of which do not exceed $25,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year).

 

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.4), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

 

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

 

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

Base Rate” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

 3

 

 

Benchmark Replacement” means the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate (which may include Term SOFR) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Government Body with respect to such currency or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement to the LIBO Rate for syndicated credit facilities denominated in such currency and (b) the applicable Benchmark Replacement Adjustment for such Benchmark Replacement; provided that, if any Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than zero, such Benchmark Replacement shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the LIBO Rate with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for each applicable Interest Period, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBO Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Government Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBO Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for United States dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time.

 

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Base Rate”, the definition of “Interest Period”, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that the Administrative Agent decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).

 

Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earlier to occur of the following events with respect to the LIBO Rate with respect to a given currency:

 

(a)       in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (ii) the date on which the administrator of the LIBO Rate permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide the LIBO Rate with respect to such currency; or

 

(b)       in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein.

 

 4

 

 

Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the LIBO Rate with respect to such currency:

 

(a)       a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the LIBO Rate announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide the LIBO Rate with respect to such currency, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the LIBO Rate with respect to such currency;

 

(b)       a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the LIBO Rate, the U.S. Federal Reserve System, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for the LIBO Rate, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the LIBO Rate or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for the LIBO Rate or any other Relevant Government Body, which states that the administrator of the LIBO Rate has ceased or will cease to provide the LIBO Rate permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the LIBO Rate with respect to such currency; or

 

(c)       a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the LIBO Rate announcing that the LIBO Rate with respect to such currency is no longer representative.

 

Benchmark Transition Start Date” means (a) in the case of a Benchmark Transition Event, the earlier of (i) the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and (ii) if such Benchmark Transition Event is a public statement or publication of information of a prospective event, the 90th day prior to the expected date of such event as of such public statement or publication of information (or if the expected date of such prospective event is fewer than 90 days after such statement or publication, the date of such statement or publication) and (b) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the date specified by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (in the case of such notice by the Required Lenders) and the Lenders.

 

Benchmark Unavailability Period” means, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the LIBO Rate and solely to the extent that the LIBO Rate has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement, the period (x) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the LIBO Rate for all purposes hereunder in accordance with Section 2.23 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the LIBO Rate for all purposes hereunder pursuant to Section 2.23.

 

Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

 

BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

 

 5

 

 

 

Borrower” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

 

Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1(d)(i).

 

Borrowing” means (a) Loans (other than Swingline Loans) of the same Type and Class made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect or (b) a Swingline Loan.

 

Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.3, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

 

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

Capital Expenditures” means all expenditures which, in accordance with IFRS, would be required to be capitalized and shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower, including Capital Lease Obligations, but excluding (a) expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution or restoration of assets to the extent financed (i) from insurance proceeds (or other similar recoveries) paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced or restored or (ii) with awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced, and (b) expenditures attributable to intangibles to the extent included in “Intangible Assets” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower.

 

Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under IFRS, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with IFRS.

 

Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and one or more of the Issuing Banks or Lenders, as collateral for LC Exposure, Swingline Exposure, obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of LC Exposure or Swingline Exposure and to indemnify the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender shall agree in their sole and absolute discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

 

Cash Equivalent Investments” means:

 

(a)       direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

6

 

 

(b)       investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

 

(c)       investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

 

(d)       fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

 

(e)       shares of money market mutual or similar fund that (i) invests exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (c) of this definition, (ii) has net assets of not less than $5,000,000,000, and (iii) is rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s;

 

(f)       money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000;

 

(g)       deposit accounts maintained with (i) any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (c) of this definition or (ii) any other commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof so long as the full amount maintained with any such other bank is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

 

(h)       securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s;

 

(i)        (i) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances or time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof, in each case payable in Dollars or in the local currency where such funds are maintained and issued by any bank organized under the laws of any country which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Person is organized or doing business and having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 (calculated at the then applicable exchange rate) and (ii) deposit accounts or local equivalents maintained with any bank that satisfies the criteria described in clause (i) above; and

 

7

 

 

(j)        other short-term investments utilized by any Loan Party, Foreign Subsidiary or other Subsidiary operating outside the United States in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments of a type analogous to the foregoing.

 

CFC” means a controlled foreign corporation (as that term is defined in Section 957(a) of the IRC).

 

Change in Control” means an event or a series of events by which (a) a Loan Party shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of the aggregate issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower having ordinary voting power on a fully diluted basis (which for this purpose shall exclude all Equity Interests that have not yet vested); (b) a Loan Party shall cease to have the ability to elect (either through share ownership or contractual voting rights) a majority of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower; or (c) a majority of the board of directors of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) are not Continuing Directors.

 

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

Class” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Term Loans or Swingline Loans.

 

Collateral” means any property of any Loan Party upon which a security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties is purported to be granted pursuant to any Security Document; provided, that only 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of any first tier Subsidiary of a Loan Party that is a CFC (and none of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of such CFC) shall be Collateral.

 

Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and Term Loan Commitment, as applicable. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.1, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.

 

Commitment Fee Rate” means, the applicable percentage set forth in the column entitled “Commitment Fee Rate” in the definition of “Applicable Rate”.

 

8

 

 

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.).

 

Communications” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1(d)(ii).

 

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

 

Computation Period” means, as of any date of calculation, the immediately preceding four consecutive fiscal quarters.

 

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

Consolidated” means, when used with reference to financial statements or financial statement items of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries or any other Person, such statements or items on a consolidated basis in accordance with the consolidation principles of IFRS.

 

Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a Consolidated basis, without duplication, for Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries in accordance with IFRS, Consolidated Net Income for the most recently completed Computation Period, (a) plus, to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense, (iii) depreciation and amortization, (iv) non-cash (A) management compensation expenses for such period and (B) impairment charges with respect to intangible assets for such period, (v) reasonable and documented Transaction Costs, (vi) actual restructuring costs and integration costs in connection with any Acquisition, in each case to the extent paid or made within twelve (12) months of the closing of such Acquisition, (vii) to the extent not duplicative of any other expense or charge otherwise added back to Consolidated EBITDA, pro forma “run rate” cost savings and operating expense reductions to be realized as a result of Acquisitions that are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) within twelve (12) months after any such Acquisition, net the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided, that the aggregate amount of any such Transaction Costs, restructuring and integration costs, “run rate” cost savings and operating expense reductions added back to the definition of Consolidated EBITDA under clauses (v) through (vii) of this definition during any fiscal quarter, shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarter, (viii) mark-to-market losses with respect to Hedging Agreements, (ix) any loss incurred in connection with any sale or other disposition outside the ordinary course of business and (x) any non-cash losses for such period in respect of the remeasurement of contingent liabilities from a prior Computation Period in connection with any Acquisition permitted hereunder (b) minus, to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income (i) any interest income, (ii) mark-to-market gains with respect to Hedging Agreements, (iii) any gain incurred in connection with any sale or other disposition outside the ordinary course of business and (iv) any non-cash gains for such period in respect of the remeasurement of contingent liabilities from a prior Computation Period in connection with any Acquisition permitted hereunder.

 

9

 

 

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any Computation Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase prices of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with IFRS, (b) all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations and (c) the portion of rent expense under Capital Lease Obligations that are treated as interest in accordance with IFRS, in each case of or by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for the relevant period.

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, as of any date of determination, the net income (or loss) of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for the most recently completed Computation Period; provided that, Consolidated Net Income shall exclude (a) extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses for such Computation Period, (b) the income of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of Applicable Law or the terms of its organizational documents or any agreement or instrument applicable to such Subsidiary, (c) the income or loss of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) or any Subsidiary or the date that such Person’s assets are acquired by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) or any Subsidiary, to the extent that such income or loss is not attributable to Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) or any Subsidiary and (d) the income of any Person in which any other Person (other than Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any director holding qualifying shares in accordance with Applicable Law) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary by such Person during such Computation Period.

 

Consolidated Net Revenue” means, as of any date of determination, the net revenue of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for the most recently completed Computation Period.

 

Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, all Indebtedness of the Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries determined on a Consolidated basis (including any Indebtedness (contingent or otherwise) incurred in connection with an Acquisition permitted hereunder) and, subject to the foregoing, excluding (a) contingent obligations in respect of Guarantees (except to the extent constituting Guarantees in respect of Indebtedness of a Person other than any Loan Party), (b) obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, (c) contingent obligations in respect of undrawn letters of credit and (d) solely for purposes of calculating Maximum Total Leverage Ratio, that portion of Capital Lease Obligations attributable to operating lease liabilities in accordance with IFRS.

 

Continuing Directors” means, as of an date of determination, any director or manager (or their equivalent) of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg): (a) who was a director or manager (or their equivalent) on the Effective Date; or (b) whose nomination for election to serve as director or manager (or its equivalent) of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) is recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors who at the time of such nomination are members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg), or is otherwise elected to the board of directors or managers (or their equivalent) with the approval of a majority of the then Continuing Directors at the time of such election.

 

10

 

 

Contractual Currency” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16.

 

Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

 

Covered Party” has the meaning specified in Section 9.17(b).

 

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

 

Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that with notice, lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

 

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.21(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that, such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-in Action; provided that, a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.21(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each Lender.

 

11

 

 

Delayed-Draw Fee Rate” means the applicable percentage set forth in the column entitled “Delayed-Draw Fee Rate” in the definition of “Applicable Rate” above.

 

Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits, litigation, investigations and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 3.6.

 

Disposition,” with respect to any property, means any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests that are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (iii) provides for scheduled payments or dividends in cash or (iv) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the latest of the Revolving Maturity Date or Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable; provided, that if such Equity Interests are issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

12

 

 

Dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States.

 

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States.

 

Early Opt-in Election” means the occurrence of:

 

(a)       a determination by (i) the Administrative Agent, or (ii) the Required Lenders, with notification to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower), that the Required Lenders have determined that Dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities (1) being entered into at such time or (2) that include provisions similar to Section 2.23 are being executed or amended, as applicable, to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace the LIBO Rate, and

 

(b)       the election by (i) the Administrative Agent or (ii) the Required Lenders to declare that an Early Opt-in Election has occurred, and the provision of written notice of such election by, as applicable, (x) the Administrative Agent to the Borrower and the Lenders or (y) the Required Lenders to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower).

 

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

 

Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.1 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.2).

 

Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 9.4(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 9.4(b)(iii)).

 

Environmental Laws” means all Applicable Law relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, storage, use, holding, collection, accumulation, generation, manufacture, processing, treatment, stabilization, disposition, handling, transportation, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

 

13

 

 

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and the rules and regulations promulgated under it.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the IRC or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the IRC, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the IRC.

 

ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived), (b) the determination that any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, as applicable, is considered an at-risk plan or that any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, as applicable, is endangered or is in critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 or 432 of the IRC or Sections 303, 304 or 305 of ERISA, (c) the incurrence by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums not yet due, (d) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or the occurrence of any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan, (e) the appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan, (f) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or the cessation of operations by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate that would be treated as a withdrawal from a Pension Plan under Section 4062(d) of ERISA, (g) the partial or complete withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan or (h) the taking of any action to terminate any Pension Plan under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

 

14

 

 

Eurodollar,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBO Rate.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Article VII.

 

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and any other “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor, or a grant by such Guarantor of a security interest, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

 

Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.17, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(g), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

Existing Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statement hereto.

 

Existing Letter of Credit” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a).

 

Facility” means each of (and “Facilities” means collectively both of) (a) the Term Loan Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder (the “Term Facility”), (b) the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder (the “Revolving Facility”), and (c) each other credit facility that may be added to this Agreement after the date hereof.

 

15

 

 

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the IRC, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the IRC, and any applicable intergovernmental agreements (and related official administrative guidance) with respect thereto.

 

FCPA” has the meaning specified in Section 3.23.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) charged by HSBC for such day for such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” means the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

 

Financial Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.

 

First Amendment and Restatement Date” means November 2, 2018.

 

First Reaffirmation of Luxembourg Guaranty” means the reaffirmation, dated as of the First Amendment and Restatement Date, of the Luxembourg Guaranty Agreement by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

First Reaffirmation of Security Agreement” means the reaffirmation, dated as of the First Amendment and Restatement Date, of the Security Agreement by the Borrower in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

First Reaffirmation of Spanish Guaranty” means the reaffirmation, dated as of the First Amendment and Restatement Date, of the Spanish Guaranty Agreement by Globant S.A. (Spain) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Computation Period, the ratio of (a) the amount equal to (i) Consolidated EBITDA minus (ii) cash payments made in respect of operating lease liabilities in accordance with IFRS (other than in respect of cash Interest Expense specified in clause (b)(i) of this definition) minus (iii) the sum of Restricted Payments, share repurchases, income taxes paid in cash and Capital Expenditures (excluding any such Capital Expenditure to the extent made with proceeds of insurance covering such capital asset) to (b) the sum of (i) cash Interest Expense plus (ii) scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries plus (iii) any cash payments made in respect of contingent liabilities in connection with any Acquisition by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

16

 

 

Foreign Lender” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

 

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding LC Exposure with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank other than LC Exposure as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to any Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of outstanding Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders.

 

Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

 

Funding Rules” means the requirements relating to the minimum required contributions (including any installment payments) to Pension Plans and Multiemployer Plans, as applicable, and set forth in Sections 412 of the IRC and Section 302 of ERISA for periods prior to the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the IRC and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA for periods on and after the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

 

Globant S.A. (Luxembourg)” means Globant S.A., a public limited company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

Globant S.A. (Spain)” means Globant S.A., a single shareholder corporation organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain.

 

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, IBA or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state, regional or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guaranteeing, any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided that, the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

 

17

 

 

Guarantor” means Globant S.A. (Luxembourg), Globant S.A. (Spain) and each other Material Subsidiary that makes a guaranty of the Obligations in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 5.9; provided, that no CFC shall be a Guarantor.

 

Hazardous Materials” means all toxic, corrosive, flammable, explosive, carcinogenic, mutagenic, infectious or radioactive substances or wastes and all other hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, or dangerous substance, including petroleum or any fraction thereof, petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Hedging Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, cap, collar, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that, no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Hedging Agreement.

 

HSBC” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

 

IBA” has the meaning specified in Section 1.9(a).

 

IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements delivered under or referred to herein.

 

Increased Cost Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(b).

 

Incremental Revolving Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.22(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.22(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.22(a).

 

18

 

 

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not more than 60 days past due or that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings in accordance with Section 5.4), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (j) Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person, (k) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, and (l) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person under Hedging Agreements; provided that Indebtedness shall not include (i) any purchase price adjustment, earn-out, holdback or deferred payment of a similar nature incurred in connection with an Acquisition permitted under this Agreement so long as not evidenced by a note or similar written instrument (except to the extent that the amount payable pursuant to such purchase price adjustment, earn-out, holdback or deferred payment is reflected, or would otherwise be required to be reflected as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with IFRS) or (ii) prepaid or deferred revenue in connection with the sale of goods and/or the performance of services (including those related to customer advances) in the ordinary course of business. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

 

Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 9.3(b).

 

Information” has the meaning specified in Section 9.12.

 

Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.7, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

 

Interest Expense” means, for any period, the consolidated interest expense of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries for such period (including all imputed interest on Capital Lease Obligations).

 

19

 

 

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any Base Rate Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

 

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided that, (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of, such other Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with IFRS, and any purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit; provided that, the endorsement of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business will not be deemed to be an Investment.

 

IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

ISP98” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the International Chamber of Commerce, Publication Number 590 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

Issuing Bank” means HSBC, in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or such other Lender as the Borrower may from time to time select as an Issuing Bank hereunder pursuant to Section 2.5, with the consent of the Administrative Agent; provided that, such Lender has agreed to be an Issuing Bank.

 

Judgment Currency” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.16.

 

20

 

 

LC Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by, or otherwise acceptable to, the applicable Issuing Bank.

 

LC Disbursement” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP98 (or another rule or contractual provision having a similar effect), such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be outstanding in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

LC Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $5,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Revolving Commitments. The LC Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Facility.

 

Lender” means each Person listed on Schedule 2.1 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto as a Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context requires otherwise, the term “Lender” includes the Swingline Lender.

 

Lender Provided Financial Service Product” means any agreement or other arrangements under which any Lender (under this Agreement or the Existing Credit Agreement) or any Affiliate thereof provides any of the following products or services to any of the Loan Parties: (a) credit cards, (b) credit card processing services, (c) debit cards, (d) purchase cards, (e) gift cards, (f) ACH transactions, (g) cash management, including electronic funds transfer, controlled disbursement, accounts or services, (h) overdraft, or (i) foreign currency exchange.

 

Lender Provided Hedging Agreement” means any Hedging Agreement between a Loan Party and a counterparty that is a Lender (under this Agreement or the Existing Credit Agreement) or an Affiliate thereof.

 

Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any successor to, or substitute for, such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on such day) for such Interest Period as displayed on the Bloomberg Page BBAM1 screen page that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a page of the Bloomberg Page BBAM1 screen, on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate as shall be selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day which is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided if such offered rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be zero for the purposes of this Agreement. In the event that no such rate is available to the Administrative Agent, LIBO Rate shall be equal to a rate per annum equal to the average rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) at which the Administrative Agent determines that Dollars in an amount comparable to the amount of the applicable advances are being offered to prime banks at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day which is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period for settlement in immediately available funds by leading banks in the London interbank market selected by the Administrative Agent; provided if such determination by the Administrative Agent shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposed of this Agreement.

 

21

 

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset, and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

Loan Document” means this Agreement, the Luxembourg Guaranty Agreement, the Spanish Guaranty Agreement, the Security Documents, the First Reaffirmation of Spanish Guaranty, the First Reaffirmation of Luxembourg Guaranty, the Second Reaffirmation of Spanish Guaranty, the Second Reaffirmation of Luxembourg Guaranty, the Notes, the LC Applications and any other documents, agreements, certificates or instruments executed by or on behalf of any Loan Party or entered into in connection herewith.

 

Loan Party” means, individually, each of the Borrower and each Guarantor and “Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and Guarantors.

 

Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Luxembourg Guaranty Agreement” means the guaranty, dated as of August 3, 2017, by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, property, operations or financial condition of the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the rights of or remedies or benefits available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

 

22

 

 

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $10,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of any Loan Party in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount that such Loan Party would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

 

Material Subsidiary” means any direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that at any date of determination, holds more than $5,000,000 in assets (as determined in accordance with IFRS) and has generated more than $5,000,000 in revenue (determined in accordance with IFRS) for the Computation Period ending on the last day of the most recent period for which financial statements have been delivered after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.1; provided that all Subsidiaries that are not individually a “Material Subsidiary” shall not have aggregate total assets of more than $5,000,000 as of such date (determined in accordance with IFRS) or have generated more than $5,000,000 in aggregate total revenues (determined in accordance with IFRS) for such Computation Period.

 

Maximum Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such day to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Computation Period ending on such day minus cash payments made in respect of operating lease liabilities in accordance with IFRS (other than the portion of rent expense under Capital Lease Obligations that are treated as interest expense in accordance with IFRS).

 

Minimum Cash Collateral Amount” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 103% of the Fronting Exposures of all Issuing Banks with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time, and (b) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks in their sole and absolute discretion.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Cash Proceeds” means in connection with any Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of receivables permitted under Section 6.5 pursuant to a true sale under a factoring or purchase agreement) or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or by the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received in connection therewith or otherwise, but only as and when received) of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document) and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with IFRS (provided that, following the termination of such reserves, proceeds equal to any unused reserves shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.10(b)(i)).

 

23

 

 

Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 9.2(b), and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

 

Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

 

Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.9(f).

 

Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document, or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding; provided that the “Obligations” shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations.

 

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19(b)).

 

Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(d).

 

Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(d).

 

PATRIOT Act” means the “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001” (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

 

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

24

 

 

Pension Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

 

(a)       Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.4;

 

(b)       carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.4;

 

(c)       pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

 

(d)       deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)       judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.1(k);

 

(f)        easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(g)       any interest or title of a lessor under any operating lease entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;

 

(h)       leases and subleases granted to others by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business on any real property that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(i)        non-exclusive licenses of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business which do not, in any case, (x) materially detract from the value of the intellectual property subject thereto or (y) materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and exclusive licenses of intellectual property granted in connection with any sale of assets permitted hereunder;

 

(j)        Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law which secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

25

 

 

 

(k)       Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to bankers’ liens, rights of setoff or similar rights;

 

(l)       customary restrictions on dispositions of assets to be disposed of pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements, in each case, to the extent the entry into such agreements is otherwise permitted hereunder;

 

(m)       Liens securing lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)       setoff rights in connection with repurchase obligations in favor of the counterparty to such obligations in connection with Cash Equivalent Investments of a type referred to in clause (d) of the definition thereof; and

 

(o)       customary restrictions on assignment and transfer in intellectual property licenses under which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a licensor or licensee;

 

provided that, the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

 

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan” means any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, including a Pension Plan), maintained, contributed to or required to be contributed to, by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower may have any liability.

 

Platform” means Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system.

 

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by HSBC as its “prime rate” in effect at its office located at New York, New York; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective. The “prime rate” is a rate set by HSBC based upon various factors including HSBC’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by HSBC shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

 

QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

 

QFC Credit Support” has the meaning specified in Section 9.17.

 

26

 

 

Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.

 

Recovery Event” means any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Person.

 

Register” has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(c).

 

Regulation U” means Regulation U of the FRB.

 

Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Relevant Government Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.

 

Removal Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 8.6.

 

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders, (a) with respect to Revolving Lenders, having more than 50% of the Revolving Credit Exposure and (b) with respect to Term Lenders, having more than 50% of the Term Loan Commitments and outstanding Term Loans, as the case may be; provided that, the Revolving Credit Exposure, Term Loan Commitments and outstanding Term Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time; provided  further that, if at any time there are two or three Lenders, “Required Lenders” shall not be less than two Lenders.

 

Required Revolving Lenders” means, at any time, Revolving Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Lenders (excluding the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender); provided that, if at any time there are two or three Lenders, “Required Lenders” shall not be less than two Lenders.

 

Resignation Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 8.6(a).

 

Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, president or Financial Officer of the Borrower, Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) or Globant S.A. (Spain), as applicable.

 

Restricted Payment” means (i) any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (ii) any payment of management fees or similar fees by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any of its equity holders or any Affiliate thereof and (iii) any purchase of Equity Interests from present or former officers, directors or employees (or their respective spouses, ex-spouses or estates) of any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with restricted stock or the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity incentives or equity based incentives pursuant to management incentive plans upon the death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment of such officer, director or employee.

 

27

 

 

Revolving Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.4. The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.1, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $250,000,000.

 

Revolving Credit Exposure” means, as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of such Lender’s outstanding Revolving Loans, LC Exposure and participation in Swingline Loans at such time.

 

Revolving Facility” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Facility” in this Section.

 

Revolving Lender” means, as of any date of determination, a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Credit Exposure.

 

Revolving Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

Revolving Maturity Date” means February 5, 2025 or any earlier date on which repayment of the Obligations in respect of Revolving Loans is accelerated pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, and any successor thereto.

 

Sanctions” has the meaning specified in Section 3.14.

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Second Reaffirmation of Luxembourg Guaranty” means the reaffirmation, dated as of the date hereof, of the Luxembourg Guaranty Agreement by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

Second Reaffirmation of Security Agreement” means the reaffirmation, dated as of the date hereof, of the Security Agreement by the Borrower in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

28

 

 

Second Reaffirmation of Spanish Guaranty” means the reaffirmation, dated as of the date hereof, of the Spanish Guaranty Agreement by Globant S.A. (Spain) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

Secured Obligations” means, collectively, (i) the Obligations, and (ii) all obligations of any Loan Party under any Lender Provided Hedging Agreement or any Lender Provided Financial Service Product, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding; provided that, the “Secured Obligations” shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations.

 

Secured Parties” means the Administrative Agent, each Lender and any other holder of Secured Obligations.

 

Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2017, made by the Borrower in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, the First Reaffirmation of Security Agreement, the Second Reaffirmation of Security Agreement and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Secured Obligations.

 

SOFR” with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark, (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website.

 

Spanish Guaranty Agreement” means the guaranty, dated as of August 3, 2017, by the Globant S.A. (Spain) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of such Person in such Person’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS as well as any other Person (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, by such Person, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled by such Person. Unless the context otherwise specifically requires, the term “Subsidiary” shall refer to a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

Supported QFC” has the meaning specified in Section 9.17.

 

Swap Obligations” means with respect to any Guarantor any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

29

 

 

Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

Swingline Lender” means HSBC, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder, or such other Lender as the Borrower may from time to time select, with the consent of the Administrative Agent, as the Swingline Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 2.4; provided that, such Lender has agreed to be a Swingline Lender.

 

Swingline Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.4.

 

Swingline Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $5,000,000, and (b) the aggregate Revolving Commitments. The Swingline Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Facility.

 

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Term Facility” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Facility” in this Section.

 

Term Lender” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having a Term Loan Commitment or a Term Loan.

 

Term Loan” means an advance by any Term Lender under the Term Facility made pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

Term Loan Commitment” means (a) as to any Term Lender, the aggregate commitment of such Lender to make a Term Loan as set forth on Schedule 2.1 or in the Assignment and Assumption executed by such Lender pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, and (b) as to all Lenders, the aggregate commitment of all Lenders to make Term Loans, which aggregate commitment is $100,000,000 on the date of this Agreement.

 

Term Loan Commitment Termination Date” means the earlier of (i) the first date on which Term Loans are funded in full pursuant to the terms hereof and (ii) the date that is eighteen months following the Effective Date.

 

Term Loan Maturity Date” means February 5, 2025 or any earlier date on which repayment of the Obligations in respect of the Term Loans is accelerated pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Term SOFR” means the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Government Body.

 

30

 

 

Total Credit Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the outstanding unused Commitments, the Revolving Credit Exposure and the outstanding Term Loans of such Lender at such time.

 

Trade Date” has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(b)(i)(B).

 

Transaction Costs” means, with respect to the Transactions or any Acquisition, the reasonable and documented fees, charges and other amounts related to the Transactions (including, in each case, any reasonable and documented underwriting, commitment, arrangement, structuring or similar fees), reasonable and documented merger and acquisition fees (including any investment and banking or brokerage fees, reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses, consulting and valuation fees, due diligence fees or any other fees and expenses in connection therewith).

 

Transactions” means (a) the repayment of all Loans outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement, together with all interest and other amounts due and payable with respect thereto, (b) the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents, (c) the borrowing of Loans, (d) the use of the proceeds thereof and (e) the issuance of Letters of Credit.

 

Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

 

UK Bribery Act” has the meaning specified in Section 3.23.

 

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

 

United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

 

U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the IRC.

 

U.S. Special Resolution Regimes” has the meaning specified in Section 9.17.

 

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(g)(ii)(B)(3).

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, any other Person all of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law) are owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

 

Withholding Agent” means any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

 

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

31

 

 

Section 1.2            Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

 

Section 1.3            Terms Generally; Rules of Construction. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (e) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

Section 1.4            Accounting Terms and Determinations; IFRS. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with IFRS, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in IFRS or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in IFRS or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of IFRS as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

 

Section 1.5            Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number.

 

32

 

 

Section 1.6            Time of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to time of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

Section 1.7            Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

 

Section 1.8            Amendment and Restatement; No Novation. This Agreement constitutes an amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement. All indebtedness and other obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby renewed and continued and hereafter will be governed by this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is not intended to constitute a novation of any indebtedness or other obligations owing to the Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement. As of the date hereof, the credit facility described in the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended, supplemented, modified, and restated in its entirety by the credit facility described herein, and all loans and other obligations of the Borrower outstanding as of such date under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be loans and obligations outstanding under this Agreement without any further action by any Person, except that the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement that are not Lenders under this Agreement (if any) shall make such transfer and advances of funds, repayments of loan and obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement, and other adjustments as are necessary in the opinion of the Administrative Agent so that the outstanding balance of all Loans and Obligations hereunder on the Effective Date, including any Loans funded on the Effective Date under this Agreement, reflect the Commitments of each Lender hereunder on the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Existing Credit Agreement or in this Agreement, no other documents or instruments, including any Assignment and Assumption, shall be, or shall be required to be, executed in connection with any such assignments (all of which requirements are hereby waived), and such assignments shall be deemed to be made with all applicable representations, warranties and covenants as if evidenced by an Assignment and Assumption. On the Effective Date, the applicable Lenders shall make full cash settlement with one another either directly or through the Administrative Agent, as the Administrative Agent may direct or approve, with respect to all assignments, reallocations and other changes in Commitments and the portion of the outstanding Loans allocable to each Lender, such that after giving effect to such settlements, the Commitments of each Lender shall be as set forth on Schedule 2.1. The Borrower shall not be required to repay any loans or obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.9            Availability of the LIBO Rate.

 

(a)               The interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is determined by reference to the LIBO Rate, which is derived from the London interbank offered rate. The London interbank offered rate is intended to represent the rate at which contributing banks may obtain short-term borrowings from each other in the London interbank market. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that, after the end of 2021, it would no longer persuade or compel contributing banks to make rate submissions to the ICE Benchmark Administration (together with any successor to the ICE Benchmark Administrator, the “IBA”) for purposes of the IBA setting the London interbank offered rate. As a result, it is possible that commencing in 2022, the London interbank offered rate may no longer be available or may no longer be deemed an appropriate reference rate upon which to determine the interest rate on LIBO Rate Loans. In light of this eventuality, public and private sector industry initiatives are currently underway to identify new or alternative reference rates to be used in place of the London interbank offered rate. In the event that the London interbank market rate is no longer available or in certain other circumstances as described in Section 2.23, the mechanisms for determining an alternative rate as set forth in Section 2.23 may be used.

 

33

 

 

(b)               There is no assurance that the composition or characteristics of any such alternative reference rate will be similar to or produce the same value or economic equivalence as LIBO Rate or that it will have the same volume or liquidity as did LIBO Rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability.

 

(c)               The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to (a) the administration of, submission of or any other matter related to LIBO Rate, any component definition thereof or rates reference in the definition thereof or any alternative, comparable or successor rate thereto (including any then-current Benchmark Replacement), including whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, comparable or successor rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) will be similar to, or produce the same value of economic equivalence of, LIBO Rate or any Benchmark Replacement, or (b) the effect, implementation or composition of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes.

 

Article II

 

The Credits

 

Section 2.1            Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (a) each Revolving Lender (severally and not jointly) agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect, or (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding the aggregate Revolving Commitments and (b) each Term Lender (severally and not jointly) agrees to make Term Loans available to the Borrower from time to time beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Loan Commitment Termination Date in an amount equal to such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment; provided that, during such period, (i) the Borrower may request no more than four Borrowings of Term Loans and (ii) each such Borrowing will be in an amount of not less than $10,000,000. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

 

Section 2.2            Loans and Borrowings(a). (a) Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made by the applicable Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that, the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required. Any Swingline Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4.

 

34

 

 

(b)               Subject to Section 2.13, each Term Borrowing and Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance with this Agreement; provided that, all Borrowings made on the Effective Date must be made as Base Rate Borrowings (unless the Borrower executes a funding indemnity letter in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) but may be converted into Eurodollar Borrowings in accordance with Section 2.7. Each Swingline Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that, any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)               At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each Base Rate Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000; provided that, a Base Rate Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Revolving Commitments then in effect or is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.5(e). Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that, there shall not at any time be more than a total of seven Eurodollar Borrowings under the Facilities outstanding.

 

(d)               Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue any Borrowing of any Class if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Maturity Date (in the case of Revolving Loans) or the Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of Term Loans).

 

Section 2.3            Requests for Borrowings. To request a Borrowing (other than a Swingline Borrowing, which may be requested under Section 2.4(a)), the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by submitting a Borrowing Request signed by the Borrower by (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m. three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of a Base Rate Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m. one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that, any such notice of a Base Rate Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.5(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m. on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be submitted by hand delivery, telecopy or electronic communication to the Administrative Agent. Each such Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2:

 

35

 

 

(i)                the aggregate principal amount of the requested Borrowing;

 

(ii)               the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iii)              whether such Borrowing is to be a Base Rate Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

 

(iv)              the Class of such Borrowing;

 

(v)               in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

 

(vi)             the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.6.

 

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender in the applicable Facility of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

 

Section 2.4            Swingline Loans.

 

(a)               Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section, agrees to make Swingline Loans under the Revolving Commitments to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding the Swingline Sublimit, (ii) the total Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding the total Revolving Commitments then in effect, or (iii) Revolving Credit Exposure of any Revolving Lender exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided that, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans. Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is not less than $1,000,000. Swingline Loans shall be Base Rate Loans. Immediately upon the making of a Swingline Loan by the Swingline Lender, each Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swingline Lender a participation in such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of such Swingline Loan.

 

(b)               To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by submitting a Borrowing Request signed by the Borrower (by hand delivery, telecopy or, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Administrative Agent, electronic communication), not later than 12:00 noon on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to a deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.5(e), by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m. on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

 

36

 

 

(c)               (i)            The Swingline Lender may, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion, request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swingline Lender to so request on its behalf), on one Business Day’s notice given by the Swingline Lender not later than 12:00 noon, that each Revolving Lender make, and each Revolving Lender hereby agrees to make, a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Borrowing Request for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Sections 2.2 and 2.3, without regard to the minimums and multiples specified therein, but subject to the aggregate unused Revolving Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.2. The Swingline Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of such Borrowing Request promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Borrowing Request available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral available with respect to the applicable Swingline Loan) for the account of the Swingline Lender at the Administrative Agent’s office not later than 10:00 a.m. one Business Day after the date of such Borrowing Request, whereupon, subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section, each Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount.

 

(ii)              If for any reason any Swingline Loan cannot be refinanced by a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with clause (c)(i) of this Section, the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swingline Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swingline Lender (or, if the Swingline Lender has not submitted a request for Base Rate Loans, the Swingline Lender may request by notice to the Administrative Agent) that each of the Revolving Lenders fund its participation in the relevant Swingline Loan and each Revolving Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender pursuant to clause (c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan funded pursuant to this clause (c), and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan (to the extent of such funded participations) shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender.

 

37

 

 

(iii)            Each Revolving Lender agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans and make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.4 is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, counterclaim, recoupment, defense, deduction, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever; provided that, each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.2.

 

(iv)             Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligations under this Section 2.4(c) by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.6 with respect to Loans made by such Revolving Lender (and Section 2.6 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Revolving Lender’s participation was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Revolving Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due) shall be promptly remitted, in like funds received, to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent, in such funds, to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this Section 2.4(c) and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that, any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

 

(v)               Any Swingline Lender may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice of its resignation to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, a successor Swingline Lender (which shall be a Lender) may be appointed by the Required Lenders or the Borrower, in each case, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders or the Borrower and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Swingline Lender gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Borrower), such resignation shall become effective on such thirtieth day, whether or not a successor has been appointed. After the resignation of a Swingline Lender hereunder, the retiring Swingline Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of a Swingline Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Swingline Loans made by it prior to such resignation but shall not be required to make any additional Swingline Loans.

 

38

 

 

Section 2.5            Letters of Credit.

 

(a)               General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section, (i) from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period, to issue Letters of Credit, in forms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank, for the account of the Borrower and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.5(b), and (ii) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; provided that, no Issuing Bank shall be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit or to amend or extend any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect thereto, (x) the total Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the total Revolving Commitments then in effect or (y) the LC Exposure would exceed the LC Sublimit. Letters of Credit shall constitute utilization of the Revolving Commitments. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any LC Application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, any Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Issuing Bank shall have any obligation hereunder to issue, and shall not issue, any Letter of Credit the proceeds of which would be made available to any Person (i) to fund any activity or business of or with any Person that is the subject of Sanctions, or in any country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by any party to this Agreement. It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that each of the letters of credit described on Schedule 2.5 (each, an “Existing Letter of Credit”) shall constitute a “Letter of Credit” for all purposes of this Agreement and shall be deemed issued under this Agreement on the Effective Date.

 

(b)               Notice of Issuance. Amendment, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall deliver by hand or telecopy (or if arrangements for doing so have been approved the Administrative Agent and by the applicable Issuing Bank, electronic communication) to such Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with clause (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend or extend such Letter of Credit. The form of any requested Letter of Credit or any requested amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank. No Issuing Bank shall be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit (i) in violation of any Applicable Law or policy of such Issuing Bank or any Revolving Lender, (ii) if any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, (iii) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank, if such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $25,000, or (iv) if such Letter of Credit contains any provision for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit an LC Application in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed the LC Sublimit, (ii) the total Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the total Revolving Commitments then in effect, and (iii) the other conditions thereto set forth in this Agreement are met. No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to amend or extend any Letter of Credit if (i) such Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (ii) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment thereto.

 

39

 

 

(c)               Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any extension thereof, one year after such extension), and (ii) the date that is 30 days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date; provided that, any Letter of Credit may, with the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank, be automatically extendable for successive one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in the foregoing clause (ii)).

 

(d)               Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of any Issuing Bank or the Revolving Lenders, each applicable Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in clause (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Revolving Lender agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this Section 2.5(d) in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

40

 

 

(e)               Reimbursement. If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m. on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m. on the day of receipt, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.3 or 2.4 that such payment be financed with a Base Rate Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Base Rate Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.6 with respect to Loans made by such Revolving Lender (and Section 2.6 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.5(e), the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this Section 2.5(e) to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Revolving Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this Section 2.5(e) to reimburse any Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of Base Rate Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

 

(f)                Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in clause (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein or herein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by any Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of recoupment or setoff against, the Borrower’s Obligations hereunder. None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any Issuing Bank, or any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any circumstance referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of any Issuing Bank; provided that, the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to indirect, special, punitive, consequential or exemplary damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Issuing Bank (as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties hereto expressly agree that the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, either accept documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of the related Letter of Credit, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit, and such Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

41

 

 

(g)               Disbursement Procedures. Each Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit issued by it. Such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing (by hand delivery, telecopy or, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Administrative Agent, electronic communication) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that, any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

 

(h)               Interim Interest. If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to Base Rate Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to clause (e) of this Section, then Section 2.12(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this clause (h) shall be for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to clause (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Revolving Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

(i)                 Replacement of Issuing Banks; Resignation of Issuing Bank.

 

(i)                 Any Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(e). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter, and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

42

 

 

(ii)              Any Issuing Bank may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice of its resignation to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, a successor Issuing Bank (which shall be a Lender) may be appointed by the Required Lenders or the Borrower, in each case, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders or the Borrower and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Issuing Bank gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Borrower), such resignation shall become effective on such thirtieth day, whether or not a successor has been appointed. After the resignation of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit or to extend or increase any existing Letter of Credit.

 

(j)                 Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Lenders with LC Exposures representing greater than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this clause (j), the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the Revolving Lenders, an amount in cash equal to 103% of the LC Exposure as of such date; provided that, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in Section 7.1(h) and Section 7.1(i), the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable without demand or other notice of any kind. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the Revolving Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral to secure the Secured Obligations, free and clear of all other Liens. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such cash collateral account and the amounts deposited therein shall not bear interest. Moneys in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Banks for LC Disbursements for which they have not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Lenders with LC Exposures representing greater than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure), shall be applied to satisfy other Obligations. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

 

43

 

 

(k)               Applicability of ISP98. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of ISP98 shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit.

 

Section 2.6            Funding of Borrowings.

 

(a)               Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage; provided that, Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.4. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York, New York and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that, Base Rate Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.5(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.

 

(b)               Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with clause (a) of this Section and may, in its sole and absolute discretion in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans of the applicable Class. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent. Nothing in this Section 2.6(b) shall obligate the Administrative Agent to prefund any amount.

 

44

 

 

Section 2.7            Interest Elections(a). (a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type and Class specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request or as otherwise specified in Section 2.3. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

 

(b)               To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by submitting an Interest Election Request signed by the Borrower by the time that a Revolving Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.3 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election (it being understood that such notification procedure also applies when the Borrower elects to continue or convert a Term Borrowing). Each such Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be submitted by hand delivery or telecopy (or, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Administrative Agent, electronic communication) to the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)               Each written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2:

 

(i)                the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

 

(ii)               the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iii)              whether the resulting Borrowing is to be a Base Rate Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

 

(iv)              if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

 

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

(d)               Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

 

45

 

 

 

(e)               If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to a Base Rate Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to a Base Rate Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

Section 2.8             Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

 

(a)               Unless previously terminated, the Revolving Commitments shall be automatically and permanently reduced to zero on the Revolving Maturity Date. Unless previously terminated, Term Loan Commitments shall be automatically and permanently reduced to zero on the Term Loan Commitment Termination Date.

 

(b)               The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, reduce or terminate the Revolving Commitments or the Term Loan Commitments; provided that, (i) each partial reduction of the Commitment shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 or in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the sum of the Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments.

 

(c)               The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to reduce or terminate the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Commitments under clause (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such reduction or termination, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that, any such notice of reduction or termination of the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or closing of another transaction, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any reduction or termination of the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Commitments shall be permanent.

 

(d)               Each termination or reduction in the Term Loan Commitments shall be made ratably among the Term Lenders in accordance with their applicable Term Loan Commitments. Each termination or reduction in the Revolving Commitments shall be made ratably among the Revolving Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Revolving Commitments.

 

46

 

 

Section 2.9             Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

 

(a)               The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender the then-unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Revolving Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Term Lender the then-unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan on the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (iii) to the Swingline Lender the then-unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the last day of a calendar month and is at least two Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that, on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

 

(b)               The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Term Lender, such Term Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the initial aggregate principal amount of Term Loans extended to the Borrower in equal quarterly amounts for each year following the Effective Date equal to the percentage set forth next to such year in the table below (which payments shall be made, commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the Borrowing thereof, on the last day of each March, June, September and December of each year), with any then-unpaid principal amount, together with all other amounts owed with respect thereto, payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date:

 

Year Percentage
Year 1 5.0%
Year 2 5.0%
Year 3 7.5%
Year 4 10.0%
Year 5 10.0%

 

 

(c)               Each Lender shall maintain, in accordance with its usual practice, an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

(d)               The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and any promissory note evidencing such Loan, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder, and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

47

 

 

(e)               The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to clause (c) or (d) of this Section shall be prima  facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the Obligations recorded therein; provided that, the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Obligations or the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f)                Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note (each, a “Note”) substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 for the Revolving Note, Exhibit A-2 for the Term Note, and Exhibit A-3 for the Swingline Note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender Notes payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns). Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Notes and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.4) be represented by one or more Notes payable to the order of the payee named therein.

 

Section 2.10           Prepayment of Loans.

 

(a)               Voluntary. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Term Borrowing or Revolving Loan in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with this Section. Each voluntary prepayment of the Term Loans shall be applied to the remaining installments of the Term Loans in the direct order of maturity.

 

(b)                Mandatory.

 

(i)       The Borrower shall make a prepayment of the Loans until paid in full upon the occurrence of any of the following at the following times and in the following amounts: Concurrently with the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiary of any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided that, (x) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (y) upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, directly or through one or more of its Subsidiaries, shall have the option to invest such Net Cash Proceeds within 180 days of receipt thereof in assets of the type used in the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided further that, if such Net Cash Proceeds are not so reinvested within such 180-day period but are committed to be reinvested pursuant to a binding obligation, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (as applicable) shall have an additional 90 days to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds.

 

(ii)      Mandatory prepayments of the Loans shall be applied, first, to prepayment of the Term Loans to the remaining installments of the Term Loans in the direct order of maturity; second, if all the Term Loans have been paid in full, to prepayment of the Swingline Loans; third, if all Term Loans and Swingline Loans have been paid in full, to repayment of outstanding LC Disbursements; fourth, if all Term Loans, Swingline Loans and outstanding LC Disbursements have been paid in full, to prepayment of the Revolving Loans; and fifth, if all Term Loans, Swingline Loans, outstanding LC Disbursements and Revolving Loans have been paid in full, to Cash Collateralize all LC Exposure, if any, in an amount equal to 103% of such LC Exposure, on terms, pursuant to documentation, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Bank.

 

48

 

 

(c)               Notice Matters. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by submitting a written notice signed by the Borrower (by hand delivery, telecopy or, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Administrative Agent, electronic communication) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m. three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of a Base Rate Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m. one Business Day before the date of prepayment, or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.8, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.8. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Term Borrowing or Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders in the applicable Facility of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Term Borrowing or Revolving Borrowing under Section 2.10(a) shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Term Borrowing or Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.2. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12. If a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.16.

 

(d)               Overadvance. The Borrower shall prepay Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans hereunder in such amounts and at such times (including in connection with any optional or scheduled reduction of the total amount of the Revolving Commitments) to assure that the total Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the then-current total amount of Revolving Commitments.

 

Section 2.11      Fees.

 

(a)               Commitment Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the Commitment Fee Rate per annum of the average daily amount of the unused Revolving Commitment (if any) of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.

 

(b)                Delayed-Draw Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Term Lender a delayed-draw fee, which shall accrue at the Delayed-Draw Fee Rate per annum of the amount of the unused Term Loan Commitment (if any) of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Term Loan Commitment Termination Date. Accrued delayed-draw fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the Term Loan Commitment Termination Date.

 

49

 

 

(c)                Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of (x) the date on which such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and (y) the date on which such Revolving Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure (provided that, this clause (i) is subject to Section 2.12(c)), and (ii) to each applicable Issuing Bank a fronting fee of 0.25% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) allocable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the (x) date on which such Issuing Bank’s Revolving Commitments terminates and (y) the date on which such Issuing Bank ceases to have any LC Exposure, as well as the applicable Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following the last day of each such month, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that, any accrued fees in respect of a Letter of Credit shall be payable on the date on which such Letter of Credit terminates, all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Banks pursuant to this Section 2.11(c) shall be payable within 10 days after demand.

 

(d)               Administrative Agent’s Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)                Computation of Fees; Etc. All fees payable under this Section shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). Each determination by the Administrative Agent of a fee hereunder shall be conclusive absent manifest error. All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to (i) the Administrative Agent for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders and (ii) to the applicable Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to such Issuing Bank. Fees, once paid, shall be fully earned and shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

Section 2.12            Interest.

 

(a)               The Loans comprising each Base Rate Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

50

 

 

(b)               The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(c)                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, at any time an Event of Default exists, (i) the Applicable Rate with respect to each Loan and any Letter of Credit shall be increased by 2%, and (ii) all other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall bear interest at a rate 2% above the rate applicable to Base Rate Borrowings as provided in clause (a) above, in each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), after as well as before judgment; provided, that the increases described in this clause (c) shall be effective immediately upon (x) any amount of principal of any Loan not being paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace period), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, or (y) an Event of Default described in Section 7.1(h) or Section 7.1(i).

 

(d)               Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments; provided that, (i) interest accrued pursuant to clause (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of a Base Rate Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment, and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

(e)               All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and, in each case, shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.13           Alternate Rate of Interest. Subject to Section 2.23, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

 

(a)               the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBO Rate for an Interest Period with the duration of such Interest Period; or

 

(b)                the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for an Interest Period with the duration of such Interest Period;

 

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone, followed promptly by written confirmation thereof delivered by telecopy (or if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Administrative Agent, electronic communication) as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, then (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period having the duration of such Interest Period shall be ineffective and any such Eurodollar Borrowing shall be repaid on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period having the duration of such Interest Period, such Borrowing shall be made as a Eurodollar Borrowing having an Interest Period with the shortest available duration described in the definition of “Interest Period” or, in the absence of any such available duration, as a Base Rate Borrowing.

 

51

 

 

Section 2.14           Increased Costs.

 

(a)                Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)        impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 2.14(e));

 

(ii)       subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes”, and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

(iii)      impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or other Recipient, the Borrower will pay to such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

52

 

 

(b)                Capital Requirements. If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or Issuing Bank or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by an Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)                Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in clause (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)                Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s, Issuing Bank’s or other Recipient’s right to demand such compensation; provided that, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions, and of such Lender’s, Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

(e)                Eurodollar Liabilities. The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurodollar funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurodollar liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan; provided that, the Borrower shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice ten (10) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable ten (10) days from receipt of such notice.

 

53

 

 

Section 2.15             Change in Legality. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain, or convert any Loan into, a Eurodollar Loan, then, upon written notice by such Lender to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, which notice shall specify the extent of such unlawfulness (e.g., whether such unlawfulness applies to Eurodollar Loans generally or only to Interest Periods of a particular length):

 

(a)                any request for the making or continuation of, or the conversion of Base Rate Loans into, Eurodollar Loans shall, solely as to such Lender and to the extent a Eurodollar Loan by such Lender would be (or during the applicable Interest Period would become) unlawful, be disregarded and the Loan of such Lender that would be part of the applicable Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans shall be made as, converted to or continue to be maintained as a Base Rate Loan (or bear interest at such other rate as may be agreed between the Borrower and such Lender); and

 

(b)               each outstanding Eurodollar Loan of such Lender shall, on the last day of the Interest Period therefor (unless such Loan may be continued as a Eurodollar Loan for the full duration of any requested new Interest Period without being unlawful) or on such earlier date as such Lender shall specify is necessary pursuant to the applicable Change in Law, convert to a Base Rate Loan.

 

Section 2.16             Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or as a result of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.8(c) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. Such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then-current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan) over (ii) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for Dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section, including in reasonable summary detail a description of the basis for such compensation and a calculation of such amount or amounts, shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

 

Section 2.17             Taxes.

 

(a)               Issuing Bank; FATCA. For purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “Applicable Law” includes FATCA.

 

54

 

 

(b)               Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Applicable Law. If any Applicable Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

(c)                Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law, or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

(d)               Indemnification by the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(e)                Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.4(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register, and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (e).

 

(f)                Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.17, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

55

 

 

(g)                Status of Lenders.

 

(i)         Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 2.17(g)(ii)(A) and 2.17(g)(ii)(B) and 2.17(g)(ii)(D) below) shall not be required if, in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

(ii)        Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,

 

(A)             any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

(B)             any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1)               in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” Article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” Article of such tax treaty;

 

56

 

 

(2)               executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

(3)               in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the IRC, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the IRC, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the IRC, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the IRC (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”), and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E; or

 

(4)               to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2 or Exhibit D-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner; and

 

(C)             any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient), on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by Applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

 

57

 

 

(D)             If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the IRC, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the IRC) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

(h)           Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this clause (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this clause (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This clause (h) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

(i)                 Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.17 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

 

(j)                 Updates. Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 2.17 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

58

 

 

Section 2.18             Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

 

(a)                The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without defense, deduction, recoupment, set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon and fees with respect thereto. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 425 5th Avenue, New York, NY 10018, except payments to be made directly to any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension; provided that if the next succeeding Business Day is after the Revolving Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable, payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.

 

(b)               Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2, if, at any time, insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

 

(c)                If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other obligations hereunder resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other such obligations greater than its pro  rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (i) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (ii) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing to them; provided that:

 

(x)  if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

 

(y) the provisions of this Section 2.18(c) shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (B) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.20 or (C) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).

 

59

 

 

The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under Applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

(d)               Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may in its sole and absolute discretion assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in its sole and absolute discretion in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. Nothing in this Section 2.18(d) shall obligate the Administrative Agent to prefund any amount.

 

(e)                The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 9.3(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 9.3(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.3(c).

 

Section 2.19             Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

 

(a)                Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or delivers a notice described in Section 2.15, or requires the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Tax or additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce any amount payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.17, or illegality, as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

60

 

 

(b)               Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Tax or additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.19(a) (each such Lender, an “Increased Cost Lender”), or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 9.4), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 2.14 or Section 2.17) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:

 

(i)        the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 9.4 (other than in the case of the replacement of a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender);

 

(ii)       such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 2.16) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

 

(iii)      in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

 

(iv)      in the case of any such assignment resulting from a notice of illegality under Section 2.15, such assignment will eliminate such illegality;

 

(v)       such assignment does not conflict with Applicable Law; and

 

(vi)      in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

 

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

61

 

 

Section 2.20             Cash Collateral. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposures with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 2.21(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Cash Collateral Amount.

 

(a)                 Grant of Security Interest. The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of any Issuing Bank, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for such Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of LC Exposure, to be applied pursuant to clause (b) below. If, at any time, the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Cash Collateral Amount, the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the applicable Defaulting Lender).

 

(b)                Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.20 or Section 2.21 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of LC Exposure (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

(c)                 Termination of Requirement. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce any Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.20 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to Section 2.21, the Person providing Cash Collateral and each Issuing Bank may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations; provided  further that, to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the Borrower, any such Cash Collateral so held shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

Section 2.21             Defaulting Lenders.

 

(a)                Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law:

 

(i)        Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders.

 

62

 

 

(ii)       Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 7.1 or otherwise), or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.8, shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro  rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposures with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.20; fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion, to be held in a deposit account as Cash Collateral for release in such order as the Administrative Agent shall determine in order to satisfy (x) such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement, and (y) the Issuing Bank’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.20; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that, if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or LC Disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made, or the related Letters of Credit were issued, at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and LC Disbursements owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro  rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or LC Disbursements owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in LC Exposure and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro  rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 2.21(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.21(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

63

 

 

(iii)       Certain Fees.

 

(A)             No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.11(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

 

(B)              Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive participation fees under Section 2.11(c) with respect to its participation in Letters of Credit for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.20.

 

(C)              With respect to any participation fees with respect to Letters of Credit not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (B) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in LC Exposure or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to each Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Bank’s or Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

(iv)      Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in LC Exposure and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment. Subject to Section 9.15, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

 

(v)      Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swingline Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, (x) first, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure, and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.20.

 

64

 

 

(b)               Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro  rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility (without giving effect to Section 2.21(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that, no adjustment will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided  further that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

(c)                New Swingline Loans/Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swingline Loan, and (ii) no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

 

Section 2.22             Incremental Facilities.

 

(a)               The Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request an increase in Revolving Commitments (the “Incremental Revolving Commitments”), which Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be on terms identical to those applicable to the other Revolving Commitments in place on the applicable Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date, by an amount (for all such requests) not in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that, (i) any such request for an Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 (or, if less, the remaining portion of the available Incremental Revolving Commitments) and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of such amount, and (ii) the Borrower may not submit more than four such requests during the term of this Agreement. Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, an “Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than 15 Business Days (or such shorter period as agreed by the Administrative Agent) after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) the identity of each Lender or other Person that is an Eligible Assignee (each, an “Incremental Revolving Lender”) to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such Incremental Revolving Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that, any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the Incremental Revolving Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide an Incremental Revolving Commitment. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within the required time period whether or not it agrees to provide any portion of the applicable Incremental Revolving Commitments and, if so, shall specify the amount of such Incremental Revolving Commitments it desires to be allocated to it. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitments. Such Incremental Revolving Commitments shall become effective as of such Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date; provided that, (i) the Borrower shall pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including any upfront fees and reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) of the Incremental Revolving Lenders and the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate dated as of such Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date and signed by a Financial Officer (x) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Borrower approving the applicable Incremental Revolving Commitments, and (y) certifying that (1) no Default exists on such Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date before or after giving effect to such Incremental Revolving Commitments, (2) both before and after giving effect to the Incremental Revolving Commitments, the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and (3) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.1 as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter after giving effect to such Incremental Revolving Commitments, calculated assuming the Incremental Revolving Commitments are fully drawn, (iii) the Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more agreements in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed and delivered by the Borrower, each Incremental Revolving Lender and the Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and each Incremental Revolving Lender shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.17(g), and (iv) the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered a certificate as to the foregoing and any legal opinions, reaffirmations of security, reaffirmations of guarantees or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction.

 

65

 

 

On each Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section, each Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be a Revolving Commitment and part of the Revolving Facility (and not a separate Facility hereunder), each Incremental Revolving Lender providing such Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be, and have all the rights of, a Revolving Lender, and the Revolving Loans made by it on such Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date pursuant to this Section shall be Revolving Loans, for all purposes of this Agreement. Except for purposes of this Section 2.22(a), any Incremental Revolving Commitments that are designated as an increase to the Revolving Commitments shall be deemed to be effective as of the applicable Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date, and after the effectiveness of such Incremental Revolving Commitments, Revolving Commitments for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)          The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receipt of the Borrower’s notice of each Incremental Revolving Commitment Effective Date. Any existing Revolving Lender that has a Note and participates in any Incremental Revolving Commitment shall, following request therefor and substantially contemporaneously with the delivery of its Note to be replaced to the Borrower, receive a replacement Note that evidences the aggregate principal amount of its Revolving Loans outstanding hereunder. Any new Lender requesting a Note shall receive such a Note in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of its Incremental Revolving Commitment.

 

66

 

 

(c)          The Incremental Revolving Commitments established pursuant to this Section 2.22, and all Revolving Loans thereunder, shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably with the Obligations from the Guarantors and security interests created by the Security Documents.

 

Section 2.23        Effect of Benchmark Transition Event.

 

(a)           Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend this Agreement to replace the LIBO Rate with a Benchmark Replacement. Any such amendment with respect to a Benchmark Transition Event will become effective at 5:00 p.m. on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and Borrower so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such amendment from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders of each Class. Any such amendment with respect to an Early Opt-in Election will become effective on the date that Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders accept such amendment. No replacement of the LIBO Rate with a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to this Section 2.23(a) will occur prior to the applicable Benchmark Transition Start Date.

 

(b)         Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement.

 

(c)            Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (1) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date and Benchmark Transition Start Date, (2) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (3) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes and (4) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.23(c), including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party hereto, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 2.23(c).

 

67

 

 

(d)           Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower may revoke any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, in the case of a request for a borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Dollar denominated Loans, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to the Alternate Base Rate Loans. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period, the component of the Alternate Base Rate based upon the LIBO Rate will not be used in any determination of the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Article III

Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders that:

 

Section 3.1          Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to own or lease its property and to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification.

 

Section 3.2         Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within the corporate or other applicable organizational powers of the Loan Parties and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other applicable organizational actions and, if required, actions by stockholder and other equity holders. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

Section 3.3          Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any Applicable Law or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or their assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (except for Liens created by the Security Documents).

 

68

 

 

Section 3.4           Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect.

 

(a)            The Borrower has furnished the Lenders a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis as of and for the fiscal year ended 2018, audited on by independent public accountants. Such financial statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied, present fairly the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis as of such dates and for such periods.

 

(b)           No Loan Party has any material liabilities, contingent or otherwise, or forward or long-term commitments that are not disclosed in the financial statements referred to in Section 3.4(a) or in the notes thereto. No Material Adverse Effect has occurred since December 31, 2018 and no other facts or circumstances exist nor has any development or event occurred that has had or could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters, but only to the extent amounts paid in respect of any or all Disclosed Matters do not exceed in the aggregate $1,500,000).

 

(c)            All balance sheets, all statements of income and of cash flows and all other financial information of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries furnished pursuant to Section 5.1 have been and will for periods following the Effective Date be prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied, and do or will present fairly the financial condition of the Persons covered thereby on a Consolidated basis as at the dates thereof and the results of their operations for the periods then ended.

 

(d)           The forecasted balance sheet and statements of income and cash flows of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(d) were prepared on a Consolidated basis in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, Globant S.A. (Luxembourg)’s reasonable estimate of its future financial condition and performance, it being understood that such forecasts (i) are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Borrower’s control, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized, the actual results may differ and that such differences may be material and (ii) are not a guarantee of performance.

 

Section 3.5            Properties. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has (i) in the case of owned real property, good and marketable title to, (ii) in the case of owned personal property, good and valid title to, and (iii) in the case of leased real or personal property, valid and enforceable leasehold interests (as the case may be) in, all its real and personal property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for defects in title that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 6.3.

 

69

 

 

Section 3.6           Litigation and Environmental Matters.

 

(a)           There are no actions, suits, litigation, investigations or proceedings by, of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened by or against or affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or against any of its property or assets (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters, but only to the extent amounts paid in respect of any or all Disclosed Matters do not exceed in the aggregate $1,500,000), or (ii) that involve, or purport to affect or pertain to, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Transactions.

 

(b)           Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party or Subsidiary of the Borrower (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or any remediation order, notice of claim, notice of infraction or other order under any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability, or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

 

(c)           Except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to any real property owned or leased by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (i) there has been no release of Hazardous Materials at, from, or to the real property, including the soils, surface waters, or ground waters thereof, and (ii) there are no conditions at the real property which, with the passage of time, or giving of notice, or both, would be reasonably likely to result in an Environmental Liability.

 

Section 3.7            Compliance with Laws and Contractual Obligations; No Defaults. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Borrower is in compliance with all of its Contractual Obligations, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the Transactions.

 

Section 3.8            Investment Company Status; Other Laws. No Loan Party or Subsidiary of the Borrower is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Section 3.9            Taxes. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary of the Borrower has timely filed or caused to be filed all federal, state and other material Tax returns and reports required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges required to have been paid by it or levied or imposed upon it or its properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with IFRS.

 

70

 

 

Section 3.10        ERISA Compliance. Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable requirements of ERISA, the IRC and other Applicable Law. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No claim, action, suit, audit or investigation with respect to any Plan exists or has been commenced or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, other than routine claims for benefits and except for such claims, actions, suits, audits and investigations that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules arising under ERISA with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate has complied with the Funding Rules with respect to each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding requirements under the Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained. As of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430 of the IRC) is 60% or higher and no facts or circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to drop below such threshold as of the most recent valuation date.

 

Section 3.11        Insurance. Set forth on Schedule 3.11 is a complete and accurate summary of the property and casualty insurance program of the Loan Parties as of the Effective Date (including the names of all insurers, policy numbers, expiration dates, amounts and types of coverage, annual premiums, exclusions, deductibles, self-insured retention and a description in reasonable detail of any self-insurance program, retrospective rating plan, fronting arrangement or other risk assumption arrangement involving any Loan Party). The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.

 

Section 3.12        Margin Regulations. No Loan Party and no Subsidiary thereof is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit have been used, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry, or to extend credit to others to purchase or carry, any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U) or for any other purpose that entails a violation of any Regulations of the FRB, including Regulation U.

 

Section 3.13        Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. No Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part I of Schedule 3.13 (and any Subsidiaries that are permitted to have been organized or acquired after the Effective Date in accordance with Section 6.6). All of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by a Loan Party in the amounts specified on Part I of Schedule 3.13 free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created by the Security Documents and Liens permitted under Section 6.3). No Loan Party has any equity investments in any other Person other than those specifically disclosed in Part II of Schedule 3.13 (and any Subsidiaries that are permitted to have been organized or acquired after the Effective Date in accordance with Section 6.6). All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower have been validly issued, and are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by Globant S.A. (Spain) in the amounts specified on Part III of Schedule 3.13 free and clear of all Liens.

 

71

 

 

Section 3.14        Sanctions. None of the Loan Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries, any director or officer, or any employee, agent, or affiliate, of the respective Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a Person that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are, (i) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the US Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the US Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, including, without limitation, currently, Cuba, the Crimea region of Ukraine, Iran, North Korea and Syria.

 

Section 3.15        Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The reports, financial statements, certificates or other information (whether in writing or orally) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with the Loan Documents (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time made, it being understood that such forecasts (i) are not to be viewed as facts and are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Borrower’s control, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material and adverse and (ii) are not a guarantee of performance.

 

Section 3.16        Security Documents. The Security Agreement has created, and continues to create, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the Collateral described in the Security Agreement, financing statements and other filings in appropriate form have been filed in the appropriate offices, and the Borrower has granted, and continues to grant, a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Borrower in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof solely to the extent a security interest can be perfected solely by such filing or other action required thereunder as security for the Secured Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except for Liens permitted by Section 6.3).

 

72

 

 

Section 3.17        Solvency, etc.

 

(a)           On the Effective Date, and immediately prior to and after giving effect to the Transactions and to the issuance of each Letter of Credit and each Borrowing hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof, with respect to the Borrower, individually, (a) the fair value of its assets is greater than the amount of its liabilities (including contingent liabilities), (b) the present fair saleable value of its assets is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) it is able to pay its debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured in the ordinary course of business, (d) it does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (e) it is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital; provided that, the amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

(b)           On the Effective Date, and immediately prior to and after giving effect to the Transactions and each Borrowing hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof, (a) the fair value of the assets of the Loan Parties (on a Consolidated basis) is greater than the amount of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities), (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of the Loan Parties (on a Consolidated basis) is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the Loan Parties (on a Consolidated basis) on their debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) the Loan Parties (on a Consolidated basis) are able to pay their debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured in the ordinary course of business, (d) the Loan Parties do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur debts or liabilities beyond their ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (e) the Loan Parties (on a Consolidated basis) are not engaged in business or a transaction, and are not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which their property would constitute unreasonably small capital; provided that, the amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Section 3.18        Reserved.

 

Section 3.19        Burdensome Obligations. No Loan Party is a party to any agreement or contract or subject to any restriction contained in its organizational documents which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

73

 

 

Section 3.20        Labor Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.20, no Loan Party is subject to any labor or collective bargaining agreement. There are no existing or threatened strikes, lockouts or other labor disputes involving any Loan Party that, individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Loan Parties are not in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other Applicable Law dealing with such matters in any material respect.

 

Section 3.21        Reserved

 

Section 3.22        EEA Financial Institution. No Loan Party is an EEA Financial Institution.

 

Section 3.23        Anti-Corruption. None of the Loan Parties or Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties or any of their respective directors or officers or, to the knowledge of any of the Loan Parties or Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties, any of their respective agents, employees, Affiliates or any Person acting on behalf of such party, is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of any applicable anti-bribery law or Anti-Money Laundering Laws, rules or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction, including but not limited to, the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “UK Bribery Act”), the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”). Furthermore, the Loan Parties and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, their respective Affiliates have conducted their business in compliance with the UK Bribery Act, the FCPA and similar laws, rules or regulations and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

Section 3.24        Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit shall be used to pay fees, commissions and expenses of the Transactions, for lawful general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, payments in connection with Acquisitions permitted hereunder) and working capital requirements of the Borrower.

 

Article IV

 

Conditions Precedent

 

Section 4.1          Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.2):

 

(a)           The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party, or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

 

74

 

 

(b)           The Administrative Agent shall have received the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

 

(i)          a counterpart of (x) the Second Reaffirmation of Luxembourg Guaranty Agreement executed by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and (y) the Second Reaffirmation of Spanish Guaranty Agreement executed by Globant S.A. (Spain);

 

(ii)         a counterpart of the Second Reaffirmation of Security Agreement executed by the Borrower;

 

(iii)        each document (including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, if any additional filings are necessary) required by the Security Documents or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral that is capable of being perfected by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement described therein, prior to all other Liens (subject only to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.3), in proper form for filing, registration or recording;

 

(iv)        certified copies of Uniform Commercial Code and other Lien search reports dated a date near to the Effective Date, listing all effective financing statements and other Lien filings that name the Borrower (under their current names and any previous names) as debtors, together with (A) copies of such financing statements or other Lien filings, and (B) such Uniform Commercial Code termination statements or amendments or other Lien terminations, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent may request;

 

(v)        such documents, incumbency and other certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Loan Parties, the authorization of the Transactions, the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other legal matters relating to the Loan Parties, this Agreement or the Transactions (it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such documents, incumbency and certificates until notice is received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower to the contrary);

 

(vi)        evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of the receipt of all consents required to effect the Transactions, including all regulatory approvals and licenses, if applicable;

 

(vii)       evidence (if additional evidence is necessary) of the existence of insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.5, together with evidence that the Administrative Agent has been named as lender’s loss payee and an additional insured on all related insurance policies; and

 

75

 

 

(viii)      a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 4.2.

 

(c)           The Administrative Agent shall have received favorable written legal opinions (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of New York counsel for the Loan Parties, Luxembourg counsel to Globant S.A. (Luxembourg), and Spanish counsel to Globant S.A. (Spain), each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and covering such other matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or the Transactions as the Required Lenders shall reasonably request.

 

(d)           Each Lender shall have received payment of all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

 

(e)            The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall have received all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act, in each case, to the extent requested in writing at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date.

 

(f)            Since December 31, 2018, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)           The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

 

Section 4.2            Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of each Issuing Bank to issue, amend or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a)           The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case any such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case any such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date.

 

(b)           At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or is continuing.

 

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section.

 

76

 

 

Article V

 

Affirmative Covenants

 

So long as any Lender has any Commitment hereunder, any Loans, any Obligations or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document has not been paid in full, or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been made), the Borrower covenants and agrees, for itself and its Subsidiaries, with the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders that:

 

Section 5.1          Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(a)           as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year:

 

(i)          Globant S.A. (Luxembourg)’s audited balance sheet and related statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year on a Consolidated basis, all reported on by independent public accountants selected by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that Deloitte & Co. S.A. is deemed acceptable to the Administrative Agent) (without any qualification or exception which (x) is of a “going concern” or similar nature (other than any qualifications arising from the Loans hereunder maturing, in accordance with their terms on a non-accelerated basis, less than one year following the date of such financial statements), (y) relates to the limited scope of examination of matters relevant to such financial statement, or (z) relates to the treatment or classification of any item in such financial statement and which, as a condition to its removal, would require an adjustment to such item the effect of which could be reasonably expected to result in a Default or Event of Default) to the effect that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS consistently applied;

 

(ii)         Borrower’s balance sheet and related statements of operations (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, an accounts receivable report), as of the end of and for such year on a Consolidated basis, all certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as presenting fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of Borrower in accordance with IFRS consistently applied;

 

77

 

 

(b)           as soon as practicable, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower’s and Globant S.A. (Luxembourg)’s balance sheet and related statements of operations (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the Borrower only, an accounts receivable report), shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then-elapsed portion of the fiscal year, each certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower and Globant S.A. (Luxembourg), respectively, as presenting fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and Globant S.A. (Luxembourg)’s consolidated Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

 

(c)           concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a duly completed and executed Compliance Certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower and Globant S.A. (Luxembourg), as applicable, (i) certifying as to whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing and, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 6.1, and (iii) stating whether any change in IFRS or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.4 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

 

(d)           as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg), forecasts prepared by management of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) on a Consolidated basis, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, of statements of income of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries on a quarterly basis for the immediately following fiscal year and any projected changes in financial position of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) and its Subsidiaries and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto, and as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such forecast with respect to such fiscal year;

 

(e)            promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including, without limitation, information and certifications regarding whether the Guarantors constitute “eligible contract participants” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder), or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request. The Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to keep all information obtained by them pursuant to this clause (e) confidential in accordance with Section 9.12. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof shall be required to disclose any information to the extent that (i) such Loan Party or Subsidiary is prohibited from furnishing such other information (x) by Applicable Law or (y) a binding confidentiality obligation owed by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary to any third party (provided that such confidentiality obligations were not entered into in contemplation of the requirements of this Section 5.1(e)), it being understood and agreed that this Section 5.1(e) shall not be applied to augment the periodic reporting obligation of any Loan Party under this Agreement, (ii) such information constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information or (iii) such information is subject to attorney client privilege or constitutes attorney work product; provided that, in each case, the Borrower shall provide notice to the Administrative Agent that such information is being withheld and (other than with respect to clause (iii) above) the Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the relevant consents and to communicate, to the extent both feasible and permitted under applicable law or confidentiality obligation, the applicable information.

 

78

 

 

Section 5.2          Notices of Material Events. The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each Lender written notice of the following:

 

(a)           promptly, and in any event within three (3) days after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any other Loan Party obtains knowledge thereof, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(b)           promptly, and in any event within three (3) days after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any other Loan Party obtains knowledge thereof, the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)            promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any Loan Party obtaining knowledge thereof, the occurrence of any ERISA Event (or the maintenance, commencement or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threat of any claim, action, suit, audit or investigation with respect to any Plan other than routine claims for benefits) that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred (and any such claims, actions, suits, audits or investigations with respect to any Plan that are being maintained or have commenced or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, have been threatened), could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $500,000;

 

(d)           promptly upon any Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any other Loan Party obtaining knowledge thereof, any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower;

 

(e)            promptly upon any Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any Loan Party obtaining knowledge thereof, any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect, including, without limitation, (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (ii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws; and

 

(f)            promptly, and in any event, within three (3) days after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any other Loan Party obtains knowledge thereof, the occurrence of any of the actions or events set forth in clauses (h), (i) or (j) of Section 7.1 with respect any Subsidiary of a Loan Party.

 

79

 

 

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

Section 5.3          Existence; Conduct of Business. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party and each Material Subsidiary to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to (a) preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing (or its jurisdictional equivalent) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) maintain all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, (c) except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its qualification to do business in, and its good standing (or its jurisdictional equivalent) in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, and (d) preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect all other rights, qualifications, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable to the conduct of its business; provided that, the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution expressly permitted under Section 6.4.

 

Section 5.4          Payment of Obligations. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, pay as the same shall become due and payable all of its material obligations and liabilities, including Tax liabilities, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, and (b) the Borrower or such Loan Party or such Subsidiary of the Borrower has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with IFRS.

 

Section 5.5          Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. The Borrower shall cause each issuer of an insurance policy to provide the Administrative Agent with an endorsement (i) showing the Administrative Agent as lenders loss payee with respect to each policy of property or casualty insurance and naming the Administrative Agent and each Lender as an additional insured with respect to each policy of liability insurance, (ii) providing that 30 days’ notice shall be given to the Administrative Agent prior to any cancellation of, material reduction or change in coverage provided by or other material modification to such policy, and (iii) reasonably acceptable in all other respects to the Administrative Agent.

 

80

 

 

Section 5.6          Books and Records; Inspection Rights(a). (a) Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, keep proper books of record and account in which complete and accurate entries, in all material respects, in conformity with IFRS consistently applied are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its assets, business and activities.

 

(b)          Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested; provided that, when a Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice. All such inspections or audits by the Administrative Agent shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided that (i) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall not be required to reimburse the Administrative Agent for inspections or audits more frequently than once in each fiscal year and (ii) any such reimbursement shall be limited to reasonable and documented expenses. The Borrower hereby authorizes and instructs its independent accountants to discuss the Borrower’s affairs, finances and condition with the Administrative Agent and any Lender, at the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s request; provided, that, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall have been afforded a reasonable opportunity to be present at any such discussions. The Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to keep all information obtained by them pursuant to this Section confidential in accordance with Section 9.12. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof shall be required to disclose any information to the extent that (i) such Loan Party or Subsidiary is prohibited from furnishing such other information (x) by Applicable Law or (y) a binding confidentiality obligation owed by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary to any third party (provided that such confidentiality obligations were not entered into in contemplation of the requirements of this Section 5.6), it being understood and agreed that this Section 5.6 shall not be applied to augment the periodic reporting obligation of any Loan Party under this Agreement, (ii) such information constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information or (iii) such information is subject to attorney client privilege or constitutes attorney work product; provided that, in each case, the Borrower shall provide notice to the Administrative Agent that such information is being withheld and (other than with respect to clause (iii) above) the Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the relevant consents and to communicate, to the extent both feasible and permitted under applicable law or confidentiality obligation, the applicable information.

 

Section 5.7          Compliance with Laws and Contractual Obligations. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, comply in all material respects with Applicable Law (including Environmental Laws, Sanctions and Anti-Money Laundering Laws), and perform in all material respects its Contractual Obligations.

 

Section 5.8          Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit shall be used only to pay Transaction Costs, for lawful general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, payments in connection with Acquisitions permitted hereunder) and working capital of the Borrower. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit shall be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any Regulation of the FRB, including Regulations T, U and X.

 

81

 

 

Section 5.9           Further Assurances.

 

(a)           Each Loan Party shall take such actions as are necessary or as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request from time to time, at the Borrower’s expense, to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents and to ensure that the Secured Obligations are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and each Material Subsidiary (as well as all Equity Interests of each Domestic Subsidiary and 65% of all Equity Interests of each Foreign Subsidiary that is owned by either the Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary) and guaranteed by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg), Globant S.A. (Spain) and each Material Subsidiary (including, upon the acquisition or creation thereof, any Material Subsidiary acquired or created after the Effective Date), in each case as the Administrative Agent may determine in its reasonable discretion; provided that, no Loan Party shall be required to (i) take any collateral perfection action other than the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or (ii) bear the costs or expenses of any collateral perfection other than as described in clause (i), in each case, except following the request of the Administrative Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

(b)           Reserved.

 

(c)           If any Material Subsidiary is formed or acquired after the Effective Date, the Borrower shall promptly, and in any event within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree) after such newly formed or acquired Material Subsidiary is formed or acquired, notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and cause such Material Subsidiary to become a Guarantor by delivering to the Administrative Agent any applicable Security Documents (in each case in the form contemplated hereby or otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent), duly executed and delivered by such Material Subsidiary, pursuant to which such Material Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof, such Security Documents to be accompanied by appropriate corporate resolutions, other corporate documentation and legal opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

 

(d)           The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent at least 30 days’ prior written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name (as set forth in its certificate of organization or like document), (ii) in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Loan Party or in the form of its organization, or (iii) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number (if applicable).

 

(e)          Not later than five days after delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a), the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) setting forth any updates to Schedule 3.13 or (ii) confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Effective Date or the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section (as applicable).

 

Section 5.10        Deposit Accounts. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise consents in writing, the Borrower shall maintain its primary operating accounts with the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Section 5.11        Accuracy of Information. The Borrower will ensure that any information, including financial statements or other documents, prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower and furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder contains no material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading, and the furnishing of such information shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in this Section 5.11.

 

82

 

 

Section 5.12      Additional Information. Promptly following any request therefor, provide information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to evidence compliance with Section 3.14, or for the purpose of the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s compliance with “know your customer” and Anti-Money Laundering Laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act and FCPA.

 

Article VI

 

Negative Covenants

 

So long as any Lender has any Commitment hereunder, any Loans, any Obligations or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document has not been paid in full, or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been made), the Borrower covenants and agrees, for itself and on behalf of its Subsidiaries, with the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders that:

 

Section 6.1           Financial Covenants.

 

(a)           Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Computation Period to be less than 1.25 to 1.00 for such period.

 

(b)           Maximum Total Leverage Ratio. The Maximum Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Computation Period shall not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 for such period.

 

Section 6.2          Indebtedness. The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)            Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

 

(b)           Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.2, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof, except reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with such extension, renewal or replacement, or change any direct or contingent obligor with respect thereto;

 

83

 

 

(c)            Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

 

(d)          Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

 

(e)          Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, repair, development or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof except reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with such extension, renewal or replacement; provided that, (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair, development or improvement, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e) shall not exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(f)            Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower after the date hereof; provided that, (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (f) shall not exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(g)           Reserved.

 

(h)           obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing or arising under any Hedging Agreement permitted under Section 6.7;

 

(i)            Reserved.

 

(j)            contingent liabilities arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations in favor of sellers, unsecured earn-outs or deferred purchase price obligations, or other similar contingent payment obligations in connection with Acquisitions permitted under Section 6.4 and purchasers in connection with Dispositions permitted under Section 6.5; and

 

(k)           other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $2,000,000 at any time outstanding.

 

Section 6.3          Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

 

(a)            Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

(b)           Permitted Encumbrances;

 

84

 

 

(c)           any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.3; provided that, (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof except for reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with such extension, renewal or replacement;

 

(d)           any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that, (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof except for reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with such extension, renewal or replacement;

 

(e)           Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that, (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.2, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the fixed or capital assets being acquired, constructed or improved, and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

 

(f)            Liens and rights of setoff of banks and securities intermediaries in respect of deposit accounts and securities accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 6.4          Fundamental Changes. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall cause or permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) any Person may merge with and into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Person (other than the Borrower, Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) or Globant S.A. (Spain)) may merge into any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary, (iii) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Borrower or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (iv) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (v) any merger or consolidation to effect an Investment permitted under Section 6.6 or a Disposition permitted under Section 6.5, and (vi) any Acquisition by a Loan Party or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary where:

 

 

85

 

 

(A)             immediately before and after giving effect to such Acquisition, no Default shall exist;

 

(B)              immediately before and after giving effect to such Acquisition on a pro forma basis, as at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are delivered, (x) the Maximum Total Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 2.25 to 1.00, and (y) the Loan Parties shall be in pro  forma compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio set forth in Section 6.1(a);

 

(C)              in the case of the Acquisition of any Person, the board of directors or other applicable managing entity of such Person shall have approved such Acquisition;

 

(D)             if requested by the Administrative Agent, reasonably prior to such Acquisition, the Administrative Agent shall have received complete executed or conformed copies of each material document, instrument and agreement to be executed in connection with such Acquisition together with all lien search reports and lien release letters and other documents as the Administrative Agent may require to evidence the termination of Liens on the assets or business to be acquired;

 

(E)              the provisions of Sections 5.9 and 5.12 shall be satisfied; and

 

(F)              if requested by the Administrative Agent, reasonably prior to such Acquisition, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto certifying as to compliance with the requirements set forth in clauses (A) through (E) above;

 

provided that, any such merger involving a Person that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 6.6.

 

Section 6.5            Disposition of Property. The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests to any Person, except:

 

(a)               the Disposition of obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)               the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)               the sale or issuance of any Subsidiary’s Equity Interests to the Borrower or any other Loan Party or, in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, to any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

 

86

 

 

 

(d)               any Disposition of assets (i) from one Foreign Subsidiary to another Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) from one Domestic Subsidiary to another Domestic Subsidiary, (iii) from one Loan Party to another Loan Party or (iv) from a Subsidiary to a Loan Party;

 

(e)               sales of Cash Equivalent Investments in the ordinary course of business and for fair market value;

 

(f)                Disposition of receivables pursuant to a true sale under a factoring or receivables purchase agreement; provided that (i) the purchase price for the receivables shall be the fair market value with a market standard discount for a sale or receivables under a factoring or purchase agreement; (ii) the purchase price is paid 100% in cash; (iii) the Net Cash Proceeds of such sale are deposited into the Borrower’s operating accounts at the Administrative Agent or Citibank, N.A. on the day such proceeds are paid to the Borrower; and (iv) the aggregate purchase price of such receivables sold during any Fiscal Year under such a factoring or purchase agreement shall not exceed $15,000,000; and

 

(g)               the Disposition of other property not described in clauses (a) through (f) above for not less than fair market value as long as (i) at least 75% of the consideration therefor consists of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments, and (ii) the aggregate fair market value of such property so disposed of does not exceed $1,000,000.

 

Section 6.6            Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any Investment, except:

 

(a)               Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

(b)               Investments by the Borrower in the Equity Interests of its Subsidiaries;

 

(c)               Investments by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party;

 

(d)               loans or advances made by the Borrower to any Subsidiary and made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

 

(e)               Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.2;

 

(f)                (i) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 at any time outstanding, for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes and (ii) Investments consisting of loans to employees to finance the purchase of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by the Borrower’s board of directors in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000 outstanding at any time;

 

(g)               bank deposits in the ordinary course of business;

 

87

 

 

(h)               Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

 

(i)                 non-cash consideration received, to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents, in connection with the Disposition of property permitted by this Agreement;

 

(j)                 Investments to consummate Acquisitions permitted by Section 6.4;

 

(k)               Hedging Agreements permitted by Section 6.7, to the extent any such Hedging Agreement constitutes an Investment;

 

(l)                 Investments listed on Schedule 6.6 as of the Effective Date; and

 

(m)             Investments existing when a Person becomes a Subsidiary or at the time such Person merges or consolidates with the Borrower or any Subsidiary as permitted under Section 6.4, so long as such Investments were not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary or of such consolidation, merger or Acquisition;

 

provided that, any Investment that when made complies with the requirements of the definition of the term “Cash Equivalent Investment” may continue to be held notwithstanding that such Investment if made thereafter would not comply with such requirements.

 

Section 6.7            Hedging Agreements. The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedging Agreement, except (a) Hedging Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any such Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary), and (b) Hedging Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate, from floating to fixed rates, or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary.

 

Section 6.8            Restricted Payments. The Loan Parties shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of their Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount that exceeds $10,000,000 during any fiscal year.

 

Section 6.9            Transactions with Affiliates.

 

(a)               No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall cause or permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (i) in the ordinary course of business on terms and conditions not less favorable to such Loan Party or Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (ii) transactions between or among the Loan Parties not involving any other Affiliates, (iii) transactions expressly permitted pursuant to this Agreement, (iv) employment, consulting, severance and other service or benefit related arrangements between the Loan Parties and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (v) the payment of ordinary course customary fees, expenses and indemnities to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Loan Parties, and (vi) any transaction with an Affiliate that, as such, has been expressly approved by either a majority of such Loan Party’s independent directors or a committee of such Loan Party’s directors consisting solely of independent directors, in each case, in accordance with such independent directors’ fiduciary duties in their capacity as such and upon advice from independent counsel.

 

88

 

 

(b)               The Borrower shall not maintain intercompany payables owed to any of its Affiliates organized under the laws of the Argentine Republic, except to the extent (i) such payables qualify under Section 6.9(a)(i) above and (ii) the aggregate amount of such payables do not exceed an amount equal to five times the average monthly amount of such Affiliates’ billings for the immediately preceding 12 month period.

 

Section 6.10        Changes in Nature of Business. No Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall engage in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by such entity on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably incidental or related thereto and any reasonable extension thereof.

 

Section 6.11        Negative Pledges; Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or transfer any of its properties to any Loan Party; provided that, (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by Applicable Law or by the Loan Documents, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of any asset or a Subsidiary of the Borrower pending such sale; provided that, such restrictions and conditions apply only to the asset or the Subsidiary of the Borrower that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, and (iii) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

 

Section 6.12        Restriction of Amendments to Certain Documents. No Loan Party shall amend such Person’s articles or certificates of organization or formation, operating agreement or other agreement, instrument or document affecting such Person’s organization, management or governance, in each case, in any respect which is materially adverse to the Lenders.

 

Section 6.13        Changes in Fiscal Periods. No Loan Party shall change its fiscal year to end on a day other than December 31 or change its method of determining fiscal quarters.

 

Section 6.14        Capital Expenditures. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof to, make or commit to make any Capital Expenditure,except for such Capital Expenditures made in the ordinary course of business during any fiscal year in an aggregate amount not to exceed 10% of the Consolidated Net Revenue for such period.

 

89

 

 

Section 6.15        Sanctions; Anti-Corruption.

 

(a)               The Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans or any Letter of Credit, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party, joint venture partner or other Person, (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Loans or Letters of Credit, whether as Administrative Agent, Arranger, Issuing Bank, Lender, underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

(b)               No part of the proceeds of the Loans or any Letter of Credit will be used, directly or indirectly (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the UK Bribery Act, the FCPA or any other applicable anti-corruption law or otherwise, or (ii) for any other payment that could constitute a violation of any applicable anti-bribery law or anti-corruption law (including, without limitation, the UK Bribery Act or the FCPA).

 

Section 6.16        Consolidated Net Revenue. The percentage of the Consolidated Net Revenue attributed to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not be less than 60% of the Consolidated Net Revenue.

 

Section 6.17        Lien on Equity Interests of the Borrower. The Borrower shall not cause or permit any Guarantor to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon the Equity Interests of the Borrower other than any Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

Article VII

 

Events of Default

 

Section 7.1            Events of Default. If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur:

 

(a)               the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof, by reason of acceleration or otherwise;

 

(b)               the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Section) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days;

 

90

 

 

(c)               any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party in or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect (except for representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality, which shall not be incorrect or misleading in any respect) when made or deemed made;

 

(d)               any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 2.20Section 5.1(a), (b), and (c), Section 5.2, Section 5.3 (with respect to the existence of any Loan Party), Section 5.6(b), Section 5.8 or Section 5.9 or in Article VI;

 

(e)               the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than those specified in clause(a), (b) or (d) of this Section), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (x) notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender), and (y) the date a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or such other Loan Party becomes aware of such failure;

 

(f)                any Loan Party shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable, which failure shall continue beyond any applicable cure period specified in the agreement or instrument governing such Material Indebtedness;

 

(g)               any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity or (in the case of any Material Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee) to become payable; provided that, this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness if such voluntary sale or transfer is permitted under this Agreement;

 

(h)               an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

 

(i)                 any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Section, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or for a substantial part of any of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

91

 

 

(j)                 any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

(k)               one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000 shall be rendered against a Loan Party any Subsidiary or any combination thereof (not paid or covered by insurance) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

 

(l)                 an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(m)             any provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, shall cease to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person acting on any Loan Party’s behalf shall contest in any manner the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document in writing; or any Loan Party shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or shall purport to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document;

 

(n)               a Change in Control shall occur; or

 

(o)               any of the actions or events set forth in clauses (h), (i) or (j) of this Section 7.1 shall occur with respect to one or more Subsidiaries of any Loan Party, and such action or event could reasonably be expected to (after giving effect to any applicable threshold or grace period), individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Section), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations of the Borrower (including all amounts of LC Exposure, whether or not the beneficiary of any then-outstanding Letter of Credit shall have demanded payment thereunder) accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Section, the Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties (including all amounts of LC Exposure, whether or not the beneficiary of any then-outstanding Letter of Credit shall have demanded payment thereunder) accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. With respect to all Letters of Credit having undrawn and unexpired amounts at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this clause, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to 103% of the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.5(j).

 

92

 

 

Section 7.2            Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 7.1 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the LC Exposure has automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized), any amounts received on account of the Secured Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

 

First, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including legal expenses payable under Section 9.3 and amounts payable under Article II) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

 

Second, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including legal expenses payable under Section 9.3 and amounts payable under Article II), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

 

Third, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and LC Disbursements, ratably among the holders of such Secured Obligations in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

 

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and LC Disbursements, the termination value under Lender Provided Hedging Agreements and Lender Provided Financial Service Products and to Cash Collateralize the portion of the LC Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit as provided in Section 7.1, ratably among the holders of such Secured Obligations in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; provided that, Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Guarantor shall not be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or its assets, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation to Secured Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section;

 

93

 

 

Fifth, to the payment of all other Secured Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Secured Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

 

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Secured Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Applicable Law.

 

Subject to Sections 2.5(j) and 2.20, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Secured Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Secured Obligations remain outstanding, remitted to the Borrower.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Guarantor shall not be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or its assets, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation to Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section.

 

Article VIII

 

The Administrative Agent

 

Section 8.1            Appointment and Authority.

 

(a)               Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints HSBC to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligation arising under agency doctrine of any Applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

 

(b)               Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to (i) execute, deliver and perform as a collateral agent under this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which the Administrative Agent is or is intended to be a party, (ii) exercise and enforce any and all rights, powers and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which the Administrative Agent is or is intended to be a party, any applicable law, or any other document, instrument, or agreement, and (iii) take any other action under this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which the Administrative Agent is or is intended to be a party which Administrative Agent in its sole discretion shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not commence an enforcement action (as such term is defined in the Loan Documents) except at the direction of the Required Lenders; provided that, if the Administrative Agent is prohibited by any court order or applicable law from commencing any enforcement action, the Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to commence such enforcement action until such authority is obtained. All decisions with respect to the type of enforcement action which is to be commenced shall be made by, and all actions with respect to prosecution and settlement of such enforcement action shall require the direction of the Required Lenders, and the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any enforcement action in the absence of any such direction. The Administrative Agent will use its commercially reasonable efforts to pursue diligently the prosecution of any enforcement action, which the Administrative Agent is so authorized or directed to initiate pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall make available to the Lenders copies of all notices it receives in connection with the Collateral or any enforcement action promptly upon receipt. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Administrative Agent agrees to administer and enforce this Agreement and the other Security Documents to which it is a party and to foreclose upon, collect and dispose of the Collateral and to apply the proceeds therefrom, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as provided in this Agreement, and otherwise to perform its duties and obligations as a “collateral agent” hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

94

 

 

Section 8.2            Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. The obligations of each Lender under the Loan Documents are several and not joint. Failure by any Lender to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Lender under the Loan Documents.

 

Section 8.3            Exculpatory Provisions.

 

(a)               The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

 

(i)              shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(ii)              shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary power, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or Applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may affect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law, and the Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder or under any other Loan Document unless it first receives further assurances of its indemnification from the Lenders that it may require, including prepayment of any related expenses and any other protection it requires against any and all costs, expenses and liabilities it may incur in taking or continuing to take any such action; in no event shall the Administrative Agent be required to expend or risk any of its own funds or otherwise incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers;

 

95

 

 

(iii)             shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity; and

 

(iv)             shall not incur any liability for not performing any act of fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Administrative Agent (including but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or Governmental Authority, any act of God or war, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, any act of terrorism or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility).

 

(b)               Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request or direction of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.2 and Section 7.1), which consent or direction the Administrative Agent may solicit at any time, or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent in writing by the Borrower, a Lender or an Issuing Bank referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” or “Notice of Event of Default”.

 

The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction from the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to any such Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders and Issuing Banks.

 

96

 

 

(c)               The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or other term or condition set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)               Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any Person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Administrative Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties.

 

(e)               The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to take any action or refuse to take any action which the Administrative Agent regards as necessary for the Administrative Agent to comply with any Applicable Law, regulation or court order or the rules, operating procedures or market practice of any relevant stock exchange or other market or clearing system.

 

Section 8.4            Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, at the expense of the Borrower and/or the Lenders, as applicable, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

97

 

 

Section 8.5             Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agent except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agent.

 

Section 8.6            Resignation of Administrative Agent.

 

(a)               The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that, in no event shall any such successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

 

(b)               If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

 

(c)               With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any Collateral held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks under any Loan Document, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such Collateral until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed), and (ii) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and Issuing Bank directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.3 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

98

 

 

(d)               In addition to the resignation rights set forth in Section 2.4(c)(v) and Section 2.5(i)(ii), any resignation by HSBC as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, (ii) the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

Section 8.7            Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and Issuing Bank acknowledges and agrees that the extensions of credit made hereunder are commercial loans and letters of credit and not investments in a business enterprise or securities. Each Lender and Issuing Bank represents that it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

Section 8.8            No Other Duties, etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Arranger shall not have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Issuing Bank hereunder.

 

99

 

 

Section 8.9            Enforcement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against any Loan Party shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.1 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Issuing Banks; provided that, the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from enforcing its right to payment when due of the principal of and interest on its Loans, fees and other amounts owing to such Lender under the Loan Documents, (d) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 9.8 (subject to the terms of Section 2.18), or (e) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided further that, if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Article VIII, and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.18, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

 

Section 8.10        Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding under any other Applicable Law relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or LC Exposure shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a)               to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, LC Exposure and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.11 and 9.3) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

100

 

 

(b)               to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.11 and 9.3.

 

Section 8.11        Collateral and Guaranty Matters(a). (a) The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its sole and absolute discretion,

 

(i)                 to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (v) upon termination of all Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been made), (w) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted under the Loan Documents, (x) subject to Section 9.2, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, (y) relating to Collateral consisting of a debt instrument if the Indebtedness evidenced thereby has been paid in full, or (z) where such release (A) corrects manifest error in the Administrative Agent’s sole and absolute discretion or (B) is expressly permitted under the Loan Documents;

 

(ii)              to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.3(e) or to any Permitted Encumbrance; and

 

(iii)            to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Loan Documents if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.

 

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Loan Documents pursuant to this Section 8.11.

 

(b)               The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of any Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor, maintain or insure any portion of the Collateral.

 

101

 

 

(c)               The Administrative Agent may refrain from enforcing the Collateral unless instructed by the Required Lenders. The Administrative Agent may, subject to any contrary instructions from the Required Lenders, cease enforcement at any time.

 

Section 8.12        Lender Provided Hedging Agreements and Lender Provided Financial Service Products. No holder of Secured Obligations in respect of Lender Provided Hedging Agreements or Lender Provided Financial Service Products shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VIII to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, such Secured Obligations unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Secured Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, from the applicable Lender or Affiliate of a Lender.

 

Section 8.13        Merger. Any entity into which the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidations which the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity may be party, or any corporation to which substantially all of the corporate trust or agency business of the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity may be transferred, shall be the Administrative Agent under this Agreement without further action.

 

Section 8.14        Certain ERISA Matters 

 

(a)               Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such person becomes a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person becomes a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

 

(i)                 such Lender is not using “plan assets” of one or more Benefit Plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement,

 

(ii)              the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,

 

102

 

 

(iii)            (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

 

(iv)             such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

 

(b)               In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person becomes a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person becomes a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that the Administrative Agent is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).

 

Article IX

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 9.1            Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication.

 

(a)               Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in clause (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail, sent by telecopy or electronic communication as follows:

 

(i)                 if to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, to it at 875 Howard Street, Suite 320, San Francisco, CA 94103, Attention: General Counsel /Chief Financial Officer / Treasurer (Telephone No. (877) 215-5230 ext. 18083/19763; E-mail: juan.urthiage@globant.com with copies to matias.corvalan@globant.com and gcoffice@globant.com), with a copy to Sistemas Globales S.A., Ing. Butty 240, Laminar Tower, 9th Floor, Ciudad Autónoma de Buenos Aires, 1001, Argentina, Attention: General Counsel /Chief Financial Officer / Treasurer;

 

(ii)              if to the Administrative Agent, to HSBC Bank USA, N.A. at HSBC Bank USA, National Association, Corporate Trust Loan Agency, 425 5th Avenue (8E6), New York, NY 10018 (Telecopy No. (917) 229-6659; Telephone No. (212) 535-7253; E-mail: ctlany.loanagency@us.hsbc.com); and

 

(iii)            if to a Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number or e-mail address) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

 

103

 

 

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopy shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications, to the extent provided in clause (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said clause (b).

 

(b)               Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that, the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II if such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that, approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement) and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, e-mail or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

 

(c)               Change of Address, etc. Any party hereto may change its address, telecopy number or e-mail address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

 

(d)               Platform.

 

(i)                 The Borrower (on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party) agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) (including of materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, the “Borrower Materials”)) available to the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on the Platform.

 

104

 

 

(ii)              The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available”. The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental, consequential, punitive or exemplary damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any other Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.

 

Section 9.2            Waivers; Amendments.

 

(a)               No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by clause (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

(b)               No Loan Document nor any provision thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, by an agreement in writing entered into with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that, no such agreement shall:

 

105

 

 

 

(i)                 increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.1 or the waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

 

(ii)                reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees or any other amounts payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of an increase to the Applicable Rate pursuant to Section 2.12(c) shall require the consent of only the Required Lenders);

 

(iii)               postpone the scheduled date of payment (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of a Default shall require the consent of only the Required Lenders) of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees or any other amounts payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

 

(iv)              change any provision of any Loan Document in a manner that would alter the pro  rata sharing of payments required thereby (including under Sections 2.18(b), Section 2.18(c) and Section 7.2) or pro rata reduction or termination of Commitments in accordance with Section 2.8(d) without, in each case, the written consent of each Lender;

 

(v)               release any Guarantor from a Guaranty (other than in connection with the transactions permitted under Section 6.4 or the sale of such Guarantor in a transaction permitted under Section 6.5) or release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions (other than as authorized in Section 8.11 or as otherwise specifically permitted or contemplated in this Agreement or the Security Agreement), in each case without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(vi)              change (A) any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder (other than the definition specified in clause (B) of this Section 9.2(b)(vi)), without the written consent of each Lender, or (B) the definition of “Required Revolving Lenders” without the written consent of each Revolving Lender under the Revolving Facility; or

 

106

 

 

(vii)              amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any other Loan Document to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended with the written consent of only the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to the extent necessary in order to evidence and implement any increase in Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.22.

 

Section 9.3            Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

 

(a)              Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, which shall be limited to one primary counsel and, to the extent appropriate, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction) in connection with (A) the syndication of the Facilities, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery, recordation and filing (including all recording and filing fees, and all mortgage, intangible and other taxes) (it being understood and agreed that the Borrower shall not be responsible for the payment of any such fees, charges or disbursements incurred by any Lender or counsel for such Lender other than HSBC in its role as Administrative Agent) and (B) administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or any amendment, modification or waiver of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, and (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank, which shall be limited to one primary counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Banks and the Lenders (taken as a whole), one local counsel (in each reasonably necessary jurisdiction) and one special counsel (for each reasonably necessary specialty) and, in the case of a conflict of interest of any of the foregoing counsel, one additional local and/or special counsel (as applicable)), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

 

107

 

 

(b)              Indemnification by the Borrower.  The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and each Issuing Bank, and each Related Party of each of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including the Borrower or any other Loan Party) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (except to the extent such presence or release is (A) attributable solely to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Lender (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final, nonappealable judgment) and (B) occurred following such Lender’s taking possession of the property due to (x) the foreclosure on such property by such Lender or (y) such Lender having become successor-in-interest to any Loan Party with respect to such property), or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that, such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to (A) have resulted (i) from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (ii) a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim, or (B) have arisen out of any dispute that does not involve an act or omission of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and that is brought by an Indemnitee against another Indemnitee; provided, further, that the Borrower shall only be responsible for the fees, charges and disbursements of one primary counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (taken as a whole), one local counsel (in each reasonably necessary jurisdiction) and one special counsel (for each reasonably necessary specialty) and, in the case of a conflict of interest of any of the foregoing counsel, one additional local and/or special counsel (as applicable). This Section 9.3(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

(c)              Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under clause (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), any Issuing Bank, any Swingline Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees (i) to pay with respect to clause (a) of this Section, and (ii) indemnify with respect to clause (b) of this Section, Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such Issuing Bank, such Swingline Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro  rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that, with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lenders’ Applicable Percentages (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought); provided  further that, the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such Issuing Bank or such Swingline Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such Issuing Bank or any such Swingline Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.18(e).

 

108

 

 

(d)              Waiver of Consequential Damages, etc. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, and in no event shall any Indemnitee be liable, on any theory of liability, for loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or for indirect, special, punitive, consequential or exemplary damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit, or the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not the Indemnitee has been advised of the possibility of damages. No Indemnitee referred to in clause (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(e)               Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than 10 days after demand therefor.

 

(f)                Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section shall survive the termination of the Loan Documents and payment of the other Obligations.

 

Section 9.4            Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)               Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of clause (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of clause (d) of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of clause (e) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in clause (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

109

 

 

(b)               Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case with respect to any Facility), any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                 Minimum Amounts.

 

(A)             in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and/or the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

 

(B)              in any case not described in clause (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if a “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Facility, or $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Term Facility, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(ii)              Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

 

(iii)            Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by clause (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

 

(A)             the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that, the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof; and

 

110

 

 

(B)              the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (i) the Revolving Facility or any unfunded Commitments with respect to the Term Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of such Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender, or (ii) any Term Loans to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and

 

(C)              the consent of each Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of the Revolving Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Revolving Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender.

 

(iv)              Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that, the Administrative Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

 

(v)               No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute a Defaulting Lender or a Subsidiary thereof.

 

(vi)              No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person or relative(s) thereof).

 

(vii)             Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro  rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank, each Swingline Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under Applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this clause, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

 

111

 

 

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14 and 9.3 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (d) of this Section.

 

(c)               Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at its offices at 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10018 a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that, if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this clause (c).

 

112

 

 

(d)               Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person, or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person, or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that, (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 2.17(e) with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s).

 

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that, such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.2(b) that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.17(g) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.17(g) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section; provided that, such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.19 as if it were an assignee under clause (b) of this Section, and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or Section 2.17, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effect the provisions of Section 2.19(b) with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.8 as though it were a Lender; provided that, such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that, no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit, or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

113

 

 

(e)               Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that, no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

Section 9.5            Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and any issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.17, 2.18 and 9.3, and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Obligations, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been made) and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

Section 9.6            Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution.

 

(a)               Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.1, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

114

 

 

(b)               Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

Section 9.7            Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 9.8            Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held, and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing, by such Lender, such Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate, to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or such Issuing Bank or their respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender or such Issuing Bank different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided that, in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.21 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, each Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, such Issuing Bank or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that, the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

Section 9.9            Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc. 

 

(a)               Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except, as to any other Loan Document, as expressly set forth therein) and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles except Title 14 of Article 5 of the New York General Obligations law.

 

115

 

 

(b)               Jurisdiction. The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Related Party of the foregoing in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County, and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Applicable Law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower, any other Loan Party or their properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

(c)               Waiver of Venue. The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in clause (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d)               Service of Process. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.1. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by Applicable Law.

 

Section 9.10        Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

116

 

 

Section 9.11        Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

Section 9.12        Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed: (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by Applicable Law or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative, credit insurance or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (g) with the consent of the Borrower, or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary. In addition, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry (including league table providers) and service providers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Commitments.

 

For purposes of this Article, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

117

 

 

Section 9.13        Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under Applicable Law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with Applicable Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

Section 9.14        PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 9.15        Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(a)               the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

 

(b)               the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

(i)                 a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

(ii)              a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

118

 

 

(iii)            the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

Section 9.16        Judgment Currency. This is an international loan transaction in which the specification of Dollars and the payment in New York is of the essence, and the obligations of the Borrower and each other Loan Party under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to make payments in a specified currency (the “Contractual Currency”) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any currency other than the Contractual Currency, except to the extent such tender or recovery results in the effective receipt by the Recipient to which payment is owed, acting in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures in converting the currency so tendered into the Contractual Currency, of the full amount of the Contractual Currency of the amounts payable to such Recipient under this Agreement. If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Loan Party in any court or in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into or from any currency other than the Contractual Currency (such other currency being herein referred to as the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due in the Contractual Currency, the conversion shall be made, at the rate of exchange at which, in accordance normal banking procedures, the Recipient could purchase such Contractual Currency at the principal office of the Recipient in New York, New York with the Judgment Currency on the Business Day next preceding the day on which such judgment becomes effective. The obligation of the Borrower and each other Loan Party in respect of any sum due from it to the Recipient hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, notwithstanding the rate of exchange actually applied in rendering such judgment, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by the Recipient of any sum adjudged to be due hereunder in the Judgment Currency the Recipient may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase and transfer the Contractual Currency to New York, New York with the amount of the Judgment Currency so adjudged to be due, and the Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, agrees to indemnify the Recipient against, and to pay the Recipient, on demand, in the Contractual Currency, the amount (if any) by which the sum originally due to the Recipient in the Contractual Currency hereunder exceeds the amount of the Contractual Currency so purchased and transferred.

 

Section 9.17        Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs(a).

 

(a)               To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any Hedging Agreement or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

 

119

 

 

(b)               In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

120

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

GLOBANT, LLC,
as Borrower

 

By /Juan Urthiague/
Name: Juan Urthiague
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent

 

By /Keisha McLaughlin /
Name: Keisha McLaughlin
Title: Assistant Vice President

 

[Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

  HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Issuing Bank
   
  By /Vanessa Printz/
  Name: Vanessa Printz
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Swingline Lender
   
  By /Vanessa Printz/
  Name: Vanessa Printz
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Lender
   
  By /Vanessa Printz/
  Name: Vanessa Printz
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
  as Lender
   
  By /Maxim Volkov/
  Name: Maxim Volkov
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

  BBVA USA,
  as Lender
   
  By /Chris Dowler/
  Name: Chris Dowler
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  BNP PARIBAS,
  as Lender
   
  By /Geraud Haissat/
  Name: Geraud Haissat
  Title: Managing Director
   
  By /Louis-Marie Angevin/
  Name: Louis-Marie Angevin
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  CITIBANK, N.A.,
  as Lender
   
  By /Daniel Gouger/
  Name: Daniel Gouger
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
  as Lender
   
  By /Christopher Vohmann/
  Name: Christopher Vohmann
  Title: Executive Director

 

 

 

  SILICON VALLEY BANK,
  as Lender
   
  By /Alex Grotevant/
  Name: Alex Grotevant
  Title: Vice President

 

 

 

  TRUIST BANK,
  as Lender
   
  By /Johnetta Bush/
  Name: Johnetta Bush
  Title: Director

 

 

 

  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  as Lender
   
  By /Glenn Leyrer/
  Name: Glenn Leyrer
  Title: Vice President

 

 

 

Schedule 2.1

 

Commitments

 

Lender Revolving Commitment Percentage
HSBC Bank USA, N.A. $50,000,000.00 20%
Citibank, N.A. $35,714,285.71 14.3%
BBVA USA $35,714,285.71 14.3%
BNP Paribas $35,714,285.71 14.3%
Truist Bank $18,571,428.57 7.4%
US Bank National Association $18,571,428.57 7.4%
Silicon Valley Bank $18,571,428.57 7.4%
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. $18,571,428.57 7.4%
Bank of America, N.A. $18,571,428.57 7.4%
Total: $250,000,000.00 100%

 

 

Lender Term Loan Commitment Percentage
HSBC Bank USA, N.A. $20,000,000.00 20%
Citibank, N.A. $14,285,714.29 14.3%
BBVA USA $14,285,714.29 14.3%
BNP Paribas $14,285,714.29 14.3%
Truist Bank $7,428,571.43 7.4%
US Bank National Association $7,428,571.43 7.4%
Silicon Valley Bank $7,428,571.43 7.4%
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. $7,428,571.43 7.4%
Bank of America, N.A. $7,428,571.43 7.4%
Total: $100,000,000.00 100%

 

 

 

 

Schedule 2.5

 

Existing Letters of Credit

 

 

Guarantee No. FNGMLM951653 in the aggregate principal amount of EUR 392,277.41, issued by HSBC France to Software Product Creation S.L. for the benefit of Infinorsa Gestión Inmobiliaria y Financiera S.A.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.6

 

Disclosed Matters

 

·     TAX CLAIM BY THE TAX AUTHORITY IN UNITED STATES (U.S.

INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE).

 

Certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are currently under examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding payroll and employment taxes primarily in connection with services performed by employees of certain of our subsidiaries in the United States from 2013 to 2015. On May 1, 2018, the IRS issued 30- day letters to those subsidiaries proposing total assessments of $1.4 million plus penalties and interest for employment taxes for those years. Our subsidiaries filed protests of these proposed assessments with the IRS on July 16, 2018.

 

·     TAX CLAIM BY THE TAX AUTHORITY IN COLOMBIA (UNIDAD DE

GESTION PENSIONAL Y PARAFISCALES “UGPP”)

 

Our Colombian subsidiary is currently under examination by the UGPP regarding social contribution payments for the year 2016. On November 6, 2019, the UGPP issued a demand letter to the Colombian subsidiary proposing a preliminary assessment of $2.1 million plus penalties and interest for social contribution payments during such year and requesting the Colombian subsidiary to revert with its own assessment. The response letter to be issued by the Colombian subsidiary is due on February 8, 2020, after which letter the UGPP will have six months to issue its final determination.

 

·     CIVIL COMPLAINT

 

On August 8, 2019, Certified Collectibles Group, LLC (“CCG”) and its affiliates filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division, (Civil Action No. 19-CV-1962) against Globant S.A. and Globant, LLC. The complaint, arising from a dispute relating to a service contract, alleges nine causes of action against Globant, LLC: (1) fraudulent inducement of contract; (2) fraud; (3) fraudulent concealment; (4) negligent misrepresentation; (5) breach of contract and breach of express warranty; (6) violation of Florida’s Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act; (7) professional negligence; (8) declaratory judgment; and (9) unjust enrichment. The complaint names Globant S.A. as a defendant with respect to several of these causes of action (counts 2-4, 6-7, and 9), on the alleged theory that Globant S.A. was an “alter ego” or agent of Globant, LLC. Globant, LLC has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for failure to state a claim, and Globant S.A. has filed a motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction. CCG has opposed these filings. The court has not yet ruled on the motions to dismiss.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.11 Insurance [see attached]

 
 

 

GLOBLLC-03 CJOHNSON6 01/30/2020 NAME: (A/C, No):(415) 512-1115 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUM BER: REVISION NUM BER: $ JECT (Per accident) STATUTE ER $ THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD HSBC Bank USA, N.A. As administrative Agent and its successors and assigns *P O Box 1165 Buffalo , NY 14203 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTW ITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT W ITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOW N MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM/DD/YYYY) POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMIT S A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY x x 57UUNZM9229 02/06/2020 02/06/2021 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 CLAIMS-MADEOCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) 300,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 X POLICYPRO-LOC OTHER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILIT Y 57UUNZM9229 02/06/2020 02/06/2021 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $1,000,000 ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ OWNED AUTOS ONLY HIRED AUTOS ONLY SCHEDULED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS ONLY BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ X X PROPERTY DAMAGE $ $ A UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE 57RHUZM8888 02/06/2020 02/06/2021 EACH OCCURRENCE $10,000,000 X AGGREGATE $10,000,000 DED X RETENTION $ $ B WORKERS COMPENSAT ION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILIT YY / N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N / A x 57WEZU8722 07/15/2019 07/15/2020 X PER OTH-E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 A COMMERCIAL PROPERT Y 57UUNZM9229 02/06/2020 02/06/2021 BPP / TIB 8,022,500 DESCRIPT ION OF OPERAT IONS / LOCAT IONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) 10 days notice of cancellation for non payment of premium and 30 days notice for all other cancellations. HSBC Bank USA, N.A, as Administrative Agent, and its successors and assigns are named additional insured respects the written contract with the named insured. “Attn: Insurance Department X CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER License # 0757776 HUB International Insurance Services Inc. 44 Second Street San Francisco, CA 94105 CONTACT PHONE (A/C, No, Ext): (415) 512-2100 FAX E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A : Sentinel Insurance Company, Ltd. 11000 INSURED Globant, LLC 875 Howard Street San Francisco, CA 94103 INSURER B : Hartford Insurance Group 914 INSURER C : INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F :

 
 

 

THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. POLICY CHANGES This endorsement forms a part of the Policy numbered below: POLICY NUMBER: 57 UUN ZM9229K2 CHANGE NUMBER: 006 Policy Change Effective Date: 01/30/20 Named Insured: GLOBAL LLC SWEET & BAKER INS BROKERS .797 INC Producer's Name: Pro Rata Factor: Description of Change(s): ANY CHANGES IN YOUR PREMIUM WILL BE REFLECTED IN YOUR NEXT BILLING STATEMENT. IF YOU ARE ENROLLED IN REPETITIVE EFT DRAWS FROM YOUR BANK ACCOUNT, CHANGES IN PREMIUM WILL CHANGE FUTURE DRAW AMOUNTS. THIS IS NOT A BILL. NO PREMIUM DUE AT POLICY DATE. PROPERTY CHANGE CHOICE EFFECTIVE HARTFORD PROPERTY CHANGED FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY CHOICE COVERAGE PART IS 1 IS REVISED PREMISES LOSS PAYEE(S): LENDER'SLOSS PAYABLE IS ADDED: SEE LOSS PAYABLE PROVISIONS FORM NUMBERS OF COVERAGE PARTS AND ENDORSEMENTS ADDED TO THIS POLICY AT ENDORSEMENT ISSUE: SEE ABOVE FOR COMPANY NAME IH12011185LENDERS LOSS PAYEE(S) Countersigned by (Where required by law) 01/30/20 Authorized Representative Date Form HM 12 01 01 07T

 
 

 

POLICY NUMBER: 57 UUN ZM9229 CHANGE NUMBER: 006 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: LENDERS LOSS PAYEE(S) PROPERTY CHOICECOVERAGE PART HSBC BANK USA,NA AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT ITS SUCCESSORSAND/OR ASSIGNS P.O. BOX 1165 BUFFALO, NY 14203 RE: LOC 001 875 HOWARD ST SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94103 Form IH 12 01 11 85 SEQ.NO. 01 Printed in U.S.A.

 
 

 

Schedule 3.13

 

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

 

Company   Jurisdiction   Ownership  
Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)   Spain   100% Globant S.A.  
 
Software Product Creation S.L.   Spain   52.28% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
        47.72% Globant S.A.  
Globant France S.A.S.   France   100% Globant S.A.  
Sistemas UK Ltd.   England & Wales   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
We Are London Ltd.   England & Wales   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
Globant Bel LLC   Belarus   95.00% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
        05.00% Software Product Creation S.L.  
Small Footprint S.R.L.   Romania   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
Globant, LLC   USA   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
Globant Canada Corp.   Canada   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
Global Systems Outsourcing S. de R.L.   Mexico   99.99% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
        00.01% IAFH Global S.A.  
Sistemas Colombia S.A.S.   Colombia   99.99% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
        00.01% Software Product Creation S.L.  
Globant Peru S.A.C.   Peru   99.99% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
        00.01% Software Product Creation S.L.  
Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Ltda.   Chile   95.00% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
        05.00% Software Product Creation S.L.  
Globant Brasil Consultoria Ltda.   Brazil   99.999995% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
 
        00.000005% Software Product Creation S.L.  
Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A.   Uruguay   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
Difier S.A.   Uruguay   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
IAFH Global S.A.   Argentina   99.998013% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
        00.00198712% Software Product Creation S.L.  
Sistemas Globales S.A.   Argentina   89.85% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
        10.15% Software Product Creation S.L.  
Huddle Group S.A.   Argentina   98.60% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
        01.40% Software Product Creation S.L.  
Globers S.A.   Argentina   95.00% IAFH Global S.A.  
        05.00% Sistemas Globales S.A.  
Dynaflows S.A.   Argentina   94.99% Sistemas Globales S.A.  
        05.01% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
Globant Ventures S.A.S.   Argentina   100% Sistemas Globales S.A.  
Globant India Pvt. Ltd.   India   98.47% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  

 

 

 

 

Company   Jurisdiction   Ownership  
Software Product Creation S.L. - Dubai Branch   Dubai   Branch of Software Product Creation S.L.  
 
Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited   Bermuda   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
Avanxo México S.A.P.I. de C.V.   Mexico   99.999993% Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited  
        00.00000689% Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao Ltda.  
Avanxo Servicios S.A. de C.V.   Mexico   90.00% Avanxo México S.A.P.I. de C.V.  
        10.00% Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao Ltda.  
Avanxo Colombia   Colombia   Branch of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited  
Avanxo - Sucursal del Perú   Peru   Branch of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited  
Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao Ltda.   Brazil   99.99% Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited  
 
        00.01% Avanxo México S.A.P.I. de C.V.  
Orizonta Consultoria de Negocios e Tecnologia Ltda.   Brazil   99.997% Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao Ltda.  
   
        00.003% Avanxo México S.A.P.I. de C.V.  
Avanxo S.A.   Argentina   99.965819% Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited  
        00.03418074% Software Product Creation S.L.  
Belatrix Global Corporation S.A   Spain   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)  
Belatrix Services Corp.   USA   100% Belatrix Global Corporation S.A.  
Belatrix Colombia S.A.S.   Colombia   100% Belatrix Global Corporation S.A.  
Belatrix Peru S.A.C.   Peru   95.00% Belatrix Global Corporation S.A.  
        05.00% Software Product Creation S.L.  
BSF S.A.   Argentina   99.956495% Belatrix Global Corporation S.A.  
        00.04350525% Software Product Creation S.L.  

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3.20

 

Labor Matters

 

None.

 

 

 

Schedule 6.2

 

Existing Indebtedness

 

Standby Letter of Credit No. 69608879 in the aggregate principal amount of $287,100.00, issued by Citibank, N.A. to Globant, LLC for the benefit of 251 PAS LLC.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 6.3

Existing Liens

 

Filing Secured Party File Date Collateral
UCC-1 20196455021 JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. 9/17/19 All accounts receivable which arise out of the sale of goods and services by Debtor to Johnson & Johnson Services, Inc., a New Jersey corporation and/or its subsidiaries or affiliates (individually or collectively, "Buyer"), which accounts receivable are now or in the future assigned and sold by Supplier to the Investors party to the Receivables Purchase Agreement among Supplier, the Investors party thereto and the Investor Agent party thereto, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (each, a "Purchased Receivable"), but only from and after the date such Purchased Receivables are sold by Supplier to Investor, and all Ancillary Rights with respect to such Purchased Receivables.
UCC-1 20199254025 BANCO SANTANDER, S.A. 12/27/19 All Debtor's right, title and interest in, to and under, in each case, whether now owned or existing, or hereafter acquired or arising, and wherever located, all Receivables and all Associated Rights from time to time and such other property thereunder sold by the Debtor to Secured Party pursuant to that certain Uncommitted Receivables Purchase and Servicing Agreement dated as of 23 December 2019 between Debtor as Original Seller and Secured Party as Purchaser (as the same may be amended, modified or amended and restated from time to time, the "RPA"), together with all present and future accounts, instruments, documents, chattel paper and general intangibles relating to such Receivables and all proceeds thereof.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 6.6

 

Existing Investments

 

None.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.14

 

EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is entered into as of August 9, 2019 by and among, (i) Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal) (“Globant I” or the “Majority Purchaser”), (ii) Software Product Creation S.L. (“Globant II” or the “Minority Purchaser”, and together with Globant I, “Globant” or the “Purchasers”), (iii) Luis Héctor Robbio, an individual resident in Argentina (“LHR”), (iv) Federico Luis Robbio, an individual resident in Argentina (“FLR”), (v) Alejandro Héctor Robbio, an individual resident in Spain (“AHR”, and together with LHR and FLR, the “Sellers”, and, together with Globant, each a “Party” and jointly, the “Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, as described in Exhibit A hereto, the Sellers own all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Belatrix Global Corporation S.A., a Spanish stock company (Sociedad Anónima) (respectively, “Belatrix Spain” or the “Company” and the “Belatrix Spain Interests”);

 

WHEREAS, as described in Exhibit A hereto, Belatrix Spain owns all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of (i) Belatrix Colombia S.A.S., a Colombian simplified stock company (respectively, “Belatrix Colombia” and the “Belatrix Colombia Interests”), (ii) Belatrix Software, Inc., a Florida profit corporation (respectively, “Belatrix US” and the “Belatrix US Interests”), and (iii) Belatrix Services Corp, a Florida profit corporation (respectively, “Belatrix Services” and the “Belatrix Services Interests”);

 

WHEREAS, as described in Exhibit A hereto, Belatrix Spain and the Sellers collectively own all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of (i) BSF S.A., an Argentinian corporation (Sociedad Anónima) (respectively, “Belatrix Argentina” and the “Belatrix Argentina Interests”), and (ii) Belatrix Perú S.A., a Peruvian closely held corporation (Sociedad Anónima Cerrada) (respectively, “Belatrix Peru” and the “Belatrix Peru Interests”).

 

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement pursuant to which the Sellers agree to sell to Globant and Globant agrees to purchase from the Sellers all of the Purchased Interests owned by the Sellers, on and subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of and subject to the promises and the mutual agreements, terms and conditions herein contained, the benefits to be derived therefrom and other good and valuable consideration, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

PURCHASE AND SALE OF EQUITY

 

1.1.         Purchase and Sale. At the Closing, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein:

 

(a) the Sellers shall sell, convey, assign, transfer, and deliver to the Majority Purchaser, and the Majority Purchaser shall purchase and acquire from the Sellers, the Belatrix Spain Interests, and all right, title, interest and entitlement therein and thereto (including without limitation, the right to receive dividends, distributions, capital contributions or any return of capital declared, paid or made by the Company on or after the Closing Date), free and clear of any and all Liens; leaving the Sellers without any shareholding, equity or membership interest of any nature whatsoever in the Company; and

 

(b) the Sellers shall sell, convey, assign, transfer, and deliver to the Minority Purchaser, and the Minority Purchaser shall purchase and acquire from the Sellers, the Belatrix Argentina Minority Interests and the Belatrix Peru Minority Interests, and all right, title, interest and entitlement therein and thereto (including without limitation, the right to receive dividends, distributions, capital contributions or any return of capital declared, paid or made by Belatrix Argentina and Belatrix Peru on or after the Closing Date), free and clear of all Liens; leaving the Sellers without any shareholding, equity or membership interest of any nature whatsoever in any of the Subsidiaries.

 

1.2.         Purchase Price. Subject to the adjustments set forth herein, including those adjustments contemplated in Sections 1.3., 1.4., 1.5. hereof, and any adjustments for Damages, the total aggregate consideration for the purchase of the Purchased Interests from the Sellers by Globant, together with any goodwill of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries (the “Business”), and for any and all the other obligations of the Sellers hereunder, including the non-competition and non-solicitation obligations assumed by the Sellers pursuant to this Agreement, shall be of US$65,000,000 (sixty five million US Dollars) (the “Purchase Price”), which has been calculated on a fully diluted basis, including any and all warrants, options and rights with respect thereto, whether or not currently existing or exercisable and assuming cash-free and debt-free balance sheet. The Purchase Price shall be payable to the Sellers in accordance with Section 1.3 and in proportion to their respective ownership of Equity Interests in the Company and in the Subsidiaries, as described in the allocation certificate enclosed hereto as Exhibit 1.2.(a) (such ownership percentage, the “Sellers’ Ownership Percentage”). The Sellers and Globant acknowledge and agree that the Purchase Price reflects the fair market value of the Purchased Interests as reasonably determined by the Sellers and the Globant on an arm’s length basis.

 

1.3.         Payment of the Purchase Price. (a) Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Purchase Price shall be payable to the Sellers in accordance with the following payment structure:

 

(i) At Closing, a fixed payment of US$62,000,000 (sixty two million US Dollars) (the “Closing Payment”), less any deduction or withholding as provided in this Agreement. From the Closing Payment, an amount equal to (A) US$5,750,000 (five million seven hundred fifty thousand US Dollars) (the “Escrow Base Amount”), plus (B) US$500,000 (five hundred thousand US Dollars) (the “Escrow Additional Amount”, and together with the Escrow Base Amount, the “Escrow Amount”) shall be deposited directly by Globant into a US bank account opened by the Sellers pursuant to the Escrow Agreement and shall be held in escrow until the twenty-fourth (24) month anniversary of the Closing Date and subsequently disbursed in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof. Any Escrow Amount that shall be transferred to the Sellers, shall be subject to any deduction or withholding as set forth herein (including, but not limited to the provisions of ARTICLE 7 hereof) and subject to the Escrow Amount release instructions as established in the Escrow Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(ii) Within ninety (90) calendar days after the end of the Deferred Consideration Period, unless a Deferred Consideration Objection Notice is delivered as provided in Section 1.4 below (the “Deferred Consideration Payment Date”), a deferred consideration payment of US$3,000,000 (three million US Dollars) (the “Deferred Consideration Payment”), which shall be subject to (in addition to deductions for Damages as provided herein) the achievement by the Company of a Revenue growth of at least twenty percent (20%) for the twelve-month period commencing on August 1, 2019 (the “Deferred Consideration Period”) in comparison with the Annual Revenue Base (the “Revenue Target”). The Deferred Consideration Payment will be reduced by an amount equal to the one stated in Section 2.2.(b)(ii) below if paid to the Covered Employees.

 

If the Company does not achieve the Revenue Target, the Sellers shall not be entitled to receive the Deferred Consideration Payment or any other greater or lesser amount for any reason whatsoever based on partial achievements or performance of any other variables.

 

On the contrary, and following the example below, if the Company surpasses the Revenue Target, the Deferred Consideration Payment shall be (i) increased by US$350,000 (three hundred fifty thousand US Dollars) for every one percent (1%) of increase of Revenue growth in comparison with the Annual Revenue Base in excess of such Revenue Target, and (ii) reduced by the High Performance Bonus amount paid in accordance with Schedule 2.2.(a); provided that, in case that such percentage is not a whole number, the relevant payable amount shall be calculated on a proportional basis. For example, and without taking into account the amounts set forth in Section 2.2.(b)(ii) and Schedule 2.2.(a), (X) if the Revenue growth in comparison with the Annual Revenue Base during the Deferred Consideration Period exceeds the Revenue Target in 2.20%, the Deferred Consideration Payment payable to the Sellers would be increased by an amount of US$770,000; (Y) if the Revenue growth in comparison with the Annual Revenue Base during the Deferred Consideration Period exceeds the Revenue Target in 3.65%, the Deferred Consideration Payment payable to the Sellers would be increased by an amount of US$1,277,500.

 

The Sellers hereby expressly, unconditionally and irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right they may have in the future to invoke force majeure or any other similar legal statute or doctrine (whether at Law or in equity) or the occurrence of any event or circumstance (such as, but not limited to, inflation in the employment market or government-mandated salary adjustments in any jurisdiction where the Company and the Subsidiaries operate or severe FX fluctuations against the US dollar) that would give rise to any right of the Sellers to request an adjustment of the Revenue Target or entail the payment of the Deferred Consideration Payment or any portion thereof without the achievement of the Revenue Target as stipulated by the Parties in this Agreement.

 

 

 

As stipulated in Section 1.7., during the Deferred Consideration Period Globant shall be responsible for the management, supervision, direction and control of the Company. In this respect, Sellers acknowledge and agree that Globant shall have no duty or obligation vis-à-vis the Sellers to approve, authorize or facilitate any transaction affecting the Business of the Company after the Closing if such transaction is proposed on terms, conditions or circumstances (including pricing, staffing and/or allocation levels and/or legal terms) which are inconsistent with Globant’s or the Company’s past practice or outside of the ordinary course of the Company’s Business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Globant undertakes to carry out the management, supervision, direction and control of the Company as stipulated in ARTICLE 1.7 below during the Deferred Consideration Period. Globant undertakes to ensure that, during such Deferred Consideration Period, the Company is able to access adequate level of funding, either through direct funding or by external financing, to ensure the operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries towards the achievement of the Revenue Target in accordance with the amounts and concepts detailed in the investment plan attached hereto as Exhibit 1.3. as a reference to be followed by the Parties.

 

(b) The achievement or, if applicable, overachievement of the Revenue Target shall be measured, for purposes hereof, considering the Company with its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and based on Globant’ audited financial statements, accounting and financial information, as prepared by Globant and audited by external auditors in accordance with Globant’s internal policies and procedures, consistently applied in accordance with international financial reporting standards (“IFRS”).

 

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, all amounts of the Purchase Price payable to the Sellers in cash will be payable in immediately available funds to the accounts previously informed by each of the Sellers at least five (5) Business Days before the Closing Date.

 

(d) At Closing, the Sellers shall subscribe the number of shares of Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) restricted common stock (the “G-Shares”) that may be purchased in accordance with the calculation of the G-Shares price per share set forth herein, for a total purchase price equal to US$5,000,000 (five million US dollars) (the “G-Shares Amount”) by executing a subscription agreement in the form of Exhibit 1.3.(d) hereto (the “Subscription Agreement”). In order to determine the number of G-Shares that the Sellers shall be entitled to receive with respect to the G-Shares Amount corresponding to the Closing Payment, the G-Shares shall be valued at the price per share resulting on the volume weighted average trading price for the 60-day period until 2 days prior to Closing as quoted in the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE:GLOB). G-Shares shall be subject to a twelve (12)-month lock-up period commencing on the Closing Date, during which the Sellers shall not, without the prior written consent of Globant, offer, pledge (except in case that such a pledge would not trigger the transfer or conveyance of the G-Shares to a third party within the lock-up periods set forth herein), sell, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the G-Shares (each, a “Transfer”), in accordance with the following schedule: (i) during the first 180 calendar days after the Closing Date, no Transfer of G-Shares shall be allowed, (ii) from the 181st day and until the 270th day after the Closing Date, the Sellers shall be allowed to Transfer up to 1/3 of the G-Shares subscribed, (c) from the 271 day and until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Sellers shall be allowed to Transfer up to an additional 1/3 of the G-Shares subscribed, and (d) after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Sellers shall be allowed to Transfer any remaining G-Shares subscribed. Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods indicated above, Globant shall, following all the necessary formalities and requirements under applicable Law, collaborate with the Sellers to remove any restrictive legend or stop transfer instruction with respect to the G-Shares so that the Sellers would be allowed to resell them in the US open market through the New York Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

1.4.         Deferred Consideration Report. Dispute Resolution. (a) Within sixty (60) calendar days after the closing of the Deferred Consideration Period, Globant shall prepare and deliver to the Sellers a report stating Globant’ determination of the Deferred Consideration Payment (the “Deferred Consideration Report”).

 

(b) Unless any of the Sellers (acting jointly or individually) object to Globant’ determination of the Deferred Consideration Payment as set forth in the Deferred Consideration Report (the “Dissenting Seller”) by the delivery to Globant of a written notice setting forth the basis for such objection (an “Deferred Consideration Objection Notice”) within fifteen (15) Business Days after the Sellers’ receipt of the Deferred Consideration Report (or if, at any time, Sellers accept the Deferred Consideration Report by written notice to Globant), the Deferred Consideration Report shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Agreement, in the absence of any manifest error. In the event that the Dissenting Seller delivers a Deferred Consideration Objection Notice, the obligation of Globant to pay the Deferred Consideration Payment to all the Sellers shall be suspended during the pendency of the resultant dispute resolution process as set forth herein below.

 

(c) In the event that any of the Dissenting Sellers (acting jointly or individually) timely delivers a Deferred Consideration Objection Notice, Globant and the Sellers, acting jointly, shall first use diligent good faith efforts to resolve such dispute between themselves. If they are unable to resolve such dispute within thirty (30) calendar days after the delivery of the Deferred Consideration Objection Notice, then the dispute shall be submitted to a financial arbitrator (the “Financial Arbitrator”) (acting as arbitrator and not as an expert) for determination as follows:

 

(i) The Sellers, will nominate, within the ten (10) Business Days following the failure to resolve directly the dispute, two (2) firms from the list of accounting firms listed in Exhibit 1.4.(c) under items 1 to 4 thereof.

 

(ii) The Purchasers will have a term of ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of the nomination for Financial Arbitrators to elect one of the firms from the two (2) firms designated by the Sellers. If the Purchasers fail to choose a firm within the given time, the Sellers will choose the Financial Arbitrator from the two (2) firms designated by the Sellers. In case the designated firm is not able to act as a Financial Arbitrator, the other firm designated by the Sellers shall be deemed chosen by the Purchasers or the Sellers, as the case may be, to act as Financial Arbitrator. In case this second firm is not able to act as a Financial Arbitrator, Purchasers or Sellers, as the case may be, shall choose from the other two firms listed in Exhibit 1.4.(c) under items 1 to 4. In case none of the firms listed under items 1 to 4 of Exhibit 1.4.(c) are able to act as Financial Arbitrators, the Sellers shall nominate the firms listed under items 5 and 6 of Exhibit 1.4.(c) for Purchasers to elect one of such two (2) firms. In case the designated firm is not able to act as a Financial Arbitrator, the other firm designated by the Sellers shall be deemed chosen by the Purchasers to act a Financial Arbitrator. If neither of such firms are able to act as Financial Arbitrators, Purchasers and Sellers shall jointly agree on the nomination of a reputable firm to act as Financial Arbitrator. If they cannot reach an agreement on who the Financial Arbitrator shall be, within the ten (10) Business Days following the date on which the last of the firms listed on Exhibit 1.4.(c), refused to act as Financial Arbitrator, then the arbitration provision in Section 12.13. shall apply.

 

 

 

(iii) The Purchasers and the Sellers (acting jointly) shall submit to the Financial Arbitrator, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date of the engagement of the Financial Arbitrator, copies of (A) the Deferred Consideration Report, (B) the Deferred Consideration Objection Notice, and (C) a list of all unresolved objections raised by the Sellers with respect to the calculation of the Deferred Consideration Payment in the applicable Deferred Consideration Report (the “Unresolved Deferred Consideration Objections”). Each of Globant, on the one hand, and the Sellers (acting jointly), on the other hand, shall submit to the Financial Arbitrator (with a copy delivered to the other Parties on the same day), within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the engagement of the Financial Arbitrator, a memorandum (which may include supporting exhibits) setting forth their respective positions on the Unresolved Deferred Consideration Objections. The Financial Arbitrator may, at its discretion, conduct a meeting concerning the Unresolved Deferred Consideration Objections, at which meeting Globant and the Sellers (or their designees) shall have the right to present additional documents, materials and other information and to have present their respective advisors, counsel and accountants. In connection with the resolution of the Unresolved Deferred Consideration Objections, and except as set forth in the previous sentence, there shall be no other hearings or oral examinations, testimony, depositions, discovery or other similar proceedings. Each of Globant, on the one hand, and the Sellers (acting jointly), on the other hand, shall make available to the other Party and the Financial Arbitrator, as the case may be, such documents, books, records, work papers, facilities, personnel and other information as the Financial Arbitrator may reasonably request to review the Deferred Consideration Report and to resolve the Unresolved Deferred Consideration Objections.

 

(iv) As soon as practicably possible but no later than within fifteen (15) Business Days, the Financial Arbitrator shall prepare and distribute to the Parties a written report setting forth the Financial Arbitrator’s determination of the Deferred Consideration Payment and the Financial Arbitrator’s reasons therefor. Globant shall then be obligated to make the applicable Deferred Consideration Payment, pursuant to this Agreement as if such Deferred Consideration Payment calculation had been set forth in the original applicable Deferred Consideration Report. The decision rendered by the Financial Arbitrator and set forth in such report shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Parties, judgment thereon may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction, and such decision shall not be subject to appeal by any party.

 

(v) Each Party will bear its own expenses in taking its case to the Financial Arbitrator. However, the fees and expenses of the Financial Arbitrator in connection with the final resolution of any such dispute shall be borne by the non-prevailing party.

 

(d) If applicable, Globant shall, within five (5) Business Days after the Deferred Consideration Report is deemed conclusive and binding (either due to express acknowledgement by the Sellers, failure of the Sellers to deliver a Deferred Consideration Objection Notice in a timely manner or a final decision by the Financial Arbitrator rendering so) pay or cause to be paid any amount of the Deferred Consideration Payment owed to the Sellers.

 

 

 

1.5          Adjustment for other Financial Variables.

 

(a) Working Capital Adjustment.

 

(i) The Purchase Price has been established considering that at Closing the Company shall have the required Net Working Capital to conduct its operations in the ordinary course of business in the amount of not less than US$3,500,000 (the “Target Net Working Capital”). In this Agreement, the term “Net Working Capital” refers to current assets minus current liabilities; where current assets are comprised of accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, and current liabilities are comprised of accounts payable and accrued expenses, as determined in accordance with IFRS consistently applied and to the extent not specifically modified pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. In case of discrepancy between IFRS and the provisions of this Agreement, the latter shall prevail. For illustrative purposes, an example of the calculation and items reflected in the Net Working Capital as of May 31 is included in Schedule 1.5.1.(a)(i) attached hereto.

 

(ii) Within ninety (90) calendar days following Closing, Globant shall review and confirm that the Net Working Capital of the Company at Closing was at least equal to the Target Net Working Capital and shall calculate and determine the actual Net Working Capital of the Company at Closing (the “Definitive Net Working Capital”) in accordance with IFRS consistently applied and to the extent not specifically modified pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. In case of discrepancy between IFRS and the provisions of this Agreement, the latter shall prevail.

 

(iii) The Closing Payment shall be adjusted, either by (1) an increase, in the amount that the Definitive Net Working Capital exceeds the Target Net Working Capital, or (2) a decrease, in the amount that the Target Net Working Capital exceeds the Definitive Net Working Capital. If the Definitive Net Working Capital is greater than the Target Net Working Capital, then the amount that results from subtracting the Target Net Working Capital from the Definitive Net Working Capital, shall be paid by Globant to the Sellers, in proportion to the Sellers’ Ownership Percentage, within the five (5) Business Days following the date in which the Definitive Net Working Capital was finally determined to the Sellers Accounts. If the Definitive Net Working Capital is less than the Target Net Working Capital, then the amount that results from subtracting the Definitive Net Working Capital from the Target Net Working Capital, shall be paid by the Sellers, in proportion to the Sellers’ Ownership Percentage, to Globant within the five (5) Business Days following the date in which the Definitive Net Working Capital was finally determined to the account designated in writing by Globant at least three (3) Business Days prior to such payment. If any such amount is not paid as set forth herein, the applicable Party shall be entitled to (i) deduct the corresponding amount from any following payment to be made to the other Party, or (ii) request payment of the corresponding amount from the Escrow Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, liability of the Sellers for any adjustments or amounts due in accordance herewith shall be several and joint.

 

 

 

(b) Accounts Receivable Adjustment.

 

(i) Prior to Closing, the Sellers shall deliver to Globant a certificate including a list of the Company’s Accounts Receivable as of August 7, 2019, including the amount and due date of each Account Receivable, provided that no unbilled accounts receivable shall be included in such list (the “Accounts Receivable Certificate”).

 

(ii) At any time during the twelve months after the Closing Date the Purchasers shall be entitled to seek payment from the Sellers, and the Sellers (jointly and severally) shall be required to compensate the Purchasers, to the extent any Accounts Receivable outstanding on the Closing Date, as listed in the Accounts Receivable Certificate, remained uncollected 120 calendar days following the due date of each of such Accounts Receivable for any reason whatsoever (including its accounting as Bad Debt) (each an “Account Receivable Reduction”).

 

(iii) Any Account Receivable Reduction shall be paid by the Sellers, in proportion to the Sellers’ Ownership Percentage, on a date no later than five (5) Business Days after each Account Receivable Reduction has been communicated to the Sellers and in any event no later than twelve months after the Closing Date to the account designated in writing by Purchasers at least three (3) Business Days prior to such payment. If any such amount is not paid within the aforementioned 5-Business Day period, the Purchasers shall be entitled to (i) deduct the corresponding amount from any following payment to be made to the Sellers, or (ii) request payment of the corresponding amount from the Escrow Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, liability of the Sellers for any adjustments or amounts due in accordance herewith shall be several and joint. For the avoidance of doubt, once the Account Receivable Reduction has been duly paid by the Sellers in favor of the Purchasers, the Sellers will be entitled to initiate the collection of the relevant amounts from the corresponding third parties and, in the event that the relevant Company’s Accounts Receivable is eventually paid up to the Company, the Purchasers shall reimburse the Sellers, proportionally, for the corresponding amount, less applicable expenses incurred by the Company, Globant or any Affiliate thereof in connection with such collection.

 

(iv) The Parties acknowledge and agree that neither the Company nor Globant has an obligation to initiate any collection proceeding of any nature with respect to uncollected accounts, but will handle such accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and will make commercially reasonable efforts to collect them during the 120 calendar days following their due date.

 

(c) Minimum Required Cash Adjustment.

 

(i) Prior to Closing, the Sellers shall calculate and provide an estimate of the Minimum Required Cash as of the Closing Date and the Estimated Cash at Closing and deliver such information together with the relevant information used for such calculation to Globant (the “Estimated Closing Cash Certificate”).

 

(ii) The Closing Payment shall be adjusted, either by (1) an increase, in the amount that the Estimated Cash at Closing exceeds the Minimum Required Cash, or (2) a decrease, in the amount that the Minimum Required Cash exceeds the Estimated Cash at Closing.

 

 

 

(iii) Within ninety (90) calendar days following Closing, Globant shall prepare and deliver to Sellers a statement setting forth its calculation of the Cash as of immediately prior to the Closing (the “Definitive Closing Cash Statement”). Such calculation shall be made in accordance with IFRS consistently applied and to the extent not specifically modified pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. In case of discrepancy between IFRS and the provisions of this Agreement, the latter shall prevail.

 

(iv) If the definitive Cash at Closing as determined in the Definitive Closing Cash Statement (the “Definitive Cash at Closing”) is greater than the estimated Cash at Closing as determined in the Estimated Closing Cash Certificate (the “Estimated Cash at Closing”) then, the amount that results from subtracting the Estimated Cash at Closing from the Definitive Cash at Closing, shall be paid by Globant to the Sellers, in proportion to the Sellers’ Ownership Percentage, within the five (5) Business Days following the date in which the Definitive Cash at Closing was finally determined to the Sellers Accounts. If the Definitive Cash at Closing is lesser than the Estimated Cash at Closing, then the amount that results from subtracting the Definitive Cash at Closing from the Estimated Cash at Closing, shall be paid by Sellers to Purchasers within five (5) Business Days following the date in which the Definitive Cash at Closing was finally determined to the account designated in writing by Globant at least three (3) Business Days prior to such payment. If any such amount is not paid as set forth herein, the applicable Party shall be entitled to (i) deduct the corresponding amount from any following payment to be made to the other Party, or (ii) request payment of the corresponding amount from the Escrow Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, liability of the Sellers for any adjustments or amounts due in accordance herewith shall be several and joint.

 

(d)           Adjustments. Dispute Resolution. In case of any controversy in connection with the adjustments provided for in Sections 1.5.(a), 1.5.(b) and 1.5.(c), the Parties shall first use diligent good faith efforts to resolve such dispute between themselves during thirty (30) calendar days following the delivery of a written notice of any of the Parties to the others indicating the grounds of the dispute. If they are unable to resolve such dispute within thirty (30) calendar days, then the dispute shall be submitted to the Financial Arbitrator for determination and the procedure set forth in Section 1.4.(c) shall apply mutatis mutandi.

 

1.6           Additional Adjustments.

 

(a) In the event that: (i) any Seller violates the Non-Competition and/or Non-Solicitation Obligations set forth in this Agreement, or (ii) there is a “Cause for Non-Payment” (as defined below) applicable to any Seller prior to the Deferred Consideration Payment Date; then Globant shall deduct or withhold from the Escrow Amount the amounts corresponding to the Damages incurred or suffered by any of the Globant Indemnified Parties. Under no circumstance shall the Deferred Consideration Payment payable in favor of the Sellers be withheld or retained due to a Cause for Non-Payment, except in case that the amount of the Damages arising therefrom suffered by the Globant Indemnified Parties before the Deferred Consideration Payment Date exceeds the Escrow Base Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is no Damage as a result of any of the Causes for Non-Payment, the Escrow Amount will not be withheld and the Sellers will not be liable unless a Damage is suffered. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Cause for Non-Payment” shall be deemed to exist if any of the Sellers:

 

 

 

(i) willfully and materially violated any written Company and/or Globant’s material policies or material standards of conduct;

 

(ii) represented the Company, Globant or any Affiliate thereof in businesses out of its corporate purposes or performs on behalf of any of them acts of mere indulgence, which for the purposes of this Agreement are defined as significant acts without consideration for the Company, Globant or any Affiliate thereof, including but not limited to, transactions with any related party of any of the Sellers and/or granting guarantees for third parties’ obligations;

 

(iii) has been disqualified from acting as a manager, director or officer under any applicable Law or by virtue of a criminal conviction; or for being under the effects of penalty which forbids, even temporarily, the access to public office or to carry out acts of commerce; or for being convicted for bankruptcy, fraud, bribe, corruption, misrepresentation, graft or embezzlement crimes or crimes against the public economy, any national financial system, antitrust Laws and crimes against public faith or property; or is convicted of, or pleads no contest or guilty to, a misdemeanor that Globant reasonably believes has had or will have a material detrimental effect on the Company or Globant, or any felony;

 

(iv) has been formally charged in a proceeding by a relevant prosecutor or Governmental Body of making or receiving illegal payments and returns, as well as any corruption acts, or of committing any act of personal dishonesty that is intended to result in any of the Sellers’ personal enrichment, or any willful act that constitutes gross misconduct;

 

(v) intentionally breached a material confidentiality obligation arising from this Agreement or any other agreement under his employment relationship with the Company, Globant or any Affiliate thereof, that affects and damages the business of the Company, Globant or any Affiliate thereof or the business of any of their clients; or

 

(vi) performed fraudulent acts or omissions; or performed any acts or omissions acting with willful misconduct or gross negligence which adversely affect the Company, Globant or any Affiliate thereof, or performed any acts of defamation, libel and slander against the Company, or Globant or any Affiliate thereof.

 

(b) In the event that any of the Sellers’ employment is voluntarily terminated by such Seller prior to the last day of the Deferred Consideration Period, such Seller will remain entitled to receive, subject to the achievement by the Company of the Revenue Target and any other adjustments and deductions as provided herein, his share of the Deferred Consideration Payment under Section 1.3.(a)(ii) in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein. Additionally, in the event that any of the Seller’s employment is terminated by the Company, Globant or any Affiliate thereof for any reason other than Cause for Non-Payment, such Seller will be entitled to receive, subject to the achievement by the Company of the Revenue Target and any other adjustments and deductions as provided herein, his share of the Deferred Consideration Payment and his share of the Integration Payment.

 

 

 

(c) In the event of total permanent disability or death of a Seller, such Seller, or his legal successors or representatives, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive, subject to the achievement by the Company of the Revenue Target and any other adjustments and deductions as provided herein, his share of the Deferred Consideration Payment under Section 1.3.(a)(ii) in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein.

 

1.7.         Management during the Deferred Consideration Period.

 

(a) The Parties agree and acknowledge that Globant shall be responsible for the management, supervision, direction and control of the Company. Globant shall use all such powers and authorities as it may have in relation to the Company to procure that the Company is integrated into Globant’s operations seeking synergies between the teams while, to the extent reasonably possible, avoid disrupting the ordinary course of the Business as developed in a manner consistent with the Company’s past practice.

 

(b) The Sellers shall have such roles and responsibilities as detailed in their respective employment offer letters. The Sellers agree and acknowledge that, as employees of the Company, they shall be subject to compliance with applicable Law and Globant’s internal policies, including financial (in particular, approved budgets), legal, human resources, banking and treasury policies.

 

(c) After Closing, the Parties shall collaborate and endeavor for the Company to adopt, during the Deferred Consideration Period, as many as Globant processes and tools as possible without disrupting the ordinary course of the Business as developed in a manner consistent with the Company’s past practice; provided, however, that the Parties agree and acknowledge that in any case, after Closing, all processes and tools relating to legal, finance (including accounting, treasury and planning) and corporate (non-commercial) matters must be integrated as soon as practicable and all staff personnel of the Company within the relevant areas will follow and become subject to Globant’s internal policies and management.

 

(d) The Sellers and Globant management shall have periodic meetings, at least quarterly, which can also be conducted electronically or telephonically to review the performance and the prospects of the Company during the Deferred Consideration Period.

 

(e) The Sellers acknowledge and agree that (i) there is no assurance that the Sellers will receive the Deferred Consideration Payment, which shall be contingent upon the achievement of the Revenue Target, and (ii) the Parties solely intend the express provisions of this Agreement to govern their contractual relationship with respect to the Deferred Consideration Payment.

 

(f) The Parties understand and agree that (i) the contingent rights to receive any Deferred Consideration Payment shall not be represented by any form of certificate or other instrument, are not transferable, except by operation of Laws relating to descent and distribution, divorce and community property, and do not constitute an equity or ownership interest in Purchasers or the Company, (ii) the Sellers shall not have any rights as a security holder of Purchasers or the Company as a result of Sellers’ contingent right to receive the Deferred Consideration Payment hereunder, and (iii) no interest is payable with respect to the Deferred Consideration Payment.

 

 

 

(g) Should the Sellers consider that any action of the Purchasers, Globant or any Affiliate thereof violate or conflict with any of the provisions set forth in this Section 1.7. and it may adversely affect the ability of the Company to achieve the Revenue Target, the Sellers shall notify Globant in writing about such circumstance as promptly as possible. In any such case, the Parties shall endeavor to agree on a mutually satisfactory course of action with respect to the relevant matter; provided, however, that if the Parties fail to resolve the matter within fourteen (14) calendar days after their first discussion, Globant will determine the course of action to be followed at its sole and exclusive discretion, notwithstanding the right of the Sellers to submit the matter to arbitration pursuant to Section 12.13. if they deem to have been adversely affected by Globant’s decision.

 

1.8.         Corporate Reorganization during the Deferred Consideration Period. Nothing in this Agreement or any ancillary document shall prevent Globant from executing any corporate reorganization of any nature in order to integrate the Company or any of its Subsidiaries into Globant’s corporate structure; provided that, as a result of any such corporate reorganization the provisions of Section 1.7. above are not breached and continue to apply. If after Closing, Globant decides to execute any corporate reorganization as a result of which the Company or any Subsidiary ceases to exist as currently known, either by way of merger, consolidation, split-up, or otherwise, the Purchasers and the Sellers agree that the Revenue Target and milestones necessary to determine the payment contemplated under Section 1.3.(a)(ii) of this Agreement shall be calculated separately as if such corporate reorganization had not occurred and the Company or the relevant Subsidiary continued to be a separate corporate group as currently known. In such case, any and all references to the “Company” in sections of this Agreement relating to the calculation of the payments contemplated in Section hereof shall be deemed a reference to the relevant business unit that continues the Company’s business within Globant’s organization. As per the above, Globant undertakes during the process of the corporate reorganization to inform the Sellers regarding the corporate reorganization, providing as well any documentation that may reasonably be requested by the Sellers.

 

ARTICLE 2

ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS

 

2.1.         Integration Payment. (a) In addition to the Purchase Price, adjusted as contemplated in this Agreement, the Sellers shall be entitled to receive an integration payment for an aggregate collective amount of US$1,000,000 (one million US Dollars), to be allocated equally amongst the Sellers (the “Integration Payment”); provided that, such Integration Payment shall be subject to the permanence of all three Sellers in the Company or any Affiliate of Globant until the first anniversary of the Closing in order for them to collaborate during such period (the “Integration Period”) in the integration of the Company into Globant. With regard thereto, in the event that: (i) any Seller violates the Non-Competition and/or Non-Solicitation Obligations set forth in this Agreement, or (ii) there is a “Cause for Non-Payment” (as defined above) during the Integration Period, then none of the Sellers shall be entitled to receive, and Globant shall not be required to pay, the Integration Payment or any portion thereof; provided, however, that in case of total permanent disability, death or voluntary termination of employment of a Seller and provided, further, that there is no other cause for non-payment pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above, the remaining Sellers shall be entitled to receive their pro rata share of the Integration Payment (i.e., US$333,333 each). In the event of dismissal other than for Cause for Non-Payment of a Seller by the Company or Globant, then the Sellers shall remain entitled to receive, subject to any applicable adjustments and deductions as provided herein, the Integration Payment, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein and provided, further, that there is no other cause for non-payment pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii).

 

 

 

(b) The Integration Payment, if applicable, shall be payable by Globant to the Sellers within ten (10) Business Days following the end of the Integration Period, in immediately available funds to the accounts previously informed by each of the Sellers to Globant, at least five (5) Business Days before the end of the Integration Period.

 

2.2.         Management Transaction Bonus.

 

(a) The Parties acknowledge and agree that Cash payments in the aggregate amount of up to US$4,995,969 (four million nine hundred ninety five thousand nine hundred and sixty-nine US Dollars) (it being understood that such amount is the total amount to be spent by the Parties as bonus payments for the Covered Employees and includes any applicable withholding, Taxes, social security and other contributions) will be paid by the Company to the Covered Employees, as follows:

 

(i) An aggregate amount of up to US$ 2,426,270, as indicated and in the terms of Schedule 2.2(a), shall be paid to the Covered Employees in connection with their past tenure and continuing efforts towards the Company (the “Loyalty Bonus”).

 

(ii) An aggregate amount of up to US$1,284,849, as indicated in Schedule 2.2(a), shall be payable to the Covered Employees in accordance with the payment schedule and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein (the “Personal Performance Bonus”).

 

(iii) An aggregate amount of up to US$1,284,849, as indicated in Schedule 2.2(a), shall be payable to the Covered Employees in accordance with the payment schedule and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein (the “Company Growth Bonus”, and together with the Loyalty Bonus and the Personal Performance Bonus, the “Transaction and Retention Bonus”).

 

(b) Globant’s total contribution to the payment of the Transaction and Retention Bonus shall amount to up to US$1,500,000 (one million five hundred thousand US Dollars). The remaining amounts (i.e., up to US$3,495,969) shall be paid as follows: (i) US$2,586,120 shall be contemplated in the calculation of the Minimum Required Cash, and (ii) US$909,850 shall be paid by the Company and, if paid, will be considered a reduction of the Deferred Consideration Payment as stated in Section 1.3.(ii) above. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of US$909,850 shall be payable only if the Revenue Target is achieved.

 

Any amounts contemplated in the calculation of the Minimum Required Cash for the payment of a portion of the Transaction and Retention Bonus but not effectively paid and remaining in the Company shall be immediately returned to the Sellers in proportion to the Sellers’ Ownership Percentage as additional amount of Purchase Price.

 

 

 

(c) The Sellers shall cooperate with the Company in connection with the distribution of the Transaction and Retention Bonus to the Covered Employees of the Company and all related employee communications. Globant shall provide or cause the Company to provide to the Sellers (or their designees on a confidential basis) information and records used for the calculation of the Transaction and Retention Bonus and proof of the payment of the Transaction and Retention Bonus to the Covered Employees to confirm the due payment of the Transaction and Retention Bonus in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 3

CLOSING

 

3.1.         Closing. Subject to the provisions of ARTICLE 4 below, the closing (“Closing”) shall take place at the offices of the Spanish public notary Ms. Cristina Requena Torrecillas with offices in Barcelona, or at other place as the Parties may agree, at 2:00 p.m. Spain time, on August 9, 2019 and if Closing does not occur on such date, on the date that is five (5) Business Days after the last of the Conditions to Closing is satisfied or waived by the applicable Party hereto (the “Closing Date”). If the Closing does not occur by August 31, 2019, then this Agreement, and the obligations of each Party under this Agreement, shall automatically terminate and be of no force and effect. At Closing, the events set out in Section 3.2 shall take place, to the extent possible, simultaneously. The obligations of each of the Parties under this ARTICLE 3 are interdependent and the Closing shall not be deemed to have occurred unless all of these obligations are complied with and are fully effective or waived by the applicable Party.

 

3.2.         Closing Actions. At the Closing, notwithstanding other actions at Closing that may be contemplated in other provisions of this Agreement, the following actions shall be taken:

 

(I) Closing actions in connection with Belatrix Spain:

 

(a) The Sellers and the Majority Purchaser shall provide to each other (and also to the Spanish public notary) the public deeds formalizing the powers of attorney that are sufficient to carry out all the actions on Closing.

 

(b) The Purchasers which are Spanish legal entities shall provide the shareholders’ resolutions approving the transaction in the framework of this Agreement, especially for the purpose of Article 160.f) of the Spanish Capital Corporations Act.

 

(c) The Sellers shall exhibit to the Majority Purchaser (and also to the Spanish public notary as regards Belatrix Spain) the legal titles (escrituras) to the Belatrix Spain Interests and shall deliver the nominative titles (títulos nominativos) representing the Belatrix Spain Interests being sold and transferred, as prove of their ownership of the Belatrix Spain Interests.

 

(d) The Sellers and the Majority Purchaser shall grant the Spanish public transfer deed whereby (i) this Agreement shall be notarized; (ii) the Belatrix Spain Interests shall be transferred to the Majority Purchaser; and (iii) acknowledgment of receipt of the Closing Payment shall be granted.
     
(e) The Parties shall instruct the Spanish public notary to annotate the transfer of the Belatrix Spain Interests in the legal titles (escrituras) of those Equity Interests.

 

(f) A general shareholders’ meeting of the Company shall be held by the Majority Purchaser in order to acknowledge the resignation of the relevant directors of the Company and to appoint new director(s) in substitution thereof as well as to revoke any powers of attorney granted prior to Closing to act on behalf of the Company.

 

 

 

The minutes (actas) and certificates formalizing these corporate resolutions shall (i) approve the management of the resigning directors up to the Closing, and (ii) thank for their services rendered to the Company thus far and (iii) state that no claim will be brought against the resigning directors, except of in the event of willful misconduct, for their performance as directors of the Company.

 

(g) The Parties shall instruct the Spanish public notary to file with the Commercial Registry in electronic form, on the Closing, the abovementioned corporate resolutions concerning the Company.

 

(h) The newly appointed management body of the Company shall formalize a public deed regarding the declaration of sole shareholder of the Company.

 

(i) The Majority Purchaser shall formalize a public deed regarding the declaration of the ultimate beneficial owner (titular real) of the Majority Purchaser to comply with the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter Terrorist Financing Law 10/2010 of April 28, 2010, in relation to Royal Decree 304/2014 of May 5, 2014 approving the Regulations on that Law.

 

(j) The Company’s management body shall register the transfer of the Belatrix Spain Interests in the Company’s nominative shares book.

 

(k) Globant shall receive a certificate from the Secretary of the Company (Secretario del Consejo) certifying that the Belatrix Spain Interests are freely transferable and have no encumbrances or charges and all the requirements set by the Spanish Capital Corporations Act and by the Company’s bylaws have been complied with for the transfer of the Belatrix Spain Interests.

 

(II) Closing actions in connection with the transaction as a whole:

 

(a) Globant shall make payment of the Closing Payment to the Sellers, in the manner contemplated in Section 1.3.(a) above and adjusted as set forth in Section 1.5., and shall be paid in the manner described in an instruction in the form of a flow of funds memo to be sent by the Sellers to Globant at least four (4) Business Days prior to Closing. Upon accreditation of the Closing Payment in the respective accounts, the Sellers shall deliver to Globant a duly executed acknowledgement confirming receipt of the Closing Payment. Regarding the Belatrix Spain Interests the acknowledgment confirming receipt of the Closing Payment shall be granted in the Spanish transfer deed as set out in section 3.2(I)(d) above. It is expressly agreed that the amounts corresponding to the Closing Payment, the Escrow Base Amount, the Escrow Additional Amounts or any amounts payable by the Purchasers hereunder may be funded and paid indistinctly by either Globant I or Globant II or in such proportions as Globant may determine.

 

 

 

(b) Each of the Sellers shall execute and deliver to Globant any and all documents in form and substance satisfactory to Globant, such that as on the Closing Date, the Sellers shall have sold, transferred and assigned the Purchased Interests to Globant, and Globant will collectively , directly and/or through the Company, own one hundred percent (100%), and not less than one hundred percent (100%), of the Belatrix Spain Interests, the Belatrix Colombia Interests, the Belatrix US Interests, the Belatrix Services Interests, the Belatrix Argentina Interests and the Belatrix Peru Interests, free and clear of any Liens. The direct transfer of the Belatrix Spain Interests (and indirect transfer of the Belatrix Colombia Interests, the Belatrix US Interests and the Belatrix Services Interests) shall be formalized by means of the Spanish transfer deed as set out in section 3.2(I)(d) above.

 

(c) Each of the Sellers and any other Person directly or indirectly appointed by the Sellers shall withdraw as directors and officers of the Company and the Subsidiaries. Each outgoing officer and director of the Company and the Subsidiaries (the “Outgoing Officers and Directors”) shall deliver a resignation, release and a waiver of claims for fees (except for the aggregate amount of USD 12,064 owned by Belatrix Argentina to the Sellers), labor and any other dues whatsoever, and their resignation from any appointment as attorney-in-fact issued by the Company and the Subsidiaries satisfactory to Globant. In relation to the Company and in accordance to Spanish law, the attorney-in-fact will not resign to his appointment but rather, his powers of attorney will be revoked by means of the resolutions to be drafted and executed by the Majority Purchaser before the Spanish notary as set out in clause section 3.2(I)(f) above.

 

(d) As applicable, and subject to the Closing actions in connection with Belatrix Spain described in section 3.2(I) above, the Company and the Subsidiaries shall hold meetings of their shareholders and/or board of directors and/or executive board, as applicable (or act by unanimous written consent, if permitted), wherein resolutions to take the following actions shall be duly adopted:

 

(i) The appointment of such persons as Globant may nominate as directors and officers of the Company and the Subsidiaries;

 

(ii) Accept and record the resignations of the Outgoing Officers and Directors;

 

(iii) To the extent required under applicable Laws, endorse the Belatrix Peru Interests and issue new certificates representing the same, on the name of Globant I or Globant II, as applicable; and

 

(iv) Take, as promptly as practicable, all such other actions as may be required to be undertaken by the Company and the Subsidiaries under their Organizational Documents or by any applicable Law for the time being in force, to give effect to the transaction contemplated hereby, including by way of making appropriate entries in the statutory registers or stock ledger of the Company and the Subsidiaries and making any filings with any Companies Registry or similar authority in each applicable jurisdiction.

 

(e) The Sellers shall execute and deliver to Globant a certificate stating that, as of the Closing Date, (a) each of the representations and warranties of the Sellers set forth in ARTICLE 5 of this Agreement remain true and correct in all respects on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak expressly as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date) as though made on and as of such date; (b) the obligations contained in this Agreement to be performed or complied by Sellers on or prior to the Closing Date, shall have been performed or duly complied with in all material respects; and (c) the conditions set forth in Section 4.2.(c), 4.2.(d), 4.2.(e) and 4.2.(g) have been complied.

 

 

 

(f) The Purchasers shall execute and deliver to the Sellers a certificate stating that, as of the Closing Date, (a) each of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers set forth in ARTICLE 6 of this Agreement remain true and correct in all respects on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly speak as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date) as though made on and as of such date; and (b) the obligations contained in this Agreement to be performed or complied by Purchasers on or prior to the Closing Date, shall have been performed or duly complied with in all material respects.

 

(g) The Sellers and the Minority Purchaser shall execute the Belatrix Argentina Purchase Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Sellers and the Minority Purchaser.

 

(h) The Sellers and Globant II shall execute the Belatrix Peru Purchase Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Sellers and the Minority Purchaser, and in compliance with the terms of the Belatrix Peru bylaws and Peruvian corporate laws.

 

(i) The Sellers shall deliver to (a) Belatrix Argentina (with a copy to Globant) notices of transfer, duly executed by Sellers, in accordance with section 215 of the Argentine Companies Law 19,550 as amended (the “ACL”), dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the respective board of directors of Belatrix Argentina, necessary for the registration on the books and records of Belatrix Argentina of the transfer of the Belatrix Argentina Minority Interests to Globant II, free and clear of all Liens; and (b) Belatrix Peru (with a copy to Globant) notices of transfer, duly executed by Sellers, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the respective board of directors of Belatrix Peru, necessary for the registration on the books and records of Belatrix Peru of the transfer of the Belatrix Peru Minority Interests to Globant II, free and clear of all Liens.

 

(j) The register of members, stock ledger or similar registry of the Company and the Subsidiaries shall be updated under applicable Law to reflect (i) Globant I as the sole owner of the Belatrix Spain Interests, and (ii) Globant II as shareholder of Belatrix Argentina and Belatrix Peru, and together with the Company as the exclusive and only shareholders of Belatrix Argentina and Belatrix Peru.

 

(k) The Sellers shall make available at the Companies’ corresponding offices to Globant:

 

(i) all original and signed documents and contracts, all information and details of the Company and the Subsidiaries’ bank accounts, checkbooks, digital certificates and passwords;

 

(ii) all other files, papers, books (including stock books, minutes books, shareholders’ registries and stock ledgers), statutory documents and records as may be inter alia maintained under applicable Laws related to the Company and the Subsidiaries as may be in their possession; and

 

 

 

(iii) all documents relating to the Intellectual Property rights and confidential information of the Company, without retaining any copies thereof; and shall also deliver any other property belonging to the Company which may be in the possession of the Sellers or any nominee or Affiliate of the Sellers.

 

(l) Each of the Sellers shall execute an Employment Agreement in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit 3.2.(l), and any other customary employment documentation (including Globant’s standard non-disclosure agreements and in the case of AHR, as employee of Belatrix US, also an arbitration agreement) granting in their favor the necessary faculties to manage, supervise and direct the Business of Company as specified in Section 1.7.

 

(m) The Sellers shall execute the Subscription Agreement, in the form set forth in Exhibit 1.3.(d).

 

(n) The Sellers and the Purchasers shall execute the Escrow Agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit 3.2.(n) (the “Escrow Agreement”).

 

(o) The Sellers and the Purchasers shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered by the Company and the Subsidiaries, such other agreements, consents, documents, instruments and writings as are reasonably required to be delivered by them or the Companies and the Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise reasonably required to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE 4

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

4.1.         Mutual Conditions. The respective obligations of Sellers and Globant to effect the transaction contemplated in this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

 

(a) No Injunctions or Restraints. No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or any Governmental Body other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be in effect.

 

(b) No Action. No Governmental Body or other Person shall have commenced or threatened to commence any Legal Proceeding against any of the Parties or any Affiliate thereof: (a) challenging or seeking the recovery of damages in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; (b) seeking to prohibit or limit the exercise by Purchasers of any material right pertaining to the ownership of any of Purchased Interests or the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Company; (c) that (if adversely determined) would reasonably be expected to have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; or (d) seeking to compel Globant or any Affiliate thereof to dispose of or hold separate any material assets as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

 

 

(c) Antitrust Clearance in Colombia. The Sellers and Globant shall have received the Colombian Antitrust Clearance.

 

4.2.         Conditions to Close for Globant. The obligation of Globant to effect the transaction contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions, unless expressly waived in writing, in whole or in part, by Globant:

 

(a) Each of the representations and warranties of the Sellers set forth in ARTICLE 5 below, shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak expressly as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date) as though made on and as of such date;

 

(b) The Sellers shall have performed in all respects all obligations required to be performed by them under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date, and no breach of any covenant included in ARTICLE 8 has occurred;

 

(c) The Sellers shall have obtained, if applicable, the requisite waivers of any rights of first refusal or other restrictions on transfer from the shareholders of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries in respect of the sale of their respective proportion of the Equity Interests to the Purchasers;

 

(d) There shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect, and no event, circumstance or other Effect shall have occurred or shall exist that, in combination with all other events, circumstances and other Effects, would reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect. “Material Adverse Effect” means any change, event, effect, claim, circumstance or matter (each, an “Effect”) that (considered together with all other Effects) is, or would reasonably be expected to be or to become, materially adverse and relating to (a) the condition, usefulness, value or benefits of the Purchased Interests; (b) the condition, liabilities, operations, results of operations of the businesses operated by the Company and its Subsidiaries; or (c) Globant’s right or ability to own or otherwise exercise rights of as holder of the Purchased Interests;

 

(e) All stock options, warrants and other instruments convertible into, exchangeable for or otherwise representing a right to purchase or acquire ordinary or preferred shares of capital stock or other equity interests or securities of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries shall have been terminated, on terms and conditions satisfactory to Globant;

 

(f) The Sellers shall have provided the Flow of Funds instructions to Globant in order for Globant to perform payment of the Closing Payment and the Escrow Amount;

 

(g) All approvals, consents, ratifications, permissions, permits, waivers or authorizations (including any governmental approval, authorization or clearance) required for the purchase and sale of the Purchased Interests shall have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

 

(h) An officer of the Company shall have delivered to Globant a certificate certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.2.(a), (b) and (c) have been fulfilled; and

 

 

 

(i) Each of the Sellers and the Key Employees shall have entered into a Severance Agreement, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit 4.2.(i), with the Company and/or the respective Subsidiary that is his or her employer and those Severance Agreements entered into with Belatrix Argentina shall have been filed for homologation (homologación) with the applicable Governmental Body with jurisdiction over labor matters.

 

4.3.         Conditions to Close for the Sellers. The obligation of the Sellers to effect the transactions contemplated hereby is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions unless waived, in whole or in part, by the Sellers:

 

(a) Each of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers set forth in ARTICLE 6 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly speak as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date) as though made on and as of such date;

 

(b) Globant shall have performed in all respects all obligations required to be performed by Globant under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date; and

 

(c) Globant shall have passed a resolution (in a form satisfactory to the Sellers), authorizing the person(s) signing this Agreement to so sign.

 

ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF THE SELLERS

 

The Sellers, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Purchasers that, except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule attached as Schedule 5 to this Agreement (the “Disclosure Schedule”), the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, except as otherwise indicated or otherwise agreed by the Parties in this Agreement. The Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in sections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections and subsections contained in this ARTICLE 5, and the disclosures in any section or subsection of the Disclosure Schedule shall qualify other sections and subsections in this ARTICLE 5 to the extent it is readily apparent from a reading of the face of the disclosure (without independent reference to the text of any documents or agreements referred to therein) that such disclosure is applicable to such other sections and subsections.

 

For purposes of these representations and warranties, even if there may or may not be express references to the Subsidiaries, the term “Company” shall always be deemed to include the Company and all of its Subsidiaries and branches thereof (and any predecessor thereof), unless otherwise noted herein and except with respect to Sections 5.1., 5.2. and 5.3.

 

 

 

 

 

5.1          Organization, Good Standing and Authority of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Capitalization.

 

(a) The Company is a Spanish corporation (Sociedad Anónima) duly organized and validly existing, and is in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has full power and authority to own, operate or lease the properties and assets owned, operated and leased by the Company and to carry on its businesses, as it has and is currently conducted, and is licensed, authorized or qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in all other jurisdictions in which the properties owned or leased by the Company or the operation of its business requires that the Company be qualified or authorized to do business. All stock company actions taken by the Company in connection with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents will be duly authorized on or prior to Closing.

 

(b) Each Subsidiary is a company duly organized and validly existing, and each Subsidiary or branch of the Company is in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation, has full power and authority to own, operate or lease the properties and assets owned, operated and leased by the Subsidiary or branch and to carry on its businesses, as it has and is currently conducted, and is licensed, authorized or qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in all other jurisdictions in which the properties owned or leased by each of them or the operation of its business requires that the Subsidiary or branch be qualified or authorized to do business. All company actions taken by the Company and/or any Subsidiary in connection with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents will be duly authorized on or prior to Closing.

 

(c) Section 5.1.(c) of the Disclosure Schedule contains detailed information of the Company, its Subsidiaries and branches, including the jurisdiction in which each of it is incorporated or organized, the jurisdictions in which it is qualified to do business, its authorized share capital or equity interests, the number of units or class of share capital or interests thereof duly issued and outstanding, the names of all equity owners and the number of capital shares or other equity interests owned by each equity owner, member or interest holder as of the date hereof and at Closing.

 

5.2.         The Sellers have delivered to Globant at Closing Date complete, true and correct copies of the charter documents or certificate of formation, operating agreement and registrations with the applicable authorities of the Company, the Subsidiaries and branches, in effect as of this date and as of Closing as included in Section 5.2.(a) of the Disclosure Schedule The list of directors, officers, legal representatives, managers and members of the Company, its Subsidiaries and branches as included in Section 5.2.(b) of the Disclosure Schedule is a complete and updated list of such positions and members of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof.

 

5.3.         Authority. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Sellers and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and such Seller, enforceable in accordance with its terms. The Sellers have full legal right and power and all authority required to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and are not subject to any legal, judicial or contractual restraint concerning the disposition of their properties in general or of the Purchased Interests specifically.

 

5.4.          No Claims. Neither the Company, the Subsidiaries nor the Sellers have received any notice or threat in writing of, and there are no pending, Legal Proceedings, which could reasonably be expected to:

 

 

 

(a) enjoin, restrict or prohibit the transfer of the Purchased Interests as contemplated by this Agreement; or

 

(b) prevent them from fulfilling their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

5.5.         No Conflict. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company or the Sellers nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein by each of the Sellers will: (i) violate or conflict with or result in the breach of any Law or any order, judgment, injunction, stipulation or award entered by or with any Governmental Body or of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration (whether after the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both) pursuant to any of the terms conditions or provisions of, any note, indenture, mortgage, lease or other agreement, contract or instrument to which such Seller or the Company are a party or are bound or affected or result on the creation of any Lien upon the Purchased Interests, the properties, assets, operations or business of the Company or the Sellers; or (ii) violate the by Laws or the Organizational Documents of the Company or the Subsidiaries or any Law applicable to the Company or the Subsidiaries.

 

5.6.         Capitalization.

 

(a)       Exhibit A sets forth the capitalization table of the Company and the Subsidiaries, respectively. Each of (i) the Sellers owns all of the Belatrix Spain Interests, the Minority Belatrix Argentina Interests and the Minority Belatrix Peru Interests, and (ii) the Company owns all of the Belatrix Colombia Interests, Belatrix US Interests and Belatrix Services Interests; in respect of clauses (i) and (ii), in the number and class indicated in Exhibit A, free and clear of any Liens. The Equity Interests set forth in Exhibit A represent one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company and the Subsidiaries, as detailed therein. All of Equity Interests set forth therein have been duly authorized and issued and are legally and beneficially owned directly by the Sellers or by the Company, as the case may be, in the manner set forth in Exhibit A, and are fully paid and non-assessable. All of such Equity Interests were issued in compliance with applicable Laws. Such Equity Interests were not issued in violation of the Organizational Documents of the Company or any Subsidiary or any other agreement, arrangement or commitment to which a Seller or the Company or any Subsidiary is a party and are not subject to or in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any other Person or entity.

 

(b) Each Seller has good and marketable title to the Purchased Interests of the Company, Belatrix Argentina and Belatrix Peru owned by such Seller, and has the full right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver such Purchased Interests.

 

(c) After giving effect to the Closing, the capital stock of the Company will be as described in Section 5.6.(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, and all of it is duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all Liens. Globant I will be the sole shareholder of the Company holding one hundred percent (100%) of the Belatrix Spain Interests and, collectively with Globant II, of one hundred percent (100%) of the Belatrix Colombia Interests, the Belatrix US Interests, the Belatrix Services Interests, the Belatrix Argentina Interests and the Belatrix Peru Interests, in all cases, free and clear of any Liens.

 

 

 

5.7.         Options and Commitments.

 

(a) There are no put options, call options, commitments (including but not limited to revocable or irrevocable capital contributions), exchange rights, preferential rights, shareholders agreements, plans or other covenants of any nature that are outstanding, that provide for the purchase, issue or sale of any of the Purchased Interests or agreements that grant to any Person conversion or exchange rights in connection with the Equity Interests of the Company or the Subsidiaries, or pursuant to which any Person may be entitled to receive or subscribe in any capacity, shares issued or to be issued by the Company or the Subsidiaries, nor are there any special rights to receive dividends or other distributions in respect of such securities of the Company or the Subsidiaries.

 

(b) There are no outstanding or authorized, or any promise to issue or grant, stock appreciation rights, stock option agreements, phantom stock, profit participation, or similar rights with respect to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries. There are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which the Company, any of the Subsidiaries, or any Seller is a party with respect to the voting of the capital shares or other equity interest of the Company and/or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

(c) There no outstanding, or any promise to issue or grant, warrants or other instruments convertible into, exchangeable for or otherwise representing a right to purchase or acquire ordinary or preferred shares of capital stock or any other equity interests or securities of the Company and/or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

(d) Except for this Agreement, there are no agreements or other commitments that are legally binding and enforceable, or other rights or arrangements in existence with respect to the issue, redemption, conversion, exchange, vote or transfer of any of the Equity Interests of the Company and/or any of the Subsidiaries, except for those arising from the imperative legal precepts of each applicable Law.

 

5.8.          Powers of Attorney. Except for those included in Section 5.8 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not granted any power of attorney or similar authority which remains in force as of the Closing Date.

 

5.9.          Litigation. Except as set forth in Section 5.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no claim, action, cause of action, demand, Lawsuit, arbitration, notice of violation, proceeding, litigation, citation, summons, subpoena or investigation of any nature, civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or otherwise, whether at Law or in equity (an “Action”) initiated or, to the best of the Company’s or each of the Seller’s Knowledge, threatened (a) against the Company or any Seller or any officer, director or employee arising out of their relationship with the Company, (b) that questions the validity of the Transaction Documents or the right of the Company or each Seller to enter into them, or to consummate or delay the transactions contemplated thereunder, or (c) that would, either individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Neither Seller, nor the Company or any of its officers or directors is a party or is named as subject to the provisions of any writ, judgment, decree, award, ruling, injunction or similar order of or consent agreement with any Governmental Body, in each case whether preliminary or final, written or oral (an “Order”) (in the case of officers or directors, such as would affect the Company) except for those included in Section 5.9 of the disclosure Schedule. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by any Seller or the Company pending or which any Seller or the Company intends to initiate. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or threatened in writing (or any basis therefor known to the Company or any Seller, as applicable) involving the prior employment of any of the Company’s officers, employees, its services provided in connection with the business, any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former officers or employers or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers.

 

 

 

5.10. Taxes.

 

(a) The Company has filed in a timely manner (within any applicable extension periods) with the appropriate Governmental Bodies (central, state, local or foreign) all Tax Returns required to be filed on or before the date hereof and each such Tax Return was correct and complete when filed, and were prepared in compliance with all applicable Laws.

 

(b) All Taxes with respect to any taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date (including such Taxes for any straddle period which are allocable for such period ending prior to the Closing Date) and all Taxes due and payable (whether or not shown as due) on Tax Returns required to be filed on or before the Closing Date with respect to the Company have been paid in full or adequate reserves or the accrual therefor have been provided and reflected on the Financial Statements of the Company pursuant to Section 5.12 of this Agreement.

 

(c) There are no outstanding agreements or waivers extending the statutory period of limitations applicable to any federal, state, local or foreign income or other Tax returns required to be filed by or with respect to the Company.

 

(d) None of the Tax Returns of or with respect to the Company is currently being audited or examined by any federal, state, local or foreign taxing Governmental Body. No such audits or examinations are being conducted or are threatened in writing with respect to the Company or any Seller. No extensions or waivers of statutes of limitations have been given or requested with respect to any Taxes of the Company. There is not any extension of time in force with respect to the due date for the filing of any Tax return or with respect to the Company.

 

(e) No assessment, deficiency or adjustment for any Taxes has been asserted, proposed or threatened with respect to any Taxes or Tax returns of or with respect to the Company. The Company has paid all Taxes due under applicable Law. No claim has been made by any Taxing Authority in any jurisdiction where the Company does not file Tax Returns that it is, or may be, subject to Tax by that jurisdiction. There are no Liens on any of the Equity Interests or on any of the assets of the Company that arose in connection with any failure or alleged failure to pay any Tax or file any Tax Return.

 

(f) There is no dispute or claim concerning any Tax Liability of the Company notified by any means whatsoever, by any federal, state, local or foreign taxing Governmental Body. The Company has not received any ruling from any Governmental Body with respect to Taxes.

 

(g) The Financial Statements of the Company accurately reflect unpaid Taxes for the periods covered thereby.

 

 

 

(h) The Company is not a party to or bound by any Tax allocation, sharing or indemnity agreements or arrangements. The Company has not been notified by any means whatsoever, by any federal, state, local or foreign Governmental Body that it is required to pay any amount for Taxes of any Person as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise.

 

(i) All Taxes that the Company is or was required to withhold or collect in connection with amounts paid or owing to any shareholder, former shareholder, employee, independent contractor, creditor, customer, member or other party have been duly withheld or collected, and to the extent required, have been paid to the proper central, state, local or foreign taxing Governmental Body or other Person. The Company has complied with all information reporting and backup withholding provisions of applicable Law.

 

(j) No payments are due or will become due by the Company pursuant to any Tax indemnification agreement.

 

(k) There is no fact which has occurred prior to the Closing that will lead any Governmental Body to request from the Company and their shareholders, members of the board of directors or similar corporate body to make any payment because of breach of any Laws in respect of Tax.

 

(l) All agreements and transactions to which the Company is or has been a party have been made at arm's length basis. The Company is in compliance in all material aspects with all applicable transfer pricing Laws.

 

(m) The Company has not at any time entered into or been party to any transactions, schemes or arrangements that either: (a) were entered into solely or wholly or mainly with a view to avoiding, reducing, postponing or extinguishing any actual or potential Liability to Tax; (b) could be reclassified for the purposes of Tax under any legislation, enactment or other Law or otherwise by any Governmental Body or statutory body or authority; or (c) which could result in any claim or proceeding against the Company or used as evidence against it in any proceedings pertaining to Tax avoidance, either against the Company, or any of the shareholders.

 

(n) The Financial Statements of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries accurately reflect unpaid and accrued taxes of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries for the periods covered thereby. No material deficiency for any taxes has been assessed with respect to the Company and each of the Subsidiaries that has not been abated, paid in full or adequately provided for on or disclosed in the Financial Statements, and the Company and each of the Subsidiaries has paid all material taxes due and the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not conflict or result any deficiency for any Taxes or result in a change in the accounting method or principles or in its auditing practices.

 

(o) The unpaid Taxes of the Company do not exceed the reserve for Taxes (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the most recent balance sheet (rather than in any notes thereto). Since the date of the most recent balance sheet, the Company has not incurred any Liability for Taxes arising from extraordinary gains or losses, as that term is used in IFRS, outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice.

 

 

 

(p) The Company will not be required to include any item of income or gain in, or exclude any item of deduction or loss or other tax benefit from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (a) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the applicable Closing Date; (b) use of an improper method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the applicable Closing Date; (c) ‘‘closing agreement’’ as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local, or non-U.S. income Tax Law) executed on or prior to the applicable Closing Date; (d) intercompany transaction; (e) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date; or (f) prepaid amount received on or prior to the applicable Closing Date.

 

(q) The Company has never been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code.

 

(r) The Company (a) is not a domestic corporation for purposes of any provision of the Code, (b) is not a ‘‘controlled foreign corporation’’ as defined in Section 957 of the Code, (c) is not a ‘‘passive foreign investment company’’ within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code, and (d) does not have a permanent establishment (within the meaning of an applicable Tax treaty) or otherwise has an office or fixed place of business in a country other than the country in which it is organized. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary except for Belatrix US, has made an election to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

(s) The Company is not and has not been a party to any “reportable transaction” as defined in Section 6707A(c)(1) of the Code and the United States Treasury regulations.

 

(t) Except as set forth in Section 5.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Tax is required under any Law to be withheld or deducted from any amount constituting the Purchase Price.

 

(u) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has participated in any way in any transaction designated by, or required to be disclosed to, a Governmental Body as a “tax shelter” or similar or analogous designation, or any transaction with respect to which Taxes assessed on audit may be increased as a result of the terms or circumstances of the transaction under the Tax Laws of any jurisdiction.

 

5.11.       Consents and Approvals. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Company or the Sellers will not require such Seller or the Company to obtain any permit, consent, waiver, authorization or approval of, or make any filing with or give notice to, any Person, entity or Governmental Body, except for those permits, consents, antitrust clearance, approvals and authorizations necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, especially regarding the Colombian Antitrust Clearance and the Argentinian Antitrust Clearance and those detailed in ARTICLE 3 (including, but not limited to, the shareholders’ resolutions approving the transaction in the framework of this Agreement, especially for the purpose of Article 160.f) of the Spanish Capital Corporations Act). The Company has satisfied and obtained all necessary corporate requirements, rights and permits of any kind and has the power and authority to conduct its business as presently being conducted, and to own, lease, use and operate its assets in the jurisdictions where they are currently located, and in the manner in which they are currently being used and operated. No misrepresentations or omissions have been made by the Company or the Sellers in obtaining the Colombian Antitrust Clearance.

 

 

 

5.12.       Financial Statements. (a) Section 5.12 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true, correct and complete copy of (i) the audited financial statements of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries, for the fiscal year ended on December 31, 2018, and (ii) the unaudited financial statements of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries for the applicable interim period ended on June 30, 2019 (jointly (i) and (ii), the “Financial Statements”). In addition, at Closing the Sellers will deliver to Globant, financial information of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries relating to revenues, financial debt and cash balances in the Company’s bank accounts, accounts receivable (including unbilled receivables), and accounts payable as of the Closing Date (the “Financial Information as of the Closing Date”). The Financial Statements (i) comply with all applicable accounting requirements, and (ii) were prepared in accordance with IFRS applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby.

 

(b) The Financial Statements (i) present in all respects the consolidated assets, liabilities, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as of the indicated dates and for the indicated periods, subject in the case of the interim consolidated financial statements referred to above to year-end accruals made in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) have been duly approved, accepted, ratified, filed or endorsed in accordance with all applicable Laws, applicable accounting principles and the Organizational Documents of each of the Company and the Subsidiaries. The Financial Statements as well as the actual financial results reflected in the financial data are complete and correct and fairly stated in accordance with the books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries and present the results of operations and the cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the dates specified, in conformity with IFRS, in all cases applied on a consistent basis. The accruals and/or provisions recorded as accounted for in the applicable Financial Statements, including accruals for vacation expenses, severance payments, bonus and prepayment accruals, warranties and Taxes for each of the Company and the Subsidiaries are accounted for on such applicable Financial Statements and are adequate and properly reflect the expenses associated therewith in accordance with the applicable accounting principles, in each case. The Financial Information as of the Closing Date to be delivered at Closing will be complete and correct and will fairly reflect the information stated therein in accordance with the books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries.

 

(c) There are no significant deficiencies in the internal controls of the Company which could adversely affect the ability of any Company to record, process, summarize and report financial data. The management of the Company has not identified for the Company’s outside auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls nor is it aware of any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls of the Company. The Company maintain accurate books and records reflecting their respective assets and liabilities and maintain proper and adequate internal accounting controls which provide assurance that (i) transactions are executed with management’s authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements of the Company and to maintain accountability for the Company’s assets, (iii) access to assets of the Company is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization, (iv) the reporting of assets of Company is compared with existing assets at regular intervals, and (v) accounts, notes and other receivables and inventory were recorded accurately, and proper and adequate procedures are implemented to effect the collection thereof on a current and timely basis.

 

 

 

(d) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are effective to ensure that all material information concerning the Company is made known on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of the Company’s financial statements.

 

(e) Section 5.12.(e) of the Disclosure Schedule lists (i) all securitization transactions and “off-balance sheet arrangements” (as such term is understood pursuant to applicable accounting principles) effected by the Company, and (ii) all non-audit services performed by the Company’s auditors for the Company.

 

(f) The Company has not extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, modified or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan or otherwise, to or for any director or executive officer of the Company.

 

(g) The books of account and other financial records of the Company: (i) reflect all material items of income and expense and all material assets and liabilities required to be reflected therein in accordance with the applicable accounting principles; (ii) are in all material respects complete and correct; and (iii) do not contain or reflect any material inaccuracies or discrepancies.

 

(h) Since January 1, 2013, neither the Company nor, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, any officer, director, agent or other representative of the Company has received or otherwise had or obtained knowledge of any complaint, allegation, assertion or claim whether written or oral, regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of the Company with respect to the Financial Statements or the internal accounting controls of the Company, including any written or oral complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that the Company has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices. Neither the Company nor any of the Company’s accountants has identified or been made aware of (i) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves the Company’s management or any other current or former employee, consultant, contractor or director of the Company who has a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls utilized by the Company or (ii) any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

 

 

 

5.13.       Ordinary Course. Since December 31, 2018, the Company has conducted its business in the ordinary and usual course of business and consistent with past practice and have not (i) suffered any damage or other casualty loss (whether or not covered by insurance); (ii) issued, sold, transferred, leased any properties or assets, merged with, entered into a consolidation, acquired an interest or a substantial portion of assets or business of any Person or otherwise acquired any material asset, or made any capital expenditure or commitment for any capital expenditure other than the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice except for a certain real estate plot located at General Espejo No. 759, Mendoza (Argentina); (iii) issued or sold any units, membership interests, capital stock, notes, bonds or other securities, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire the same, of, or any other interest in the Company; (iv) borrowed any amount or incurred or become subject to any liabilities or entered into any guarantee, permitted or allowed any of the assets or properties (whether tangible or intangible) of the Company to be subjected to any encumbrance of any nature or discharged or otherwise obtained the release of any encumbrance or paid or otherwise discharged any Liability of any nature; (v) made any loan or advances to, guarantees for the benefit of, or investments in, any Persons; (vi) directly or indirectly engaged in any transaction, agreement or entered into any arrangement with any officer, director, member or other affiliate or relative of such Person; (vii) amended its Organizational Documents; (viii) made any change in the accounting method or principles or in its auditing practices; (ix) failed to pay any creditor any amount owed to such creditor when due; (x) entered into any agreement, arrangement or transaction with any of its directors, officers, managers, members, employees or shareholders (or with any relative, beneficiary or spouse of such Person); (xi) granted, increased or promised to increase or announced any increase, in the wages, salaries, compensation, bonuses, incentives, pension or other benefits payable by the Company (except for that deriving from compliance with the applicable collective labor agreement or applicable legislation, and without prejudice of the periodic increases in the salaries that are part of the ordinary course of business and practices of the Company and the payment of a bonus to Mr. Alejandro Héctor Robbio for an amount of USD 337,143 paid by Belatrix Software Inc.); (xii) amended, terminated, canceled or compromised any claims or waived any other rights of value; (xiii) allowed any permit that was issued or relates to the Company or otherwise relates to any asset of the Company to lapse or terminate or failed to renew any such permit or any insurance policy; (xiv) amended, modified or consented to the termination of any contract with clients or any of the Company's rights thereunder; (xv) made any charitable contribution or made any express or deemed election or settled or compromised any Liability, with respect to Taxes of the Company; or (xvi) entered into an agreement whether in writing or otherwise or granted similar rights or commitments to do any of the foregoing.

 

5.14.       Liabilities. The Company does not have any debt, Liability, obligations or loss contingencies of any kind, except those reflected in the Financial Statements and liabilities incurred since the date of the Financial Statements in the ordinary course of the business consistent with past practices which do not and could not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

 

 

 

5.15.       Material Contracts. Section 5.15. of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all material contracts, agreements and instruments of the Company (each, a “Material Contract”). There are no other agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts or proposed transactions to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound that (i) involve (A) any major customer (“Major Customer Agreements”), (B) payment obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments from, the Company in excess of US$100,000, (C) any restrictions or limitations on the Company’s right to do business or compete in any area or any field with any Person or to develop, distribute, operate, or otherwise engage in the Company’s products and services or the business of the Company, (D) the grant to any Person other than the Company of any exclusive license, supply, distribution or other rights, “most favored nation” rights, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation or similar rights, or exclusive rights to purchase any of the Company’s products or services, or (E) any real property leases, or (ii) are otherwise material to the Company or its business. Each Material Contract is valid and binding on the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar Laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application, and is in full force and effect. The Company has not waived, or assigned or purposed or agreed to assign to any other Person, any of its material rights under any Material Contract. The Company has performed all obligations required to be performed by it and is not in default under or in breach of nor in receipt of any claim of default or breach under any such contracts, agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound. There are no Material Contracts imposing obligations on the Company which compliance could reasonably be expected to be beyond the operational possibilities of the Company, in the ordinary course of business, and, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, there are no current or past events that could potentially delay, hinder or impede compliance of such Material Contracts’ obligations, nor are there any irregularities in any project assigned to the Company that could result in a material breach, early termination of or claim under such Material Contracts. No event has occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would result in a default, breach or event of default by the Company or event of acceleration, termination or claim under any such contracts, agreement or instrument to which the Company is subject. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will conflict with or result in the breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration (whether after the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both) of any Material Contract to which the Company is a party or by which the Company, or any of its respective properties or assets, are bound or affected. There are no claims of default or breach under any contract, agreements or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which is bound. and there is no other event or circumstance that will or would reasonably be expected to give rise to or serve as a reasonable basis for the commencement of any such claim by third parties.

 

5.16.       Assets.

 

(a) The Company has clear, good, valid and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in its assets, whether owned, leased or used, free and clear of all Liens. The Company owns or has a valid leasehold interest in all assets necessary for the conduct of its business as presently conducted. Section 5.16.(a) of the Disclosure Schedule includes a detail of immovable assets and inventory of movable assets of the Company as registered in the Financial Statements.

 

(b) Where any tangible assets are used but not owned by the Company, there has not occurred any event of default or any other event or circumstance which may entitle any third party to terminate any agreement or license in respect of the use of such assets. All leases pursuant to which the Company leased (whether as lessee or lessor) any real or any other tangible property used in their business are valid and effective.

 

(c) The Company owns or has the right to use each asset necessary for the effective operation of their businesses as now carried on. All assets owned or used by the Company are in their possession and under their control.

 

 

5.17.       Banking & Finance.

 

(a) Section 5.17.(a) of the Disclosure Schedule accurately sets forth, with respect to each account maintained by or for the benefit of the Company at any bank or other financial institution:

 

(i) the name and location of the institution (including bank code) at which such account is maintained;

 

 

 

(ii) the name in which such account is maintained, the account number;
(iii) a description of such account and the purpose for which such account is used; and
(iv) the names of all individuals authorized to draw on or make withdrawals from such accounts.

 

(b) Except as set forth in Section 5.17.(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no current or past borrowings (including credit, loan, financial lease, factoring arrangements) for the Company. The Company has not lent any money that has not been repaid.

 

(c) No encumbrance nor any guarantee, suretyship, indemnity or similar commitment has been given by or entered into by the Company in respect of its obligations or the obligations of a third party including any shareholders of the Company.

 

(d) The consummation of the transaction will not result in any present or future indebtedness of the Company becoming due, or capable of being declared due and payable, prior to its stated maturity or any loan facilities of the Company being withdrawn under any agreement or arrangement.

 

(e) The Company has not created any charge or other security interest, since its incorporation, in favor of any Person as security for any loan, borrowing or other financial assistance incurred by the Company.

 

5.18.       Clients. (a) Section 5.18. of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth for the Company: (i) the clients measured by revenues generated from each such client as of Closing Date, and (ii) the clients currently under contract (measured by revenues expected but not guaranteed to be generated) for the following 12-month period. To the best of the Sellers’ Knowledge, none of such clients identified pursuant to clause (ii) above has informed to the Company that: (A) it is terminating or considering terminating the handling of its business by the Company, as a whole or in respect of any particular project or service; or (B) is planning to reduce its future spending with the Company in any manner. None of the current contracts of such clients with the Company entitles the client to terminate it due to the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. All contractual relationships between the Company and its clients are in full force and effect pursuant to applicable Laws on the Closing Date and such contracts are not expiring or subject to renegotiation before ninety (90) days following Closing, provided that the terms and conditions of the contract currently in force with Banco de Crédito del Perú are under renegotiation.

 

Without limitation, none of the Sellers, gives any representation or warranty concerning any estimates, forecasts, projections or other predictions regarding the clients of the Company. Any information or materials that may have been provided or made available to the Purchasers or any of their Affiliates or their respective representatives are not, and shall not be deemed to be, representations and warranties of the Sellers, except as set forth in this ARTICLE 5. The Sellers hereby expressly disclaim any reliance whatsoever on any representation, warranty or other statement of the Sellers, except for the representations and warranties set forth in this ARTICLE 5.

 

(b) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not affect the continuity of the business and operations of the Company as currently conducted, including any relationship with any key vendor, provider or supplier.

 

 

 

5.19.       Accounts Receivable. All accounts receivable of the Company reflected in the Financial Statements and on the Financial Information as of the Closing Date (other than those already paid) are valid bona fide accounts receivables subject to no setoffs or counterclaims, other than in accordance with applicable accounting principles (IFRS) or as required by applicable Law, and are current (i.e., a period of time no longer than 120 calendar days has elapsed since its due date) and collectible in the ordinary course of business of the Company (within sixty (60) calendar days after the date on which it first became due and payable) (net of allowances for doubtful accounts as reflected thereon and as determined in accordance with IFRS consistently applied) (the “Accounts Receivable”). A true, correct and complete list of the Accounts Receivable of the Company reflected on the Financial Information as of the Closing Date, showing the aging thereof, is included in Section 5.19. of the Disclosure Schedule. The Company has not received any notice from an account debtor stating that any account receivable is subject to any contest, claim or setoff by such account debtor. No Person has any Lien on Accounts Receivable or any part thereof, and no agreement for rebate, deduction, free goods, discount or other deferred price or quantity adjustment has been made with respect to any such Accounts Receivable.

 

5.20.       Prepayments, Prebilled Invoices and Deposits.

 

(a) Section 5.20.(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of July 31, 2019 (i) all prepayments, prebilled invoices and deposits that have been received by the Company from customers for products or services to be performed, after such date, and (ii) with respect to each such prepayment, prebilled invoice or deposit, (A) the party and contract credited, (B) the date received or invoiced, (C) the products and/or services to be delivered and (D) the conditions for the return of such prepayment, prebilled invoice or deposit. All such prepayments, prebilled invoices and deposits for the Company, to the extent that they were received prior to December 31, 2018, are properly accrued for on the applicable Financial Statements.

 

5.21.       Intellectual Property.

 

(a) Patents. Section 5.21.(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and complete list of all Patents in which the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest or which have been exclusively licensed to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (collectively the “Company Patents”), identifying for each of the Patents (A) the patent number and issue date (if issued) or application number and filing date (if not issued), (B) its title, (C) the named inventors, (D) whether it is owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and (E) its current status. No Company Patent has been or is now involved in any interference, reissue or reexamination proceeding and, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, no such action is or has been threatened with respect to any of the Company Patents and there is no patent of a third party interfering with any Company Patent.

 

(b) Copyrights. Section 5.21.(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and complete list of all registered Copyrights owned (in whole or in part) by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, all pending applications for registration of Copyrights filed anywhere in the world, and all unregistered Copyrights that are material to the business of the Company, that are owned (in whole or in part) by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively the “Company Copyrights”).

 

 

 

(c) Trademarks. Section 5.21.(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and complete list of all registered and material unregistered Marks owned (in whole or in part) or exclusively licensed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively “Company Marks”), and specifically lists all registrations and applications for registration with all Governmental Bodies that have been obtained or filed with regard to such Company Marks, identifying for each (A) its registration (as applicable) and application numbers, (B) whether it is owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary, (C) its current status and (D) the class(es) of goods or services to which it relates. All Company Marks registered with any Governmental Body, and for which applications to register have been filed with such Governmental Body which are being used, have been continuously used in the form appearing in, and in connection with, the goods and services listed in their respective registration certificates and applications therefor, respectively. There has been no prior use of any material Company Mark by any third party that would confer upon such third party superior rights in such Company Mark. No Company Mark has been or is now involved in any opposition or cancellation proceeding and, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, no such action is or has been threatened with respect to any of the Company Marks.

 

(d) Actions to Protect Intellectual Property. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has taken commercially reasonable steps in accordance with standard industry practices to protect its material Intellectual Property Rights and maintain the confidentiality of all of the Trade Secrets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and other confidential information of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

(e) Adverse Ownership Claims. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice or claim challenging the ownership by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any of the material Intellectual Property Rights owned (in whole or in part) or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or suggesting that any other Person has any claim of legal or beneficial ownership with respect thereto, nor to the Sellers’ Knowledge, is there a reasonable basis for any such claim.

 

(f) Validity and Enforceability. Each of the registered Company Marks, the Company Patents and registered Company Copyrights (collectively, the “Company Registered IP”) is valid and enforceable (provided however, no representation or warranty is made regarding the validity or enforceability of any patent application), and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice or claim challenging or questioning the validity or enforceability of any of the Company Registered IP or indicating an intention on the part of any Person to bring a claim that any of the Company Registered IP is invalid or unenforceable or has been misused.

 

(g) Status and Maintenance of Company Registered IP. The Company has not taken any action or failed to take any action (including the manner in which it has conducted its business, or used or enforced, or failed to use or enforce, any of the Company Registered IP) that would result in the abandonment, cancellation, forfeiture, relinquishment, invalidation or unenforceability of any of the Company Registered IP (including, with respect to the Company Patents, failing to disclose any known material prior art in connection with the prosecution of patent applications). All Company Registered IP has been registered or obtained in accordance with all applicable legal requirements and are currently in effect and in compliance with all applicable legal requirements (including, in the case of registered Company Marks, the timely post-registration filing of affidavits of use and incontestability and renewal applications). The Company has timely paid all filing, examination, issuance, post-registration and maintenance fees, annuities and the like associated with or required with respect to any of the Company Registered IP.

 

 

 

(h) Inbound License Agreements. Section 5.21.(h) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Inbound License Agreements, indicating the title and the parties thereto. The rights licensed under each Inbound License Agreement shall be exercisable by the Company on and after the applicable Closing to the same extent as by the Company or its applicable Subsidiary prior to the applicable Closing. No loss, breach or expiration of any Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any Inbound License Agreement is pending or reasonably foreseeable or, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened. No licensor under any Inbound License Agreement has any ownership or exclusive license rights in or with respect to any improvements made by the Company or any Subsidiary to the Intellectual Property Rights licensed thereunder.

 

(i) Outbound License Agreements. Section 5.21.(i) of the Disclosure Schedule accurately identifies each Outbound License Agreement. With respect to each Outbound License Agreement, the Company or a Subsidiary thereof is the sole and exclusive owner of all Improvements of the software or other Technology licensed under such Outbound License Agreement, including all Improvements made by the licensee or third parties. All software or other Technology provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any Outbound License Agreement is in compliance with all applicable Laws and the terms of such Outbound License Agreement.

 

(j) Sufficiency of IP Assets. The Company Intellectual Property Rights constitutes all of the Intellectual Property Rights necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company as currently conducted.

 

(k) No Encumbrances. Except for Inbound License Agreements, Outbound License Agreements, and any agreements referenced in the exclusions to those two defined terms, there are no outstanding options, licenses, agreements, claims, Liens, encumbrances or shared ownership interests of any kind relating to the Company Intellectual Property Rights, nor is the Company or any of its Subsidiaries bound by or a party to any other options, licenses or agreements of any kind (including any source code escrow arrangement) with respect to the Technology or Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person.

 

(l) No Infringement by the Company or Third Parties. None of the products, processes, services, or other technology or materials, or any other Intellectual Property Rights, developed, used, leased, licensed, sold, imported, or otherwise distributed or disposed of, or otherwise commercially exploited by or for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor any other activities or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, infringes upon, misappropriates, violates, dilutes or constitutes the unauthorized use of, any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice or claim asserting or suggesting that any such infringement, misappropriation, violation, dilution or unauthorized use is or may be occurring or has or may have occurred. No Company Intellectual Property Right is subject to any outstanding order, judgment, decree, stipulation or agreement restricting the use thereof by the Company or any such Subsidiary or, in the case of any Intellectual Property Rights licensed to others, restricting the sale, transfer, assignment or licensing thereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person. To the Sellers’ Knowledge, no third party is misappropriating, infringing, diluting or violating any Intellectual Property Rights owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

 

 

(m) Inventions by Personnel. It will not be necessary to use any inventions of any of its employees or contractors (or Persons it currently intends to hire) made prior to their employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Each former and current employee, contractor, advisor and consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that has been or currently is involved in the development of Company Intellectual Property Rights for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has validly assigned to the Company or a Subsidiary all Technology and Intellectual Property Rights that he or she owned prior to such assignment that they developed in the course of their employment (in the case of employees) and/or in the course of their engagement (in the case of contractors, advisors and consultants) and that are incorporated or embodied in any Company Intellectual Property Right owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or are otherwise related to the business of the Company.

 

(n) Open Source. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has embedded, used or distributed any open source, copyleft or community source code (including but not limited to any libraries or code, software, technologies or other materials that are licensed or distributed under any General Public License, Lesser General Public License or similar license arrangement or other distribution model described by the Open Source Initiative at www.opensource.org, collectively “Open Source Software”) in connection with any of its products or services that are generally available or in development in any manner that would materially restrict the ability of the Company or any Subsidiary to protect its proprietary interests in any such product or service or in any manner that requires, or purports to require (i) any Company Intellectual Property Right (other than the Open Source Software itself) be disclosed or distributed in source code form or be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, (ii) any restriction on the consideration to be charged for the distribution of any Company Intellectual Property Right, (iii) the creation of any material obligation for the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to Company Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or any Subsidiary, or the grant to any third party of any rights or immunities under Company Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or any Subsidiary or (iv) any other material limitation, restriction or condition on the right of the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to its use or distribution of any Company Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(o) Employee Agreements. Each current and past employee, consultant, advisor, contractor and officer of the Company has executed an agreement with the Company regarding confidentiality and proprietary information (the “Confidential Information Agreements”). No current or former employee, consultant, advisor, contractor or officer has excluded works or inventions from his or her assignment of inventions pursuant to such employee’s Confidential Information Agreement. To the best of the Sellers’ Knowledge, none of the Company’s employees, consultants, advisors, contractors or officers is in violation of such Confidential Information Agreements.

 

 

 

5.22.       Insurance.

 

(a) The Company has any and all insurance required by applicable Law or by any contractual obligation assumed by the Company. The Company carries insurance with respect to its properties, assets and business in the amounts and under policies as stated in Section 5.22 of the Disclosure Schedule, including such policies of insurance that are required to the nature of the business conducted by it and pursuant to the contracts with clients of the Company, and each such policy is in full force and effect (including renewals thereof) as of the Closing Date. To the best of the Sellers’ Knowledge, the properties, assets and business of the Company are not undersecured in comparison with the standards of the market where each of the Company and its Subsidiaries operates.

 

(b) There are no notifications served in compliance with applicable Law with regards to any Liability under such insurances being avoided by the insurers, and transactions contemplated hereby do not have the effect of terminating, or entitling any insurer to terminate, or cover under any such insurance. Such insurance policies shall remain in full force and effect from and after the Closing Date. The Company has not received, and none of the Sellers has received, any written notice of cancellation, of, premium increase with respect to, or alteration of coverage under, any of such insurance policies. All premiums due under such insurance policies have been paid in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

(c) No claim is outstanding by the Company under any policy of insurance held by it and there are no circumstances likely to give rise to such a claim.

 

5.23.       Employees.

 

(a) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local Laws, rules and regulations relating to labor practices, employment, Labor Agreements and Labor Permits and Regulations including, without limitation, provisions and regulations thereof relating to terms and conditions of employment, employment practices, health and safety, wages and hours, child labor, immigration, employment discrimination, disability rights, benefits, equal opportunity, plant closures and layoffs, affirmative action, workers’ compensation, labor relations, employee leave issues and unemployment insurance and the payment of social security and other Taxes.

 

(b) The Company materially complies with all contractually and statutory based payment obligations regarding the employees. All salaries and other payments that have become due to the employees and workers have been duly paid, and there are no payments outstanding to any of its employees and workers. Vacations, bonuses, mandatory bonuses and any other labor and social security obligations and Taxes accrued until Closing in connection with employees of the Company have been paid or the accrual therefore is reflected pursuant to Section 5.12 of this Agreement.

 

(c) The Company has no labor relations problems (including, without limitation, any union organization activities, threatened or actual strikes or work stoppages or grievances). Neither the Company nor any of its employees is subject to any non-compete, nondisclosure, confidentiality, employment, consulting or similar agreements relating to, affecting or in conflict with the present or proposed business activities of the Company.

 

(d) There is no pending outstanding or, to the best of Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened claim from any of the Company’s employees against the Company and the Sellers are not aware of any circumstances which may give rise to such a claim.

 

 

 

(e) Section 5.23.(e) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the number of each employee’s record number, hire date of employment, date of incorporation of benefits, job title, monthly basic compensation and any other type of compensation, place of work, type of employment, eligibility to obtain bonus, annual days of paid time off, and other benefits for each regular, full time or part time employee of the Company. There are no written employment contracts related to any employees of the Company and no consulting agreements to which the Company is a party, except as set forth in Section 5.23.(e) of the Disclosure Schedule. Section 5.23.(e) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each employee benefit plan sponsored, maintained, contributed to by the Company or to which the Company has any Liability, contingent or otherwise, for the benefit of any employee or former employee of the Company. The Company has not granted or promised an increase in any employee’s compensation, bonuses, incentives or any benefit that would become effective after the Closing, except for the transfer of record ownership of vehicles currently under leasing from Belatrix Argentina to Key Employees or to Sellers.

 

(f) Section 5.23.(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, sets forth a list of the Company’s employee’s and workers entitled to receive performance bonus to be paid as of the Closing Date for the period January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019, including, their position and bonus range for each position and reflecting any and all Company´s bonus policies, performance bonus, profit sharing, commission, discretionary bonus arrangements, share option schemes, profit related pay schemes, or employee share ownership plans of the Company for each such Company’s employee’s and/or workers. There has been no alteration or amendment to the Company’s bonus policies during the past three years. The Company has no outstanding debt or payment obligation of any nature related to employee’s performance bonus or any other obligation.

 

(g) Section 5.23.(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, sets forth the current profit sharing, commission, discretionary bonus arrangements, share option schemes, profit related pay schemes, or employee share ownership plans in respect of any of the directors, employees or workers of the Company.

 

(h) The consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby will not entitle any manager, director, officer or employee to terminate their employment and receive any payment or other benefits (except for the Transaction and Retention Bonus referred to in Section 2.2 above) or result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any awards or benefits under any Labor Agreements or Employee Benefit Plans. Company has not made or agreed to make a payment or provided or agreed to provide a benefit to a present or former director or officer, employee or worker or to their dependants in connection with, or related to the transaction contemplated hereby (except for the Transaction and Retention Bonus referred to in Section 2.2 above).

 

(i) Section 5.23.(i) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of the Company’s current independent contractors and for each the initial start date of the engagement, termination date of the engagement, a description of the remuneration arrangements applicable to each independent contractors and a brief description of the services provided.

 

 

 

(j) Section 5.23.(j) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of the Company’s employees considered to be the “Management Team”. As of the date of this Agreement, none of the employees in the Management Team list, except for Mr. Juan Fernando Valdemoros who will work for the Company until July 31st, 2019, have given written notice to the Company or any of the Sellers to resign from his or her employment or has terminated his or her employment with the Company. None of the Selling Parties has any reason to believe that any of such key employees intend to resign from employment after consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.24.       Compliance with Law; Permits.

 

(a) The Company has complied, in all material respects, with all applicable Laws and is not in violation of any applicable Law relating to the operation of its business, and has not received notice of any such violation. All permits, licenses, approvals, certifications, registrations, consents and similar authorizations of the Company required to conduct its business and to own, lease, use and, when applicable, operate its assets are currently in full force and effect, are not in default, and are valid under applicable Laws according to their terms, notwithstanding those permits, licenses, approvals, certifications, registrations, consents and similar authorizations which, as the case may be, may be subject to ordinary and customary proceedings of prorogation or extension. There is no legal action, governmental proceeding or investigation pending against the Company or threatened against the Company to terminate, suspend or modify any permit and the Company is in compliance in all respects with the terms and conditions of all permits, including all requirements for notification, filing, reporting, and maintenance of records.

 

(b) All legal and procedural requirements in relation to all mandatory filings with all Governmental Bodies have been duly and properly complied with in all material respects and the Company is not in violation of any material requirements or obligations pursuant to any applicable Laws.

 

(c) Neither the Company nor any of the Sellers or any of their directors, officers or employees, executive officers, directors or any individual, entity, or organization holding any ownership interest or controlling interest in either Company or the Sellers is an individual, entity, or organization with whom Globant is prohibited from dealing by any United States Law, regulation, or executive order, including, without limitation, names appearing on the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control’s and Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List.

 

5.25.       Affiliated Transactions.

 

(a) No manager, officer, director, employee, stockholder or affiliate of the Company or any individual known to be related by blood, marriage or adoption to any such individual or any entity in which any such Person or individual owns any beneficial interest, is a party to any outstanding contract with the Company or has any interest in any property used by the Company, except for the property located at Darragueira 7097, Chacras de Coria, Lujan de Cuyo, Mendoza, Argentina, which is owned by LHR and Ms. María Cristina Gagliardi.

 

(b) All contracts, agreements and arrangements between the Company and related parties have always been on arms' length terms and in compliance with transfer pricing rules and regulations.

 

 

 

5.26.       Dividends. Except as set forth in Section 5.26. of the Disclosure Schedule, since December 31, 2018, the Company has not declared or distributed any dividends or made other distributions (whether in cash, stock, or property, or any combination thereof). There are no dividends due to any present or past shareholder of the Company.

 

5.27.       Sellers Credit. Except as detailed in Section 5.27 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Sellers holds a credit or any right to receive a payment from the Company nor the Company holds a credit or any right to receive payments from the Sellers (due to personal expenses or any other reason). Should the Company be reimbursed for such credit or set-off against other existing Sellers’ debts, the Sellers shall have a right to be duly reimbursed with the relevant amount received by the Company.

 

5.28.       Books and Records. (a) The books of accounting of the Company have been fully, properly and accurately maintained in all respects, and contain in all respects true, complete and accurate records of all matters required by Law to be entered therein. The Sellers represent and warrant that the registrations made in the books of accounting reflect valid, genuine and legitimate transactions. (b) The books of accounts and other financial records of the Company: (i) reflect all items of the Financial Statements and of income and expense and all assets and liabilities required to be reflected therein in accordance with applicable Laws and regulations, (ii) are in all respects complete and correct, and do not contain or reflect any inaccuracies or discrepancies and (iii) have been maintained in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting practices as applicable. There is no untrue, false or misleading information as well as no undisclosed liabilities in the statutory books, Financial Statements and records of the Company which may lead to unexpected liabilities of the Company.

 

5.29.       Office Leases. Section 5.29. of the Disclosure Schedule includes a list of the lease agreements (“Lease Agreements”) with respect to all of the real property leased or subleased to and occupied and used (or to be occupied and used) by the Company in conducting the operations of its business (the “Leased Real Property”). The Company has a valid leasehold interest in the Leased Real Property and the Lease Agreements are in full force and effect and there are no disputes or conflicts whatsoever pending or threatened against the Company in relation to the Lease Agreements. As of the Closing Date, there are no amounts due and unpaid by the Company under the Lease Agreements for any period before Closing or with respect to the Leased Real Property and the Company is not in breach of any of its obligations under the Lease Agreements.

 

5.30.       No other Investments. Except as listed in Section 5.30. of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not own or has any ownership interests of any kind, or is the beneficiary directly or indirectly of any shares or participation interests of any kind of outstanding capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or, or any other equity interest in any other Person.

 

 

 

5.31.       Unlawful Payments. The Company is and has been in compliance, as may be applicable, with the FCPA, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq., the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development Convention Against Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions and legislation implementing such convention, all other international anti-bribery conventions, the UK Bribery Act, Sections 256 to 259, 266, 268 and 300 bis of the Argentine Criminal Code (Código Penal de la Nación), Argentine Law No 25,188, Argentine National Decree No 41/99, Argentine Law No 27,401, the Colombian Laws No 1474 of 2011 and 1778 of 2016 and articles 407 and 433 of the Colombian Criminal Code (Código Penal), the Peruvian Criminal Code, Peruvian Law No 30424 and its modifications, and all applicable anti-corruption or bribery Laws and all applicable Laws with the purpose or effect for the prevention of money laundering or terrorist financing in any jurisdiction in which any Company has conducted its business (collectively, “Anti-Bribery Laws”). The Company has not received any written communication from any Governmental Body that alleges that the Company, or any current or former representative thereof, is or may be in violation of, or has, or may have, any Liability under, any Anti-Bribery Laws, and no such potential violation of Anti-Bribery Laws has been discovered by or brought to the attention of any Company since December 31, 2013. The Company has not made or anticipates making any disclosures to any Governmental Body for potential violations of Anti-Bribery Laws. None of any Company’s current or former representatives is currently an officer, agent or employee of a Governmental Body. Neither the Company nor any of their respective current or former representatives has directly or indirectly offered, given, reimbursed, paid or promised to pay, or authorized the payment of, any money or other thing of value (including any fee, gift, sample, travel expense or entertainment) or any commission payment payable to (a) any Person who is an official, officer, agent, employee or representative of any Governmental Body or of any existing or prospective customer (whether or not owned by a Governmental Body), (b) any political party or official thereof, (c) any candidate for political or political party office or (d) any other Person affiliated with any such customer, political party or official or political office, in each case while knowing or having reason to believe that all or any portion of such money or thing of value would be offered, given, reimbursed, paid or promised, directly or indirectly, for purposes not allowable under the Anti-Bribery Laws, to any such official, officer, agent, employee, representative, political party, political party official, candidate, individual, or other Person affiliated with any such customer, political party or official or political office.

 

5.32.       U.S. Sanctions, Export Control and Anti-Money Laundering Laws. Neither the Sellers, the Company nor any of its directors, officers, employees, nor, to the Company’s or any of the Sellers’ Knowledge, any agent or any other Person acting for or on behalf of the Company (a) is designated on any prohibited Persons or entities list of any Sanctions Governmental Authority, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, the U.S. Department of Commerce Denied Persons List, the Commerce Entity List, and the U.S. Department of State Debarred List, (b) participated in any transaction on behalf of the Company or any Seller involving such designated Person, or any country that is subject to economic sanctions administered by OFAC or other Sanctions Governmental Body, to the extent such a transaction is or would be prohibited by such sanctions, (c) exported (including, but not limited to, deemed exportation) or re-exported, directly or indirectly, any good, technology or services on behalf of the Company or any Seller in violation of any applicable export control or economic sanctions Laws, rules or regulations administered by a Sanctions Governmental Authority, or (d) participated on behalf of the Company or any Seller in any export, re-export or transaction connected with any purpose prohibited by applicable anti-money laundering, export control or economic sanctions Laws, rules or regulations, including support for international terrorism and nuclear, chemical or biological weapons proliferation. Each of the Company and the Sellers is in compliance with all applicable Anti-Money-Laundering Laws.

 

 

 

 

5.33.       Data Privacy. In connection with the collection, storage, transfer (including, without limitation, any transfer across national borders) and/or use of any personally identifiable information from any individuals, including, without limitation, any employees, customers, prospective customers, and/or other third parties (collectively, “Personal Information”), the Company is and since its formation has been, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws in all relevant jurisdictions and the requirements of any contract or codes of conduct to which the Company is a party. The Company has taken all and is continuing to take commercially reasonable steps to comply in all material respects with the requirements of the EU General Data Protection Regulation 2016/769 (the “GDPR”). The Company has commercially reasonable physical, technical, organizational and administrative security measures and, at its headquarters only, a written policy in place to protect all Personal Information collected by it or on its behalf from and against unauthorized access, use and/or disclosure. The Company is and since its formation has been, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, in compliance in all material respects with all Laws relating to data loss, theft and breach of security notification obligations.

 

5.34.       Foreign Exchange Laws. (a) The Company has complied with all exchange Laws applicable to its business and operations, including those issued by the Central Bank of Colombia, the Central Bank of Peru and the Central Bank of Argentina, and in particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, has complied in all material respects with governing rules for foreign exchange inflow and outflow, settlement of foreign currency from exports and/or funding from abroad, minimum time and/or averages applicable to repayment of financing from abroad, payment of imports, rules regarding advance of founds and pre-financing exports, and any other transaction made or needed to be made according to applicable Laws and has filed on a timely basis with the applicable Governmental Body all documents required to be filed in compliance with the aforementioned rules and its related regulations. All records of foreign investments have been timely registered in accordance with the applicable Laws, and such records are correct, accurate, truthful and up-to-date, reflecting the status of the Company’s investments.

 

(b) Each of the Sellers, to the extent required by applicable foreign exchange Laws, has (a) duly filed all returns, forms and documentation related to his investment in the Company and/or the Subsidiaries, as applicable, with the applicable Governmental Body, (b) complied with all foreign exchange obligations in accordance with applicable Law with respect to his investment in the Company and/or the Subsidiaries, as applicable, and any other foreign exchange transaction performed by such Seller that involves the Company and/or the Subsidiaries, as applicable, and (c) not been notified of any Legal Proceeding or alleged breach or been sanctioned for any breach of foreign exchange Laws with respect to such Seller’s investment in the Company or the Subsidiaries and any other foreign exchange transaction performed by such Seller, as applicable, that involves the Company and/or the Subsidiaries.

 

5.35.       Effects of Due Diligence. The performance by Globant, its auditors and counsel of a legal, tax, technical and accounting audit of the Company and other due diligence tasks carried out by them or by others at their request prior to or the date hereof, or the results thereof, in no way limit or exclude the liabilities of Sellers under this Agreement, except for those liabilities included in the Disclosure Schedule (subject to any specific treatment agreed in connection therewith).

 

None of the rights of Globant hereunder shall be limited or affected in any respect by reason of any knowledge acquired by Globant, or its agents or representatives, of the business, liabilities or rights of the Company, in the conduct of due diligence reviews or otherwise except for those liabilities included in the Disclosure Schedule (subject to any specific treatment agreed in connection therewith).

 

 

 

5.36.       Environmental and Safety Laws. The Company is in compliance with all Environmental Laws applicable to the conduct of the business of the Company and there has been no release of any pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous material, substance or waste or petroleum or any fraction thereof (other than office and cleaning supplies which are safely maintained) (each, a “Hazardous Substance”) on, upon, into or from any site currently or heretofore owned, leased or otherwise used by the Company.

 

5.37.       Customs. The Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws on customs and foreign trade. The Company has submitted on time and according to applicable Laws all customs destinations and they were complete and accurate in all material respects, reflecting all customs duties and responsibilities required by applicable Laws. Import and exports transactions made by the Company have been at market prices, and prices have been duly declared under applicable customs Laws. To the Sellers’ Knowledge, there is no Action against the Company pending, whether administrative or judicial level, in relation to foreign trade issues.

 

5.38.       Brokers and Financial Advisors. The Sellers have retained 7 Mile Advisors, LLC as financial advisor for the transaction contemplated hereby. Sellers shall be joint and severally responsible for any payment and fees or commissions due to 7 Mile Advisors, LLC. Neither the Company nor any Seller has entered into any engagement or contract to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent as result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company has no outstanding fees, expenses or any other amounts payable to Juan Carlos García and/or Taxland for any concept whatsoever.

 

5.39.       Solvency. The Company is not insolvent or unable to pay its debts nor has any insolvency proceedings of any nature, including without limitation, winding up, bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization, composition or arrangement with creditors, voluntary or involuntary, whether or not been initiated by the Company or threatened against the Company or initiated against the Company nor has the Company appointed, or received or sent any written notice for the appointment of, a liquidator or provisional liquidator or administrator to the Company or any of its assets.

 

5.40.       Material Adverse Effect. To the best of the Sellers’ Knowledge, no change, event, occurrence or circumstance has occurred or is subsisting or threatened which, individually or in the aggregate with any other changes, events, occurrences or circumstances, has had, would, or might reasonably in any such case, constitute a Materially Adverse Effect on the Company, its business, assets or financial position.

 

5.41.       Full Disclosure. To the best of the Sellers’ Knowledge, there are no facts pertaining to the Company or the Sellers, which could affect adversely the Company, or its business or which are likely in the future to affect adversely the Company or its business and which have not been disclosed in this Agreement, the Disclosure Schedule or the Financial Statements. To the best of the Sellers’ Knowledge, no representation, warranty or statement by the Sellers in this Agreement, or in any Schedule, statement or certificate furnished to Globant pursuant to this Agreement, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made herein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. To the best of the Sellers’ Knowledge, there is no fact or circumstance relating to the affairs of the Company and/or its business which has not been disclosed to the Globant, which could impact the decision of Globant to enter into this Agreement.

 

 

 

5.42.       No other Representation or Warranties. No Reliance. Except for the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE 5, neither the Sellers nor any other person makes any other express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of Sellers.

 

Without limitation, none of the Sellers, their Affiliates, and the representatives of any of the foregoing gives any representation or warranty concerning the solvency of any customer. It is understood that any estimates, forecasts, projections or other predictions and any other information or materials that have been provided or made available to Purchasers or any of their Affiliates or their respective representatives are not, and shall not be deemed to be, representations and warranties of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates or any of their respective representatives. The Purchasers hereby expressly disclaim (and shall cause its Affiliates, shareholders, and any other interest holders of any kind whatsoever to expressly disclaim, as and when requested) any reliance whatsoever on any representation, warranty or other statement of the Sellers, their Affiliates or representatives, except for the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 5.

 

ARTICLE 6

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS

 

The Purchasers represent and warrant to the Sellers that the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date:

 

6.1.         Organization of Purchasers. Each of the Purchasers is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction where it is incorporated and where it operates.

 

6.2.         Authority. Each of the Purchasers has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Purchasers, the relevant board approvals and the relevant governmental required approvals or permits from relevant authorities, if any, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchasers, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

 

6.3.         No Conflict. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein by the Purchasers will violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Purchasers.

 

6.4.        Consents and Approvals. Other than as specifically enumerated herein, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Purchasers, and the Purchasers’ ownership of the Purchased Interests upon consummation of the Closing, will not require the Purchasers to obtain any permit, consent, waiver, authorization or approval of, or make any filing with or give notice to, any Person other than those which are not material.

 

 

 

6.5.         Litigation. There is no Action, or to the best of the Purchasers’ knowledge, threatened against the Purchasers that questions the validity of the Transaction Documents or the right of the Purchasers to enter into them, or to consummate or delay the transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

6.6.         Funding. Each of the Purchasers has sufficient funds or immediately available financing to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to satisfy their respective obligations thereunder, including payment of the Purchase Price and fees and expenses relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction Documents. Each of the Purchasers acknowledges and agrees that its obligations are not subject to any conditions regarding Purchasers’ or any other person's ability to obtain financing for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

6.7.         Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither of the Purchasers nor any of their directors, officers, employees, nor, to the Purchasers’ knowledge, any of their agents have, directly or indirectly, made, offered, promised or authorized any payment or gift of any money or anything of value to or for the benefit of any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA), foreign political party or official thereof or candidate for foreign political office for the purpose of (a) influencing any official act or decision of such official, party or candidate, (b) inducing such official, party or candidate to use his, her or its influence to affect any act or decision of a foreign Governmental Body, or (c) securing any improper advantage, in the case of (a), (b) and (c) above, in order to assist any of the Purchasers in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person. Neither of the Purchasers nor any of its directors, officers, employees nor, to the Purchasers’ knowledge, any of its agents have made or authorized any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment of funds or received or retained any funds in violation of any Law, rule or regulation. Neither of the Purchasers or any of their officers, directors or employees are the subject of any allegation, voluntary disclosure, investigation, prosecution or other enforcement action related to any Anti-Bribery Law. The Purchasers are in compliance with all applicable Anti-Bribery Laws.

 

6.8.         U.S. Sanctions, Export Control and Anti-Money Laundering Laws. Neither of the Purchasers nor any of their directors, officers, employees, nor, to the Purchasers’ knowledge, any agent or any other person acting for or on behalf of the Purchasers (a) is designated on any prohibited persons or entities list of any Sanctions Governmental Authority, including, but not limited to, the OFAC Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, the U.S. Department of Commerce Denied Persons List, the Commerce Entity List, and the U.S. Department of State Debarred List, (b) participated in any transaction on behalf of any of the Purchasers involving such designated Person, or any country that is subject to economic sanctions administered by OFAC or other Sanctions Governmental Authority, to the extent such a transaction is or would be prohibited by such sanctions, (c) exported (including, but not limited to, deemed exportation) or re-exported, directly or indirectly, any good, technology or services on behalf of any of the Purchasers in violation of any applicable export control or economic sanctions Laws, rules or regulations administered by a Sanctions Governmental Authority, or (d) participated on behalf of any of the Purchasers in any export, re-export or transaction connected with any purpose prohibited by applicable antimony laundering, export control or economic sanctions Laws, rules or regulations, including support for international terrorism and nuclear, chemical or biological weapons proliferation. The Purchasers are in compliance with all applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

 

 

 

6.9.         No other Representation or Warranties. No Reliance. Except for the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE 6, neither the Purchasers nor any other person makes any other express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of the Purchasers or any Affiliate thereof.

 

Without limitation, none of the Purchasers, their Affiliates, and the representatives of any of the foregoing gives any representation or warranty concerning any estimates, forecasts, projections or other predictions and any other information or materials that may have been provided or made available to the Sellers or any of their Affiliates or their respective representatives are not, and shall not be deemed to be, representations and warranties of the Purchasers or any of their Affiliates or any of their respective representatives. The Purchasers hereby expressly disclaim (and shall cause its Affiliates, shareholders, and any other interest holders of any kind whatsoever to expressly disclaim, as and when requested) any reliance whatsoever on any representation, warranty or other statement of the Purchasers, their Affiliates or representatives, except for the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 6.

 

6.10.       No Purchasers’ Material Adverse Effect. To the Purchasers’ knowledge, since December 31, 2018, there shall not have occurred any Purchasers’ Material Adverse Effect. For purposes hereof, (i) “Purchasers’ knowledge” shall mean the actual knowledge of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel of Globant and the knowledge that each such person would have reasonably obtained in the performance of each such person's duties, and (ii) “Purchasers’ Material Adverse Effect” means any change, event, effect, circumstance or matter (each, an “Effect”) that (considered together with all other Effects) is, or would reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse on (a) the business, assets, property, operations or financial condition of Globant and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Globant to perform any of its obligations hereunder, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7

INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1.         Indemnification by Sellers. The Sellers shall, jointly and severally, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Globant Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Damages incurred or suffered by any of the Globant Indemnified Parties, based upon, relating to, resulting from, arising out of or otherwise in connection with:

 

(a) any breach, inaccuracy, or failure to be true, as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing Date, of the representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in ARTICLE 5, or contained in any certificate delivered in connection herewith;

 

(b) any failure to perform, breach or default in the performance of any covenant or agreement of any Seller contained in this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument furnished by such Seller, to the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(c) any failure of any Seller to have good, valid and marketable title to the Purchased Interests issued in the name of such Seller, free and clear of all Liens;

 

 

 

(d) any Claim by any equityholder or former equityholder of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person, seeking to assert, or based upon: (i) the ownership or rights to ownership of any equity interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) any rights of an equityholder (other than the right of a Seller to receive consideration pursuant to this Agreement), including any option, preemptive rights or rights to notice or to vote; (iii) any rights under the Organizational Documents of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(e) any Claim, penalty, Tax, or other Liability arising from or in connection with the employment relationship of any of the Sellers with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever; and

 

(f) any of the items set forth in Exhibit 7.1.(f).

 

7.2.         Indemnification by Purchasers. The Purchasers shall, jointly and severally, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers from and against any and all Damages incurred or suffered by any of the Sellers, based upon, relating to, resulting from, arising out of or otherwise in connection with:

 

(a) any breach, inaccuracy, or failure to be true, as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing Date, of the representations and warranties of Purchasers contained in ARTICLE 6, or contained in any certificate delivered in connection herewith;

 

(b) any failure to perform, breach or default in the performance of any covenant or agreement of any of the Purchasers contained in this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument furnished by such Purchaser to the Sellers pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

(c) any failure by Globant S.A. (Luxembourg) to validly issue, grant marketeable title in the G-Shares issued in the name of the Sellers, free and clear of all Liens other than the restrictions to Transfers arising from the contractual lock-up periods contemplated in Section 1.3.(d) hereof and applicable US or Luxembourg securities laws.

 

7.3.         Indemnification Claims.

 

(a) Any Person seeking indemnification under Section 7.1. or Section 7.2. (each, an “Indemnified Party”) shall assert any Claim for indemnification, including any Third-Party Claim, by delivering written notice thereof (a “Claim Notice”) to the party from which indemnification is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after learning of the basis for such Claim; provided that the failure to so notify the party from which indemnification is sought shall not limit the Indemnified Party’s rights to indemnification hereunder except to the extent that an Indemnifying Party is actually and materially prejudiced by such failure. Each Claim Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the Claim specifying in reasonable detail the basis for the Claim, as well as the Damages relating thereto (which, if not determinable at such time, may be a reasonable good faith estimate thereof (such amount of Damages or such good faith estimate, as applicable, a “Claimed Amount”)), and attach copies of all material written evidence thereof that the Indemnified Party has received from any Person that is not a party hereto or an Affiliate of a Party hereto (a “Third Party”) to the date of the Claim Notice.

 

 

 

(b) Notice of Third-Party Claims. In the event of a Claim brought by a Third Party (a “Third-Party Claim”), the Indemnified Party shall give to the Indemnifying Party prompt and detailed notice thereof, but in any event no later than ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such notice of such Third-Party Claim or within such shorter period of time as may reasonably be required to permit the Indemnifying Party to adequately respond to any such claim; provided, however, that the failure to provide such notice or any delay in providing such notice shall not release any Indemnifying Party from any of their obligations under this ARTICLE 7 or prevent any Indemnified Party from being indemnified for any Damages except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure or delay (and then only to the extent of such prejudice). Such notice to the Indemnifying Party shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail and, as the case may be, shall have copy of the documentation received therewith enclosed. In addition, such notice by the Indemnified Party shall indicate the Claimed Amount of Damages, if reasonably practicable, that have been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party.

 

(c) Defense of Third-Party Claims. The Sellers shall be entitled to undertake the defense of the Third-Party Claim by giving notice to Globant within five (5) Business Days (or, as necessary, prior to the expiration of three quarters of the term available to reply to or answer the Third Party Claim) after receipt of the notice of Third-Party Claim (as referred above). In the absence of such a notice by the Sellers, the Sellers shall be deemed to have waived their right to undertake the defense of such Third-Party Claim and Globant shall be entitled to assume and have sole control over the defense and investigation of such Third-Party Claim and will be entitled to negotiate a settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of an Order with respect to, such Claim; provided that, if the Sellers are the Indemnifying Party, such settlement, compromise or consent shall be permitted only with the prior written consent of the Sellers (as the Indemnifying Party), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If the Sellers have waived their right to the defense, the Sellers shall be entitled to participate in (but not control) such defense and investigation with counsel reasonably acceptable to Globant at the sole cost and expense of the Sellers. Upon request, Globant will provide the Sellers with copies of complaints, pleadings, notices and material communications with respect to such Third-Party Claim.

 

(d) Assistance for Third-Party Claims. The Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with each other in all reasonable respects in connection with the defense of any Third-Party Claim, including making available to the party who is undertaking and controlling the defense of any Third-Party Claim (the “Defending Party”), at the Indemnifying Party’s expense: (i) those employees and agents whose assistance, testimony or presence is necessary or desirable to assist the Defending Party in evaluating and in defending any Third-Party Claim; and (ii) all documents, records and other materials in the possession of such party reasonably required by the Defending Party for its use in defending any Third-Party Claim.

 

 

 

7.4.         Survival

 

(a) Unless otherwise specified in this Section 7.4 or elsewhere in this Agreement, all provisions of this Agreement shall survive the Closing and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be affected in any respect by the occurrence of the Closing or any investigation conducted by any party hereto and any information or knowledge which such party may have or receive, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, and such provisions shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms for a twenty four (24) month period since the Closing Date; provided, however, that, except with respect to claims based on fraud, intentional or knowing misrepresentation, willful breach or willful misconduct, all representations and warranties that are covered by the indemnification obligations in Section 7.1.(a) shall expire after a twenty-four (24) month period from the Closing Date; provided further, however, that (i) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1., 5.2., 5.3., 5.4., 5.5., 5.6., 5.7., 5.21, 5.25(a)., 5.27. and 5.38. shall survive until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, and (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.10. and 5.23. (to the extent related to Tax) shall survive until the date that is ninety (90) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (taking into account any tolling periods and other extensions) (the representations and warranties described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the “Fundamental Representations”). Furthermore, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all indemnification obligations resulting from the matters indicated in Section 7.1.(c), through Section 7.1.(f) shall survive until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (the “Special Indemnification Matters”). All covenants, agreements or obligations required to be performed pursuant to this Agreement that by their terms are required to be performed prior to the Closing shall survive until ninety (90) days following performance, satisfaction or waiver. The covenants, agreements or obligations required to be performed pursuant to this Agreement that by their terms are required to be performed following the Closing shall survive until the later of (i) the date of full and final performance, and (ii) ninety (90) days following expiration of the longest permitted applicable statute of limitations under the corresponding applicable Law of the country in which the breach has arisen. Neither Party shall have any liability hereunder in respect of any claims made after the relevant periods mentioned above. Nevertheless, if a claim has been duly notified as per the above prior to expiration of the applicable survival period, then the claims for such potential Damage will not be extinguished by the passage of the applicable survival period until duly resolved.

 

(b) If Globant delivers to the Sellers, before expiration of a representation, warranty, covenant or agreement, a Claim Notice based upon a breach of such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement, then the applicable representation, warranty, covenant or agreement shall survive until, but only for purposes of, the resolution of the matter covered by such notice.

 

7.5.         Limitations.

 

(a) The Sellers shall not be liable for Damages which, individually considered, are lower than an amount equal to US$10,000 (the “De Minimis Exclusion”). Any Damages not exceeding the De Minimis Exclusion shall be considered non-indemnifiable Damages under this Agreement. A series of Claims of the same nature having in common the same cause or origin shall be considered to be a single Claim for the purposes of the De Minimis Exclusion. With respect to claims for Damages arising under Section 7.1.(a), the Sellers shall not be liable for any Damage until the aggregate amount of such Damages exceeds US$200,000 (at which point the Sellers shall become liable for all Damages under Section 7.1.(a) from the first US Dollar); provided that the limitations set forth in this sentence shall not apply to Damages based upon, in connection with or resulting from (i) fraud, intentional or knowing misrepresentation, willful breach or willful misconduct on the part of any Seller, (ii) a breach, inaccuracy or failure to be true of any of the Fundamental Representations, or (iii) any of the Special Indemnification Matters.

 

 

 

(b) The aggregate total amount in respect of which the Sellers may be liable under Section 7.1.(a) or resulting from any of the Special Indemnification Matters to the Globant Indemnified Parties shall not exceed the amount of US$11,500,000; provided, however, that the aggregate Liability of the Sellers for breach, inaccuracy or failure to be true of Fundamental Representations shall be limited to the Purchase Price effectively received by the Sellers until the date the particular Damage is payable; provided, further, that the aggregate Liability of the Sellers in respect of fraud, intentional or knowing misrepresentation, willful breach or willful misconduct shall not be limited.

 

(c) Subject to the applicable limitations set forth in this ARTICLE 7, any amounts due to any Globant Indemnified Party pursuant to this ARTICLE 7 will be satisfied first from the Escrow Amount, and if the remaining Escrow Amount is insufficient to pay in full such amounts due to any Globant Indemnified Party, such Globant Indemnified Party may seek payment of any such amounts (or any portion thereof) from the Sellers, jointly and severally. Additionally, until the first anniversary since the Closing Date, if the Damages exceed the Escrow Amount, any Globant Indemnified Party will have a right to set off the exceeding amount corresponding to the Damages against the Deferred Consideration Payment. For the avoidance of doubt, this set off right shall only be in force between the Closing Date and the Deferred Compensation Payment Date.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary: (i) each Seller acknowledges and agrees that it does not have any right of indemnification, contribution or reimbursement from or remedy against the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of any indemnification it is required to make under or based upon, arising out of, cause by or in connection with the breach or inaccuracy of any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (including any such breach or inaccuracy of a representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation of or with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary); and (ii) each Seller hereby releases, waives and forever discharges any right to indemnification, contribution or reimbursement that it may have at any time against the Company or any Subsidiary under or based upon, arising out of, caused by or in connection with the breach or inaccuracy of any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

(e) Except for rights for indemnification arising from the items set forth in Schedule 7.1.(f), the rights to indemnification set forth in this ARTICLE 7 shall exclude any claims regarding matters which have been disclosed by the Sellers in the Disclosure Schedule attached as Schedule 5 to this Agreement. The rights to indemnification set forth in this ARTICLE 7 shall not be affected by (i) any investigation conducted by or on behalf of any Globant Indemnified Party or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) by any Globant Indemnified Party, whether before or after the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the inaccuracy or noncompliance with any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation which is the subject of indemnification hereunder, or (ii) any waiver by Globant of any closing condition relating to the accuracy of representations and warranties or the performance of or compliance with agreements and covenants.

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of determining (i) whether there has been a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in ARTICLE 5, and (ii) the amount of Damages for which any Globant may be entitled to indemnification under this ARTICLE 7, each such representation or warranty shall be deemed to have been made without any qualifications or limitations as to materiality (including any qualifications or limitations made by reference to a Material Adverse Effect).

 

 

 

(g) The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled according to this Agreement. Except in the case of intentional fraud or willful misconduct committed with the knowledge of any of the Parties (as to which none of the limitations set forth in this ARTICLE 7 will apply), from and after the Closing, the rights of any Indemnified Party under this ARTICLE 7 (including, any right to specific performance) will be the sole and exclusive remedy of such Indemnified Party with respect to claims for breach or inaccuracy of any of the representations, or warranties, or breach of any of the covenants and agreements, in each case, that are indemnifiable under this ARTICLE 7.

 

7.6.        Damages Net of Insurance and Recovery. In calculating amounts payable to an Indemnified Party, the amount of any indemnified Damages shall be computed net of (i) payments actually recovered by the Indemnified Party under any insurance policy, with respect to such Damages, less any increase in the corresponding premium and (ii) any prior recovery by the Indemnified Party from any Third Party with respect to such Damages. If an Indemnified Party recovers an amount from an insurance policy or any other Third Party in respect of Damages that is the subject of indemnification hereunder after all or a portion of such Damages has been paid by an indemnifier pursuant to this Article, the Indemnified Party will promptly remit to the indemnifier the excess (if any) of (i) the amount paid by the indemnifier in respect of such Damages, plus the amount received from the insurance policy or Third Party in respect thereof, less (ii) the full amount of Damages.

 

7.7.        No Duplicative Recovery. Where substantially the same events or circumstances qualify under one or more single or multiple claims or under one or more provisions of this Agreement, the Indemnified Party seeking indemnification shall not be entitled to double or duplicative recovery of Damages arising out of such events or circumstances, or to calculate its Damages by duplicating or double counting its Damages arising out of such events or circumstances. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Indemnified Party is entitled to bring the claim under more than one provision of this Agreement, such Indemnified Party may choose at its sole and absolute discretion the provision or provisions under which it seeks indemnification.

 

7.8.        Subrogation. To the extent that an Indemnifying Party makes any payment pursuant to this ARTICLE 7 in respect of Damages for which any Indemnified Party has a right to recover against a Third Party (including an insurance company), such Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to the right of such Indemnified Party to seek and obtain recovery from such Third Party, except, that if such Indemnifying Party shall be prohibited from such subrogation, such Indemnified Party shall seek recovery from such Third Party on such Indemnifying Party’s behalf and pay any such recovery to such Indemnifying Party.

 

7.9.        Fraud; Willful Misconduct. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in no event shall any Indemnified Party be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE 7 to the extent any Damages were solely attributable to such Indemnified Party’s bad faith, willful misconduct or intentional fraud.

 

 

 

7.10.        Mitigation. Each of the Indemnified Parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all reasonable steps to mitigate their Damages upon and after becoming aware of any event that could reasonably be expected to give rise to Damages that may be indemnifiable under this ARTICLE 7 to the extent required by any applicable Law.

 

7.11.        Exclusive Remedy. The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled according to this Agreement. Except in the case of intentional fraud or willful misconduct committed with the knowledge of any of the Parties (as to which none of the limitations set forth in this ARTICLE 7 will apply), from and after the Closing, the rights of any Indemnified Party under this ARTICLE 7 (including, any right to specific performance) will be the sole and exclusive remedy of such Indemnified Party with respect to claims for breach or inaccuracy of any of the representations, or warranties, or breach of any of the covenants and agreements, in each case, that are indemnifiable under this ARTICLE 7.

 

ARTICLE 8

COVENANTS

 

8.1.       Access to Information. During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, the Purchasers shall be entitled, through its employees and representatives, to enter upon and make such investigation of the assets, properties, business and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and such examination of the books and records, financial condition and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries as Purchasers may desire (in a manner so as to not interfere with the normal business operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries); provided, however, the Purchasers may not communicate with any customers, vendors, suppliers, creditors or employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to the Business without the prior written consent of the Company or of the Sellers. Any such investigation and examination shall be conducted during normal business hours. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may withhold any document (or portions thereof) or information (a) that is subject to the terms of a non-disclosure agreement with a third party, (b) that constitutes privileged attorney-client communications or attorney work product and the transfer of which, or the provision of access to which, as reasonably determined by the Company’s counsel, constitutes a waiver of any such privilege, (c) if the provision of access to such document (or portion thereof) or information, as determined by the Company’s counsel, would reasonably be expected to conflict with applicable Laws or (d) relating to the sale process regarding the Equity Interests or bids received from others in connection with any such process.

 

8.2.       Conduct of Business.

 

(a) During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, the Sellers shall cause the Company and its Subsidiaries to carry on the Business of the Company and its business organization in all material respects in the ordinary course consistent with past practice.

 

(b) Except as expressly provided herein or as consented to in writing by Globant or required by Law, from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, the Sellers shall, and shall cause the Company to conduct the Business of the Company in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. Without limiting the foregoing, from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, the Sellers shall not, and shall cause the Company and its Subsidiaries not to:

 

 

 

(i) transfer, issue, grant, deliver or sell or authorize or propose the issuance, delivery or sale of, any ordinary stock or preferred stock or securities convertible into, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other agreements or commitments of any character obligating it to issue any such ordinary stock or preferred stock or other convertible securities or any stock or rights pursuant to phantom stock agreements or stock option agreements;

 

(ii) effect any recapitalization, reclassification or like change in its capitalization;

 

(iii) amend its certificate of incorporation or by-Laws or other Organizational Documents;

 

(iv) enter into or agree to enter into any merger or consolidation with any corporation or other entity, or acquire securities owned by any other company or individual;

 

(v) (A) increase the annual level of compensation of any of its directors or executive officers, (B) grant any unusual or extraordinary bonus, benefit or other direct or indirect compensation to any of its directors or executive officers, (C) increase the coverage or benefits available under any (or create any new) severance pay, termination pay, vacation pay, company awards, salary continuation for disability, sick leave, deferred compensation, bonus or other incentive compensation, insurance, pension, or other employee benefit plant or arrangement made to, for, or with any of its directors or executive officers of otherwise modify or amend or terminate any such plan or arrangement or (D) enter into any employment, deferred compensation, severance, consulting, non-competition or similar agreement (or amend any such agreement) involving any of its directors or executive officers, except, in each case as required by applicable Law from time to time in effect or by the terms of any employee plan;

 

(vi) acquire any properties, rights or other assets, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business, or sell, assign, license, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its material properties or rights;

 

(vii) make, change or revoke any Tax election, settle or compromise any Tax claim or Liability, incur any Liability for Taxes other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, change (or make a request to any Governmental Body to change) any aspect of its method of accounting for Tax purposes, or waive or extend any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or period within which an assessment or reassessment of Taxes may be issued;

 

(viii) increase current indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an amount higher than US$100,000 in the aggregate;

 

(ix) agree, in writing or otherwise, to take any of the foregoing actions, or take any action or agree, in writing or otherwise, to take any action which would in any material respect impede or delay the ability of the Parties to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in this Agreement; or

 

 

 

8.3.         Exclusivity. During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, without the prior approval of the Purchasers, none of the Company or any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives will, directly or indirectly, solicit, facilitate or encourage proposals from or enter into or continue discussions or negotiations with or furnish any nonpublic information to any other Person regarding the possible sale of the Purchased Interests (including any security that is convertible into capital stock of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries), a material portion of the Company’s assets or any merger or similar transaction or any financing transaction (an “Alternative Transaction”). Upon the signing and delivery of this Agreement, to the extent it has not already done so, the Sellers will, and will cause the Company to, immediately terminate any ongoing discussions with any other third parties regarding a possible Alternative Transaction and request the return of any confidential information provided to third parties in connection with a potential Alternative Transaction. The Sellers will, and will cause the Company to, deal exclusively with the Purchasers notwithstanding any such third party proposals.

 

8.4.         Publicity. Globant and the Sellers agree that no public release or announcement concerning the transactions contemplated hereby shall be issued without the prior consent of the other Party, except where such announcement is required under applicable Law or the rules of any stock exchange or trading system. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, upon the Closing, the Parties may issue a press release in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Sellers and Globant.

 

8.5.         Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, the Parties shall do or cause to be done all such commercially reasonable acts and things as may be necessary, proper or advisable, consistent with all applicable Laws, to consummate and make effective the Transactions, as soon as reasonably practicable. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, and the other Parties shall cooperate with such efforts, to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such further documents and instruments, in each case as may be necessary or proper in the reasonable judgment of any Party to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

 

 

8.6.         Non-Competition. Each Seller acknowledges and agrees that such Seller has had access to or received and may continue to have access to valuable confidential information and trade secrets of the Company (including its Subsidiaries) and exposure to key suppliers, service providers, and clients or customers of the Company (including its Subsidiaries). Accordingly, because of such Seller’s access to, and knowledge of, the Company’s confidential information and trade secrets and key suppliers, service providers and clients or customers, as well as Seller’s extraordinary position within the Company, such Seller would be in a unique position to divert business from the Company and to commit irreparable damage to the Company were such Seller to be allowed to compete with the Company or to commit any of the other acts prohibited below. Each Seller therefore recognizes that the assumption of non-competition and non-solicitation obligations by such Seller is a key consideration and an essential condition for Globant’s decision to enter into this Agreement, and is necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and in order to protect the legal rights and interests of all Parties under this Agreement. Each Seller acknowledges and agrees that the limitations of time, geography, and scope of activity set forth in this ARTICLE 8 are reasonable because, among other things, the Company is engaged in a highly competitive industry; the Sellers have had and may continue to have access to the trade secrets and know-how of the Company, including without limitation the plans and strategy (and in particular, the competitive strategy) of Company; and these limitations are necessary to protect the trade secrets, Confidential Information, and goodwill of the Company. Accordingly, each Seller (and unless it is authorized in writing by Globant) hereby undertakes, (i) for the period of thirty (30) months from the Closing Date; or (ii) eighteen (18) months of termination of employment with the Company of such Seller; whichever occurs last, the obligation not to, directly or indirectly, on his own account, jointly with or on behalf of any other Person or corporation as an independent contractor, partner, joint venture partner or agent, or as principal, or otherwise on any account or pretense or as a trustee, officer, director, manager, shareholder, employee, advisor, or agent of any corporation, trust or other business organization or commercial entity, compete with the Company, Globant and/or its Affiliates, in any state or country, territory or jurisdiction, in activities defined for the purposes of this Section 8.6 as follows: the business of providing outsourced services of (a) consulting, (b) design, development, maintenance and implementation of custom software applications, custom digital products and custom websites, (c) consulting and advise for the purpose of digital transformation, and, any other activities carried out by Globant and/or the Company, including the Subsidiaries and Globant’s subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement (the “Activities”), being therefore the Sellers prevented from doing the following (“Non-Competition Obligation”) unless it is authorized in writing by Globant:

 

(a) Holding any equity interest (other than minority interest representing more than 2% (two percent)) in companies whose activities are the same as or similar to or are directly or indirectly competing with the Activities;

 

(b) Rendering consultancy, management or other similar services in connection to the Activities to third parties (including but not limited to the past and / or current clients of the Company or its Subsidiaries);

 

(c) Becoming a director, officer, trustee, agent, advisor, manager, an employee services renderer or consultant or contractor of any company or business organization or commercial entity which activities are the same or similar to or are directly or indirectly competing with the Activities; or

 

(d) Commencing, owning, operating, managing, joining, establishing, engaging in, assisting, having an interest in, controlling, or carrying on, or attempting to or agreeing to commence, own, operate, manage, join, establish, engage in, assist, have an interest in, control, or carry on an Activity which is the same as or substantially similar to the Activities, in any manner other than holding any minority interest representing no more than 5% (five percent) in companies whose activities are the same as or similar to or are directly or indirectly competing with the Activities.

 

 

 

8.7.        Non-Solicitation. Each Seller hereby undertakes, (i) for the period of thirty (30) months from the Closing Date or (ii) eighteen (18) months of termination of employment with the Company of such Seller; whichever occurs last, shall not, whether directly or indirectly, by themselves or in association with or through any Person, in any manner whatsoever, to (i) contract, subcontract or enter into a joint venture with any of the employees or managers of the Company, Globant or any of Globant’s Affiliates among themselves and/or any of them with any of this family members; (ii) tender for, canvass or solicit or attempt to tender for, canvass or solicit the business of or employment of any client or customer of the Company; (iii) induce or attempt to induce any client, customer or supplier of the Company to cease to deal with the Company or otherwise interfere with the relationship between such client, customer or supplier and the Company; or (iv) perform any actions towards co-opting the clients of the Company and/or interrupting any transaction in progress among the Company and such clients (with regards to the Company’s Activities); or (v) assist, influence, encourage or induce such action in any manner whatsoever (the “Non-Solicitation Obligation”).

 

8.8.        Cooperation after Closing. The Sellers shall grant to Globant (or its designees) access, after Closing, at all reasonable times to all of the documents, information, books, data files, and records relating to the Company (including the Subsidiaries) within the possession of the Sellers that are not transferred to the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement, as applicable, and shall afford Globant the right to take extracts therefrom and to make copies thereof, to the extent reasonably necessary to permit Globant (or its designees) to prepare any document that must be filed with any Governmental Body, respond to audits and investigations, prosecute protests, appeals and refund claims and to conduct negotiations with Taxing Authorities or with third parties. The Sellers shall in particular within the following 15 calendar days from Closing Date provide Globant with (i) unaudited financial statements as of July 31, 2019 and (ii) written waiver from each of the clients listed in Schedule 8.8 taking notice of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and confirming that neither of them will terminate the relevant master services agreement or similar services agreement entered into with the Company and/or any of the Subsidiaries currently in force due to, or as a result of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Globant shall grant or cause the Company to grant to the Sellers (or their designees) access at all reasonable times to all of the information, books and records relating to the Company within the possession of Globant or the Company, and shall afford the Sellers (or their designees) the right to take extracts therefrom and to make copies thereof, in each case to the extent reasonably necessary to permit the Sellers (or their designees) to prepare responses, respond to audits and investigations, prosecute protests, appeals and claims and to conduct negotiations with any Governmental Body or with third parties. For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstance shall the level of cooperation of the Sellers referred to herein, be considered as a Cause for Non-Payment regarding the Deferred Consideration Payment. The Sellers and Globant undertake to cooperate, after Closing, to implement cost effective measures in the Company and their processes as well as to analyze, identify and boost synergies for the mutual benefit of the Parties.

  

ARTICLE 9

MERGER CONTROL

 

9.1.       Antitrust Approvals. In addition to the Colombian Antitrust Clearance contemplated as a condition precedent to the Closing, Globant and Sellers hereby expressly acknowledge and consent that the transaction envisaged in this Agreement is subject to approval by the antitrust authorities in Argentina and represent:

 

 

 

(a) Notwithstanding the cooperation obligations assumed by the Sellers and Globant below and the fact that the submission of the antirust filings will be made by the Sellers and Purchasers jointly, Globant shall take the lead of the process and will be responsible for deciding the strategy to be followed and shall have full control of the proceedings, meetings and communications with the antitrust authorities, including, but not limited to, the drafting and timing of the Form F-1 and subsequent responses to the requests for information issued by the antitrust authorities, and the Sellers will provide all necessary assistance to such filing and execute all documents to the extent they are required in such connection. The Sellers and Globant shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things to obtain the unconditional approval by the antitrust authorities (the “Argentinian Antitrust Clearance”) as soon as practicable after the date hereof, which actions shall include, without limitation: (i) filing, or causing to be filed, as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than seven (7) days after the Closing Date, and on a date to be determined by Globant, any notification, filings or other submissions under Law 25,156 and its complementary regulations, including, filing the properly completed Form F-1 with the antitrust authorities together with the necessary documents in connection with the transaction; (ii) providing as soon as practicable any additional information and documents requested by the antitrust authorities necessary, proper or advisable to obtain the Argentinean Antitrust Clearance; and (iii) taking any action necessary to prevent, defend or mitigate the effect of any litigation or administrative proceeding involving the Argentinian Antitrust Clearance adversely affecting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. At least ten (10) Business Days prior to filing of the Form F-1, the Sellers shall provide Globant with all the documents or information necessary to prepare the antitrust filing related to the Sellers and the Company (including the Subsidiaries). At least ten (10) Business Days prior to each subsequent deadline in the merger control proceedings, the Sellers shall provide Globant with all the documents or information necessary to submit to the antitrust authorities related to the Sellers and the Company (including the Subsidiaries). Finally, the Sellers shall promptly notify Globant of any notice or communication received from the antitrust authorities, and shall provide Globant with copies of such notice or communication.

 

(b) For the purposes of this Section, the transaction would be deemed rejected if the antitrust authorities issue a decision (i) rejecting the transaction under the terms of Section 13.c) of the Argentine Antitrust Law, or (ii) subordinating the transaction to conditions or restrictions under the terms of Section 13.b) of the Antitrust Law (the “Rejection Decision”). Each of the Parties shall promptly give to the other party notice of any information in its possession regarding any Rejection Decision (including all notices, documents and court papers) and promptly transmit to the other Party a copy of all documents received or sent in that respect. In case of a Rejection Decision, this Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed consummated and final as among the Parties. Upon issuance of a Rejection Decision, the Purchasers shall be entitled, at their sole discretion, to: (i) accept the remedies proposed by the antitrust authorities; (ii) propose other remedies as it deem fit; (iii) implement one or more transactions, at Globant’s sole election, involving the direct or indirect sale, assignment, totally or partially, of the Purchased Interests or its rights over the Purchased Interests, or a portion thereof, to a third party, without having the same any right to compensation or otherwise. The Sellers shall provide the collaboration that may be required to consummate such transactions with the third party purchaser.

 

 

 

(c) Upon the issuance of a Rejection Decision, for the exclusive purpose of transferring the Purchased Interests, or a portion thereof, to a third party, Sellers shall grant and deliver to the Purchasers special irrevocable powers of attorney to, and for the benefit of, the Purchasers and/or the persons who the Purchasers may appoint to (i) transfer the Purchased Interests, or a portion thereof, to a third party purchaser, (ii) take all reasonable actions to obtain the relevant approval from the antitrust authorities, (iii) subscribe the relevant documentation to transfer the Purchased Interests, or a portion thereof, to a third party purchaser and perfect any ancillary actions derived thereto and make the relevant filings to record the transfer of the Purchased Interests to the third party purchaser, and (iv) collect, on behalf of the Sellers but for the exclusive benefit of the Purchasers, from the third party purchaser the purchase price of the Purchased Interests. It is hereby expressly agreed that the powers of attorney shall be in force for a period beginning on the date of issuance of the Rejection Decision and ending on the date that is ten (10) years from the date thereof or the possible maximum legal term according to the applicable Laws of their issuance.

 

9.2.        Other Antitrust Filings. If applicable, the Parties agree to comply with any other pre or post-Closing mandatory merger control notification or requests of approval before the relevant Antitrust Authorities in any jurisdiction where the Company or any Subsidiary has made material sales.

 

ARTICLE 10

SELLERS’ TAXES

 

10.1.       Allocation. Each of the Sellers shall be responsible for Taxes and associated expenses allocated to such Seller and will file all Tax Returns required to be filed to report Taxes imposed on or with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Seller will be solely liable for and will pay all such Taxes, and will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Globant from and against any and all Liability for the payment of such Taxes and the filing of such Tax returns.

 

10.2.       Pre-Closing Taxable Periods. With respect to any income Tax Return covering a taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date (a “Pre-Closing Taxable Period”) that is required to be filed after the Closing Date with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary (a) Globant shall cause the Company to prepare or cause to be prepared such Tax Return as otherwise required by applicable Law, and shall deliver such Tax Return to the Sellers for its review and comments at least fifteen (15) days prior to the due date (including extensions) for filing such Tax Return, (b) Globant shall consider in good faith any reasonable comments provided in writing by the Sellers within ten (10) days of receipt of the draft Tax Return, and (c) Globant shall cause such Tax Return to be duly and timely filed with the appropriate Taxing Authority and shall pay, or cause to be paid, all Taxes shown as due and payable on such Tax Return or, as applicable, its allocable share of such Taxes; provided that, if the Taxes shown as due and payable on such Tax Return or, as applicable, the Sellers’ allocable share of such Taxes were not reflected as a liability in the calculation of the Net Working Capital, the Sellers’ shall immediately pay the relevant amounts to the Purchasers and, if not paid by the Sellers within ten (10) Business Days after being required by the Purchasers to do so, the Purchasers shall be entitled to deduct such relevant amounts from the Escrow Amount.

 

 

 

10.3.       Straddle Taxable Periods. With respect to any Tax Return covering a taxable period beginning on or before the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date (a “Straddle Taxable Period”) that is required to be filed after the Closing Date with respect to the Company, (a) Globant shall prepare or cause such Tax Return to be prepared as required by applicable Law, and shall deliver a draft of such Tax Return to the Sellers, for its review and approval at least fifteen (15) days prior to the due date (including extensions) for filing such Tax Return, (b) the Parties shall cooperate and consult with each other in order to finalize such Tax Return, and (c) thereafter, subject to the Sellers’ payment to the Purchasers (provided that, if not paid by the Sellers within ten (10) Business Days after being required by Purchasers to do so, the Purchasers shall be entitled to deduct the relevant amounts from the Escrow Amount) of any portion of any Taxes shown as due and payable on such Tax Return with respect to the portion of the period that ends on the Closing Date that was not reflected as a liability in the calculation of Net Working Capital, the Purchasers shall cause such Tax Return to be executed and duly and timely filed with the appropriate Taxing Authority and shall pay all Taxes shown as due and payable on such Tax Return. Tax Liability for a Straddle Taxable Period shall be apportioned between the portion of the taxable period ending on the Closing Date and the portion of the taxable period beginning after the Closing Date. Such apportionments shall be made on a per diem basis for (i) income, turn over and similar Taxes, including Taxes based on net-worth capital, intangibles or similar items, and (ii) exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on an annual basis (such as the deduction for depreciation). Such apportionment shall be made for all other Taxes on the basis of a “closing of the books” as of the end of the Closing Date.

 

10.4.       Cooperation. The Sellers shall grant to the Purchasers (or its designees) access at all reasonable times to all of the documents, information, books and records relating to the Company within the possession of the Sellers that are not transferred to the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement, as applicable, and shall afford Globant (or its designees) the right to take extracts therefrom and to make copies thereof, to the extent reasonably necessary to permit the Purchasers (or their designees) to prepare Tax Returns, respond to Tax audits and investigations, prosecute Tax protests, appeals and refund claims and to conduct negotiations with Taxing Authorities. Globant shall grant or cause the Company to grant to the Sellers (or their designees) access at all reasonable times to all of the information, books and records relating to the Company for taxable periods and portions of taxable periods through the Closing Date within the possession of the Purchasers or the Company, and shall afford the Sellers (or their designees) the right to take extracts therefrom and to make copies thereof, in each case to the extent reasonably necessary to permit the Sellers (or their designees) to prepare Tax Returns, respond to Tax audits and investigations, prosecute Tax protests, appeals and refund claims and to conduct negotiations with Taxing Authorities. After the Closing Date, the Parties will preserve all information, records or documents in their respective possessions relating to liabilities for Taxes of the Company for Pre-Closing Taxable Periods or Straddle Taxable Periods until six months after the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations (including extensions thereof) with respect to the assessment of such Taxes.

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

TERMINATION

 

11.1.       Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(a) by the mutual written consent of the Sellers and Purchasers;

 

(b) by Purchasers by written notice to the Sellers if Purchasers are not then in material breach of any provision of this Agreement and there has been a material breach, inaccuracy in or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by Sellers pursuant to this Agreement that would give rise to the failure of any of the conditions specified in ARTICLE 4 and such breach, inaccuracy or failure has not been cured by Sellers within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of written notice of such breach from Purchasers;

 

(c) by Sellers by written notice to Purchasers if Sellers are not then in material breach of any provision of this Agreement and there has been a material breach, inaccuracy in or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement that would give rise to the failure of any of the conditions specified in ARTICLE 4 and such breach, inaccuracy or failure has not been cured by Purchasers within fifteen (15) days of Purchasers’ receipt of written notice of such breach from the Sellers; or

 

(d) by Purchasers or Sellers in the event that (i) there shall be any Law that makes consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or otherwise prohibited or (ii) any Governmental Body shall have issued a Governmental Order restraining or enjoining the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such Governmental Order shall have become final and non-appealable.

 

11.2.       Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this Agreement in accordance with this ARTICLE 11 or if the Closing does not occur by August 31st, 2019, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any Party hereto except:

 

(a) as set forth in this ARTICLE 11 and ARTICLE 12 hereof, as applicable; and

 

(b) that nothing herein shall relieve any Party hereto from liability for any willful breach of any provision hereof.

 

11.3.       Effect of Closing. Each Party shall be deemed to have waived its respective rights to terminate this Agreement upon the completion of the Closing at Closing Date. No such waiver shall constitute a waiver of any other rights arising from the nonfulfillment of any condition precedent set forth in ARTICLE 4 unless such waiver is made in writing.

 

ARTICLE 12

GENERAL

 

12.1.       Amendment and Modification. This Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by the written agreement of the Parties hereto.

 

12.2.       Waiver of Compliance. Any failure of Purchasers, on the one hand, or Sellers, on the other hand, to comply with any obligation, agreement or condition contained herein may be waived only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the Party or Parties to be bound by such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other failure.

 

 

 

12.3.       Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any applicable Law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated herein is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Governmental Body making such determination is authorized and instructed to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in order that the transactions contemplated herein are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

12.4.       Expenses and Transaction Taxes. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred by the Parties hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including negotiation of any documents and ancillary agreements (the “Transaction Documents”), shall be borne solely and entirely by the Party that has incurred in such expenses. All Taxes and costs incurred by the Parties hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement including negotiation of any Transaction Documents shall be borne solely and entirely by the Party that has incurred in such Taxes, expenses or costs. It is further clarified that, if applicable, all expenses in relation to the payment of stamp duty or Tax related to the execution of any transfer of the Purchased Interests to Globant shall be borne by Globant and the Sellers in equal parts. Any notarial costs and expenses and any costs and expenses related to the Escrow Agreement incurred in the execution of the Transaction shall be borne by Globant and the Sellers by halves. If any cost or expense is charged or paid by either Sellers or the Purchasers, such Sellers or Purchasers shall as soon as practicable be reimbursed from the other Party with its corresponding 50% share. As exception to the above, Purchasers shall in the proportions they deem fit pay for the legal fees of Sellers relating to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

12.5.       Parties in Interest. Other than as specifically provided herein, this Agreement is not intended to and shall not confer upon any Person, other than the Parties hereto (and persons specifically granted indemnification rights hereunder), any rights or remedies with respect to the subject matter or any provision hereof.

 

12.6.       Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered by electronic mail, hand, mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), sent by facsimile or sent by Federal Express or other recognized overnight courier to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

 

If to Sellers to:

 

Alejandro Héctor Robbio

Telephone: +1 801 673-8331

Mailing Address: 1007 North Federal Hwy #2004, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33304

e-mail address: alerobbio@gmail.com

 

 

 

Luis Héctor Robbio

Telephone: +54 9 261 691-4930

Mailing Address: Cipoletti 2953 – Torre 1 4A, 5501 - Mendoza, Argentina

e-mail address: luisrobbio1@gmail.com

 

Federico Luis Robbio

Telephone: +54 9 261 691-5010

Mailing Address: Alte Brown 1151 B Las Candelas 2 F5 – Chacras de Coria – Mendoza – Argentina – CP 5505

e-mail address: federicoluisrobbio@gmail.com

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

J&A Garrigues, S.L.P.

For the attention of Ferran Escayola and Rebeca Cayón

Address: Avda. Diagonal 654, 1-D

Barcelona, 08034, Spain

e-mail address: Ferran.Escayola@garrigues.com

e-mail address: Rebeca.Cayon@garrigues.com

 

If to Purchasers to:

 

Globant

Ing. Butty 240, 6th floor

City of Buenos Aires

Argentina

Attn.: General Counsel

e-mail address: gcoffice@globant.com

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Patricio Pablo Rojo

Laprida 1380, 7th Floor

City of Buenos Aires

Argentina

e-mail address: patriciopablorojo@yahoo.com

 

Any of the above addresses may be changed at any time by notice given as provided above; provided, however, that any such notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. All notices, requests or instructions given in accordance herewith shall be deemed received on (i) the date of receipt if hand delivered, (ii) on the date of receipt if transmitted by facsimile, (iii) the date indicated for receipt on the return receipt, if mailed by registered or certified mail and (iv) the date of receipt specified by the carrier, if sent by Federal Express or other recognized overnight courier. If notices, requests or instructions are given by facsimile, a confirming copy will be sent by hand, or mailed by registered or certified mail.

 

12.7.       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when all the counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other party. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement. An original of this Agreement duly signed by the Parties shall be notarized before the Spanish public notary on Closing Date.

 

 

 

 

12.8.       Entire Agreement. This Agreement (which term shall be deemed to include the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other certificates, documents and instruments delivered hereunder) and the Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersede all prior agreements, letters of intent, discussions and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, other than the Transaction Documents. There are no representations or warranties, agreements or covenants other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

12.9.       Assignment. This Agreement and all of the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Sellers, in whole or in part, without the previous written consent of Globant, except to their respective legal successors according to applicable Law in case of death or total permanent disability. The Purchasers may assign this Agreement and all of the rights and obligations to any Affiliate of the Purchasers or to any third party without the prior consent of the Sellers; provided, however, that if this Agreement or the rights and obligations hereunder are assigned by Globant to a third party before the expiration of the Deferred Consideration Period, Globant shall pay in favor of the Sellers within ten (10) Business Days since the date of the assignment, the higher of (i) the Deferred Consideration Payment for an amount of US$3,000,000 (three million US Dollars) or (ii) the amount of US$3,000,000 (three million US Dollars) plus US$350,000 (three hundred fifty thousand US Dollars) multiplied by the percentage points of Revenue growth by comparing the Revenue from the month in which the Agreement is assigned with the Revenue corresponding to the same month of the previous year.

 

12.10.     Publicity. Disclosure. Except by prior mutual consent, neither Sellers nor Purchasers shall issue any press releases or make any other public announcement or statement concerning this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, provided, however, that Purchasers and their Affiliates shall be entitled to disclose the terms of this Agreement, and make any announcement and filing (including a filing of this Agreement and its Schedules) required by any applicable Law and, in particular, by any securities and public offerings Laws of the United States of America and/or Luxembourg.

 

12.11.     Further Assurances. At any time on or after the date hereof, the Parties shall upon request each perform such acts, execute and deliver such instruments, assignments and other documents and do all such other things consistent with the terms of this Agreement as may be reasonably necessary to accomplish the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

12.12.     Governing Law. This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any Party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) and (except to the extent, if any, expressly set forth therein) the other Transaction Documents shall be governed in all respects, including validity, interpretation, and effect, by and construed in accordance with the internal Laws of the State of New York (including in respect of the statute of limitations or other limitations period applicable to any claim, controversy or dispute) without giving effect to any choice or conflict of Law provision or rule that would cause the application of Laws of any jurisdictions other than those of the State of New York; provided, however, that (a) the Laws of Spain that are mandatorily applicable to the internal affairs of the Company shall apply to the Company, (b) the Laws of Argentina that are mandatorily applicable to the internal affairs of Belatrix Argentina shall apply to Belatrix Argentina, (b) the Laws of the State of Florida, US, or any state thereof that are mandatorily applicable to the internal affairs of Belatrix US and Belatrix Services shall apply to Belatrix US and Belatrix Services, (c) the Laws of Colombia that are mandatorily applicable to the internal affairs of Belatrix Colombia shall apply to Belatrix Colombia, and (e) the Laws of Peru that are mandatorily applicable to the internal affairs of Belatrix Peru shall apply to Belatrix Peru.

 

 

 

 

12.13.     Arbitration. All disputes arising out or in connection with the Agreement (a “Controversy”) shall be resolved in one of the following ways:

 

(a) By mutual agreement of the Parties involved in the Controversy, expressed by a letter signed by the parties thereto, whereby the Parties involved in the Controversy shall endeavor to negotiate a settlement of the Controversy. If the Parties fail to resolve the Controversy within twenty-one (21) calendar days after their first discussion, they shall commit to a personal meeting, at a location mutually acceptable to the Parties in the City of Buenos Aires, Argentina, for two (2) Business Days to negotiate a solution to the Controversy, and only if they fail to resolve such Controversy according to this Section 12.13.(a), the Controversy shall be resolved as provided in Section 12.13.(b) below. The letter of mutual agreement to negotiate may set forth rules, procedures, time limits and other matters agreed to by the Parties.

 

(b) If the Parties fail to resolve the Controversy in accordance with Section 12.13.(a) above, such Controversy shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration at Law of the International Chamber of Commerce for the time being in force (which rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Section 12.13.(b)) by three (3) arbitrators appointed in accordance with such rules; provided, however, that if the Controversy is for an amount of less than US$5,000,000, only one (1) arbitrator to be appointed in accordance with such rules shall intervene to settle the Controversy. The place of the arbitration shall be the City of Miami, State of Florida, United States of America, and the language of the arbitration shall be English. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.13.(b), documents and other evidence in the arbitration may be submitted in Spanish if Spanish is the original language of the document or evidence, and witnesses and experts may provide testimony in Spanish if Spanish is their mother language or if they so elect. The Parties hereby waive the right to demand the posting of bond for costs.

 

(c) With the broadest scope as permitted by Law, the Parties hereto waive their right to file legal actions against the arbitration award and exceptions against its execution. The enforcement or execution of any award may be requested before the competent courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

12.14.     Attorneys Fee. If any action is brought for the enforcement or interpretation of this Agreement or relating to an alleged dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the successful or prevailing Party as determined by the judge or arbitrator shall be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in addition to any other relief to which such Party may be entitled.

 

 

 

 

12.15.     Confidential Information. Each of the Sellers hereby agrees (i) to hold and to cause each of such party’s agents, employees and representatives to hold the Company’s and Globant’s Confidential Information in strict confidence and to take reasonable precautions to protect such Confidential Information, (ii) not to make any use whatsoever at any time of such Confidential Information except as contemplated hereunder, and (iv) not to copy or reverse engineer any such Confidential Information. For purposes of this Section 12.15, “Confidential Information” shall mean, without limitation: (a) any information that is specifically marked as “Confidential”; (b) any notes, analyses, compilations, studies, interpretations, or other documents prepared or furnished by the Company or Globant related to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) information which the management of the Company or Globant has requested in writing to be kept confidential; (d) information which is disclosed verbally and identified as confidential at the time of disclosure; and (e) information of which, by its nature, must be kept confidential in order to prevent adverse consequences to the business of the Company or Globant.

 

12.16.     Interpretation. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (x) to Articles, Sections, Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits mean the Articles and Sections of, and Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits attached to, this Agreement; (y) to an agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof and (z) to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the Party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. The Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.

 

12.17.     Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

12.18.     Spousal Consent. Mrs. Laura Carolina Castro (also known as Laura Carolina Robbio), Alejandro Héctor Robbio’s spouse, execute, personally or duly represented by means of a valid power of attorney, this Agreement to express her consent with the transactions contemplated hereunder in accordance with section 470 of the Argentine Civil and Commercial Code.

 

* * *

 

[signature pages follow]

 

 

 

 

/s/ Luis Héctor Robbio   /s/ Federico Luis Robbio
     
Mr. Luis Héctor Robbio   Mr. Federico Luis Robbio

 

 

/s/ Alejandro Héctor Robbio    
     
Mr. Alejandro Héctor Robbio    

 

 

/s/ Sol Mariel Noello    
Globant España S.A.U.    
duly represented by Ms. Sol Mariel Noello    

 

 

/s/ Sol Mariel Noello    
Software Product Creation S.L.    
duly represented by Ms. Sol Mariel Noello    

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of this Agreement and its Exhibits and Schedules, and notwithstanding those definitions included in other parts of the Agreement (including its Schedules, Annexes and Exhibits), and unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the terms of which the first letter is written in an upper case shall have the meaning ascribed to it in this Schedule.

 

Accounts Receivable” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.19. of this Agreement.

 

Accounts Receivable Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5. of this Agreement.

 

Accounts Receivable Reduction’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5. of this Agreement.

 

Action” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.10. of this Agreement.

 

Activities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6 of this Agreement.

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the specified Person. In addition to the foregoing, if the specified Person is an individual, the term “Affiliate” also includes (a) the individual’s spouse, (b) the members of the immediate family (including parents, siblings and children) of the individual or of the individual’s spouse and (c) any corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, trust, association or other business or investment entity that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with any of the foregoing individuals. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise.

 

AHR” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Alternative Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3. of this Agreement.

 

Annual Revenue Base” shall mean an amount of US$ 35,655,000.

 

Anti-Bribery Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.33. of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means any and all applicable anti-money laundering Laws issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Body, including, without limitation, the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act and the USA Patriot Act, Colombian Laws No. 1121 of 2006 and the 1708 of 2014, and article 323 of the Colombian Criminal Code (Código Penal), Argentine Laws No 25,246 and 25,188, as amended and complemented, and any decree, regulation, resolution, rule or guidelines issued by the Governmental Authority in charge of supervising anti-money laundering matters, including, without limitation, international conventions including the United Nations Convention against Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs and Money Laundering 1988, the United Nations Convention for the Suppressing of the Financing of Terrorism 1999, the United Nations Convention against Transnational Organized Crime 2000, the Inter-American Convention against Terrorism and Money Laundering 2002 and Peruvian Legislative Decree No 1106.

 

Argentinian Antitrust Clearance’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1. of this Agreement.

 

Bad Debt” means any debt that is still unpaid after one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days from its due date.

 

Belatrix Argentina” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Belatrix Argentina Interests” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Belatrix Argentina Minority Interests” means the 0.040% of the Belatrix Argentina Interests directly held by the Sellers as beneficial and record owners of such Equity Interests.

 

Belatrix Argentina Purchase Agreement” means that certain share purchase agreement, to be entered into among the Sellers and the Minority Purchaser in relation to the Belatrix Argentina Minority Interests.

 

Belatrix Colombia” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Belatrix Colombia Interests” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Belatrix Peru” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Belatrix Peru Interests” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Belatrix Peru Minority Interests” means the 5.00% of the Belatrix Peru Interests directly held by the Sellers as beneficial and record owners of such Equity Interests.

 

Belatrix Peru Purchase Agreement” means that certain share purchase agreement, to be entered into among the Sellers and the Minority Purchaser in relation to the Belatrix Peru Minority Interests.

 

Belatrix Services” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Belatrix Services Interests” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Belatrix Spain” has the meaning set forth in the first whereas of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Belatrix Spain Interests” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Belatrix US” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Belatrix US Interests” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Business” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 of this Agreement.

 

Business Day” means any day of the year on which national banking institutions in the City of Buenos Aires, Argentina, Barcelona, Spain and New York, New York, United States of America are open to the public for conducting business and are not required or authorized to close.

 

Cash” shall mean any sum related to the amounts held by the Company and the Subsidiaries in cash and/or in bank accounts or cash equivalents (other than cash and cash equivalents that are not freely usable by the Company or the relevant Subsidiary because they are subject to restrictions or limitations on use or distribution by Law or contract).

 

Claim” means any demand, claim, charge, action, suit, hearing, information request, proceeding (whether at law or in equity and including administrative proceedings), petition, complaint, notice of violation, arbitration, inquiry or investigation of, by or before any Governmental Body or before any arbitrator, or other litigation or similar proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitral or investigative.

 

Claim Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3. of this Agreement.

 

Claimed Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3. of this Agreement.

 

Closing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1. of this Agreement.

 

Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1. of this Agreement.

 

Closing Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Colombian Antitrust Authority” means the Superintendence of Industry and Commerce (Superintendencia de Industria y Comercio) of Colombia.

 

Colombian Antitrust Clearance” means (a) the Colombian Antitrust Authority having adopted a decision stating that either the transaction contemplated herein (i) falls outside the scope of Colombian merger control rules, or (ii) is unconditionally authorized without the need to apply remedies, or (iii) is conditionally authorized subject to compliance with specific remedies set forth by the Colombian Antitrust Authority, or (b) the Colombian Antitrust Authority having failed to adopt a decision authorizing or objecting the transaction contemplated herein within the statutory timeframe.

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the first whereas of this Agreement.

 

Company Copyrights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.22. of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Company Growth Bonus” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

Company Marks” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.22. of this Agreement.

 

Company Patents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.22. of this Agreement.

 

Company Registered IP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.22. of this Agreement.

 

Confidential Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.15 of this Agreement.

 

Confidential Information Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.22. of this Agreement.

 

Controversy” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.13 of this Agreement.

 

Covered Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

 

Deferred Payment Date’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6. of this Agreement.

 

Damages” means any direct damages (daño emergente) resulting from any claims, debts, obligations and other Liabilities, diminution in value, monetary damages, fines, fees, penalties, interest obligations, deficiencies, losses, costs and expenses (including amounts paid or payable in settlement, interest, court costs, costs of investigations, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, financial advisors and other experts, and other expenses of litigation, arbitration or other dispute resolution procedures), whether or not involving a Third Party Claim, including any costs of defending any Third Party Claims or enforcing the Indemnified Parties’ rights under this Agreement. Damages shall also include (i) any damages resulting from the obligation to make a provision of funds for litigation purposes, as long as the provision of funds has been requested by a Court or a Governmental body, statutory body or authority in the framework of a litigation procedure in course, and (ii) any damages resulting from the requirement under IFRS to record a provision of the respective claim, debt, obligation or Liability in the financial statements of any Indemnified Party; provided, however, that in case of making a provision, the Sellers shall be reimbursed if said damages do not materialize and the provision is reimbursed by the relevant Court, Governmental body, statutory body or authority, or if such provision is reversed by the relevant Indemnified Party (but up the extent of the reversal). Damages shall not include special, indirect, consequential, punitive or other special damages, including loss of profits (lucro cesante), loss of revenue or income, cost of capital, or loss of goodwill or business reputation or opportunity suffered or incurred by any applicable Indemnified Party as a result of any direct Damage or an action, suit, proceeding, determination or demand (whether judicial or not) instituted against the Indemnified Party.

 

Defending Party’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3. of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Definitive Cash at Closing’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5. of this Agreement.

 

Definitive Closing Cash Statement’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5. of this Agreement.

 

Definitive Net Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5. of this Agreement.

 

Disclosure Schedule” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of ARTICLE 5 of this Agreement.

 

Deferred Bonus” shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

 

Deferred Consideration Objection Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4. of this Agreement.

 

Deferred Consideration Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Deferred Consideration Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Deferred Consideration Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Deferred Consideration Report” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4. of this Agreement.

 

Effect” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2. of this Agreement.

 

Employee Benefit Plan” shall mean any welfare benefit plan, pension benefit plan, deferred compensation plan or arrangement, any agreement, plan, program, fund, policy, contract or arrangement providing compensation, pension, retirement, superannuation, profit sharing, thirteenth month, severance, change in control, termination indemnity, redundancy pay, bonus, incentive compensation, group insurance, death benefit, health, cafeteria, flexible benefit, medical expense reimbursement, dependent care, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation rights, savings, consulting, vacation pay, holiday pay, life insurance, or other employee benefit or fringe benefit plan, program or arrangement covering any employee or former employee of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries), and the beneficiaries and dependents of any employee or former employee, regardless of whether it is private, funded, unfunded, financed by the purchase of insurance, contributory or noncontributory.

 

Environmental Laws” means any Law, regulation, or other applicable requirement relating to (x) releases or threatened release of Hazardous Substance, (y) pollution or protection of employee health or safety, public health or the environment or (z) the manufacture, handling, transport, use, treatment, storage, or disposal of Hazardous Substances.

 

 

 

 

Equity Interest” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any share, partnership or membership interest, unit of participation or other similar interest (however designated) in such Person, and (b) any warrant, purchase right, conversion right, exchange right or other agreement or contractual obligation which would entitle any other Person to acquire any such interest in such Person (including share appreciation, phantom share, profit participation or other similar rights) or otherwise would entitle any Person to any share in the equity, capital, profit, earnings, losses or gains of, such Person.

 

Escrow Agreement’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2. of this Agreement.

 

Escrow Additional Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Escrow Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Escrow Base Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Estimated Cash at Closing’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5. of this Agreement.

 

Estimated Closing Cash Certificate’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5. of this Agreement.

 

FCPA” shall mean the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977.

 

FLR” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Financial Arbitrator” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4. of this Agreement.

 

Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.12.

 

Fundamental Representations” have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4. of this Agreement.

 

GDPR” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.33.

 

G-Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

G-Shares Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Globant” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Globant I” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Globant II” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Globant Indemnified Parties” means the Purchasers, their respective Affiliates (including, after the Closing, each of the Company and the Subsidiaries), and each of their respective employees, directors, officers, agents, shareholders, members, and partners and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing.

 

Governmental Body” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of such government or political subdivision, or any self-regulated organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority or quasi-governmental authority (to the extent that the rules, regulations or orders of such organization or authority have the force of Law), or any arbitrator, court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction.

 

Hazardous Substance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.37. of this Agreement.

 

High Performance Bonus” shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

 

IFRS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Inbound License Agreement” means any agreement granting to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries any license under or with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights, other than (A) the nonexclusive license to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of standard, generally commercially available, “off-the-shelf” third party products and services, (B) Open Source Software, or (C) Confidential Information Agreements. A covenant not to assert any Intellectual Property Right against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will be deemed to be an Inbound License Agreement.

 

Indemnified Parties” means the Purchasers and the Sellers, their respective Affiliates, and each of the Purchaser’s employees, directors, officers, agents, shareholders, members, and partners and each of the Sellers heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing.

 

Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3. of this Agreement.

 

Integration Payment’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1. of this Agreement.

 

Integration Period’’ shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1. of this Agreement.

 

Intellectual Property Rights” means all rights arising from or associated with the following, whether protected, created or arising under the Laws of any jurisdiction of the world: (a) patents and patent applications, including continuation, divisional, continuation-in-part, reexamination and reissue patent applications, and any patents issuing therefrom, and rights in respect of utility models or industrial designs (collectively, “Patents”); (b) copyrights and registrations and applications therefor, including software (collectively, “Copyrights”); (c) trade names, trademarks and service marks (registered and unregistered), domain names, URLs, and other Internet addresses or identifiers, social media handles, trade dress and similar rights, and registrations and applications to register any of the foregoing (collectively, “Marks”); (d) non-public Technology, and other proprietary or confidential business information that derives economic value (actual or potential) from not being generally known to other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, including customer lists, but excluding any published Copyrights or published Patents that may cover or protect any of the foregoing (collectively, “Trade Secrets”); (e) mask work and similar rights protecting integrated circuit or chip topographies or designs (collectively, “Mask Works”); and (f) moral rights, publicity rights and any other proprietary, intellectual or industrial property rights of any kind or nature that do not comprise or are not protected by Marks, Patents, Copyrights, Trade Secrets or Mask Works.

 

 

 

 

Key Employees” shall mean Mr. Horacio Yenaropulos, Mr. Fernando Valdemoros, Mr. Horacio Cappa, Mr. Ariel Seoane, Mr. Gustavo Loubet, Mr. José Gramaglia, Mr. Santiago Noziliglia, Mr. Fernando González and Mr. Franco Fiorini.

 

Labor Agreement” shall mean each management, employment, severance, consulting, service agreement or similar agreement or contract between the Company (including any of its Subsidiaries) and any current, former, or retired employee, officer, or director of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) and/or independent consultants or contractors.

 

Labor Permits and Regulations” shall mean any foreign, federal, state and local Laws, rules and regulations relating to the relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visas, work permit of any nature applicable to any current, former, or retired employee, officer, or director of the Company and its Subsidiaries or branches and/or independent consultants or contractors.

 

Law” means any federal, state, municipal or local or foreign statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, constitution, treaty, common law, judgment, decree, other requirement or rule of law of any Governmental Body.

 

Lease Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.30. of this Agreement.

 

Leased Real Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.30. of this Agreement.

 

Legal Proceeding” means any claim, action, demand, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, inquiry, audit, notice of violation, subpoena, summons, examination or investigation commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any court or other Governmental Body or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.

 

LHR” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Liability” means any liability or obligation (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent), whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due).

 

Lien” shall mean any liens, encumbrances, mortgages, pledges, charges, options, rights, community property interests, security interests, agreements, claims or restrictions of any nature whatsoever, including any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership, recorded or unrecorded.

 

 

 

 

Loyalty Bonus” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Majority Customer Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.16. of this Agreement.

 

Majority Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Material Adverse Effect” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2. of this Agreement.

 

Material Contract” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.16. of this Agreement.

 

Minimum Required Cash” shall mean the amount of Cash the Company (including its Subsidiaries) needs at Closing to settle the following items: (a) its financial debt as of the Closing Date (including any outstanding principal amount thereunder and accrued and payable interest and/or expenses up to Closing Date), (b) outstanding debt related to any tax amnesty program in effect as of the Closing Date, (c) Taxes or withholding amounts payable in connection with any dividend or other distribution to the Sellers made during the year 2019 and prior to Closing, (d) an amount of US$2,586,120 (including any withholding, Taxes or social security or other contributions) for the payment of the Transaction and Retention Bonus, pursuant to Section 2.2. hereof, (e) the vacations of personnel accrued for periods before the year 2019 and unpaid prior to the Closing Date, (f) amounts collected from clients of the Company on or prior to the Closing Date for services not yet rendered as of the Closing Date, (g) an amount of up to US$160,000 in professional fees, (h) Taxes and expenses relating to the transfer of record ownership of vehicles currently under leasing from Belatrix Argentina to Key Employees or to the Sellers, as applicable, (i) any amounts due by Belatrix Argentina to the Sellers in their capacity as directors to the extent not offset by the amounts due by the Sellers to the Company or the Subsidiaries, as applicable, attributable to personal expenses, advances or any other reason, (j) fines and/or penalties related to filing (or failure to file) US Tax Form 5472, and (k) outstanding amounts under or in connection with the Severance Agreements entered into between Belatrix Argentina and each of the Key Employees and the Sellers.

 

Minority Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Net Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5. of this Agreement.

 

Non-Competition Obligation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6. of this Agreement.

 

Non-Labor Revenueshall mean all revenue related to customarily reimbursable expenses of a project (including but not limited to travel, accommodation, flight tickets, meals, etc.).

 

Non-Solicitation Obligation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.7. of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Open Source Software” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.22. of this Agreement.

 

Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.10. of this Agreement.

 

Organizational Documents” means, with respect to any Person (other than an individual), (a) the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization and any joint venture, limited liability company, operating or partnership agreement and other similar documents adopted or filed in connection with the creation, formation or organization of such Person and (b) all by-laws, voting agreements and similar documents, instruments or agreements relating to the organization or governance of such Person, in each case, as amended or supplemented.

 

Outbound License Agreement” means any agreement under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries grants any Person any license or other right, title or interest (whether or not currently exercisable and including a right to receive a license) under or with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights or Technology, other than the nonexclusive license of the Company’s software and products in the ordinary course of business pursuant to standard end-user agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, a covenant by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries not to assert any Intellectual Property Right against a Person shall be deemed to be an Outbound License Agreement.

 

Parties” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Party” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Person” means any natural person, firm, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, association, corporation, unincorporated organization, company, joint venture, trust, Governmental Body or other entity.

 

Personal Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.33. of this Agreement.

 

Personal Performance Bonus” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

Pre-Closing Taxes” means (a) any Taxes of a the Company (or any Subsidiary) with respect to any Pre-Closing Taxable Period or the portion of the taxable period ending on and including the Closing Date with respect to any Straddle Taxable Period, (b) any Taxes attributable to any breach or inaccuracy of any representation in Section 5.10 (without giving effect to any limitations or qualifications as to materiality, knowledge or similar limitations), (c) any Taxes for which the Company or any Subsidiary (or any predecessor of the foregoing) is held liable by reason of such entity being included in any consolidated, affiliated, combined or unitary group at any time on or before the Closing Date, (d) any Taxes imposed on or payable by third parties with respect to which the Company or any Subsidiary has an obligation to indemnify such third party pursuant to a transaction consummated on or prior to the Closing, and (e) the Sellers’ share of Taxes pursuant to Section 12.4 of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2. of this Agreement.

 

Purchased Interests” means the Belatrix Spain Interests, the Belatrix Argentina Minority Interests and the Belatrix Peru Minority Interests.

 

Purchasers” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Pre-Closing Taxable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2. of this Agreement.

 

Rejection Decision” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1. of this Agreement.

 

Revenueshall mean, for any applicable period, all revenue of the Company, but excluding any project expenses to be reimbursed (travel, hotel, meals, third-party services, etc. –non-labor costs–) related to the services rendered; excluding any interest income, and provided further that revenue shall be net of any Bad Debt. For the avoidance of doubt, Non-Labor Revenue shall not be deemed and shall not be included in the calculation of Revenue. Further, it is understood that with respect to the reselling of software licences, susbscriptions or other services or products in which the Company acts as agent of other parties, the amount to be computed as “Revenue” for purposes hereunder shall be the amount billed to clients net of the costs to purchase such licences, subscriptions or other relevant services or products.

 

Revenue Target” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Sanctions Governmental Authority” means the United States Government (including without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority in any jurisdiction.

 

Sellers” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Sellers’ Knowledge” or any similar phrase or qualification based on knowledge, shall mean the actual knowledge of any of the Sellers and the knowledge that each such person would have reasonably obtained in the performance of each such person's duties as director, officer or employee of the Company.

 

Sellers’ Ownership Percentage” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2. of this Agreement.

 

Straddle Taxable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3. of this Agreement.

 

Subscription Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other non-corporate business enterprise in which any Person holds stock or other ownership interests representing (a) more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity or (b) the right to receive more than 50% of the net assets of such entity available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership interests upon a liquidation or dissolution of such entity. In this Agreement, unless otherwise noted herein, the term the “Subsidiaries” refers, collectively, to Belatrix Argentina, Belatrix Peru, Belatrix Colombia, Belatrix US and Belatrix Services.

 

 

 

 

Target Net Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5. of this Agreement.

 

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, information return or statement or other document relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendments thereof.

 

Taxes” means any and all taxes, charges, fees, duties, contributions, levies or other similar assessments or Liabilities, including income, turnover tax, GMF, gross receipts, corporation, ad valorem, premium, value-added, net worth, capital stock, capital gains, documentary, recapture, alternative or add-on minimum, disability, registration, recording, excise, real property, personal property, sales, use, consumption, license, lease, service, service use, transfer, withholding, employment, unemployment, insurance, social security, national insurance, business license, business organization, environmental, workers compensation, payroll, profits, severance, stamp, occupation, escheat, windfall profits, customs duties, franchise, estimated and other taxes of any kind whatsoever imposed by any Governmental Body, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, and any interest, fines, penalties, assessments or additions to tax imposed with respect to or related to such items, and Taxes shall include any of the foregoing that a Person may be subject to as principal obligor, substitute obligor, retention agent, collection agent or under any other title or character.

 

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, information return or other document relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendments thereof.

 

Taxing Authority” means any central, federal, state, local or foreign Government, entity, agency, body or Person that is authorized by law or by any other regulation to impose, levy, collect, audit, assess, make a claim or take any other decision concerning Taxes.

 

Technology” means all algorithms, application programming interfaces, apparatus, databases and data collections, diagrams, designs, formulae, discoveries, inventions (whether or not patentable), know-how, concepts, ideas, methods, improvements, network configurations and architectures, processes, technical data, proprietary information, schematics, specifications, software code (in any form including source code and executable or object code), techniques, domain names, URLs, social media handles, web sites, works of authorship, and other forms of technology.

 

Third Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3. of this Agreement.

 

Third-Party Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3. of this Agreement.

 

Transaction and Retention Bonus” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2. of this Agreement.

 

Transaction Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in 12.4. of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3. of this Agreement.

 

Unresolved Deferred Consideration Objections” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4. of this Agreement.

 

US Dollar” or “US$” shall mean the United States dollar, lawful currency of the United States of America.

  

*        *        *

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

List of Subsidiaries as of February 13, 2020

 

Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)   Spain   100% Globant S.A.
Software Product Creation S.L.   Spain   52.28% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
        47.72% Globant S.A.
Belatrix Global Corporation S.A.   Spain   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
Globant France S.A.S.   France   100% Globant S.A.
Sistemas UK Ltd.   England & Wales   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
We Are London Ltd.   England & Wales   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
Globant Bel LLC   Belarus   95.00% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
        05.00% Software Product Creation S.L.
Small Footprint S.R.L.   Romania   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
Globant India Pvt. Ltd.   India   98.47% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
Software Product Creation S.L. - Dubai Branch   Dubai   Branch of Software Product Creation S.L.
Globant, LLC   USA   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
Belatrix Services Corp.   USA   100% Belatrix Global Corporation S.A.
Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited   Bermuda   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
Globant Canada Corp.   Canada   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
Global Systems Outsourcing S. de R.L. de C.V.   Mexico   99.99% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
        00.01% IAFH Global S.A.
Avanxo México S.A.P.I. de C.V.   Mexico   99.999993% Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited
        00.00000689% Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao Ltda.
Avanxo Servicios S.A. de C.V.   Mexico   90.00% Avanxo México S.A.P.I. de C.V.
        10.00% Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao Ltda.
Sistemas Colombia S.A.S.   Colombia   99.99% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
        00.01% Software Product Creation S.L.
Avanxo Colombia   Colombia   Branch of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited
Belatrix Colombia S.A.S.   Colombia   100% Belatrix Global Corporation S.A.
Globant Peru S.A.C.   Peru   99.99% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
        00.01% Software Product Creation S.L.
Avanxo - Sucursal del Perú   Peru   Branch of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited
Belatrix Peru S.A.C.   Peru   95.00% Belatrix Global Corporation S.A.
        05.00% Software Product Creation S.L.
Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Ltda.   Chile   95.00% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
        05.00% Software Product Creation S.L.
Globant Brasil Consultoria Ltda.   Brazil   99.999995% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
        00.000005% Software Product Creation S.L.
Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao Ltda.   Brazil   99.99% Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited
        00.01% Avanxo México S.A.P.I. de C.V.
Orizonta Consultoria de Negocios e Tecnologia Ltda.   Brazil   99.997% Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao Ltda.
        00.003% Avanxo México S.A.P.I. de C.V.
Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A.   Uruguay   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)

 

 

 

Difier S.A.   Uruguay   100% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
IAFH Global S.A.   Argentina   99.998013% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
        00.00198712% Software Product Creation S.L.
Sistemas Globales S.A.   Argentina   89.85% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
        10.15% Software Product Creation S.L.
Huddle Group S.A.   Argentina   98.60% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
        01.40% Software Product Creation S.L.
Globers S.A.   Argentina   95.00% IAFH Global S.A.
        05.00% Sistemas Globales S.A.
Dynaflows S.A.   Argentina   94.99% Sistemas Globales S.A.
        05.01% Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)
Globant Ventures S.A.S.   Argentina   100% Sistemas Globales S.A.
Avanxo S.A.   Argentina   99.965819% Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited
        00.03418074% Software Product Creation S.L.
BSF S.A.   Argentina   99.956495% Belatrix Global Corporation S.A.
        00.04350525% Software Product Creation S.L.
Avanxo S.A.   Argentina   99.965819% Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited
        00.03418074% Software Product Creation S.L.
BSF S.A.   Argentina   99.956495% Belatrix Global Corporation S.A.
        00.04350525% Software Product Creation S.L.

 

 

Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 (18 U.S.C. §1350)

 

 

I, Martín Migoya, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Globant S.A. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019;
     
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
     
4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the Company and have:
     
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     
5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 25, 2020

 

/s/ Martín Migoya  
Martín Migoya  
Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 (18 U.S.C. §1350)

 

I, Juan Urthiague, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Globant S.A. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019;
     
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
     
4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the Company and have: 
     
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     
5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 25, 2020

 

/s/ Juan Urthiague  
Juan Urthiague  
Chief Financial Officer  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.1

 

Officer Certifications Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

 

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Globant S.A (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

The annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019 (the “Report”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: February 25, 2020

 

/s/ Martín Migoya  
Martín Migoya  
Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.2

 

Officer Certifications Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

 

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Globant S.A (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

The annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019 (the “Report”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: February 25, 2020

 

/s/ Juan Urthiague  
Juan Urthiague  
Chief Financial Officer  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 15.1

 

Deloitte & Co. S.A.

Florida 234, 5° piso

C1005AAF

Ciudad Autónoma

de Buenos Aires

Argentina

 

Tel.: (+54-11) 4320-2700

Fax: (+54-11) 4325-8081/4326-7340

www.deloitte.com/ar 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in registration statements No. 333-201602, 333-211835 and 333-232022 on Form S-8 and No. 333-225731 on Form F-3 of our reports dated February 25, 2020, relating to the financial statements of Globant S.A. and the effectiveness of Globant S.A.’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Globant S.A. for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Co. S.A.

 

City of Buenos Aires, Argentina

February 28, 2020

 

Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, a UK private company limited by guarantee (“DTTL”), its network of member firms, and their related entities. DTTL and each of its member firms are legally separate and independent entities. DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about for a more detailed description of DTTL and its member firms.

 

Deloitte Touche Tomatsu Limited is a private Company limited by guarantee incorporated in England & Wales under Company number 07271800, and its registered office is Hill House, 1 Little new Street, London, EC4a, 3TR, United Kingdom.